Infosys AR 01 PDF

Infosys – Technology at work
The future depends on what we do in the present.

Mahatma Gandhi
(1869 – 1948)
History is replete with instances of technological breakthroughs that have

forever altered the course of humanity. The digital revolution has brought
about unprecedented improvements in the price-performance equation for
both information storage and processing power. The explosion of the Internet
has revolutionized information availability and exchange, and has also spurred
extraordinary innovations in business processes and commerce. Today,
physical boundaries are becoming increasingly irrelevant and information
technology is a boardroom imperative in corporations across the globe.
Enhanced communication capabilities, ubiquitous information access, and
real-time decision-making have contributed immensely to the rise of
organizations that transcend national boundaries. We, at Infosys, believe that
technological developments in the areas of enterprise solutions, embedded
software, optical networking and convergence will continue to radically
impact every one of us. These developments will spur new ways of doing
business, help companies increase their focus on consumer needs, and
facilitate innovations in the form of hi-tech products and services. This year,
we bring you a collection of some of our projects that showcase the impact
of leading-edge technologies on business.
1
Contents
The year at a glance 3

Awards for excellence – 2000-2001 4
Letter to the shareholders 9
Infosys – Technology at work 11
Directors’ report 21
Risk management 38
Corporate governance 44
Audit committee charter 54
Report of the committees of the board 56
Auditors’ report 58
Financial statements prepared in accordance with
Indian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (Indian GAAP)
Balance sheet 60
Profit and loss account 61
Schedules 62
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations 79
Statement of cash flows 94
Balance sheet abstract and company’s general business profile 96
Financial statements prepared in accordance with
United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (US GAAP) 97
Summary of consolidated financial data 98
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations 99
Report of management 111
Independent auditors’ report 112
Balance sheets 113
Statements of income 114
Statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income 115
Statements of cash flows 117
Notes to financial statements 118
Information in Form 20-F of United States Securities and Exchange Commission 132
Shareholder information 170
Frequently asked questions 176
Additional information to shareholders
Share performance chart 180
Intangible assets scoresheet 181
Human resources accounting and value-added statement 184
Brand valuation 186
Balance sheet (including intangible assets) 188
Current cost adjusted financial statements 189
Economic value-added (EVA) statement 191
Ratio analysis 192
Statutory obligations 195
Management structure 197
A historical perspective 198
Infosys Foundation 200
Financial statements prepared in substantial compliance with 201
GAAP requirements of Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Japan
and the United Kingdom and reports of compliance with respective
corporate governance standards
Yantra Corporation 220
Annual General Meeting (AGM) notice
2
The year at a glance
in Rs. crore, except per share data

March 31, 2001 March 31, 2000 Growth %
For the year

Total revenues 1,959.94 921.46 113
Export revenues 1,874.03 869.70 115
Operating profit (PBIDT) 808.92 378.88 114
Profit after tax (PAT) from ordinary activities 623.32 285.95 118
Profit after tax and extraordinary items 628.81 293.52 114
PBIDT as a percentage of total revenues 41.27 % 41.12 %
PAT from ordinary activities
as a percentage of total revenues 31.80 % 31.03 %
Earnings per share (from ordinary activities)
Basic 94.23 43.23 118
Diluted 93.93 43.22 117
Dividend per share 10.00 4.50 122
Dividend amount 66.16 29.76 122
Capital investment 463.35 159.87 190
PAT as a percentage of average net worth 56.08 % 40.63 %
At the end of the year

Total assets 1,389.64 833.30 67
Fixed assets – net 557.66 207.34 169
Cash and cash equivalents 577.74 508.37 14
Working capital 797.86 612.13 30
Total debt – – –
Net worth 1,389.64 833.30 67
Equity 33.08 33.08 –
Market capitalization 26,926.35 59,338.17 (55)
Market capitalization is calculated by considering the share price at the National Stock Exchange on
March 31 of the respective years on the shares outstanding as at that date.
3
Awards for excellence
“If a man does his best, what else is there?”

General George S. Patton
(1885 – 1945)
Our people work hard designing, developing and implementing high-quality solutions for our clients. Their
focus on customer satisfaction is evident in the high repeat business we continue to secure. Further, internal
functions play a critical role – both in managing the challenges of growth and in supporting the line functions. On
the job, Infoscions maintain an unwavering eye on creating value for the various stakeholders of the company,
while demonstrating energy, fairness and professionalism in all transactions.
As Infosys grows to nearly 10,000 people, the process of identifying high-performers, who made valuable
contributions to Infosys during the year, emerged as a tough and challenging task. A task made even more
difficult by the number of high achievers we came across in the different departments in our organization – each
one motivated by the vision that we have set ourselves; to be a globally respected software corporation providing
best-in-class business solutions, employing best-of-breed professionals.
The people finally selected are those who qualified on a variety of factors that impacted their external and internal
customers in a positive manner, thus leading to substantial benefits to Infosys. These factors include: delivering
in challenging circumstances; reacting nimbly to change; rapidly assimilating new knowledge and using it in new,
unstructured situations; making significant contributions to the knowledge base of the organization; successfully
leading and motivating team members by setting an example; and adhering to the highest norms of values and
personal integrity.
We are proud to announce the winners of this year’s Awards for excellence.
4
2000-2001
❷ New York Life International ❷ Toshiba

Project management Project management
Ravi R. Anand Chandra Shekhar Matta Chandra Shekar Kakal
Babu S. K. Muthusubramanian B. Indranil Mukherjee
Poornima Harekrishna Peethamber V. T. Rajesh Rao A.
Ritesh Khanna Srinath P. Sriram V.

❶ Goldman Sachs ❶ Communication &
Product Services Manoj O.
Account management
Practice Unit management
Naresh D’Mello Satish H. C.
Rajiv Kuchhal
Jagadish B. R. Sandeep Sehgal
Hariharan S. Murthy
Sajan Verghis Mathew Sridhar G.
Parameswar Y.
Sobha Meera P. R. Sriram P.
Ravi Kumar Shelvankar
Joydeep Mukherjee Vasudevan V. R.
5
2000-2001
❷ EveryD.com
Project management
Shveta Arora Navin Kumar
Amit Deshpande V. Rohit Mehra
Sudhir Subramanya Holla George Varghese
Vaishali V. Khandekar Ghanashyam Wagle

❷ Infrastructure
Creation
Vijay Kumar C.
Maintenance
Binod H. R.
❷ Education & ❷ HRD Team ❷ Globalization
Ramadas Kamath U.
Research Team Scalability & enabling Initiatives
growth Col. Krishna C. V.
Scalability & enabling Scalability & enabling
growth growth
Gagan Bhargava
Krishnan S.
Vivekanand P. Kochikar Eshan Joshi
Sunil Kumar D.
Subrahmanya S. V. Karthikeya N. Sarma
Nithyanandan R.
Suresh J. K. Sreekanth Shenoy P.
Jayesh D. Sanghrajka
George Thomas
Chaitanya G.
Santosh Thangavelu
6
2000-2001
❷ New DC Setups
Infrastructure
Dinesh S. Madhuranath K. V.
Ganapathy P. R. Natarajan S.
Dass Gunalan Vijayeendra S. Purohit
Charles Henry Hawkes

❸ Information ❸ IMC ❸ Visasixers
Koushik R. N. Systems Team Ramkrishna Bajaj Systems & processes
Systems & processes Team
Ardhendu Sekhar Das Khutaija Rahman
Deepak Bhalla Systems & processes
Ganesh G. Ramesh S.
Nitin Gupta Nirmalya Barua
Aparna Goenka Hema Ravichandar
Narendra Murari S. Jude Fernandez
Murali S. Kakolu
Ramesh G. Meera Govind R.
Sivashankar J. Naresh T. Raisinghani
Sukumar S.
7
2000-2001
Value Systems Champions

Bhaskar Ghosh Vinayak Pai V.
Nandita Mohan Gurjar Priti Jay Rao
Narendran Koduvattat Suma Subramanian
Mohan M. M.
❸ Internal Customer Delight Champions Banking Business Unit Management Team

Balaji V. Rashmita Parija Great take off
Padmanabha Bhat P. Prathviraj K. K. Amit Kumar Bhadra Girish G. Vaidya
Abhilash Kumar Y. Shankar D. P. Merwin Fernandes Rivi Varghese
Muthanna Joseph Thomas A. Jaymalya Palit Vinay C. S.
Rangarajan P.
8
Letter to the shareholders
Dear shareholders:
We are delighted to report on our performance in fiscal 2001. Under Indian GAAP, revenues grew by 113% over FY2000
while net profits from ordinary activities witnessed an increase of 118%. As transformation partners to Fortune 500 and
other established corporations, we continued to focus on building long-term relationships, reflected in our repeat business
rate of 85%. We added 4,442 employees, net of separations, and signed up 122 new clients during the year.
Recent months have witnessed unprecedented turbulence in the technology sector in the US, which in turn has contributed
to a slowdown in the overall economy. Technology sector valuations have dropped; revenue shortfalls, profit warnings and
layoffs have become commonplace; most dot-coms are on the way to accelerated oblivion; and the urgency for large
corporations to adopt new initiatives has declined.
IT budgets are now subject to careful consideration. Companies now seek to maximize the return on their IT investments
and therefore focus on short-gestation projects that promise predictable, substantial payoffs. As the me-too approach to
new technology experimentation fades out, CIOs increasingly focus on consolidation, integration and convergence
imperatives, rather than on radical advances in technology infrastructure. There is an unmistakable shift towards value-for-
money and, as a result, towards longer decision-making cycle times.
Clearly, these are challenging times for an IT services company. As self-preservation and prudence descend on US industry,
the near-term demand outlook for IT services is not as rosy as in the boom years. The immediate future is therefore
uncertain – which is the key reason for our FY2002 estimates of 30% growth in revenues over the year.
Our estimates are based on our current understanding of the marketplace. We continue to be in close contact with our
clients and have factored in our growth expectations from both existing and new clients. We believe that increasing billing
rates will be a challenge in the current environment and expect the majority of our FY2002 growth to come from increasing
business volumes.
Nevertheless, we continue to be fully prepared to tap into additional business opportunities that may arise and intend to
have all the ingredients of growth in place – infrastructure, people, processes and systems. Consequently, we anticipate
$ 80 million in capital expenditure, and intend to add between 1,500 and 2,000 people to our workforce during FY2002.
Indeed, it is during times like these that industries undergo profound transformations. The IT services sector has begun to
witness an unprecedented flight to quality. Customers, investors and employees will gravitate towards companies that have
committed high-quality management teams, deep client relationships, an impeccable track record of customer satisfaction,
a de-risked business model, high financial discipline, a strong value system and, above all, the ability to manage change.
Our medium-term outlook for IT services continues to be positive. We believe that large corporations are still in the early
stages of their e-business build-out and will face huge integration and enhancement imperatives with their existing systems.
Further, despite the current venture funding environment, we believe that select high-quality ventures will continue to
push the technology envelope and will need strong IT partnerships to achieve their vision.
Further, we strongly believe that, at the end of the ongoing turbulence, India will emerge stronger than ever as a preferred
destination for IT outsourcing. With many US-based IT services players facing extinction, with value-for-money emerging
as a key CIO imperative, and with the increasing recognition of the quality of its talent, India is all set to consolidate its
position as a major force on the global IT services map. And Infosys, given its brand equity with Indian talent and its
relationships with leading universities, continues to be the employer-of-choice for IT professionals.
Infosys continues to focus on building strong relationships with large corporations, gaining an in-depth understanding of
their decision cycles, and maintaining an impeccable record in customer satisfaction. Our addition of 37 clients in Q4FY2001
was the highest ever in a quarter. Of the 122 clients added during the year, the majority were large corporations. Key wins
included New York Life International, a leading life insurance firm; ABB Alstom, a global specialist in energy and transport
infrastructure; Providian, the fifth-largest bankcard provider in the US; The Bank of Nova Scotia, a leading global financial
institution headquartered in Canada; Schlumberger, a leading international technical company; Dynegy, a leading provider
of energy and communications solutions; Monsanto, a leading global provider of technology-based solutions and agricultural
9
products; Telenet, a premier telecommunications company in Belgium; Vodafone Networks, a large UK-based mobile
telecommunications company; Siemens Energy and Automation, a provider of complete electrical, engineering and
automation solutions; and Swiss Re, one of the world’s leading re-insurers. We also entered into strategic alliances with
Microsoft, TIBCO, i2 Technologies and Intel. Further, in order to garner expertise in high-potential technology areas, we
continued to work with high-quality venture-funded companies.
During the year, we launched FINACLE™, an integrated core banking solution that leverages Internet technologies to
drive the operations of a bank. The banking unit acquired 15 new clients – five out of the eight new private sector banks in
India are now powered by FINACLE™. In one of the largest wins for banking software in India, we signed up Punjab
National Bank for deployment of our banking platform across 1,500 branches.
Two of Infosys’ investee companies – EC Cubed, a US-based provider of B2B e-commerce solutions, and Alpha Thinx,
a Vienna-based company operating in the wireless Internet space – filed for liquidation during the year. Due to capital
market conditions, they were unable to secure funding for their growth plans. We derived tremendous benefits from these
partnerships and were able to leverage the expertise gained from them across our other clients. However, in line with our
conservative reporting policies, pending the conclusion of liquidation proceedings, we have fully provided for these
investments and for receivables from these clients in our income statement for the year.
We continued to expand our presence overseas and in India, adding approximately 6,40,000 square feet in physical
infrastructure space during the year. We operationalized proximity development centers in Croydon, a suburb of London;
Lisle, a suburb of Chicago; Berkeley Heights, New Jersey; and Phoenix, Arizona and also expanded capacity at our global
development center in Toronto. We established marketing offices in Hong Kong, Sydney, Phoenix, U.A.E., Argentina and
Paris and inaugurated the Infosys City facility in Bangalore. In order to groom leaders of the future, we are setting up the
Infosys Leadership Institute in Mysore, Karnataka with state-of-the-art training and hostel facilities.
Strict financial discipline has always been a key imperative for Infosys. We continue to be debt-free, to have conservative
budgeting and cost management processes, and, with $ 124 million in cash, to have a strong and healthy balance sheet.
Infosys was ranked No. 1 in a survey by Hewitt Associates and Business Today on the best companies to work for in India.
The Far Eastern Economic Review rated Infosys as the No. 1 company in India in the Review 2000. Infosys became the first IT
company to win the IMC Ramkrishna Bajaj National Quality Award and was also judged by Financial Technology Asia as the
Best Regional Software House. For the sixth year in succession, we received the Silver Shield from the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India for the Best Presented Accounts, among the entries received from non-financial, private sector companies.
The Asiamoney poll of financial analysts voted us the best in management among listed companies in India for the fifth time
in a row. The BankAway product from Infosys won the CSI-Wipro Award for the Best Packaged Application for the year
2000.
During the year, we inducted Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh, Vice Dean, International Academic Affairs at the Wharton School;
Dr. Omkar Goswami, Chief Economist to the Confederation of Indian Industry; Senator Larry Pressler, Former Senator,
US Senate and presently Attorney and Senior Partner, O’Connor and Hannan LLP; Rama Bijapurkar, a well-known
management consultant; and T. V. Mohandas Pai, Srinath Batni and Phaneesh Murthy, senior officers in the company, onto
the board of directors. Also, during the year, S.M. Datta retired from the board of directors. During the year, V. Balakrishnan,
Associate Vice President – Finance, took up additional responsibilities as Company Secretary. On your behalf, we wish
them the very best and also salute our fellow Infoscions on another year of sterling achievements.
Nandan M. Nilekani N. R. Narayana Murthy

Bangalore Managing Director, President Chairman
April 11, 2001 and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer
Forward-looking statements in the letter to the shareholders should be read in conjunction with the following cautionary statements. Certain expectations and
projections regarding future performance of the company referenced in this Annual Report are forward-looking statements. These expectations and projections
are based on currently available competitive, financial, and economic data along with the company’s operating plans and are subject to certain future events
and uncertainties, that could cause actual results to differ materially from those that may be indicated by such statements.
10
Infosys – Technology at work
You on the cutting edge of technology have already made yesterday’s

impossibilities the commonplace realities of today.
Ronald Reagan
Infosys presents a compilation of projects undertaken during the year that showcase our expertise in leading-edge
technologies and its impact on our clients. These projects span various industries and extend from designing automobile
seat systems to developing software for enabling next-generation optical networks.
A recurring theme across these projects is the role of Infosys as an end-to-end partner with active involvement from
conceptualization to implementation. Further, these projects had strict time-to-market imperatives, requiring Infosys
to rapidly scale up its project team and use its Global Delivery Model to deliver within time and budget, while
meeting the highest quality benchmarks.
Infosys is partnering CiDRA in developing innovative optical networking products that use device-level wavelength
management software, thereby increasing network effectiveness. The Johnson Controls project showcases Infosys’ use
of simulation techniques and Finite Element Analysis to engineer state-of-the-art designs for automobile seats. Infosys
implemented an end-to-end ERP solution for Toshiba and is playing a vital role in Cisco’s Voice over IP and optical
networking projects by developing critical software components and solutions.
We have attempted to convey complex technology ideas in simple terms. However, we request readers to note that it
is difficult to convey such ideas without using some technical language.
Software for Optical

Networking Products
Automotive Seating
System Development
Enterprising Initiatives
Voice over IP
11
Software for Optical Networking Products
C iDRA Corporation, a high-technology manufacturing company based in the

United States, designs, manufactures and markets networking and sensing
products based on optical fiber technology. Infosys developed the firmware for key
components of the Optical Channel Monitor (OCM), one of CiDRA’s offerings for
next-generation optical networks.
Infosys managed the entire software lifecycle, from architecture definition to
implementation, for the 2-Phase Downhole Flowmeter. This device, a key component
of CiDRA’s permanent remote sensing system, is designed to operate under a wide
range of temperatures, and withstand compression of over 1000 atmospheres. A
two-tier architecture was adopted using Microsoft’s COM/DCOM technology to
separate the process of delivery of results from the data acquisition systems. Further,
facilities were provided for system administration, maintenance and data access
over a local area network or a modem. Infosys developed embedded software for
the Digital Signal Processor, incorporating statistical algorithms for automatic edge
detection, to ensure robust detection of optical signals and dynamic rate
computation. An Algorithm Manager was developed to control the allocation of
computational resources, based on the theory of Directional Acyclic Graphs (DAG). A Fault Manager was
also developed to enable self-health diagnosis and autonomous failure recovery.
Next-generation optical networks
Infosys is partnering with CiDRA to develop photonic products for bandwidth management in next-
generation communication systems that will rapidly deploy and distribute bandwidth to multiple points
within the optical network. This increased provisioning complexity will require Reconfigurable Optical
Network Elements (RONE) that have built-in intelligence through embedded software, and provide control
closer to the physical layer. Self-aware, Smart Optical Network Elements (SONE), having intelligence in
the physical layer, will reduce the complexity of the network software required to control and optimize the
optical network.
As part of its family of AgileWaveTM products for next-generation communication systems, CiDRA is currently
developing an OCM device. This is an optical spectral analyzer for Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing
(DWDM) channel monitoring that uses precisely-tunable Bragg grating technology for improved channel
resolution and optical signal-to-noise measurement. A Bragg grating has varying refractive index along the
core of the optical fiber. Consequently, wavelength scanners based on this technology have better resolution
and higher configurability as compared to contemporary technologies.
12
Infosys’ contribution to the Optical Channel Monitor
The figure illustrates the basic design of the OCM device. Using an optical tap made on a telecommunications
fiber, a small amount of light is passed through an optical filter based on CiDRA’s tunable filter technology.
The output of the filter is detected by a photodiode that measures the signal power over the wavelength
band sampled by the filter. The sampled value is further filtered by the Digital Signal Processor (DSP).
Infosys developed an advanced deconvolution signal-processing algorithm to extract data from the photo
detector. The firmware developed for the DSP handles signal processing for extracting data from the
photodetector, and also performs real-time control for filter positioning.
The filters are scanned using a design that provides highly accurate and fast filter positioning over many
cycles. A precision feedback system allows accurate measurement of the filter position in the wavelength
domain. The filters are controlled using a dedicated processor. Infosys was involved in developing a real-
time, closed-loop controller firmware to enable accurate sweep control of the filter. Separate coordinated
processors are currently used to sample and filter optical power, and to control filter tuning. An independent
host processor accepts user scan and setup commands, and displays the data acquired by the system. The
calibration software developed for the host computer incorporated compensation techniques involving
two-dimensional surface approximation techniques.
The cutting edge
Infosys’ technical contributions to the OCM, together with its rapid development and implementation of
prototype embedded systems, has provided CiDRA with an important technical advantage in the
demonstration of new product feasibility in an industry that rewards innovation and speed-to-market.
13
Automotive Seating System Development
J ohnson Controls Inc. (JCI) is a Fortune 500 multinational corporation involved

in the design, development and manufacturing of automotive seating and interior
systems. JCI supplies these systems to automotive giants such as Ford, GM, Chrysler
and Volvo. Using advanced techniques in mathematics, structural mechanics, Finite
Element Analysis (FEA), iterative design, and simulation, Infosys has helped JCI
reduce cost and cycle time in the design of automotive seats.
Engineering seating system simulation
In order to ensure occupant safety in road accidents, several countries, as well as,
supranational institutions have implemented regulations that prescribe stringent
design specifications for seats and accessories.
The key technological challenge in this project was to simulate the crashing of a
vehicle. The design cases for crash analysis include head-end and rear-end crashes
against another moving or another stationary vehicle. Conventional finite element
techniques, based on implicit methods, fall short of addressing such simulations,
as the duration of the incident is typically less than one tenth of a second. The
Infosys team established an FEA methodology and analysis process using the explicit
time integration method, and performed the crash simulation and analysis using various third-party software
tools.
Infosys has implemented and simulated crash scenario models for various combinations of key components
including passenger seat, dummy placement, safety feature profile and crash loads. The most complex
part of a crash simulation is the occupant modeling. Human dummy models representing the 95th or 50th
percentile of the specified country’s population were modeled with high accuracy using FEA. Each dummy
profile requires specifications for more than 90 components and 43 joints. The simulation takes into
account factors such as material non-linearity, contacts, deformation and plastic strain profiles. It also
includes safety-modeling features such as seat belts, retractors and pre-tensioners. The output of the
simulation process includes crash performance metrics for the seating structure, components, mechanisms,
driver safety and passenger safety.
Components of the design

and the production process
14
The Infosys edge
Infosys partnered with JCI’s UK division in the complete seating system design life-cycle, and brought its
deep domain knowledge as well as its technology expertise to the process. This has resulted in improvements
in seat design, and reductions in design cycle time. For instance, Infosys and the JCI Team designed a seat-
The simulation life cycle
back structure concept in three weeks, as opposed to an industry average cycle time of three months.
Other key contributions of Infosys are:
Playing a significant role in developing a new class of seating systems, compliant with European
regulations, from concept to proof.
Developing critical mechanisms for new generation seating systems, such as a true flat-fold mechanism
for tabletop, and a striker-bar mechanism for seat anchorage. One of the sub-systems developed by the
Infosys-JCI team is in the process of being patented.
Re-engineering existing seating systems by adding new functionality and features.
Rectifying problems concerning in-field seating systems, using Failure Investigation techniques based
on FEA, and successfully redesigning these systems.
Global delivery advantage
Infosys has established a dedicated offshore facility for JCI in Bangalore that has state-of-the-art software,
such as LS-DYNA from Livermore Software Technology Corporation and MARC from MSC Software
Corporation, and high-end multi-processor, number-crunching hardware, such as SGI Origin2200 and
HP-J6000. By segregating the product development environment into onsite and offshore components,
Infosys has been able to effectively leverage the Global Delivery Model to deliver a high-quality, rapid-
deployment solution to JCI.
15
Enterprising Initiatives
T oshiba America Electronic Components Inc. is one of the largest suppliers of

semiconductors, electronic components and storage devices. The Order
Fulfillment project is an end-to-end ERP implementation for Toshiba. Infosys
completed the project in 18 months, as compared to an estimated time of 30 months
by other vendors. This was accomplished by relying on our IntERPryz methodology
for ERP implementation, deep domain expertise, and sound project management
techniques.
Toshiba wanted to revamp its business processes to reduce Order-to-Delivery lead-
time, minimize inventory, increase customer service levels, and enhance supply
chain visibility. Moreover, Toshiba’s diverse existing systems, built on heterogeneous
technology platforms, needed to be integrated. This was achieved by implementing
a robust, scalable, flexible and highly configurable system.
The Infosys edge
Infosys was involved in business process definition, program management, project
management, package evaluation, package implementation, key user training, and
post-production support.
Infosys helped streamline Toshiba’s supply chain by implementing and integrating solutions in Enterprise
Resource Planning (ERP), Supply Chain Management (SCM) and Warehouse Management System
(WMS) / Transportation Management System (TMS). Oracle Applications R11.0.3 was implemented to
streamline manufacturing, distribution, procurement and financial accounting processes, and was integrated
with i2 Technologies’ Demand Planner. A new enterprise WMS / TMS product from HK Systems was
evaluated and implemented for improving order-execution efficiency, outbound visibility, and reverse
logistics. These applications run on Sun Solaris 2.6 and Windows NT platforms.
An enterprise-wide data model was prepared for standardizing performance metrics across the organization
and streamlining Toshiba’s internal processes. This involved gaining a deep understanding of the business
processes, and implementing systems to extract and report these data.
Extending the ERP package
Infosys enhanced the functionalities offered by the chosen packages, by using its IntERPryz methodology
for extending the ERP solution. More than 20 modules were designed, developed and fully integrated with
the ERP package, thus, catering to the specific non-standard functionality requirements. These add-on
applications are designed as plug-in modules.
Infosys’ contributions for the add-on applications include:
Developing a stock allocation system incorporating a rule-based algorithm that ensures seamless
execution of Toshiba’s customer support plan.
Developing a distribution system for managing the sales channel through distributors, getting real-
time visibility to the distributor’s inventory, and ensuring price protection.
Building a sales commission system, which implements a multi-level split commission policy, along
with, the engineering design tracking for prototypes.
16
Creating an Early Shipping Advance (ESA) system to manage the inbound supply chain visibility,
starting from the factory production and warehouse to the shipment’s arrival at US ports, and then
cross-docking or re-routing directly to the customers.
High performance solution
A high degree of fault tolerance, in hardware and software, was achieved by a three-tier solution. Cisco’s
Load Director was used for optimal load balancing. A parallel concurrent processing architecture, having
multiple concurrent managers, running in separate servers, was able to process a large number of jobs
simultaneously, to enhance throughput for batch jobs. Further, 24-hour availability was ensured by having
alternate managers execute jobs in the course of failure of any manager. Finally, an elaborate database
sizing exercise ensured optimal performance at the database level.
Network, Hardware and Application Architecture
17
Voice over IP
C isco Systems Inc., a California-based company, is a leader in networking and

Internet backbone products such as routers and switches. Infosys has been
chosen as a strategic Cisco partner by the company’s Global Partner Engineering
(GPE) group, and has played a vital role in the development and support of the
Cisco Call Manager (CCM), encompassing areas of test automation, stress testing,
conference control, and alarm configuration. Infosys has delivered critical products
on schedule by leveraging its expertise in the Voice over IP (VoIP) domain. Infosys’
domain knowledge in VoIP includes areas such as architecture for IP PBX, call
processing features, gateways, routers, IP phone services protocols, routing protocols,
and open telephony standards.
Call Manager
The CCM is the software-based call-processing component of the Cisco IP Telephony
solution, and is a part of the Cisco Architecture for Voice, Video and Integrated
Data (AVVID). The CCM extends enterprise telephony features and functions to
A virtual network
packet telephony network devices such as IP phones, media processing devices, VoIP gateways, and
multimedia applications. An IP network consisting of the CCM, IP phones, gateways and applications
provides a distributed virtual telephony network.
Infosys’ contribution
Infosys played a vital role in the CCM effort by developing a number of tools and utilities for stress-testing
and simulation. Key contributions include:
18
Developing a Stress-testing and Performance Management tool – a highly-configurable, real-time
application for simulating heavy load scenarios for device registration, call processing (with / without
voice streaming) and redundancy support. This tool enables the simulation of a network of over 1000
IP phones on a single PC. Multiple servers can be used to scale-up to simulate any number of phones
for stress testing.
Developing a Media Gateway Control Protocol (MGCP) simulator – a tool for setting up a large number
of MGCP gateways and load-testing the CCM. It emulates gateway behavior during registration to the
CCM, and during switchover and switchback of the CCMs in a cluster setup. A TCP setup has been
provided for handling Q931 messages that, in turn, can be used in the future to stress-test such messages
between the CCM and the gateways. Currently, each installation supports 50 gateways, with an option
to scale up by having multiple installations. A command line interface test- scripting facility has been
provided for test automation.
Building a Script Automation tool for simulating features of IP phones. This application can handle all
the messages from IP phones to PBX (a subset of H323).
Architecting a web-based and cross-platform-compatible Billing and Reporting product for IP PBX.
This has been rolled out as a plug-in to the CCM. It records and classifies the call type, as well as, the
Quality of Service (QoS). It also applies rating parameters, and provides information on calls made by
users, billing, Quality of Service, traffic statistics and device utilization. Further, it provides a Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) interface for enterprise information stored in different directory
servers. Among other places, the product is deployed in a space ship launched by NASA.
Optical networking
Infosys has played a key role in the Operations Systems Modifications for the Integration of Network
Elements (OSMINE) certification for the ONS 15454 product. This required defining a TL1 interface by
implementing hundreds of new commands and correcting the behavior of existing commands. Faced
with a timeline of three months, Infosys demonstrated its ability to understand complex system architectures
rapidly. Infosys has implemented a large number of new commands in areas such as protection switching,
performance monitoring and test access, thereby improving the quality of the software.
19
Board of directors Management council invitees
N. R. Narayana Murthy Bhashyam M. R. Srinjay Sengupta
Associate Vice President – Regional Manager and Associate Vice President –
Nandan M. Nilekani Software Engineering Process Group Sales – Europe
Deepak M. Satwalekar
Binod H. R. Srinivas B. G.
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam Associate Vice President – Associate Vice President –
Commercial & Facilities Delivery – Enterprise Solutions
Ramesh Vangal
Philip Yeo Subhash Dhar Srinivasan V.
Regional Manager and Associate Vice President –
Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh Associate Vice President – Sales Delivery – Banking Business Unit
Dr. Omkar Goswami Dheeshjith V. G. Sriram V.
Sen. Larry Pressler Associate Vice President – Regional Manager and Associate Vice President –
Delivery – Asia Pacific Sales – Asia Pacific
Rama Bijapurkar
Bhaskar Ghosh Srivathsa P. S.
Gopalakrishnan S. Associate Vice President – Senior Manager –
Dinesh K. Development Center – Bhubaneswar Recruitment – HRD
Shibulal S. D. Nandita Gurjar Subramanyam G. V.

Associate Vice President – Associate Vice President –
Mohandas Pai T. V. Learning & Development – HRD Software Engineering & Technology Labs
Phaneesh Murthy
Ramadas Kamath U. Sukumar S.
Srinath Batni Associate Vice President – Manager – Corporate Planning
Accounts & Administration
Padmanabhan Venkataraman
Committees of the board Vivekanand P. Kochikar Associate Vice President –
Delivery – Quality
Senior Project Manager –
Audit committee Education & Research
Venkataramanan T. S.
Deepak M. Satwalekar, Chairman Sudha Kumar Associate Vice President –
Associate Vice President – Banking Business Unit
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam Corporate Marketing
Ramesh Vangal Advisor to the management
Vijay Kumar C.
Dr. Omkar Goswami Associate Vice President –
council
Sen. Larry Pressler Infrastructure Development Jayaram G. K., Dr.
Head – Infosys Leadership Institute
Rama Bijapurkar Hariharan S. Murthy
Regional Manager and Associate Vice President –
Compensation committee Sales – Communication & Product Services Voice of the Youth
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam, Chairman Narendran K. Ayan Chatterjee
Senior Project Manager – Ashiss Kumar Dash
Deepak M. Satwalekar Development Center – Mangalore
Philip Yeo Mukul Gupta
Parameswar Y.
Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh Associate Vice President – Eshan Joshi
Dr. Omkar Goswami Communication & Product Services – Madhavan V. B.
Other Telecom Business
Nominations committee Prasad T. P. Manjula M. K.
Ramesh Vangal, Chairman Regional Manager and Associate Vice President– Nagaraj N. S.
Sales – South North America
Philip Yeo Vinayak Pai V.
Pravin Rao U. B. Meera Rajeevan
Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh Vice President –
Sen. Larry Pressler Delivery (South North America)
Investor grievance committee Priti Jay Rao Infosys Foundation

Associate Vice President – Trustees
Philip Yeo, Chairman Development Center – Pune
Raghavan N. S., Chairman
Rama Bijapurkar Shiv Shankar N.
Nandan M. Nilekani Associate Vice President – Sudha Murty
Development Center – Chennai Sudha Gopalakrishnan
Dinesh K.
Shibulal S. D. Sivashankar J.
Associate Vice President –
Information Systems
As on April 25, 2001
20
Directors’ report
To the members,
Your directors are pleased to present their report on the business and operations of your company for the year ended
March 31, 2001.
Financial results in Rs. crore except per share data *

Year ended March 31 2001 2000
Total income 1,959.94 921.46
Total expenditure 1,135.73 542.58
Provision for investments 15.29 –
Operating profit (PBIDT) 808.92 378.88
Interest – –
Depreciation 112.89 53.23
Profit before tax and extraordinary item 696.03 325.65
Provision for tax 72.71 39.70
Profit after tax before extraordinary item 623.32 285.95
Extraordinary item
transfer of intellectual property right (net of tax) 5.49 –
provision no longer required – 7.57
Net profit after tax and extraordinary item 628.81 293.52
Appropriations
Interim dividend – paid 16.54 9.92
Final dividend – recommended 49.62 19.84
Total dividend 66.16 29.76
Dividend tax 8.70 3.27
Transferred to general reserve 553.96 260.49
Earnings per share (equity shares, par value Rs.5 each)
Basic 95.06 44.38
Diluted 94.76 44.37
* 1 crore equals 10 million.
Results of operations
Total revenues grew to Rs. 1,959.94 crore from Rs. 921.46 crore last year, a growth rate of 112.7%. Operating profit grew
to Rs. 808.92 crore ( 41.27% of total revenues) from Rs. 378.88 crore (41.12% of total revenues), a growth rate of 113.5%.
Profit after tax, from ordinary activities, increased to Rs. 623.32 crore (31.80% of total revenue) from Rs. 285.95 crore
(31.03% of total revenue), an increase of 118.0%.
During the year, the company transferred its intellectual property rights in Onscan, a web-enabled notification product, to
OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly known as Onscan Inc.). The product was transferred for a gross consideration of Rs. 8.93
crore (US$ 2 million), received in the form of preferred voting and non-voting securities of OnMobile Systems Inc. The
income from the transfer of Rs. 5.49 crore (net of tax) is disclosed as an extraordinary item.
During the year, two of your company’s investee companies, EC Cubed Inc. and Alpha Thinx Mobile Phone Services AG,
filed for liquidation. Pending the conclusion of liquidation proceedings, your company has provided Rs. 15.29 crore towards
the entire amount of these investments.
Dividend
An interim dividend of Rs. 2.50 per share (50% on par value of Rs. 5) was paid in November 2000. Your directors now
recommend a final dividend of Rs. 7.50 per share (150% on par value of Rs. 5) aggregating Rs. 10.00 per share (200% on
par value of Rs. 5), for the current year. The total amount of dividend is Rs. 66.16 crore, as against Rs. 29.76 crore for the
previous year. Dividend (including dividend tax), as a percentage of net profit after tax from ordinary activities, is 12.00%,
as compared to 11.55% in the previous year. Under the Indian Income Tax Act 1961, the receipt of dividend is tax-free in
the hands of the shareholders. The tax on distributed profits, payable by the company, increased to Rs. 8.70 crore from
Rs. 3.27 crore in the previous year.
21
Increase in share capital
Your company issued 7,417 shares on the exercise of stock options, issued under the 1998 and 1999 employee stock
option plans. Due to this, the outstanding issued, subscribed and paid-up equity share capital increased from 6,61,50,700
shares, during the previous year, to 6,61,58,117 shares in the year under review.
Business
Your company demonstrated all-round growth during the year. Under Indian GAAP, revenues grew by 113% over FY2000
while net profits from ordinary activities witnessed an increase of 118%. As transformation partners to Fortune 500
corporations, your company continued to focus on building long-term relationships, reflected in its repeat business rate of
85%. Your company signed up 122 new clients, the majority of whom were large corporations, and had a total client base
of 273 at the end of the year. Further, your company had 80 million-dollar clients, 19 five-million-dollar clients and 11 ten-
million-dollar clients as compared to 42, 10 and 4 in the previous year.
A sizeable proportion of your company’s growth was driven by helping Fortune 500 and other established companies to
embrace the new economy paradigm. The company also worked with various venture-funded clients to garner expertise in
niche technology areas, which was leveraged to provide high-technology solutions to larger corporations around the world.
Revenues from start-up and venture-funded companies accounted for 10.8% of total revenues. The following table provides
the percentage of income from dot-com and Internet, and telecom start-up companies during the year.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 FY 2001
Dot-com and Internet start-up companies 10.9% 9.5% 5.8% 4.0% 7.1%
Telecom start-up companies 6.3% 2.7% 3.5% 3.0% 3.7%
Total start-up and venture-funded companies 17.2% 12.2% 9.3% 7.0% 10.8%
Given recent conditions in the capital markets, your company intends to reduce its exposure to venture-funded companies,
and to work even more selectively in this space.
The year also saw your company scaling up on the human resources and infrastructure front. Net of separations, 4,442
employees were added, taking the total strength to 9,831. Your company added another 6.4 lakh square feet of physical
infrastructure space, taking the total space available to 16.7 lakh square feet. The total number of marketing offices increased
to 25, up from 20 in the previous year.
Your company’s software export revenues aggregated Rs. 1,874.03 crore, up 115.48% from Rs. 869.70 crore the previous
year. During the year, 74.6% of the export revenues came from North America, 19.1% from Europe, and 6.3% from the rest
of the world. The share of the fixed-price component of the business was 28.2%, as compared to 31.5% during the previous
year. Revenue productivity, in dollar terms, grew by 27.0%.
Several market studies published recently point to a slowdown in IT spending in the United States, which is a key market
for your company. Your company is closely monitoring the market situation and believes that its unique business model
and prudent risk-management practices, coupled with a strong customer base and deep client relationships, give it a
sustainable long-term competitive advantage. Your company will aggressively pursue new opportunities and will ensure
adequate internal preparedness to take maximum advantage of such opportunities.
Banking Business Unit (BBU)

With a 100% increase in revenues over the previous year, the Banking Business Unit demonstrated rapid growth. Your
company launched FINACLE™, an integrated core banking solution that is centralized, multi-currency and multi-language
enabled, functionally rich, and addresses both retail and corporate banking requirements. Positioned as a core banking
e-platform that brings about a paradigm shift in the way banking is conducted, FINACLE™ leverages Internet technologies
to drive the operations of a bank.
The Banking Business Unit has consolidated its position in the Indian and African markets, and has also expanded into the
Middle East. During the year, it acquired 15 new clients, 10 in India and 5 overseas, for FINACLE™, BankAway, and
PayAway applications. In one of the largest wins for banking software in India, your company signed up Punjab National
Bank for deployment of its banking platform across 1500 branches. At present, five out of the eight new private sector
banks in India are powered by FINACLE™. With this, your company has gained the highest market share amongst Indian
banks offering Internet banking services.
22
Global software development centers
In 1999, as part of its globalization program, your company launched several development centers outside India. During
the year, your company started a proximity development center in Croydon, a suburb of London, UK. The center currently
has 37 employees and can scale up to accommodate 82 employees. The company also expanded capacity at its global
development center in Toronto, Canada. The center currently has 58 employees and can scale up to accommodate 114
employees. Your company also opened three proximity development centers in the USA, at Lisle, a suburb of Chicago,
Illinois; Berkeley Heights, New Jersey; and Phoenix, Arizona. These centers have the potential to scale up to accommodate
95, 110 and 30 personnel respectively.
Development centers in India

Your company incurred capital expenditure aggregating Rs. 349.51 crore on physical infrastructure, up from Rs.122.40
crore the previous year. Further, your company incurred Rs.113.84 crore on technological infrastructure, up from
Rs. 37.47 crore the previous year. Of the total capital expenditure, Rs. 349.66 crore has been capitalized during the year, up
from Rs. 117.79 crore the previous year.
The Infosys City facility in Bangalore was inaugurated during the year. Construction of the Management Development
Center is on schedule. An additional 60,000 square feet of software development infrastructure to accommodate 600
professionals is in the final stages of completion. Additionally, construction has commenced on three software development
blocks comprising 3,00,000 square feet with a capacity to accommodate 1,800 professionals. The existing capacity at
Bangalore comprises 8,82,500 square feet capable of accommodating 4,500 professionals.
Phase II of the Pune campus is progressing as per schedule. The Mangalore campus is complete and currently has a
built-up area of 1,98,000 square feet to accommodate 950 professionals. In both these cities, the existing leased premises
are being vacated. In Bhubaneswar, a second software development block of 75,000 square feet to accommodate 600
professionals, along with a food court of 28,000 square feet, is nearing completion. In Chennai, Phase I of the software
development center is substantially complete and is getting ready for use. Phase II of the software development center
comprising 2,36,000 square feet to accommodate 1,300 professionals is under construction. Construction of Phase I of the
new campus at Hyderabad comprising 2,73,000 square feet commenced during the year with a capacity to accommodate
1,200 professionals.
In Mysore, Phase I of the software development center and the Infosys Leadership Institute (ILI) campus is progressing as
per schedule. As of March 31, 2001, the company had 16,65,800 square feet of space capable of accommodating 10,100
professionals and 19,08,200 square feet under construction including the ILI.
Overseas branches
To accelerate the sales effort in overseas markets, sales offices were opened in Hong Kong, Sydney, Phoenix (Arizona),
U.A.E., Argentina and Paris. During the coming year, additional sales offices are expected to be opened in North America,
Europe and Asia. Expansion of the overseas sales network will help your company access new markets and broaden its
client base. As at the year-end, your company had 21 marketing offices overseas.
Incubator funding
Your company is in an industry that offers great opportunity for highly competent and entrepreneurial professionals with
high aspirations. In keeping with its philosophy of encouraging budding entrepreneurs within the organization, your
company has provided an incubation mechanism for them to launch their own ventures while continuing to derive benefits
from a close association with Infosys. Your company incubated Yantra Corporation, a provider of e-fulfillment solutions, in
fiscal 1996 and OnMobile Systems Inc.(formerly known as Onscan Inc.), a wireless solutions provider, in fiscal 2000.
Yantra Corporation
Yantra Corporation provides e-business software solutions for managing supply chain transactions across the extraprise.
During the year, Yantra installed a high-quality management team and intensified its sales effort to implement its growth
objectives. Yantra also closed a $ 40 million venture funding round with participation from Morgan Stanley Dean Witter
Private Equity, Amerindo, Broadvision, VerticalNet, Easter Chemical Company and other investors. Further, Yantra
announced a strategic alliance with Accenture (formerly known as Andersen Consulting) to provide supply chain solutions
through PureEcommerce, a fully web-enabled application that manages, tracks and executes complex customer transactions
23
across a company’s extended supply chain. Infosys’ economic interest in Yantra has come down to 15.8% (on a fully
diluted basis). However, Yantra continues to be a subsidiary under the Companies Act, 1956 as the majority of the common
stock is held by your company. The particulars of the subsidiary company required to be provided under section 212 of
the Companies Act, 1956, are attached to the Indian GAAP financial statements contained in this annual report.
OnMobile Systems Inc.

OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly known as Onscan Inc.) is a wireless solutions provider to enterprises and wireless
carriers around the world. The company offers platforms, applications and professional services to deliver end-to-end
wireless solutions. The company’s solutions allow wireless carriers to provide innovative services to their customers and
enable enterprises to deploy applications targeted towards their mobile workforce. During the year, your company transferred
its intellectual property rights in Onscan, a web-enabled notification product, to OnMobile Systems Inc. The product was
transferred for a gross consideration of $ 2 million, received in the form of preferred voting and preferred non-voting
securities of OnMobile Systems Inc. Shortly thereafter, OnMobile Systems closed a $ 15 million venture funding round
with participation from Argo Global Capital, H&Q Asia Pacific and other investors.
JASDIC
JASDIC Park Company is an Indo-Japanese consortium founded by Mr. Kenichi Ohmae, a well-known management strategist,
along with a few Japanese companies and three Indian companies including your company. The aim of JASDIC is to
provide high-quality software services from India to the Japanese market. This is in line with your company’s strategy to
diversify its geographic client base. Revenues from JASDIC grew by 59.3% over the previous year. Your company expects
further growth in revenues from Japan through this venture.
Strategic investments
Your company had announced its intention to make selective investments in leading-edge companies that have the potential
to yield substantial business benefits. Such investments were also envisaged in select venture capital funds. Benefits from
these investments are primarily in the form of revenue and net income enhancements, through technology partnerships
and access to the latest technological developments. Your company has leveraged the expertise derived from its investee
companies to deliver value to large clients across the globe.
During the year, EC Cubed Inc., a US-based provider of B2B e-commerce solutions in which your company had made a
strategic investment amounting to Rs. 13.08 crore, filed for liquidation. Alpha Thinx Mobile Phone Services AG, a Vienna-
based company operating in the wireless Internet space, in which your company had made a strategic investment amounting
to Rs. 2.21 crore, also filed for liquidation. Due to adverse capital market conditions, these entities were unable to raise the
capital required to fund their growth plans and were therefore forced into liquidation. Pending the conclusion of liquidation
proceedings, your company has provided for the entire amount of these investments.
Human resource management

Given the knowledge-intensive nature of your company’s activities, human resources are among its most critical assets.
Recognizing this, your company has put in place a scalable recruitment and human resource management process, enabling
it to attract and retain high-calibre employees. Your company added 4,442 employees, net of separations, taking the total
strength to 9,831 – up from 5,389 at the end of the previous year. Your company has a robust selection process, evidenced
by the ability to conduct aptitude tests for up to 10,000 applicants in a single day across India.
Entry-level engineers are put through intense technical training and are also exposed to cross-functional training that helps
hone their soft skills. Further, all employees are eligible for your company’s stock option plan. Your company’s attrition rate,
at 11.2% for the year (9.2% for the previous year), is a testimony to its ability to attract and retain high-quality talent.
In order to ensure a safe and congenial workplace, your company has formulated and implemented a policy against sexual
harassment. Process improvements have also been made in the areas of recruitment, training and visa processing.
Quality
Your company is rated at Level 5 of the Capability Maturity Model (CMM) of the Software Engineering Institute at Carnegie
Mellon University, USA. To address the challenges of the future and to ensure performance improvement in an integrated
manner, your company has launched the Infosys Excellence Initiative (IEI), which is a single umbrella for all quality
initiatives within the organization. This initiative spans various functions in the organization, namely core delivery processes,
functional and cross-functional processes, and organizational management processes. It envisages leveraging CMM Level 5
for delivery processes, the Malcolm Baldrige framework for organizational management processes, and 6-sigma Cross
Functional Process Mapping (CFPM) techniques for improving cross-functional processes.
24
The Malcolm Baldrige framework will focus on the overall assessment of your company’s business and integration of all its
business activities. 6-sigma CFPM techniques are being used to improve customer relationship management, customer
order management, talent deployment, and other cross-functional processes. For instance, the Visasixers initiative was
launched to enhance internal customer satisfaction with the visa filing process, and to decrease response time for specific
requirements by streamlining these processes. A cross-functional team was established which identified and implemented
18 action items, thereby leading to 76% increase in internal customer satisfaction, 96% adherence to service levels, and
50% reduction in cycle times.
Infosys Leadership Institute

In order to groom leaders of the future, the Infosys Leadership Institute (ILI) campus is being constructed in Mysore,
Karnataka. Leadership development is being planned across the organization – from junior to senior levels of management.
The ILI campus will have state-of-the-art training facilities, along with hostel facilities for the participants of the training
program. This initiative will proactively seek to develop and facilitate leadership skills among Infoscions, through a mix of
classroom and action-oriented learning.
InStep global internship program

As part of its brand building efforts with leading universities around the world, your company has developed InStep, a
global internship program. The program selects high-quality students from top academic institutions across the globe and
deploys them on live projects in your company’s offices worldwide. InStep has had students from a variety of backgrounds,
cultures, and universities – ranging from computer science undergraduates from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
to graduate students of business from the Wharton School. This year, your company held InStep information sessions in 14
educational institutions in the US, UK, Canada and France. Subsequently, we received 700 applications for just 24 internship
positions. InStep is an integral part of your company’s international recruitment initiative that aims at making its workforce
truly global.
The new information infrastructure

Your company firmly believes that internal IT initiatives are a key ingredient for sustained corporate growth. IT is an
enabler of global delivery and 24 x 7 operations and is therefore a key driver of customer satisfaction. For its internal IT
systems, your company uses an intranet backbone, straddling a range of technologies, along with a strong back-end in SAP
R/3 and Microsoft technologies.
Your company has implemented the latest SAP R/3 version 4.6 on a state-of-the-art Storage Area Network (SAN) solution
to enable high performance and 24 x 7 availability. Further, a range of custom-built, web-enabled systems have been
implemented that address your company’s business needs. Ongoing IT initiatives range from building a globally scalable
infrastructure to implementing e-CRM and deploying extranets.
The implementation of these will
● drive information availability to a global work force,
● enhance employee and process productivity, and
● further strengthen our client partnerships.

In earlier years, your company provided additional information in the form of intangible assets scoresheet, human resources
accounting, value-added statement, brand accounting, economic value-added statement, and financial statements in
substantial compliance with the GAAP of six countries, in addition to the US and India. This information is provided in this
year’s Annual Report also.
Basic financial statements are generally prepared on the historic cost basis for income measurement and asset valuation. In
a changing price environment, financial statements should reflect changes in the economic environment. The Institute of
Chartered Accountants of India has issued a Guidance Note on Accounting for Changing Prices. Your company has recast
its balance sheet and profit and loss account for the current year in accordance with this guidance note to reflect the impact
of changing prices on its historic cost basis financial statements. This information is provided in the section on Additional
information to shareholders.
Corporate governance
With increasing globalization, there has been a renewed thrust on corporate governance in India. Your company continues
to be a pioneer in benchmarking its corporate governance policies with the best in the world, and its efforts are widely
recognized by investors in India and abroad.
25
The Kumar Mangalam Birla Committee on Corporate Governance constituted by the Securities and Exchange Board of
India (SEBI) submitted its report in November 1999 that was accepted by SEBI in December 1999. While the
recommendations of the committee have become mandatory from this year, your company complied with most of the
recommendations in fiscal 2000 itself. For fiscal 2001, the compliance report is provided in the Corporate governance
section in this report. The auditor’s certificate on compliance with the mandatory recommendations of the committee is
annexed to this report.
In addition, your directors have documented your company’s internal policies on corporate governance. In line with the
committee’s recommendations, the management discussion and analysis of the financial position of the company is provided
in this Annual Report and is incorporated here by reference.
Your company has also provided a compliance report on various corporate governance recommendations in vogue in six
countries, in their local languages, for the benefit of our shareholders in those countries.
Responsibility statement of the board of directors

The directors’ responsibility statement setting out the compliance with the accounting and financial reporting requirements
specified under Section 217 (2AA) of the Companies (Amendment) Act, 2000, in respect of the financial statements, is
annexed to this report.
Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP)

Your company has introduced various stock option plans for its employees. Details of these, including grants to senior
management, are given below. Senior management includes directors of your company and members of its Management
Council.
1994 Stock Offer Plan (the 1994 plan)

The 1994 plan came to an end in fiscal 2000; no further options will be issued under this plan.
1998 Stock Option Plan (the 1998 plan)

Your company has issued 9,64,840 ADS-linked stock options to 752 employees during the year under the 1998 plan.
Details of such options granted under the 1998 plan are given below.
Description Details
1. Total number of shares 3.20 million ADS representing 1.60 million shares
2. The pricing formula Not less than 90% of the fair market value as on date of grant
3. Ratio of ADS to equity shares One share represents two ADS
4. Options granted during the year 9,64,840 options representing 4,82,420 equity shares
5. Weighted average price per option granted $ 115.44 (Rs. 5,375); 100% of fair market value on the date of grant
during the year
6. Options vested (as of March 31, 2001) 1,47,350 options representing 73,675 equity shares
7. Options exercised during the year 12,434 options representing 6,217 equity shares
8. Money raised on exercise of options $ 4,07,128 (Rs. 1,89,07,845)
9. Options lapsed during the year 600 options representing 300 equity shares
10. Total number of options in force at the 15,65,506 options representing 7,82,753 equity shares
end of the year
11. Grant to senior management No. of options No. of options
Ajay Dubey 780 Basab Pradhan 12,000
Girish G. Vaidya 1,380 Hema Ravichandar 2,400
Jan DeSmet 6,000 Mohan Sekhar 2,400
Phaneesh Murthy 20,000 Sobha Meera 12,000
Gr. Capt. Deepak Sinha 900 Srinath Batni 2,000
Total options granted to senior management during the year 59,860
12. Employees holding 5% or more of the total number of options granted during the year: Nil
26
1999 Stock Option Plan (the 1999 plan)
Your company has issued 19,57,830 stock options to 9,376 employees during the year under the 1999 plan. The details of
such options granted under the 1999 plan are given below.
Description Details
1. Total number of shares 66,00,000 shares
2. The pricing formula At the fair market value as on date of grant
3. Options granted during the year 19,57,830 options for 19,57,830 equity shares
4. Weighted average price per option granted Rs. 6,249 (100% of fair market value on the date of grant)
during the year
5. Options vested (as of March 31, 2001): 94,600 options for 94,600 equity shares
6. Options exercised during the year 1,200 options for 1,200 equity shares
7. Money raised on exercise of options: Rs. 48,78,060
8. Options lapsed during the year 1,260 options for 1,260 equity shares
9. Total number of options in force at the 27,93,980 options for 27,93,980 equity shares
end of the year
10. Grant to senior management No. of options No. of options
Ajay Dubey 2,610 Gr. Capt. Deepak Sinha 2,550
Dr. P. Balasubramaniam 3,000 Srinath Batni 5,500
Hema Ravichandar 2,200 Balakrishnan V. 6,000
T.V. Mohandas Pai 10,000 Girish G. Vaidya 5,310
M.S.S. Prabhu 3,000 Mohansekhar 4,800
Satyendra Kumar 3,000 Rajiv Kuchal 1,000
Total options granted to senior management during the year 48,970
11. Employees holding 5% or more of the total number of options granted during the year: Nil
Liquidity
Your company continues to be adequately liquid and expects that this will help achieve its growth objectives. Enhanced
liquidity reduces financial risk, and allows a rapid shift in direction should the market so demand. During the current year,
internal cash accruals have more than adequately covered working capital requirements, capital expenditure of Rs. 463.35
crore and dividend payments, and have resulted in a surplus of Rs. 69.36 crore. As on March 31, 2001, your company had
liquid assets of Rs. 577.74 crore, as against Rs. 508.37 crore at the previous year-end. These funds have been invested both
in rupee and dollar deposits with banks and financial institutions. A high level of liquidity reduces return on shareholders
funds. However, a balance between high returns on funds deployed in the business, and the ready availability of cash for
strategic decisions on growth will have to be maintained. The creation of physical and technological infrastructure is
expected to absorb a significant part of the liquid assets over the next three years.
Research and education initiatives

During the year, your company trained around 4,000 entrants as part of its induction-training program. Further, continuing
education has been imparted, both in advanced technologies as well as in managerial skills. The total training imparted by
your company to its employees during the year aggregated about 2,50,000 person days.
The Infosys Fellowship Program instituted by your company at 12 premier academic institutions in India to support
research work leading to a Ph.D. has been well received, and the number of fellowships instituted in the areas of information
technology, management and law has been increased from 24 to 42. Professors, from reputed academic institutions in India
and abroad, visited your company during the year under the Infosys sabbatical program. These professors studied and
advised Infosys on practices in knowledge management (KM), training and project management. Your company spent
around 0.87% of its revenue on R&D activities during the year.
27
Your company sees knowledge management as a key imperative to help manage growth and stay competitive in the technology
business. A KM deployment architecture that addresses the four key dimensions of KM – technology, people, content and
process – has been defined and implemented internally. A ‘Knowledge Currency Unit’ mechanism has been defined as a
key component to promote an internal knowledge sharing culture.
Even as the KM movement is gaining momentum internally, your company has been playing the role of a catalyst in various
knowledge networks externally, by delivering invited talks, publishing in international journals, and presenting at international
conferences, among other initiatives. Dr Karl-Erik Sveiby, an internationally renowned expert in KM visited Infosys during
the year and observed that, “Infosys is a KM pioneer in India and, when it comes to publishing its intangible assets in the Annual
Report, even one of the pioneers in the world. The Infosys KM initiatives seem well-balanced; they are a blend of both IT and people
initiatives, and the KM Team at Infosys has a holistic understanding of KM.”
Your company has also created extensive infrastructural facilities for education and research during the year, with the
inauguration of a dedicated building of 1,15,000 sq. ft. along with state-of-the-art equipment.
Infosys Foundation
Your company is committed to contribute to its social milieu and, in 1998, established Infosys Foundation as a not-for-
profit trust to support initiatives that benefit society-at-large. The Foundation supports programs and organizations devoted
to the cause of destitutes, rural poor, spastics, senior citizens and illiterates. It also helps preserve certain arts and cultural
activities of India which are under threat of fading out. Grants to the foundation during the year aggregated Rs. 5.26 crore,
as compared to Rs. 2.80 crore in the previous year.
A summary of the work done by the Foundation appears in the Infosys Foundation section of this report. On your behalf,
your directors express their gratitude to the honorary trustees of the Foundation for sparing their valuable time and energy
for the activities of the Foundation.
Community services
Your company continued the social programs initiated in 1999 - Catch Them Young, Rural Reach and Train the Trainer. The
three programs covered about 800 urban children from 100 schools, 2,000 children in rural schools (in five languages),
and 90 engineering college teachers from over about 60 colleges across the country, respectively, during the year. In addition,
new programs included a summer internship program for computer science students from the IITs and a technology
workshop for 35 engineering students from 17 colleges.
Further, your company, through its Computers@Classrooms initiative launched in January 1999, has donated 744 computers
to 272 institutions across India. Your company has also applied to the relevant authorities for permission to donate an
additional 419 computers to 180 institutes in the near future. Microsoft continues to participate in this initiative by donating
the relevant software and we would like to place on record our appreciation for its continued support.
Awards
Your directors are happy to report on some of the awards that your company received during the year.
● Your company was rated as the Best Employer of India by the Business Today-Hewitt Study, from among more than
150 companies.
● Your company became the first IT company to win the IMC Ramkrishna Bajaj National Quality Award in the
services category.
● The Far Eastern Economic Review rated your company as the No. 1 company in India in the Review 2000, an annual
survey of Asia’s leading companies.
● Your company has been judged the Best Regional Software House by Financial Technology Asia. This award
acknowledges the most clever, creative and effective use of information technology in Asia, including Japan and
Australia.
● For the sixth year in succession, your company received the Silver Shield from the Institute of Chartered Accountants
of India for the Best Presented Accounts, among the entries received from non-financial, private sector companies,
for the year 1999-2000.
● The Asiamoney poll of financial analysts voted your company the best in management among the listed companies
in India for the fifth time in a row.
● The BankAway product from Infosys won the CSI-Wipro Award for the Best Packaged Application in the year 2000.
28
Fixed deposits
Your company has not accepted any fixed deposits and, as such, no amount of principal or interest was outstanding as of
the balance sheet date.
Directors
During the year, your directors expanded the board and co-opted Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh, Dr. Omkar Goswami, Sen. Larry
Pressler, Ms. Rama Bijapurkar, Mr. T. V. Mohandas Pai, Mr. Srinath Batni and Mr. Phaneesh Murthy as additional directors
of the company. These appointments require the approval of the members at the ensuing Annual General Meeting.
Mr. Susim M. Datta retired as a director of the company on May 27, 2000. As per Article 122 of the Articles of Association,
Mr. Ramesh Vangal, Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam, Mr. Deepak M. Satwalekar, Mr. S. Gopalakrishnan and Mr. S.D. Shibulal
retire by rotation in the forthcoming Annual General Meeting. All of them, being eligible, offer themselves for re-appointment.
Auditors
The auditors, Bharat S Raut & Co. Chartered Accountants, retire at the ensuing Annual General Meeting and have confirmed
their eligibility and willingness to accept office, if re-appointed.
FII investment limit

Recently, the Government of India has raised the investment limit in an Indian company for Foreign Institutional Investors
(FII) from 40% to 49%, subject to the approval of the board of the investee company and a special resolution by the
shareholders of such a company. Your directors are of the opinion that it would be in the interest of the company to increase
the limit of such investment to 49%. The necessary resolutions are being placed before the members in the ensuing Annual
General Meeting.
Conservation of energy, research and development, technology absorption, foreign exchange

earnings and outgo
The particulars as prescribed under subsection (1)(e) of section 217 of the Companies Act, 1956, read with the Companies
(Disclosure of particulars in the report of board of directors) Rules, 1988, are set out in the annexure included in this report.
Particulars of employees
As required under the provisions of section 217(2A) of the Companies Act, 1956, read with the Companies (Particulars of
employees) Rules, 1975, as amended, the names and other particulars of employees are set out in the annexure included in
this report.
Acknowledgments
Your directors thank the company’s clients, vendors, investors and bankers for their continued support during the year.
Your directors place on record their appreciation of the contribution made by employees at all levels, who, through their
competence, hard work, solidarity, cooperation and support, have enabled the company to achieve consistent growth.
Your directors thank the Government of India, particularly the Department of Electronics; the Customs and Excise
departments; the Software Technology Parks – Bangalore, Chennai, Hyderabad, Mohali, Mysore, Pune, Bhubaneswar and
New Delhi; the Ministry of Commerce; the Ministry of Finance; the Reserve Bank of India; VSNL; the Department of
Telecommunications; the state governments; and other government agencies for their support, and look forward to their
continued support in the future.
For and on behalf of the board of directors

29
Annexures to the directors’ report
a) Particulars pursuant to Companies (Disclosure of particulars in the report of the board of directors)
Rules, 1988
1. Conservation of energy
The operations of your company are not energy-intensive. However, adequate measures have been taken to reduce
energy consumption by using energy-efficient computers and by the purchase of energy-efficient equipment with the
latest technologies. Your company constantly evaluates new technologies and invests in them to make its infrastructure
more energy-efficient. Currently, your company uses CFL fittings and electronic ballast to reduce the power consumption
of fluorescent tubes. A building automation system to control the working of air conditioners and to make them more
energy-efficient has been implemented. Energy-saving air conditioners have been purchased and scroll compressors are
being used in place of reciprocating compressors for all packaged and split-type air conditioning systems. Energy-
efficient pumps are used for the water system. As energy costs comprise a very small part of your company’s total
expenses, the financial impact of the these measures is not material.
2. Research and development (R&D)
Research and development of new services, designs, frameworks, processes and methodologies continue to be of
importance at Infosys. This allows your company to increase quality, productivity and customer satisfaction through
continuous innovation.
a. R&D initiative at institutes of national importance
This initiative has been described in the Research and education initiatives section in the directors’ report.
b. Specific areas for R&D at Infosys
Since businesses and technologies are changing constantly, continuous investments in research and development are
of paramount importance. Your company has taken the approach that its research must be beneficial to the company
and to its clients either in the short term or in the medium term. As in earlier years, your company continues to
conduct research in the areas of software engineering, project management, global delivery, emerging technologies,
and new tools and techniques.
Research has been continuing in the areas of software architecture and performance engineering. This is to help
projects deliver high-performance and high-transaction volume software solutions to clients. Research has also been
continued in object and component technologies to create modules that enable repeatability across projects.
Your company continues to undertake research in the following areas:
● General software engineering: Your company is constantly improving its methodologies to increase quality and
productivity, and to reduce time-to-market for its clients.
● New technologies: A methodology for performance-testing of web applications has been developed.
● Products: Your company continues to enhance and develop additional products in the Banking area.
Your company has various groups engaged in R&D. The Education and Research (E&R) department conducts short-
term and long-term research in the areas of knowledge management, education and training methodologies, and
technology-based mechanisms for delivery of education. During the year, the E&R team published 49 papers in
leading international / national journals and conferences. Further, an e-commerce research laboratory was established
by the E&R department for building expertise and skill sets in e-commerce and web applications. A Web Performance
Testing Center was also established.
The Software Engineering and Technology Labs (SETLabs) tracks emerging technology trends in the short-term and
long-term as well as opportunities for innovation in software development. SETLabs works on diverse areas including,
business modeling, architecture definition, technology assessment, infrastructure and security consulting, mobile
computing, object and component technology, and operating systems and environments, to name a few. Research
findings in the software engineering area have been published in international journals and have been presented at
several reputed forums. Built on this foundation of research is a set of cutting-edge consulting services that SETLabs
provides to your company’s clients, and an extensive repository of technical knowledge and expertise that SETLabs
uses to guide project teams to continually improve their quality and productivity.
c. Benefits derived as a result of R&D activity
Your company has been able to maintain margins despite changes in technology and increased personnel costs. The
e-commerce and the Web Performance Testing centers have been instrumental in building expertise in the e-commerce
area.
30
d. Future plan of action
There will be continued focus and increased investment in the above R&D activities. Future benefits are expected to
flow in from initiatives undertaken this year.
e. Expenditure on R&D for the year ended March 31 in Rs. crore
2001 2000
Revenue expenditure 14.97 8.08
Capital expenditure 2.14 0.15
Total R&D expenditure 17.11 8.23
R&D expenditure as a percentage of total revenue 0.87% 0.89%
3. Technology absorption, adaptation and innovation
During the year, your company successfully migrated to a Windows 2000 backbone. Further, your company made
significant additions to the number of servers used for software development, and to the number of file and print
servers. Your company also upgraded its mainframe system from the earlier S/390 9672/RA4 to the new H30, and
standardized the use of Pentium III 733 MHz system with 256 MB RAM and at least 10 GB hard disk space as the
standard desktop PC. Further, all personnel traveling frequently for official purposes are now given Pentium notebook
computers.
During the year, your company provided all its senior managers with productivity tools such as Palm Vx devices and
mobile phones. Your company also implemented a multi-point video-conferencing facility over IP, and implemented
IP telephony over WAN and on LAN in one of the campuses. Further, your company has installed a 1.16TB Storage
Area Network for hosting corporate data and applications.
Your company further invested in middleware technologies, mobile technologies and legacy modernization technologies.
Your company has set up laboratories and Centers of Excellence for technology research and competence building.
Your company joined several Technical Standards organizations, and continues to be capable of providing total
technology solutions to its clients using new technologies and tools.
4. Foreign exchange earnings and outgo
a. Activities relating to exports, initiatives taken to increase exports, development of new export
markets for products and services, and export plans
Your company has had a strong export focus in the past, and expects its export thrust to continue in future. In fiscal
2001, 98.60% of software revenues were derived from exports. Over the years, your company has established a
substantial direct marketing network all over the world and now has marketing offices in North America, Europe and
the Asia Pacific region. These offices are staffed with sales and marketing specialists who sell your company’s services
to large, international clients.
During the year, your company opened marketing offices in Hong Kong, Sydney, Phoenix (Arizona), U.A.E., Argentina
and Paris. It also set up development centers in London, Lisle, a suburb of Chicago, Illinois; Berkeley Heights, New
Jersey; and Phoenix, Arizona. Your company also launched a global initiative to increase the awareness of the Infosys
brand, and of its products and services. Several press and public relations exercises were launched in the US to
enhance your company’s visibility. Further, your company plans to take part in several international exhibitions to
promote its products and services.
During the year, your company’s Banking Business Unit won new clients in Nigeria, U.A.E and Mauritius.
The long-term goal of your company is to be a highly respected name in the global market for its services and
products, and to continue to realize a significant portion of its revenue from exports.
b. Foreign exchange earned and used for the year ended March 31 in Rs. crore
2001 2000
Foreign exchange earnings 1,728.23 851.72
Foreign exchange outgo (including capital goods and imported software packages) 727.53 336.58

31
32
Annexures to the directors’ report

b) Information as per Section 217(2A) of the Companies Act, 1956, read with the Companies (Particulars of employees) Rules, 1975, and forming part of
the directors’ report for the year ended March 31, 2001
Sl. Name Designation Qualification Age Date of Experience Gross Previous Employment – Designation
No. (Years) Joining (Years) Remuneration (Rs.)
1. Aashish Bansal Business Development Manager B.Tech. (IIT), PGD(IIM) 36 17.02.2000 12 39,24,612 HSBC Capital Markets India Pvt. Ltd. – Senior Manager
*2. Abudmar Louay Software Developer B.E. 28 21.08.2000 7 1,68,604 Swiss Hotel Management – IT Instructor
*3. Akash Maiti Senior Associate B.E.(H), M.A, PGD 30 05.07.2000 6 32,25,000 Andersen Consulting, Senior Consultant
*4. Albena De Assis Software Developer B.Sc. 26 17.07.2000 3 11,73,631 Siemens – Software Developer
5. Alexandre Elvis Rodrigues Business Development Manager B.Tech., MBA 30 03.08.1998 7 39,42,094 Modi Xerox, Production Sales Manager
6. Ameer Saithu Associate B.Tech., PGD 28 27.03.2000 5 8,00,929 PricewaterhouseCoopers, Consultant
*7. Amer Yosra Abdul Software Developer B.Sc.(H) 23 21.08.2000 1 9,26,652 –
8. Amitabh Pushparaj Mudaliar Associate B.E., PGD(IIM) 29 20.03.2000 6 20,90,570 PricewaterhouseCoopers, Consultant
*9. Amy (Yuen Chun) Wong Software Developer B.Sc. 23 22.01.2001 1 9,17,414 Hewitt Associates, Quality Assurance Analyst
10. Ananda Rao Business Development Manager B.E., M.Sc. 42 25.10.1999 14 37,45,019 SE IT Technologies – Regional General Manager
*11. Anant Natekar Senior Systems Analyst B.E. 25 09.02.2001 3 3,55,587 Fourth Technologies Inc, Consultant
12. Andi Berkowitz Sales Administrator B.A., ASL 48 12.04.1999 11 19,22,340 Newton Wellesley Chinopractic, Office Manager
*13. Andreas Suwe Project Leader B.Laws, Diploma 34 05.03.2001 7 3,49,485 Tucows Inc. – Project Manager
*14. Anil Roy Senior Systems Analyst B.E. 26 19.02.2001 4 3,29,681 Air Check Virginia, Database Administrator
*15. Anilkumar Nechiyil Project Manager B.Sc. 40 03.01.2001 18 11,34,684 First Data Merchant Services, Project Technical Leader
*16. Ankur Gupta Business Development Manager B.A.(H), PGD, ACA 28 17.07.2000 6 13,54,975 Arthur Andersen India Pvt. Ltd., Senior Consultant
17. Ankush Patel Business Development Manager B.E., MBA 33 01.10.1999 9 56,93,010 Nortel Networks, Account Manager
*18. Anthony De Laat Delivery Manager B.A., M.Sc., B.Sc. Engg 44 12.03.2001 19 5,06,510 Oao Technologies Canada – Delivery Director
*19. Anupam Bhatnagar Business Development Manager B.A.(H), LLB, PGD 29 03.08.2000 4 5,66,129 Arthur Andersen, Consultant
*20. Arindom Basu Senior Principal B.E.(H), PGD(IIM) 34 05.02.2001 10 9,51,974 Andersen Consulting – Senior Manager
*21. Arjun K. Rao Software Developer B.E., MS 24 22.01.2001 1 9,17,414 Recruitmentindia.Com, Webmaster/ Technical Lead
*22. Aroun Balakrishnan Senior Systems Analyst B.Tech. 27 05.03.2001 5 2,09,764 Blockbuster Inc., Senior Programmer Analyst
23. Arun Kumar R. Business Development Manager B.Tech., PGD 30 05.06.1999 8 51,05,674 Nokia Private Limited, Sales Manager – West & South India
*24. Ashish Pandita Software Developer B.E. 27 27.11.2000 3 6,21,445 Robert Bosch India Ltd. – Software Developer
25. Ashok Vemuri Business Development Manager B.Sc.(H)., PGD 32 01.10.1999 9 64,57,918 Bank Of America, Assistant Vice President
26. Ayan Chatterjee Business Development Manager B.A.(H), PGD 29 02.11.1998 8 69,72,586 Andersen Consulting, Consultant
*27. Balaji Yellavalli Senior Principal B.Tech., PGD 32 18.09.2000 11 6,77,625 Feedback Ventures Ltd., Chief Executive Officer
28. Balakrishna D. R. Assistant Project Manager B.E. 29 07.02.1994 7 19,04,450 HCL-HP – Customer Relations
29. Balakrishnan P. R. Business Development Manager B.Tech., MBA 28 15.11.1999 6 40,98,994 Arthur Andersen, Senior Consultant
30. Balasubramanian P. Senior Vice President B.Tech.(IIT), M.Tech.(IIT), 51 01.10.1995 28 15,64,794 Hitek Software Engineers Ltd. – CEO/Technical Director
PhD (Purdue)
*31. Balasundaram Gajendran Software Developer B.Sc. 26 21.08.2000 3 9,15,681 Queen’s University – Student Software Engineer
32. Balu A. Assistant Project Manager B.E., Diploma 29 07.11.1994 11 19,37,788 Adarsha Polytechnic – Teacher
33. Bartley Richard Higgins Business Development Manager B.A.(H), M.A 52 20.02.1997 14 65,63,082 Wireless Software, Developer
34. Basab Pradhan Regional Manager & Vice President – B.Tech., PGD 35 03.10.1994 12 84,33,946 Lipton India Ltd., Manager
Sales – West North America
*35. Biji P. Thomas Associate B.E., PGD 26 24.04.2000 4 6,31,855 Andersen Consulting, Senior Consultant
*36. Bindu Ajay Badola Senior Consultant (ERP) B.E. 31 09.10.2000 9 11,76,367 Tata Infotech Ltd. – Systems Specialist
*37. Brit Lane Software Developer B.Sc. 24 08.05.2000 2 13,67,489 Tha Cain Gang Ltd. – Developer
*38. Bryan Mallinson Software Developer BBM 24 15.01.2001 0 4,48,374 –
*39. BuuQuang Kha Software Developer B.Sc. 23 15.01.2001 0 4,15,735 –
40. Chandra Shekar Kakal Associate Vice President B.E., MBA 40 01.03.1999 18 12,62,452 Ramco Systems – Product Manager
*41. Cheng “Sean” Sixin Software Developer B.Sc., M.Sc., Diploma 32 08.05.2000 7 4,28,499 Tian Tian Furniture – Manufacture Engineer
*42. Chi Tat Wong Software Developer B.E. 25 20.11.2000 2 5,59,723 The Peer Group – Software Developer
*43. Craig Daniel DeDecker Software Developer BBA 22 22.01.2001 2 9,17,414 Economy Advertising, System Admin Intern
*44. Cynthia Atayan Administrative Assistant SSLC 25 01.06.2000 2 10,33,624 Cisco Systems – Customer Service Quality Specialist
*45. David Spencer Principal B.A., B.Sc., MBA 36 18.09.2000 15 34,35,405 Spherion, Senior Manager
46. Dean E. Whiteside Contract Administrator B.A. 35 26.05.1998 7 27,56,041 Bank Of America, Systems Administrator
47. Debjit Datta Chaudhuri Business Development Manager B.Sc.(H)., PGD(IIM) 28 13.10.1998 7 50,11,050 Wipro Finance Ltd – Officer
*48. Deepak Rao Senior Principal B.Tech.(IIT), PGD(IIM) 37 01.02.2001 15 11,53,908 KPMG Consulting – Executive Consultant
*49. Deepak Sundarrajan Senior Systems Analyst B.E. 28 19.02.2001 6 3,27,301 Humana Inc., Designer
50. Dinesh Krishnaswamy Director B.Sc., M.Sc. 46 01.09.1981 25 16,19,457 Patni Computer Systems Pvt. Ltd. – Senior Software Engineer
*51. Duncan Zhang Software Developer B.Tech. 24 08.05.2000 1 13,96,785 –
*52. Easaw Pallipeedikayil Easaw Business Development Manager B.E., PGD(IIM) 31 07.04.2000 7 30,01,375 Apex Systems – Senior Marketing Executive
*53. Eric Seubert Senior Principal B.Sc., MBA 34 28.08.2000 11 34,32,750 Interim Technology Consulting, Director, E-Business Practice
*54. Gaurav Garg Project Manager B.E. 28 30.01.2001 6 7,24,493 Polaris Software Lab (India) Ltd., Consultant (System Manager)
*55. Gautam P. Thakkar Principal B.Sc. 32 17.07.2000 11 7,69,211 Andersen Consulting, Manager
56. George Varghese Business Development Manager B.Com. 33 26.09.1996 10 66,22,825 Hitachi – Systems Administrator
*57. Gigi (Chiao Chih) Tsang Software Developer B.Sc.(H). 22 15.01.2001 0 4,15,735 –
58. Girish Anant Pashilkar Senior Associate B.Tech.(IIT) , PGD(IIM) 29 20.03.2000 7 34,73,672 Arthur Andersen – Senior consultant
59. Girish G. Vaidya Senior Vice President B.E., PGD(IIM) 50 22.01.1999 26 16,27,764 ANZ Grindlays Bank Ltd. – Head & Director Operations
*60. Girish M. Aswathanarayana Project Manager B.Tech., MS 31 05.03.2001 7 2,65,558 G. A. Sullivan, Senior Consultant
*61. Glen Michael Software Developer B.Sc. 24 21.08.2000 2 9,26,530 Industry Canada – Support Analyst
62. Gopal Devanahalli Business Development Manager M.Sc.(Tech), PGD 32 01.10.1999 9 49,35,775 Ford Credit Kotak Mahindra Ltd., Regional Manager
63. Gopalakrishnan S. Deputy Managing Director B.Sc., M.Tech.(IIT) 45 01.02.1981 21 14,98,189 Software Sourcing Co. – V. P. Technical Group
64. Gopinath Sutar Senior Principal B.Tech., PGD 34 01.10.1999 12 66,97,570 A. T. Kearney, Manager
*65. Goseng Kelvin Lie Software Developer B.Sc.(H). 24 21.08.2000 1 9,15,681 –
66. Guhan Kumaran Assistant Project Manager B.E.(H) 26 26.06.1995 6 13,95,843 –
67. Hariharan S. Murthy Regional Manager & B.E., PGD 36 01.09.1994 13 82,83,759 Redington Pvt Ltd, Marketing Manager
Associate Vice President – Sales –
Communication & Product Services
*68. Helen Kim Systems Analyst B.A., MED 24 05.07.2000 1 17,64,067 Elite Educational Institute, Admin Assistant
69. Henri Mabille Senior Principal Diploma 48 01.03.2000 24 45,43,165 Sia Sa Group – Financial Director Group
*70. Hoi tung (Harry) Cheung Software Developer Bcom., B.Sc.(H) 24 05.06.2000 4 13,60,560 The Muses Arts & Recreation Center – Web Manager
*71. Ivan H. Brock Project Leader B.Sc., PhD 36 12.02.2001 7 3,40,307 Escom Software Services – Development Manager
*72. Jagdish Natarajan Iyer Business Development Manager B.E.(H), PGD(IIM) 29 15.11.1999 6 9,47,439 Reuters India Ltd. – Head – Client Solutions
*73. Jahir Hussain Project Manager B.Sc., M.Sc. 31 29.01.2001 7 6,56,533 Complete Business Solutions Inc, – Manager
*74. Jaime Salvador Arguello Software Developer B.Sc. Engg, 23 22.01.2001 3 9,17,414 Washington University, Web Master
75. Jan DeSmet Vice President – BBA, MBA 41 04.01.1999 17 1,01,95,268 Diamond Technology Partners, Senior Principal
Infosys Business Consulting Services
*76. Jayaram G. K. Head – Infosys Leadership Institute B.Sc., B.E., PGD(IIM), PhD 60 05.01.2001 30 3,51,339 Transformation Systems Inc. – Chairman
77. Jayashree R. Principal B.Sc.(H), M.Sc.(IIT), M.Tech.(IIT), 37 01.10.1999 11 23,71,115 Schoolnet India Ltd. – Vice President
PGD(IIM)
*78. Jenifer K. Adkins Sales Administrator Diploma 34 26.06.2000 16 14,68,439 Credit Lyonnais, Executive Assistant/Office Manager
*79. Jennifer La Vonne Dean Administrative Assistant B.Sc., Master of Public Adminstration 26 24.04.2000 3 14,81,789 Oakland Ready To Learn, Project Administrator
*80. Jessica M. Chisholm Administrative Assistant B.A. 23 14.02.2001 2 2,57,456 Linotext America Inc., Account Manager
81. Jitin Goyal Business Development Manager B.E., PGD(IIM) 30 21.12.1998 7 59,95,432 Citi Bank – Manager
*82. John O. Fogarty Business Development Manager B.A., MBA 30 20.02.2001 8 3,47,074 Morgan Stanley Dean Witter, Vice President – Financial Advisor
*83. Jonathan Masterton Senior Systems Analyst B.Sc.(H) 27 24.07.2000 2 14,16,235 Logica UK Ltd. – Team Leader
84. Judith Ann Ondina Administrative Assistant B.A. 52 16.07.1999 17 15,42,678 Sprint, Human Resource Co-ordinator
*85. Junqian (Tim) Wu Software Developer B.Sc. 35 08.05.2000 6 7,26,230 The Hospital for Sick Children – Research Specialist of Genetics
86. Kala Swaminathan Business Development Manager B.Sc. 32 27.01.1999 10 48,98,976 Parametric Technology Corporation, Regional Manager
*87. Kalyana C. Gangavarapu Program Manager B.Tech., PhD (Insead) 31 12.12.2000 10 3,95,291 Oracle Corp. – Practice Director
88. Karen J. Hutton Sales Manager B.A. 40 05.01.1998 18 37,24,213 Feist & Hutton, Senior Consultant
*89. Ken Wong Software Developer B.Sc. 23 15.01.2001 0 4,15,735 –
33
34
Annexures to the directors’ report (contd.)

90. Krishna N. V. Business Development Manager B.E., PGD(XLRI) 31 20.10.1999 8 48,38,969 Hindustan Lever Limited – Area Sales Manager
91. Kshitij Kumar Assistant Project Manager B.Tech. 28 27.06.1994 7 19,48,789 –
*92. Kumail Jaffer Software developer BCS 26 15.01.2001 0 4,15,735 –
*93. Laura Beth Rehrig Software Developer B.Sc. 22 22.01.2001 3 9,17,414 PIL Inc, Cooperative Associate
*94. Li John Kaming Software Developer B.Sc.(H), Diploma 26 21.08.2000 2 9,26,621 York Chinese Christian Fellowship – Secretary
*95. Lin Quan Software Developer B.E. 30 21.08.2000 6 10,83,343 Infotech Consulting Co. – Java Developer
*96. Lo Szekit Software Developer B.Sc., MS 27 21.08.2000 3 9,66,979 Philips Electronics-Advance Transformer – Design Engineer II
97. Lokesh Prasad Business Development Manager B.Tech.(H), PGD 27 04.05.1998 3 41,65,223 –
98. Madhav Mohan Business Development Manager B.Sc., MMS 31 01.10.1999 9 67,72,245 Bank of America – AVP & Regional Sales Manager
99. Mahesh Desai Business Development Manager B.E., PGD(IIM) 28 03.06.1996 6 34,45,681 Pertech Computers Ltd – Marketing Manager
*100. Mahitha Krishnan Software Developer B.Sc., MCA 23 15.01.2001 1 4,29,684 Samtech Inc. – Programmer/Consultant
*101. Maki Ishibashi Coordinator Diploma 27 13.07.2000 5 14,00,180 Tokyo Executive Center Inc. – Secretary
*102. Mangos Constantine Software Developer B.Com., B.A 23 21.08.2000 2 9,37,440 Spectrum United Mutual Funds – Accounts Administrator
*103. Manish Goyal Senior systems analyst B.E. 28 27.11.2000 6 10,10,976 Elc Systems – Consultant
*104. Manish Verma Business Development Manager B.Tech., MBA 32 09.12.1999 9 40,18,728 Hindustan Lever Ltd., Senior Product Manager
*105. Manish Kumar Sinha Associate B.Tech.(IIT), PGD(IIM) 27 01.02.2000 4 2,24,273 Mckinsey & Company, Inc. – Associate
106. Mary Ann Usher Sales Administrator B.A. 45 21.06.1999 16 18,76,769 Racal Datacon Inc, Sales Support Representative
*107. Mcewan Jason Richard Software developer B.Sc. 23 21.08.2000 4 9,37,471 Information Technology Services – Network Consultant
*108. Meg Tiedemann Sales Administrator M.A. 46 06.11.2000 14 7,92,637 Kluwer Academic Publishers, Marketing Associate
*109. Merlyn Lee Business development Manager B.E., M.Sc. 48 05.03.2001 22 2,45,154 Tata Engineering Company – Trainee Engineer
& Production Engineer
110. Mohandas Pai T. V. Director & CFO B.Com., LLB, FCA 42 17.10.1994 21 13,61,112 Prakash Leasing Limited – Executive Director
111. Nachiket Vibhakar Sukhtankar Business development Manager B.A., B.Sc., M.A 32 29.11.1999 7 44,47,105 Andersen Consulting, Manager
112. Nagarajan Venkateswaran Associate Vice President B.Tech., MS 40 17.04.2000 18 47,95,003 Synthel Inc, Troy, Michigan, Delivery Manager
*113. Nanaz Rohani Sales Administrator B.Sc. 27 26.07.2000 5 14,37,099 Stanford University, Academic Affairs Co-Ordinator
114. Nandan M. Nilekani Managing Director, President & COO B.Tech.(IIT) 45 01.07.1981 23 16,16,021 Patni Computer Systems Pvt. Ltd. – Asst. Project Manager
*115. Naomi Grossack Sales Administrator BBM 26 26.06.2000 5 15,24,507 Communications Collaborative, Contractor
116. Narayana Murthy N. R. Chairman & CEO B.E., M.Tech.(IIT) 54 18.03.1982 32 14,97,390 Patni Computer Systems Pvt. Ltd. – Head – Software Group
*117. Natarajan B. Business Development Manager B.Tech., PGD 27 15.05.2000 5 13,80,149 Arthur Andersen India Pvt. Ltd., Senior Consultant
118. Neelesh Marik Business Development Manager B.Tech.(IIT) , PGD(IIM) 33 15.11.1999 9 45,33,329 Andersen Consulting – Manager
*119. Neeraj Dubey Software Developer B.E.(H) 34 20.11.2000 13 7,00,003 Cit Canada Inc – Consultant
*120. Neeraj Kumar Senior Systems Analyst B.E. 26 06.01.1997 4 2,78,556 TELCO – Trainee
121. Norman Schutz Business Development Manager B.Com. 44 21.01.1998 20 33,53,172 Ikon Technologies Services – Vice President
(Business Development)
*122. Olga Shnaider Software Developer B.A.(H) 30 15.01.2001 4 4,15,735 Future Shop Ltd. – Computer Sales Specialist
*123. Omar Dominguez Software Developer B.Sc. 27 04.07.2000 4 12,16,481 Electronic Data Systems – Information Analyst Associate
124. Owhen Astorga Administrative Assistant B.A., Diploma 37 18.06.1999 18 20,82,535 Palex, Inc., Payroll Administrator
*125. Padmanabhan Venkataraman Associate Vice President B.E., M.E. 46 05.03.2001 22 1,12,816 Delphi Automotive Systems – Vice President Software Operations
*126. Palachandra Seetharam Technical Architect B.E. 32 31.07.2000 10 16,49,903 CAP Gemini America – Senior Consultant
*127. Paul Maillard Software Developer B.Sc.(H) 26 18.09.2000 4 9,42,485 Contax Inc – Junior Business Consultant
*128. Pendse Mayur Arvind Software Developer B.Sc. 23 21.08.2000 5 9,15,590 Mainline Foods/Dairy Queen – Night Supervisor
*129. Peter James Mitchell Business Development Manager PUC 31 07.08.2000 8 15,54,107 Webnax.Com Au. Pty. Ltd. – Business Manager & Sales Manager
130. Phaneesh Murthy Director – Sales & Marketing and B.Tech., PGD 37 08.10.1992 14 1,90,93,935 Sonata Software, Regional Manager
Communication & Product Services
131. Prabhu M. S. S. Senior Vice President B.E., PhD (IISc) 53 01.08.1997 27 13,44,242 Tata Consultancy Services – Vice President
132. Pradeep Prabhu Business Development Manager B.Com. 32 04.11.1991 11 51,27,430 Saxena Software Consultants, Senior Executive
*133. Pramod V. Ponkshe Project Manager B.E. 36 11.01.2001 16 10,65,160 Foxboro Japan Corporation – Project Manager
134. Prasad T. P. Regional Manager & B.E., PGD 36 04.09.1995 12 68,72,670 Wipro Infotech, Regional Sales Manager
South North America
135. Praveen Kumar Senior Associate B.E., MS, PhD(Cambridge Univ.) 33 31.01.2000 6 49,90,719 Andersen Consulting – Manager
*136. Raghunath Basavanahalli Business Development Manager BS in Engg 34 09.03.2001 13 2,18,170 HCL Technologies America Inc., Account Manager
137. Rahul Madhav Godbole Business Development Manager B.A., M.A., MBA 35 15.11.1999 10 43,34,663 Infrastructure Leasing & Financial Services Ltd.,
Senior Manager
138. Rajeev Minocha Business Development Manager B.E., PGD 36 26.08.1999 13 46,93,027 Prefetti India Limited, Managing Director
*139. Rajeswari Palaniappan Project Manager B.Sc., MCA 34 01.08.2000 12 24,15,042 Complete Business Solutions Inc. – Manager
140. Ravi Kumar Shelvankar Business Development Manager B.E., MS 32 02.01.1997 8 66,69,803 ITW Signode Ltd, Senior Executive, Sales
*141. Read Hugh Gorden Software Developer B.Sc. 24 21.08.2000 1 9,37,562 –
*142. Reka K. Maximovitch Executive Assistant B.A., MPA 30 18.10.1999 8 16,96,236 Champion Nutrition – Administrator/ Project Manager
143. Ribhu Kansal Senior Systems Analyst B.E., PGD(IIM) 27 10.05.1999 4 17,93,952 NIIT Ltd. – Senior Systems Associate
144. Ritesh Mohan Idnani Business Development Manager B.Com., MBA 28 01.10.1999 6 58,20,632 PricewaterhouseCoopers, Senior Consultant
*145. Roitman Evgueni Software Developer B.Sc. 24 21.08.2000 3 9,15,681 Levitronics Corp. – Analyst
*146. Romit Dey Business Development Manager B.Sc., MBA 29 03.10.2000 7 2,82,264 PricewaterhouseCoopers, Principal Consultant
*147. Ryan D. Hill Software Developer BBA 23 22.01.2001 0 28,881 –
*148. Sam Chan Software Developer B.Sc. 24 15.01.2001 0 4,15,735 –
*149. Sam Ho Software Developer B.Sc.(H) 26 06.11.2000 4 7,50,116 Aim Funds Management Inc. – Senior Software Developer
150. Samir Agrawal Associate B.Tech., PGD 29 24.03.2000 6 22,06,984 A. T. Kearney, Associate
*151. Samir Bali Senior Principal B.A.(H), LLB, PGD 36 28.08.2000 12 5,64,481 Coopers Lybrand, Principal Consultant
*152. Sandeep Chadha Project Manager B.Tech. 33 15.02.2001 13 5,90,936 Lockheed Martin Ims, Project Leader
153. Sandeep Kaujalgi Business Development Manager B.E., MMS 30 17.05.1999 7 29,93,175 SISL – Head, Transportation Solutions Business
*154. Sanjay Dalwani Business Development Manager B.E., PGD 33 08.12.2000 11 10,58,019 HCL Technologies America, Inc, Account Manager
155. Sanjay Dutt Business Development Manager B.Tech.(H), PGD 32 20.12.1999 10 40,91,838 A. T. Kearney Limited, Manager - Strategy & Re-Engg.
*156. Sanjay Jalona Senior Project Manager M.Sc. (Tech) 32 15.12.2000 11 3,60,151 Gemplus India Pvt. Ltd. – Director
*157. Sanjay Mohan Principal B.Sc., PGD(IIM), M.E(IISc) 33 30.10.2000 7 21,36,867 Cap Gemini America, Inc. – Principal Consultant
*158. Sanjay Purohit Senior Manager (Quality) B.E. 34 27.12.2000 11 3,06,634 Tata Quality Management Services – Senior Consultant
*159. Sanjay Viswanathan Business Development Manager B.A., Diploma, MBA, PGD 31 06.10.2000 9 14,28,012 Hinduja Group Worldwide – Vice President
(Business Development)
*160. Sanjay Pathak Technical Architect B.Tech., MTech(IIT), PhD 31 13.12.2000 8 9,26,743 US Interactive – Senior Systems Architect
*161. Sarojendu Majumdar Associate Vice President M.Sc.(IIT) 44 30.10.2000 21 21,26,142 British Telecom – Integration Manager
*162. Sasmita Mohapatra Senior Systems Analyst B.E. 26 03.07.2000 6 20,96,624 Secor Consulting Ltd. – Consultant
163. Sathisha B. K. Business Development Manager B.E., M.E. 32 05.01.1998 11 54,43,814 Larsen & Toubro – Planning
*164. Satrajit Pal Senior Project Manager B.E. 31 12.03.2001 11 2,39,014 RS Software – Project Manager & Technical Consultant
*165. Satyendra Kumar Vice President–Quality B.Sc.(H)., M.Sc. 47 27.09.2000 25 8,52,911 IMR Global – Vice President
*166. Seshadiri Parthasarathy Project Leader B.Tech. 29 18.12.2000 9 6,76,421 CAT – Consultant
*167. Seshadri Bhoovaraghan Project Manager B.E. 27 04.12.2000 7 10,72,254 Sabre Inc., Senior Consultant
*168. Shailesh Joshi Senior Project Manager B.E. 42 18.12.2000 18 9,33,368 GE Global Exchange Service – Senior Project Manager
(Extranet Development)
169. Sharad K. Hegde Senior Vice President B.Tech.(IIT), PGD 42 01.07.1983 20 12,83,018 Patni Computer Systems Pvt. Ltd. - Software Engineer Trainee
*170. Shashidhar B. Ramakrishnaiah Project Manager B.E. 30 14.02.2001 8 5,35,921 Mediaserv Information Architects Inc,
Senior Solutions Consultant
171. Shibulal S. D. Director B.Sc., M.Sc., MS (Boston Univ.) 46 01.09.1981 25 14,97,765 Sun Micro Systems – Senior I. R. Manager
*172. Shirish Agnihotri Senior Project Manager B.Sc. Engg, M.Sc. 46 24.01.2001 17 7,29,880 MCK Comm. Inc., Calgary, Director – Product Management
173. Shveta Arora Associate B.E., PGD(IIM) 28 07.02.2000 5 22,76,796 A. T. Kearney – Associate
*174. Sion (Xiao) Peng Software Developer B.Sc. 28 15.01.2001 3 4,15,735 Fuzhou TV station, News reporter
*175. Skye Winterbourne Administrative Assistant B.Sc. 29 06.06.2000 5 2,76,313 AEA Credit Union – ATM Dispute/Fraud Coordinator
176. Sobha Meera P. R. Regional Manager & Vice President – B.E., PGD 33 12.04.1995 10 86,16,203 Sonata Software, Marketing Executive
Sales – Canada & East North America
177. Socka Suppiah Senior Principal B.E., MBA 48 22.03.2000 10 10,24,745 Andersen Consulting – Senior Manager
35
36

Sl. Name Designation Qualification Age Date of Experience Gross Previous Employment - Designation
*178. Sohrab Peshoton Kakalia Associate Vice President B.Sc., B.Sc. Engg, 36 11.09.2000 13 8,84,917 PSI Data Systems Ltd., Manager-Business Unit
179. Srikanth S. Senior Associate B.E., PGD 29 11.10.1999 6 43,25,112 Pricewater House, Consultant
180. Srinath Batni Director B.E., M.E.(IISc) 46 15.06.1992 23 12,13,404 PSI Bull (I) Ltd. – Senior Manager Marketing Technical Support
181. Srinath Kashyap Business Development Manager B.E. 35 04.12.1997 12 37,83,272 TCS, Sales, Associate Consultant
182. Srinath P. Business Development Manager B.Tech., PGD 31 23.11.1998 7 60,86,098 Citi Bank N. A., Manager
183. Srinivas V. Business Development Manager B.Tech.(H), PGD 31 03.06.1996 7 54,86,572 IDM, Marketing Executive
184. Srinjay Sengupta Regional Manager & B.Sc.(H) (IIT), PGD(IIM) 33 01.07.1996 10 85,52,820 Procter & Gamble – Manager
Associate Vice President – Sales
185. Sriram V. Regional Manager & B.E., PGD(IIM) 36 03.01.1997 13 82,79,077 Wipro – Business Person
Associate Vice President – Sales
*186. Srividhya Ramakrishnan Business Development Manager B.Sc., PGD 29 03.04.2000 6 15,64,922 Asian Paints (I) Ltd, Product Executive, Branch Executive
187. Subbalakshmi D. V. Assistant Marketing Manager B.Tech.(IIT), PGD(IIM) 33 02.09.1996 7 7,91,455 Lintas – Executive
188. Subhash B. Dhar Regional Manager & B.E., PGD 34 24.02.1997 12 64,60,405 Ravi Database Consul, VP Marketing
Ebusiness Practice
*189. Suchitra Eswaran Marketing Analyst B.Com., MBA 24 15.01.2001 3 5,09,054 Hutchinson Max Telecom, Sales Officer
*190. Sudhakar Jayaram Business Development Manager B.E.(H), MBA 29 05.06.2000 6 23,85,120 ISC, Head – Business Development
*191. Sudhanshu Asthana Senior Systems Analyst B.Sc., MS, MCA 34 01.03.2001 5 2,58,302 Preis24.Com AG – Trainee
*192. Sudhir Chaturvedi Business Development Manager B.E., PGD, MBA(Leeds Univ.) 31 15.05.2000 6 34,56,663 Ernst & Young UK Ltd. – Senior Business Analyst
193. Sudhir Subramanya Holla Senior Associate B.E., PGD 30 10.11.1999 7 32,43,949 Andersen Consulting, Senior Consultant
*194. Suresh Rajappa Senior Systems Analyst B.E., 30 05.03.2001 5 2,21,939 C. S. Solutions Inc., Analyst/IT Consultant
*195. Sven Andersen Norgaard Software Developer B.A. 23 22.01.2001 5 9,17,414 Oral B laboratories, Information Technology Intern
*196. Swaroop Krishna Systems Analyst B.E. 32 31.07.2000 6 12,74,861 CGI Group Inc. – Programmer
*197. Thomas K Krautle Project Leader BS 31 05.04.2000 10 17,24,481 Fujitsu International Consulting Associates, Canada –
Team Leader
*198. Todd A. MacCallum Business Development Manager B.A., MBA 31 22.01.2001 9 6,85,314 Reylon Technology, Inc., Business Development Executive
199. Tulika Misra Systems Analyst B.Tech. 26 10.11.1997 4 16,00,672 Tata Consultancy Services – Assistant Systems Analyst Trainee
*200. Ushvinder S. Bhatia Project Leader B.E. 30 04.07.2000 8 19,21,590 IBM Inc. – Analysis & Design
*201. Venkatesh Srinivasan Principal B.Com., ICWA, ACA 30 21.08.2000 10 5,17,476 Arthur Andersen, Experienced Manager
*202. Victoria Shea H. R. Generalist B.A. 33 05.04.2000 13 18,53,547 EDS System House – Staffing Specialist
*203. Vikas Maniar Business Development Manager B.E., PGD(IIM) 31 20.12.1999 7 40,13,983 Iridium India Telecom Limited – Regional Operations Manager
*204. Vineet Toshniwal Business Development Manager B.E., MBA 29 19.06.2000 6 11,17,883 Bank of America – Assistant Vice President
*205. Vishal Modi Associate B.Com., M.A., MS 27 12.06.2000 6 30,13,172 MIT Startup Kent Ridge Digital Labs, Research Scientist
*206. Vivek Bhatnagar Business Development Manager B.E., PGD, MS 32 03.07.2000 8 10,77,517 Andersen Consulting, Senior Consultant
*207. Vivekanand M. K. Project Manager B.E. 32 25.10.2000 10 22,40,505 HCL Technologies – Business Development Manager
*208. Wang Ying Software Developer B.Sc. 24 21.08.2000 1 9,15,590 –
*209. Yashesh Mahendra Kampani Principal B.Com., Graduate CWA, ACA 30 11.09.2000 6 1,39,827 PricewaterhouseCoopers, Manager
210. Yezdi M. Mehta Business Development Manager B.Com., MBA 35 21.11.1997 11 58,47,896 Dictaphone Corporation, Manager, Systems Marketing
*211. Ying (Karen) Li Software Developer B.Sc. 21 08.05.2000 1 13,28,438 Dept. of Economics, University Of Toronto –
Database Design & Maintenance
Notes:
Remuneration comprises basic salary, allowances and taxable value of perquisites.
* Employed for part of the year.
None of the employees are related to any director of the company
N. R. Narayana Murthy, Nandan M. Nilekani, Gopalakrishnan S., Dinesh K. and Shibulal S. D. own more than 1% of the outstanding shares of the company as on March 31, 2001. None of the other employees own more than 1% of the outstanding shares of the company as on March
31, 2001.
Bangalore Nandan M. Nilekani N. R. Narayana Murthy

April 11, 2001 Managing Director, President Chairman
and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer
c) The director’s responsibility statement as required under section 217 (2AA) of the Companies
(Amendment) Act, 2000
The financial statements are prepared in conformity with the accounting standards issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India and the requirements of the Companies Act, 1956, to the extent applicable to the company; on the
historical cost convention; as a going concern and on the accrual basis. There are no material departures from prescribed
accounting standards in the adoption of the accounting standards. The accounting policies used in the preparation of the
financial statements have been consistently applied, except where otherwise stated in the notes on accounts.
The board of directors and the management of Infosys accept responsibility for the integrity and objectivity of these financial
statements. The estimates and judgments relating to the financial statements have been made on a prudent and reasonable
basis, in order that the financial statements reflect in a true and fair manner, the form and substance of transactions, and
reasonably present the company’s state of affairs and profits for the year. To ensure this, the company has taken proper and
sufficient care in installing a system of internal control and accounting records; for safeguarding assets, and, for preventing
and detecting frauds as well as other irregularities; which is reviewed, evaluated and updated on an ongoing basis. Our
internal auditors have conducted periodic audits to provide reasonable assurance that the established policies and procedures
of the company have been followed. However, there are inherent limitations that should be recognized in weighing the
assurances provided by any system of internal controls and accounts.
The financial statements have been audited by Bharat S Raut & Co., Chartered Accountants, and the independent auditors.
The audit committee at Infosys meets periodically with the internal auditors and the independent auditors to review the
manner in which the auditors are performing their responsibilities, and to discuss auditing, internal control and financial
reporting issues. To ensure complete independence, the independent auditors and the internal auditors have full and free
access to the members of the audit committee to discuss any matter of substance.
For and on behalf of the board of directors,

Infosys Technologies Limited

d) Auditors’ certificate on compliance with mandatory recommendations of Kumar Mangalam Birla

Committee Report on Corporate Governance
We have examined the relevant records of Infosys Technologies Limited (the company) for the year ended March 31, 2001
relating to compliance with the requirements of corporate governance as contained in the Kumar Mangalam Birla Committee
Report and state that in our opinion, and to the best of our knowledge and according to the information and explanations
given to us, the company has complied with the mandatory requirements contained in the aforesaid report.
for Bharat S Raut & Co.

Chartered Accountants
Bangalore Balaji Swaminathan

April 11, 2001 Partner
37
Risk management
The management cautions readers that the risks outlined below are not exhaustive and are for information purposes only. Investors
are requested to exercise their own judgment in assessing various risks associated with the company and to refer to discussions of
some of these risks in the company’s earlier Annual Reports and Securities and Exchange Commission filings.
In a dynamic industry such as IT services, risk is an inherent aspect of business. Risk taking is an essential ingredient for
growth. The negative fallouts of such an ingredient, however, need to be managed through effective risk mitigation – both
at the strategic as well as at the transactional level. This is especially so in the current scenario where the business environment
is going through a turbulent phase. Revenue shortfall and profit warnings, coupled with employee retrenchments, are the
order of the day among many of the Fortune 500 companies. It is indeed during such times that a company’s ability to
manage risk is put to an acid test.
Infosys’ business model rests on four pillars – Predictability, Sustainability, Profitability and De-risking (the PSPD model). This
model helps the management evaluate risk-return trade-offs and thereby make effective strategic choices. The company focuses
on long-term relationships with its clients and seeks to become a strategic partner in their quest for competitiveness. This leads to
a predictable and sustainable revenue stream for the company. Infosys’ pioneering Global Delivery Model has helped the company
consistently be among the most profitable IT services companies in the world. The last element of the model – de-risking –
provides the company with the strength and stability to effectively react to changes in the business environment.
A comprehensive and integrated risk management framework forms the basis of all the de-risking efforts of the company.
Prudential norms aimed at limiting exposures are an integral part of this framework. Formal reporting and control mechanisms
ensure timely information availability and facilitate proactive risk management. These mechanisms are designed to cascade
down to the level of line managers so that risks at the transactional level are identified and steps are taken towards mitigation
in a decentralized fashion.
The board of directors is responsible for monitoring risk levels on various parameters and the management council ensures
implementation of mitigation measures, if required. The audit committee provides the overall direction on the risk
management policies.
1. Business portfolio risks 3. Legal and statutory risks
● E-business exposure ● Contractual liabilities
● Service concentration ● Statutory compliance
● Client concentration
● Geographical concentration 4. Internal process risks
● Vertical domain concentration ● Leadership
● Technology concentration ● Human resources management
2. Financial risks ● Process maturity
● Foreign currency rate fluctuations ● Internal control systems
● Liquidity ● Disaster prevention and recovery
● Leverage ● Technological obsolescence
1. Business portfolio risks

Excessive dependence on any single business segment increases risk and therefore needs to be avoided. To this end,
the company has adopted prudential norms, wherever required, to prevent undesirable concentration in any one
vertical, technology, client or geographic area.
1.1 E-business exposure
In recent years, the Internet has emerged as an efficient platform for enabling business transactions. This has created
a significant business opportunity for IT service companies such as Infosys. Over the last two years, Infosys has
demonstrated the ability to partner with high technology companies as well as with established corporations embracing
the e-paradigm.
Due to the inherently risky nature of start-up companies, Infosys has chosen to focus on Fortune 500 and other
established corporations. This is reflected in the table below showing a break-up of Infosys’ e-business revenues:
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 FY 2001
Internet and e-commerce-related revenues (US $ mn) 23.0 30.8 32.5 31.2 117.5
Of this – business from established corporations 62% 70% 80% 84% 75%
– business from dot-coms and venture-funded companies 38% 30% 20% 16% 25%
38
1.2 Service concentration
Infosys has an array of service offerings across various horizontal and vertical business segments. These services are
designed to offer the company end-to-end capability in delivering IT solutions to its clients and also add stability and
predictability to the its revenue stream.
The following table provides historical data on contribution to revenues from the various service offerings.
Service offerings FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
Development 40.0% 43.7% 34.8%
Maintenance 25.4% 28.6% 41.0%
Re-engineering 9.3% 10.1% 10.7%
Package implementation 7.2% 6.0% 5.5%
Consulting 4.9% 1.6% –%
Testing 2.9% 0.7% 0.2%
Engineering services 1.7% 2.0% 0.8%
Other services 6.1% 4.7% 3.9%
Products 2.5% 2.6% 3.1%
Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
1.3 Client concentration

Excessive exposure to a few large clients has the potential to impact profitability and to increase credit risk. However,
large clients and high repeat business lead to higher revenue growth and lower marketing costs. Therefore, the company
needs to strike a balance. Infosys has chosen to limit revenue from any one client to 10% of the total revenue.
In addition to increasing revenues from existing clients, Infosys actively seeks new business opportunities and clients
to reduce client concentration levels. During the year, the company added 122 clients.
The following table provides historical data on client concentration.
FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
Active clients 273% 194% 115%
Clients added during the year 122% 99% 39%
% of revenues from the largest client 7.3% 7.2% 6.4%
% revenues from top five clients 26.0% 30.2% 28.4%
% revenues from top ten clients 39.2% 45.7% 44.0%
Clients accounting for >5% of total revenue 3% 4% 5%
No. of million-dollar clients 80% 42% 35%
No. of 5-million-dollar clients 19% 10% 6%
No. of 10-million-dollar clients 11% 4% –%
No. of 20-million-dollar clients 3% –% –%
1.4 Geographical concentration

A high geographical concentration of business could lead to volatility because of political and economic factors in
target markets. However, individual markets have distinct characteristics – growth, IT spends, willingness to outsource,
costs of penetration, and price points. Cultural issues such as language, work culture and ethics, and acceptance of
global talent also come into play. Due to these business considerations, the company has decided not to impose any
rigid limits on geographical concentration.
Proactively looking for business opportunities in new geographies and thereby increasing their contribution to total
revenues helps manage this risk. In line with this, the company has made significant efforts to enhance business from
Europe and Asia Pacific. The company opened five marketing offices in the US, Europe and the Asia Pacific during
this fiscal year.
The following table provides historical data relating to geographical concentration.
Geographical area FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
North America 73.5% 78.0% 82.0%
Europe 18.8% 14.8% 9.4%
India 1.4% 1.4% 1.7%
Rest of the World 6.3% 5.8% 6.9%
Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
39
1.5 Vertical domain concentration
Vertical domains relate to the industries in which clients operate. Infosys has chosen to focus on certain vertical
segments with a view to leverage accumulated domain expertise to deliver enhanced value to its clients. To ensure that
cyclicality in any one industry does not adversely impact revenues, the proportion of revenue from each vertical
domain is closely monitored. Focused marketing efforts in chosen domains serve to mitigate this risk.
The following table provides historical information on the proportions of revenue from various domains.
Vertical domain FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
Manufacturing 17.8% 23.0% 24.6%
Insurance, banking & financial services 33.7% 30.1% 23.3%
Insurance 14.2% 15.0% 9.0%
Banking & financial services 19.5% 15.1% 14.3%
Telecom 18.4% 15.4% 14.2%
Retail 9.1% 10.6% 13.8%
Utilities 1.4% 3.0% 3.7%
Transportation & logistics 2.2% 2.8% 5.5%
Others 17.4% 15.1% 14.9%
Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
1.6 Technology concentration
Being a company exposed to rapid shifts in technology, an undue focus on any particular technology could adversely
affect the risk profile of the company. Given the rapid pace of technological change, Infosys has chosen not to impose
rigid concentration limits. Often, industry characteristics and market dynamics determine the choice of technology.
The following table provides historical technology-related data.
Technology FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
Distributed systems 44.6% 47.2% 41.5%
Mainframe / mid-range 13.6% 25.0% 37.1%
Internet 28.4% 13.6% 3.7%
Proprietary telecom systems 5.1% 6.8% 12.1%
Others 8.3% 7.4% 5.6%
Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
2. Financial risks
2.1 Foreign currency rate fluctuations
While Infosys derives its revenue from 28 countries around the world, 89.6% of revenues in fiscal 2001 was dollar-
denominated. Further, all contracts that Infosys enters into are in internationally tradeable currencies so that the
company does not end up with local currencies that have significant non-tradability and downside risks on exchange
fluctuations.
A large proportion of Infosys’ expenses are in Indian rupees. Operating profits are therefore subject to foreign currency
rate fluctuations. While a depreciation of the Indian rupee would have a favorable bottom-line impact, an appreciation
would affect the company’s profitability adversely.
The table below gives the foreign currency receipts and payments.
in Rs. crore
FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
Earnings in foreign currency 1,728.23 851.72 477.44
Revenue expenditure in foreign currency 612.29 296.56 162.75
Net revenue foreign currency earnings 1,115.94 555.16 314.69
Capital expenditure in foreign currency 115.24 40.02 29.81
Net foreign currency earnings 1,000.70 515.14 284.88
As a net foreign currency earner, Infosys has a natural hedge on all forex-related payments. All dollar expenses are met
out of dollar-denominated accounts. A significant portion of the surplus funds is maintained in foreign currency
deposits. The company does not take active trading positions in the foreign currency markets and operates only to
hedge its receivables. Any bad debt write-offs in foreign currencies are effected only after obtaining permission from
the Reserve Bank of India.
40
2.2 Liquidity
An essential part of the financial strategy of Infosys is to have a liquid balance sheet. The company desires to have
liquid assets at 25% of revenue and around 40% of total assets. Operating as it does in a high technology area, a high
level of liquidity enables quick responses to rapid changes in the environment.
Infosys also has a policy to settle its payables well within stipulated time frames. Further, the nature of business is such
that significant investments may have to be made in marketing, and research and development activities. All these
factors call for considerable liquidity.
The following table gives data on the liquidity position of the company based on Indian GAAP.
Ratio FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
Operating cash flow as % of revenue 27.61% 27.07% 30.98%
Days of sales receivable 58% 56% 61%
Cash and equivalents as % of assets 41.57% 61.00% 72.51%
Cash and equivalents as % of revenue 29.47% 55.17% 81.26%
2.3 Leverage
Infosys has been a debt-free company for the last four financial years. Currently, the company has a policy to use debt
financing only for short-term funding requirements, should the necessity arise.
3. Legal and statutory risks

3.1 Contractual liabilities
Litigation regarding intellectual property rights, patents and copyrights is significantly high in the software industry.
In addition, there are other general corporate legal risks. The management has clearly charted out a review and
documentation process for contracts. This process focuses on evaluating the legal risks involved in a contract, on
ascertaining the legal responsibilities of the company under the applicable law of the contract, on restricting its
liabilities under the contract, and on covering the risks involved. The management has also taken sufficient insurance
cover abroad to cover possible liabilities arising out of non-performance of the contract. The management reviews this
on a continuous basis and takes corrective action. As a matter of policy the company does not enter into contracts that
have open-ended legal obligations. To date, the company has no material litigation in relation to contractual obligations
pending against it in any court in India or abroad.
3.2 Statutory compliance
Infosys has a compliance officer to advise the company on compliance issues, with respect to the laws of various
jurisdictions in which the company has its business activities, and to ensure that the company is not violating the laws
of any jurisdiction where the company has operations. The compliance officer reports to the board of directors from
time to time on the compliance or otherwise with the laws of various jurisdictions. Various business heads give
compliance certificates to the board of directors and the compliance officer reports deviations, if any. Generally, the
company takes appropriate business decisions after ascertaining from the compliance officer and, if necessary, from
independent legal counsel, that the business operations of the company are not in contravention of any law in the
jurisdiction in which it is undertaken. Legal compliance issues are an important factor in assessing all new business
proposals. The company has strengthened its legal team and put in place appropriate policies towards legal compliance.
The company follows an affirmative policy in protecting its trade name and trademark / service mark and is actively
pursuing trademark infringement suits against various persons / companies in India.
4. Internal process risks

4.1 Leadership development
As the company experiences continuous growth, one of the key imperatives is to develop leadership among the talent
pool that the company possesses. The Infosys Leadership Initiative has been launched to develop a large number of
leaders at various levels. This initiative would seek to develop and facilitate leadership skills proactively among Infoscions
through a mix of classroom and action-oriented learning.
4.2 Human resource management
The key resource for Infosys is its people. The company has been able to create a favorable work environment that
encourages innovation and meritocracy. This is reflected in the fact that Infosys was rated as the Best Employer of
India in the Business Today-Hewitt Study, based on a survey of HR practices of leading Indian corporates.
41
An employee-friendly work environment combined with a well-balanced compensation package, ensures that Infosys
has one of the lowest employee attrition rates in the industry today. The table below gives attrition rates for the past
three years:
FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
Attrition rate 11.2% 9.2% 11.5%
Infosys enjoys excellent relationships with leading universities in India and thus has a huge talent pool to draw from.
The company added 4,033 software professionals during the year ended March 31, 2001. This was achieved in spite
of the stiff entry criteria the company sets for aspiring employees.
4.3 Process maturity
Risk management processes at the operational level are a key requirement for reducing uncertainty in delivering high-
quality software solutions to clients within budgeted time and cost. Adoption of quality models such as the Software
Engineering Institute’s Capability Maturity Model (SEI-CMM) has ensured that risks are identified and measures are
taken to mitigate them at the project plan stage itself. Infosys has been certified to have software development processes
at Level 5 of the CMM, a distinction that only 37 companies in the world have achieved.
A Risk Management Guideline is in place to provide guidance to project leaders and module leaders on ways in which
risks can be identified and mitigated. Further, important metrics are collected and analyzed for all projects, and a
database of such information is maintained to focus attention on key improvement areas. Standard methodologies,
perfected through accumulated experience, form the basis for execution of projects in most of Infosys’ service offerings.
Infosys also has effective systems in place to ensure creation, documentation and dissemination of experiential
knowledge. The backbone of this system is a user-friendly, searchable database known as the Body of Knowledge
(BoK) comprising knowledge components contributed by employees of the company. Incentive schemes are in place
to encourage a knowledge sharing culture in the organization. Even so, the company has now created a dedicated
central team of experts in the knowledge management sphere to provide further impetus to this initiative. This group
will create technology aids and also facilitate knowledge accumulation and dissemination through innovative methods.
While Infosys has significantly mature processes in the software development arena, the company has been focusing
its attention during the year on enhancing the process quality of other enterprise processes, and aligning them with
the organizational objectives. World-class models of process excellence like the 6-sigma technique and the Malcolm
Baldrige quality framework guide this initiative. Through this initiative, many of the processes critical to the long-term
competitiveness of the company have been taken up for re-engineering. The power of IT has been used in all such
instances to achieve quantum leaps in process performance.
As a result of such efforts, the company won the IMC Ramkrishna Bajaj award during the year. This award, based on
the Malcolm Baldrige National Quality Award Framework, is given to Indian companies for enterprise process excellence.
4.4 Internal control systems
Being a process-oriented company, Infosys has in place well-defined roles and responsibilities for people at various
levels. This, coupled with robust internal information systems, ensures appropriate information flow to facilitate
effective monitoring. Adherence to these processes is ensured through frequent internal audits. Additionally, the
following measures are in place to ensure proper control:
Any unbudgeted expense has to be approved by the managing director, president and COO.
Any policy change has to be approved by a committee headed by managing director, president and COO after a
5-year profitability impact assessment.
Senior management personnel submit periodic reports on their activities and achievements to be reviewed by the
managing director, president and COO.
Infosys uses an operations planning model to forecast personnel requirements based on business projections. The
personnel requirements are incorporated into the annual capital budgeting exercise. Any material change in the
business outlook is factored into the personnel forecasts and capital budgets. Effective budgetary control on all capital
expenditure ensures that actual spending is in line with the capital budget.
4.5 Disaster prevention and recovery
Adherence to ISO 9001 and CMM Level 5 quality standards has ensured that the company has a robust disaster
prevention and recovery system in place. The company has a disaster recovery plan for each of its work locations as
well as for each technology category. Possible risks for each category have been identified and action plans put in
42
place to cope with any contingencies. These plans are reviewed and updated periodically to make sure that they are in
tune with changes in technology and risks. All software media brought into the company’s offices are scanned for
viruses before being used. Further, Infosys has firewalls in place on all connections to clients and to the Internet.
4.6 Technological obsolescence
The company evaluates technological obsolescence and the associated risks on a continuing basis and makes investments
accordingly. Information technology is possibly the only area where costs for a given technology reduce over time.
The cost of acquiring technology also includes the cost of installation and retraining.
The technology requirements of the company can be classified into three categories; different strategies are used to
manage risk in each category. The first category is the company’s desktop environment consisting of PCs along with
associated software. In this category, volumes are large and retraining costs are high. The company considers this a
commodity product and goes for a technology that is mature – not leading-edge – so that costs are low. The company
has also standardized its user interface software so that retraining costs are minimal. Once the warranty period on
these systems expires, they are donated to educational and charitable institutions, after obtaining suitable approval.
The second category of systems are proprietary systems used for the development of software for clients as well as the
servers used for running internal IS applications. The technological obsolescence in these areas is not rapid, especially
in the mainframe segment. Purchase decisions in this category are determined by client requirements. The company
has standardized on the Windows NT platform for its internal IS needs. Network components also fall into this
category and the company is standardizing its network components, based on a few suppliers.
The third category of systems are the tools required for software development including project management tools,
integrated software development environments, testing and other CASE tools, collaborative software development
tools, etc. In this category, the company continuously looks out for leading-edge products that help increase productivity
and also give the company an advantage over its competitors. In its technology infrastructure, Infosys aims to be on
par with or better than its competitors anywhere in the world, as well as its clients. The company’s clients would like
it to advise them on emerging products and technologies. Hence, Infosys continuously invests in these technologies.
Several research initiatives are going on in the company to review and adopt the technology for use internally, as well
as, on client projects.
The company’s amortization strategy reflects the requirements of the various categories of systems. Infosys has an
aggressive amortization program under which category 1 and 2 are amortized in 2 years, except for mainframe
technology. Further, purchase of software is treated as revenue expenditure in the same year. Other assets are also
aggressively amortized to ensure that the investment is current, and that any change in technology would not lead to
large write-offs. Such an amortization policy also ensures full cost recovery as part of current costs.
The following table gives depreciation expense and software expense as a proportion of revenues for the last three
years (based on Indian GAAP).
FY 2001 FY 2000 FY 1999
Depreciation / average gross block 24.7% 23.5% 26.2%
Depreciation / total revenue 5.8% 5.8% 7.0%
Software for own use / total revenue 1.6% 1.8% 2.9%
5. Political risks
Recognizing that India’s education system, its world-class professionals, and its low cost structure give it an intrinsic
comparative advantage in software exports, successive governments have accorded a special status to this industry.
Given the consensus among all leading political parties on the importance of the software industry, it is likely to
remain a focus area for governmental policy in the years to come.
Business ties between the US corporations and the Indian software industry have been strong for several years now.
These ties have been further strengthened with improving bilateral relationships between the two governments over
the past two years. Several benefits have accrued to the industry due to this trend, including a recent increase in the
cap on H-1B work permits from 115,000 per annum to 195,000 per annum. Similar improvements have been seen
with countries such as Germany, UK, Italy and Japan. Given such positive trends, the company believes that its
exposure to political risk is not very significant.
43
Corporate governance
Corporate governance policies
Infosys has been a pioneer in benchmarking its corporate governance practices with the best in the world. Given below are
the company’s policies on corporate governance.
A. Board composition
1. Responsibilities of the CEO and the COO
The current policy of the company is to have an executive chairman and chief executive officer (CEO), and a managing
director, president and chief operating officer (COO). There is a clear demarcation of responsibilities and authority
between the two. The CEO is responsible for corporate strategy, brand equity, planning, external contacts, acquisitions,
and board matters. The managing director and COO is responsible for all day-to-day, operations-related issues and for
the achievement of annual targets in customer satisfaction, sales, profitability, quality, productivity, recruitment, training
and employee retention. The CEO, COO, the other executive directors and the senior management make periodic
presentations to the board on their responsibilities, performance and targets.
2. Size of the board
The board has sixteen members.
3. Executive and independent directors
The current policy is to have an appropriate mix of executive and independent directors to maintain the independence
of the board, and to separate the board functions of governance and management. To ensure independence of the
board, the members of the audit committee, the nominations committee and the compensation committee are composed
entirely of independent directors. The current board has eight independent directors and eight executive directors.
Five of the executive directors are founders of the company.
4. Board membership criteria
Board members are expected to possess the expertise, skills and experience required to manage and guide a high
growth, hi-tech, software company deriving revenue primarily from G-7 countries. Expertise in strategy, technology,
finance, quality and human resources is essential. Generally, they will be between 40 and 60 years of age. They will
not be relatives of an executive director or of an independent director. They are generally not expected to serve in any
executive or independent position in any company in direct competition with Infosys. Board members are expected to
rigorously prepare for, attend, and participate in all board and applicable committee meetings. Each board member is
expected to ensure that their other current and planned future commitments do not materially interfere with the
member’s responsibility as a director of Infosys.
5. Membership term
The board constantly evaluates the contribution of its members, and recommends to shareholders their re-appointment
periodically as per statute. The current law in India mandates the retirement of one-third of the board members every
year and qualifies the retiring members for re-appointment. The executive directors are appointed by the shareholders
for a maximum period of five years at one time, but are eligible for re-appointment upon completion of their term.
The non-executive directors do not have a specified term, but retire by rotation as per law. The nominations committee
of the board, composed entirely of independent directors, recommends such appointments / re-appointments. However,
the membership term is limited by the retirement age for the members.
6. Retirement policy
The board has adopted a retirement policy for its members. Under this policy, the maximum age of retirement of
executive directors, including the CEO, is 60 years, which is the age of superannuation for the employees of the
company. Their continuation as members of the board upon superannuation / retirement is determined by the
nominations committee. The age limit for retirement from the board is 65 years.
7. Board compensation review
The compensation committee determines and recommends to the board the compensation payable to the members of
the board. The compensation of the executive directors consists of a fixed component and a performance incentive.
The compensation committee makes a quarterly appraisal of their performance. The annual compensation of the
executive directors is approved by the compensation committee, within the parameters set by the shareholders at the
shareholders meetings. The shareholders determine the compensation of the executive directors for the entire period
of their term.
44
The compensation of the independent directors is approved at a meeting of the full board. The compensation payable
to each of the independent directors is limited to a fixed sum per year as determined by the board. The aggregate of
these is within the limit of 0.5% of the net profits of the company for the year, calculated as per the provisions of the
Companies Act, 1956, as approved by the shareholders, and is separately disclosed in the financial statements. The
compensation payable to the independent directors, and the method of calculation are also disclosed separately in the
financial statements. The executive directors who are also founders of the company have voluntarily excluded themselves
from the 1994 Stock Offer Plan, the 1998 Stock Option Plan and the 1999 Stock Option Plan. The independent
directors are also not eligible for stock options under these plans, except the 1999 Stock Option Plan. However, no
options have been issued during the year, under the plan, to the independent directors.
8. Memberships of other boards
Executive directors are excluded from serving on the board of any other entity, unless the said entity is an industrial
entity whose interests are germane to the business of the software industry, or a government body that is of relevance
to the software industry, or an entity whose objective is the upliftment of society. Independent directors are generally
not expected to serve on the boards of competing companies. Other than this, there are no limitations on them save
those imposed by law and good corporate governance.
B. Board meetings
1. Scheduling and selection of agenda items for board meetings
Normally, board meetings are scheduled at least a month in advance. Most of them are held at the company’s registered
office at Electronics City, Bangalore, India. The chairman of the board and the company secretary draft the agenda for
each meeting, along with explanatory notes, and distribute it in advance to the board members. Every board member
is free to suggest the inclusion of items on the agenda. Normally, the board meets once a quarter to review the
quarterly results and other items on the agenda. The board also meets on the occasion of the annual shareholders’
meeting. If necessary, additional meetings are held. Independent directors are normally expected to attend at least
four board meetings in a year. A committee of the board meets as and when required for transacting business of a
routine nature.
2. Availability of information to the members of the board
The board has unfettered and complete access to any information within the company, and to any employee of the
company. At the meetings of the board, it welcomes the presence of managers who can provide additional insights
into the items being discussed.
C. Board committees
1. The committees of the board
Currently, the board has four committees – the audit committee, the compensation committee, the nominations
committee and the investor grievance committee. All these committees excluding the investor grievance committee
are composed entirely of independent directors. The investor grievance committee is composed of a non-executive
chairman and some of the executive and non-executive directors. The functions of these committees are described in
the Report of committees of the board section in this report.
2. Assignment and terms of service of committee members
The board decides, in consultation with the chairman, and considering the views of individual board members, the
terms of service of various committees, and the assignment of specific board members to various committees.
3. Frequency and duration of committee meetings and committee agenda
The chairman of the board, in consultation with the company secretary of the company and the committee chairman,
determines the frequency and duration of the committee meetings. Normally, the committees meet at least twice a
year. However, the audit committee meets four times a year. The recommendations of the committee are submitted to
the full board for approval.
4. Quorum for the meetings
The quorum should be either two members or one-third of the members of the committees, whichever is higher.
D. Management review and responsibility

1. Formal evaluation of officers
A committee headed by the chairman and CEO reviews, evaluates and decides the annual compensation for officers
of the company from the level of associate vice president, excluding members of the management council. Further,
the compensation committee approves the compensation and benefits for board members, as well as, for the members
45
of the management council. Grants of stock options, under the 1994 Stock Offer Plan, were decided by the advisory
board, constituted under the 1994 Plan. The compensation committee of the board administers the 1998 Stock
Option Plan and the 1999 Stock Option Plan.
2. Succession planning and management development
The chairman reviews succession planning and management development with the board from time to time.
3. Board interaction with clients, employees, institutional investors, the government and the press
The chairman and CEO handles all interactions with investors, media, and governments. In this task, he seeks advice
and help from the managing director, president and COO, as well as the CFO, where necessary. The managing
director and COO manages all interaction with clients, taking the advice and help of the CEO, where necessary. Both
the CEO and the COO handle employee communication.
4. Risk management
The company has an integrated approach to managing the risks inherent in various aspects of its business. As part of
this approach, the board of directors (BoD), is responsible for monitoring risk levels on various parameters, and the
management council is responsible for ensuring implementation of mitigation measures, if required. The audit committee
provides the overall direction on the risk management policies.
Compliance with corporate governance codes

Corporate governance has assumed great significance in India in the recent past. Even though the Companies Act, 1956,
provided a framework for corporate governance, defined the powers, duties and responsibilities of the board, and instituted
a system of checks and balances with punishment for transgression of law, a need was felt for a comprehensive code of
corporate governance.
Globally, the Cadbury Committee on corporate governance has framed a similar code. As already stated, the company is
committed to good corporate governance and has benchmarked itself against global best practices.
The Confederation of the Indian Industry (CII) has taken the lead in framing such a code in India. The company has fully
complied with the recommendations of CII on corporate governance.
The Kumar Mangalam Birla Committee on Corporate Governance appointed by the Securities and Exchange Board of India
(SEBI) submitted its report in November 1999, and the report was accepted by SEBI in December 1999. The recommendations
of the committee are mandatory for the company, effective fiscal year 2001, and compliance with the same is
discussed below.
As additional disclosure of the company’s compliance with corporate governance standards, reports on compliance with
the Euroshareholders Corporate Governance Guidelines 2000, the Cadbury Committee recommendations, and the Blue
Ribbon Committee recommendations are given hereunder. Further, a note on the company’s compliance with the corporate
governance guidelines of six countries, in their respective local languages, is presented in the Financial statements prepared
in substantial compliance with GAAP requirements of Australia, Canada, France, Germany, Japan and the United Kingdom and
reports of compliance with the respective corporate governance standards section in this report.
1. Compliance with the recommendations of the Kumar Mangalam Birla Committee on Corporate Governance
“In an age where capital flows worldwide, just as quickly as information, a company that does not promote a culture of
strong, independent oversight, risks its very stability and future health. Strong corporate governance is thus indispensable
to resilient and vibrant capital markets, and is an important instrument of investor protection.”
Excerpts from the Kumar Mangalam Birla Committee Report on Corporate Governance
The company has complied with all the recommendations of the committee.
In recommendation No.7.1 on accounting standards and financial reporting, the committee has stated that the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (ICAI) should issue certain further accounting standards that should
be made mandatory. The ICAI has issued accounting standards on segment reporting, disclosure and treatment
of related party transactions, consolidation and earnings per shares and the same is mandatory for the accounting
period commencing April 1, 2001. The ICAI has also submitted an exposure draft on accounting for taxes on
income. The company has adopted all the mandatory accounting standards in its financial statements for the
year ending March 31, 2001. The company has also provided pro-forma information in relation to the exposure
draft on accounting for income taxes in the notes to financial statements for the year ending March 31, 2001.
The committee has required certain information set out in annexure 4 of the committee’s report to be furnished
in the company’s Annual Report. The same is given below:
46
a. Company’s philosophy on code of governance
The company is committed to good corporate governance and has benchmarked itself against global best practices.
The company provides detailed information on various issues concerning the company’s business and financial
performance. The company respects the inalienable rights of its shareholders to information on the performance
of the company and considers itself a trustee of its shareholders.
b. Board of directors
Composition and category of directors, as of March 31, 2001:
Category No. of directors %
Founder directors 5 31.2
Executive directors 3 18.8
Non-executive, independent directors 8 50.0
Total 16 100.0
The chairman of the board is an executive director.
Attendance of each director at the BoD meetings and the last AGM
Director No. of Board meetings No. of Board meetings Last AGM attendance
held attended (Yes/No)
N. R. Narayana Murthy 5 5 Yes
Nandan M. Nilekani 5 5 Yes
Deepak M. Satwalekar 5 4 Yes
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam 5 5 Yes
Ramesh Vangal 5 3 Yes
Philip Yeo 5 1 No
Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh 1 1* 1 NA
Dr. Omkar Goswami 2 1* 1 NA
Sen. Larry L. Pressler 3 1* 1 NA
Rama Bijapurkar 4 –* – NA
Gopalakrishnan S. 5 5 Yes
Dinesh K. 5 5 Yes
Shibulal S. D. 5 5 Yes
T. V. Mohandas Pai 5 4* 4 NA
Phaneesh Murthy 5 4* 4 NA
Srinath Batni 5 4* 4 NA
1
Co-opted on October 10, 2000
2
Co-opted on November 13, 2000
3
Co-opted on January 9, 2001
4
Co-opted on March 29, 2001
5
Co-opted on May 27, 2000
* Indicates the board meetings held after appointment as a director.
Number of BoD meetings held, dates on which they were held
Five board meetings were held during the year on April 11, 2000, May 27, 2000, July 11, 2000, October 10,
2000 and January 9, 2001.
c. Audit committee
The company is listed on the BSE, NSE and BgSE in India and on the NASDAQ in the US. In India, the SEBI has
made the implementation of the Birla committee recommendations mandatory for all listed companies. The
recommendations also require the adoption of an audit committee charter.
Concurrently, the SEC set up the Blue Ribbon Committee which recommended, inter alia, that every listed
company adopt an audit committee charter. Consequently, NASDAQ adopted a rule requiring all companies
seeking listing to comply with this recommendation.
The audit committee at its meeting on May 27, 2000 adopted an audit committee charter which meets the
requirements of both the SEBI and the SEC. This charter is provided in the Audit committee charter section of
this report.
47
Terms of reference
The terms of reference of the audit committee are set out in the Audit committee charter.
Composition
The audit committee consists of the following directors:
Mr. Deepak M. Satwalekar – Chairman
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam
Mr. Ramesh Vangal
Dr. Omkar Goswami (from January 9, 2001)
Sen. Larry Pressler (from January 9, 2001)
Ms. Rama Bijapurkar (from April 10, 2001)
During the year, Mr. S. M. Datta retired from the directorship of the company and also from the committee.
Meetings and attendance during the year
Director No. of committee No. of committee
meetings held meetings attended
Deepak M. Satwalekar 5 5
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam 5 5
Ramesh Vangal 5 3
Dr. Omkar Goswami ** – –
Sen. Larry Pressler ** – –
Ms. Rama Bijapurkar ** – –
The report of the audit committee is provided in the Report of the committees of the board section in the Annual
Report.
Number of audit committee meetings held, and the dates on which they were held
Five audit committee meetings were held during the year. They were held on April 10, 2000, May 27, 2000,
July 10, 2000, October 9, 2000 and January 8, 2001.
d. Compensation committee
Terms of reference
The committee has the mandate to review and recommend compensation payable to the executive directors
and senior management of the company and administer the company’s stock option plans.
Composition
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam – Chairman
Mr. Deepak M. Satwalekar
Mr. Philip Yeo (from January 9, 2001)
Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh (from January 9, 2001)
Attendance during the year
Director No. of committee No. of committee
meetings held meetings attended
Deepak M. Satwalekar 5 5
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam 5 5
Philip Yeo 5 1
Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh** – –
Dr. Omkar Goswami ** – –
Number of compensation committee meetings held, and the dates on which they were held
Five compensation committee meetings were held during the year on April 10, 2000, May 27, 2000, July 10,
2000, October 9, 2000 and January 8, 2001.
** Meetings held after their induction to the committee
48
Details of remuneration and grant of stock options to the directors for fiscal 2001
Remuneration
in Rs. except as stated otherwise
Name Designation Salary Performance Commission Total Notice Severance
incentive period fee
(months)
N. R. Narayana Murthy Chairman and 16,60,296 1,05,450 – 17,65,746 6 –
Chief Executive Officer
Nandan M. Nilekani Managing Director, 17,78,927 1,05,450 – 18,84,377 6 –
President and
Chief Operating Officer
Deepak M. Satwalekar Director – – 11,64,000 11,64,000 – –
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam Director – – 11,64,000 11,64,000 – –
Ramesh Vangal Director – – 11,64,000 11,64,000 – –
Philip Yeo Director – – 11,64,000 11,64,000 – –
Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh Director – – 5,51,704 5,51,704 – –
Dr. Omkar Goswami Director – – 4,43,277 4,43,277 – –
Sen. Larry Pressler Director – – 2,61,501 2,61,501 – –
Rama Bijapurkar Director – – 9,567 9,567 – –
Gopalakrishnan S. Deputy 16,61,095 1,05,450 – 17,66,545 6 –
Managing Director
Dinesh K. Director 17,82,363 1,05,450 – 18,87,813 6 –
Shibulal S. D. Director 16,60,671 1,05,450 – 17,66,121 6 –
T. V. Mohandas Pai Director 13,42,501 49,567 – 13,92,068 6 –
Phaneesh Murthy Director 98,53,940 46,69,000 – 1,45,22,940 6 –
Srinath Batni Director 12,04,175 44,542 – 12,48,717 6 –
Grant of stock option

Stock Options
Name Designation No. of Grant No. of Grant Whether Expiration
Options price Options price issued date
(1999 (1998 (US$) at a
ESOP) ESOP) discount
T.V. Mohandas Pai Director 10,000 5,724 – – No Feb 26, 2010
Phaneesh Murthy Director – – 20,000 98.25 No Feb 26, 2010
Srinath Batni Director 5,500 5,724 2,000 98.25 No Feb 26, 2010
The report of the compensation committee is provided in the Report of committees of the board section in the report.
No stock options were granted to the other directors.
e. Investor grievance committee
Terms of reference
The committee oversees share transfers and monitors investor grievances.
Composition
The members of the company’s investor grievance committee are:
Mr. Philip Yeo – Chairman (from January 9, 2001)
Mr. Nandan M. Nilekani
Mr. Dinesh K.
Mr. Shibulal S.D.
Name and designation of compliance officer
T. V. Mohandas Pai, Director – Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer
Number of shareholder complaints received, number not solved to the satisfaction of the shareholder and
number of pending transfers
These details are provided in the Shareholder information section of this report.
49
f. General body meetings
– Location and time for the last three AGMs
Year Date Venue Time
1997-1998 May 30,1998 Taj Residency, No. 41/3, 3.00 p.m.
M. G. Road, Bangalore, India.
1998-1999 June 12, 1999 -same as above- 3.00 p.m.
1999-2000 May 27, 2000 -same as above- 3.00 p.m.
Whether special resolutions were put through postal ballot last year, details of voting pattern, person who conducted
the postal ballot exercise, proposed to be conducted through postal ballot and procedures for postal ballot.
Not applicable. The Companies (Amendment) Act (2000) provides for postal ballot but no rules have been made
thereunder.
g. Disclosures
Disclosures on materially-significant, related party transactions, that is transactions of the company of
material nature, with its founders, the directors or the management, their subsidiaries or relatives, etc. that
may have potential conflict with the interests of company at large.
Related parties include subsidiaries, directors of the company, and management council members of the company.
This is provided under the paragraph “related party transactions” in the Financial statements prepared in accordance
with Indian Accounting Principles (Indian GAAP) section in this Annual Report.
Details of non-compliance by the company, penalties, strictures imposed on the company by any stock exchange
or SEBI or any statutory authority, on any matter related to capital markets, during the last three years.
None.
h. Means of communication
Quarterly report sent to each household of shareholders
Since June 1997, the company has been sending quarterly reports, which contain audited financial statements under
Indian GAAP and unaudited US GAAP financial statements, along with additional information, to shareholders.
Quarterly results – which newspapers they are normally published in; websites where they are displayed; whether
it also displays official news releases; and the presentations made to institutional investors or to the analysts
The quarterly results are generally published in The Economic Times, the Udayavani and the Business Standard.
Quarterly financial statements as well as annual financial statements, along with segmental information, are posted
on the company’s website (http://www.infy.com). Earnings calls with analysts and investors are broadcast live on
the website and their transcripts are posted on the website soon thereafter. Any specific presentations made to
analysts and others, which are not available in the general domain, are also posted on the company’s website.
Whether the Management Discussion and Analysis section is a part of the Annual Report or not
The Management Discussion and Analysis section is provided in both the Financial statements prepared in accordance
with Indian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (Indian GAAP) section and the Financial statements prepared in
accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (US GAAP) section in this Annual Report.
i. General shareholder information
This is provided in the Shareholder information section of this Annual Report.
2. Compliance with the Euroshareholders Corporate Governance Guidelines 2000
The European shareholders group, “Euroshareholders”, is the confederation of European shareholders associations.
The organization’s overall task is to represent the interests of individual shareholders in the European Union. In April
1999, the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) published its general principles on
corporate governance. The Euroshareholders guidelines are based upon the same principles, but are more specific
and detailed. The company has complied with most of these guidelines. As an additional disclosure of the company’s
compliance with corporate governance standards, a report on compliance with the recommendations of the
Euroshareholders Corporate Governance Guidelines 2000 is given hereunder.
Recommendation 1
A company should aim primarily at maximizing shareholder value in the long-term. Companies should clearly state (in writing)
their financial objectives as well as their strategy, and should include these in the Annual Report.
This recommendation is complied with.
Recommendation 2
Major decisions which have a fundamental effect upon the nature, size, structure and risk profile of the company, and decisions
which have significant consequences for the position of the shareholder within the corporation, should be subject to shareholder’s
approval or should be decided by the AGM.
As per Indian law, the majority of these require approval of the shareholders in the general meeting of the company.
50
Recommendation 3
Anti-takeover defences or other measures which restrict the influence of shareholders should be avoided.
The company does not have any anti-takeover provisions in its Memorandum and Articles of Association.
Recommendation 4a
The process of mergers and takeovers should be regulated and compliance with these regulations should be supervised.
Not applicable.
Recommendation 4b
If a shareholder’s stake in the company passes a certain threshold, that shareholder should be obliged to make an offer for the
remaining shares under reasonable conditions, that is, at least the price that was paid for the control of the company.
The Securities and Exchange Board of India has published takeover guidelines that require an open offer by holders
who acquire more than a specified percentage of the company.
Recommendation 5
Companies should immediately disclose information which can influence the share price as well as information about those shareholders
who pass (upwards or downwards) 5% thresholds. There should be serious penalties in case of non-compliance.
As per the listing agreement, Indian companies are required to immediately inform stock exchanges about all price-
sensitive information. As per the takeover guidelines of Securities and Exchange Board of India, shareholders who
hold more than 5% of the equity of the company need to intimate the company immediately on reaching the limit.
The company needs to immediately notify the stock exchanges on which it is listed, upon receipt of such information.
Recommendation 6
Auditors have to be independent and should be elected by the general meeting.
Recommendation 7
Shareholders should be able to place items on the agenda of the AGM.
As per the Indian law, shareholders holding not less than one-tenth of the paid-up capital of the company are entitled
to requisition a general meeting.
Recommendation 8
In addition to the regular channels, electronic means should be used by the company to provide shareholders with price-sensitive information.
The company posts all its financial results, as well as press releases, on its website - www.infy.com.
Recommendation 9
Shareholders shall have the right to elect members of at least one board and shall also be able to file a resolution for dismissal. Prior
to the election, shareholders should be able to suggest candidate members of the board.
As per Indian law, directors are elected by members in the general meeting, either by show of hands or a poll.
Recommendation 10a
The membership of non-executives on the board, whether in a one-tier or two-tier system (member of the supervisory board), should
be limited to a maximum period of twelve years.
The current law in India mandates the retirement of one-third of the board members every year and qualifies the
retiring members for re-appointment. Executive directors are appointed by the shareholders for a maximum period of
five years at one time but are eligible for re-appointment upon completion of their term.
Recommendation 10b
No more than one non-executive board member should have served as an executive member of the company.
All the non-executive directors of the company, as of date, are independent directors.
3. Compliance with the Cadbury Committee recommendations

The Cadbury Committee was set up in May 1991, in the United Kingdom. The stated objective of the committee was “to help
raise the standards of corporate governance and the level of confidence in financial reporting and auditing by setting out clearly
what it sees as the respective responsibilities of those involved and what it believes is expected of them”.
As an additional disclosure of the company’s compliance with corporate governance standards, a report on compliance
with the Cadbury Committee recommendations is given hereunder.
51
Compliance
The Cadbury Committee on corporate governance made nineteen recommendations. The company complies with
substantially all of them except the recommendation that – the board should consist of a majority of non-executive
directors - currently, the company has eight executive directors and eight non-executive directors.
The company has set up committees of the board to focus on substantive issues in the form of the audit committee, the
compensation committee, the nominations committee and the investor grievance committee. The reports of these
committees are disclosed under the Report of the committees of the board section in this Annual Report.
Going concern statement
On the basis of current financial projections and facilities available, the directors have a reasonable expectation that
the company has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future and, accordingly,
consider that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in preparing accounts.
4. Compliance report with Blue Ribbon Committee report on improving effectiveness of
corporate audit committees
The Blue Ribbon Committee was formed under the auspices of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
to develop a series of recommendations to enable “audit committees to function as the ultimate guardian of investor
interests and corporate accountability”. It has recommended that exchange listing requirements be amended to require
audit committees to adopt a formal written charter and review and assess it annually. A compliance report on the
recommendations of the committee is presented below.
Recommendation 1
Adopt the following definition of independence for purposes of service on the audit committee.
Members of the audit committee shall be considered independent if they have no relationship to the corporation that may interfere
with the exercise of their independence from management and the corporation.
This recommendation is complied with. None of the directors are an interested party as defined in this recommendation.
Recommendation 2
In addition to adopting and complying with the definition of independence set forth above for purposes of service on the audit
committee, have an audit committee comprised solely of independent directors. The committee recommends that the NYSE and the
NASD maintain their respective current audit committee independence requirements as well as their respective definitions of
independence.
The audit committee consists only of independent, non-executive directors.
Recommendation 3
To have an audit committee comprised of a minimum of three directors, each of whom is financially literate (as described in the
section of this Report entitled “Financial Literacy”) or becomes financially literate within a reasonable period of time after his or her
appointment to the audit committee, and further that at least one member of the audit committee have accounting or related
financial management expertise.
Infosys complies with this requirement. The members of the committees are highly respected and accomplished
professionals in the corporate and academic worlds. They are financially literate.
Recommendation 4
Require the audit committee of each listed company to (i) adopt a formal written charter that is approved by the full BoD and that
specifies the scope of the committee’s responsibilities, and how it carries out those responsibilities, including structure, processes, and
membership requirements, and (ii) review and reassess the adequacy of the audit committee charter on an annual basis.
The audit committee charter is provided in the Audit committee charter section of this annual report.
Recommendation 5
Require the audit committee for each reporting company to disclose in the company’s proxy statement for its annual meeting of
shareholders whether the audit committee had adopted a formal written charter, and, if so, whether the audit committee satisfied its
responsibilities during the prior year in compliance with its charter, which charter shall be disclosed at least triennially in the Annual
Report to shareholders or proxy statement and in the next Annual Report to shareholders or proxy statement after any significant
amendment to that charter.
The committee further recommends that the SEC adopt a “safe harbor” applicable to all disclosure referenced in this Recommendation 5.
52
Recommendation 6
Require that the audit committee charter for every listed company specify that the outside auditor is ultimately accountable to the
BoD and the audit committee as representatives of shareholders, and that these shareholder representatives have the ultimate
authority and responsibility to select, evaluate, and, where appropriate, replace the outside auditor (or to nominate the outside
auditor to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement).
Recommendation 7
Require that the audit committee charter for every listed company specify that the audit committee is responsible for ensuring its
receipt from the outside auditors of a formal written statement delineating all relationships between the auditor and the company,
consistent with Independence Standards Board Standard No.1, and that the audit committee is also responsible for actively engaging
in a dialogue with the auditor with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact the objectivity and independence
of the auditor and to take, or recommend that the full board take, appropriate action to ensure the independence of the
outside auditor.
Recommendation 8
That Generally Accepted Auditing Standards (GAAS) require that a company’s outside auditor discuss with the audit committee the
auditor’s judgements about the quality, not just the acceptability, of the company’s accounting principles as applied in its financial
reporting; the discussion should include such issues as the clarity of the company’s financial disclosures and degree of aggressiveness
or conservatism of the company’s accounting principles and underlying estimates and other significant decisions made by management
in preparing the financial disclosure and reviewed by the outside auditors. This requirement should be written in a way to encourage
open, frank discussion and to avoid boilerplate.
This recommendation is complied with. Both the internal and external auditors have full and free access to the audit
committee, its members and the BoD. All the issues arising out of the internal and external auditors’ reports are
discussed in detail in the audit committee meetings.
Recommendation 9
Require all reporting companies to include a letter from the audit committee in the company’s Annual Report to shareholders and
Form 10-K Annual Report disclosing whether or not, with respect to the prior fiscal year: (i) management has reviewed the audited
financial statements with the audit committee, including a discussion of the quality of the accounting principles as applied and
significant judgments affecting the company’s financial statements; (ii) the outside auditors have discussed with the audit committee
the outside auditors’ judgements of the quality of those principles as applied and judgments referenced in (i) above under the
circumstances; (iii) the members of the audit committee have discussed among themselves, without management or the outside
auditors present, the information disclosed to the audit committee described in (i) and (ii) above; and (iv) the audit committee, in
reliance on the review and discussions conducted with management and the outside auditors pursuant to (i) and (ii) above, believes
that the company’s financial statements are fairly presented in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in
all material respects.
The committee further recommends that the SEC adopt a “safe harbor” applicable to any disclosure referenced in this Recommendation 9.
This recommendation is complied with. The required report is provided elsewhere in this Annual Report
Recommendation 10
Require that a reporting company’s outside auditor conduct a SAS 71 Interim Financial Review prior to the company’s filing of its
Form 10-Q. The committee further recommends that SAS 71 be amended to require that a reporting company’s outside auditor
discuss with the audit committee, or at least its chairman, and a representative of financial management, in person, or by telephone
conference call, the matters described in AU Section 380, Communications With the audit committee, prior to the filing of the Form
10-Q (and preferably prior to any public announcement of financial results), including significant adjustments, management judgement
and accounting estimates, significant new accounting policies, and disagreements with management.
Being a foreign private issuer of securities, the company files quarterly reports in Form 6-K and yearly reports in
Form 20-F with the SEC. The financial statements included in Form 6-K are reviewed by the company’s auditors. The
financial statements included in Form 20-F are audited by the company’s auditors.
Sd Sd
53
Audit committee charter
1. Primary objectives of the audit committee

The primary objective of the audit committee (the “committee”) is to monitor and provide effective supervision of the
management’s financial reporting process with a view to ensure accurate, timely and proper disclosures and the transparency,
integrity and quality of financial reporting.
The committee oversees the work carried out in the financial reporting process – by the management, including the internal
auditors and the independent auditor – and notes the processes and safeguards employed by each.
2. Scope of the audit committee
2.1 Provide an open avenue of communication between the independent auditor, internal auditor, and the board of directors
(“BoD”).
2.2 Meet four times every year or more frequently as circumstances require. The audit committee may ask members of
management or others to attend meetings and provide pertinent information as necessary.
2.3 Confirm and assure the independence of the external auditor and objectivity of the internal auditor.
2.4 Review with the independent auditor the co-ordination of audit efforts to assure completeness of coverage, reduction of
redundant efforts, and the effective use of all audit resources.
2.5 Consider and review with the independent auditor:
(a) The adequacy of internal controls including computerised information system controls and security; and
(b) Related findings and recommendations of the independent auditor and internal auditor together with management’s
responses.
2.6 Consider and review with management, internal auditor and the independent auditor.
(a) Significant findings during the year, including the status of previous audit recommendations;
(b) Any difficulties encountered in the course of audit work including any restrictions on the scope of activities or access
to required information;
(c) Any changes required in the planned scope of the internal audit plan.
2.7 Report periodically to the BoD on significant results of the foregoing activities.
3. Composition of the audit committee
3.1 The committee shall consist solely of ‘independent’ directors of the company and shall be comprised of a minimum of three
directors, each of whom is ‘financially literate’ or shall become ‘financially literate’ within a reasonable period of time after
his or her appointment. They should be diligent, knowledgeable, dedicated, interested in the job and willing to devote a
substantial amount of time and energy to the responsibilities of the committee, in addition to BoD responsibilities. At least
one of the members shall have accounting or related ‘financial management expertise’. The members of the committee
shall be elected by the BoD and shall continue until their successors are duly elected. The duties and responsibilities of a
member are in addition to those applicable to a member of the BoD. In recognition of the time burden associated with the
service and, with a view to bring in fresh insight, the committee may consider limiting the term of audit committee
service, by automatic rotation or by other means. One of the members shall be elected as the chairman either by the full
BoD or by the members themselves, by majority vote.
3.2 The BoD may, under exceptional and limited circumstances, waive this requirement if it is of the view that the concerned
member is required in the committee, in the best interests of the company and its shareholders. However, the BoD shall
disclose, in the next Annual Report (Proxy Statement) subsequent to such determination, the nature of the relationship
and the reasons for that determination.
4. Relationship with independent and internal auditors
4.1 The BoD and the committee have the ultimate authority and responsibility to select, evaluate, and, where appropriate,
replace the independent auditors in accordance with law. All possible measures must be taken by the committee to ensure
the objectivity and independence of the independent auditors. These include:
– obtaining from the independent auditors formal written statements delineating all relationships between the auditors
and the company, consistent with applicable regulatory requirements;
– actively engaging in dialogues with the auditors with respect to any disclosed relationships or services that may impact
their objectivity and independence and take, or recommend that the full BoD take appropriate action to ensure their
independence;
– require and encourage the independent auditors to open and frank discussions on their judgements about the quality,
not just the acceptability of the company’s accounting principles as applied in its financial reporting, including such
issues as the clarity of the company’s financial disclosures and degree of aggressiveness or conservatism of the
company’s accounting principles and underlying estimates and other significant decisions made by the management
in preparing the financial disclosure and audited by them; and
– require the independent auditor, carrying out the attest function in conformity with US GAAS, to perform an interim
financial review as required under Statement of Auditing Standards 71 of the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants and also discuss with the committee or its chairman, and an appropriate representative of Financial
54
Management and Accounting, in person or by telephone conference call, the matters described in SAS 61,
Communications with the Committee, prior to the company’s filing of its Form 6-K (and preferably prior to any
public announcement of financial results), including significant adjustments, management judgement and accounting
estimates, significant new accounting policies, and disagreements with management.
4.2 The internal auditors of the company are in the best position to evaluate and report on the adequacy and effectiveness of
the internal controls. Keeping in view the need for the internal auditors’ independence from management in order to
remain objective, a formal mechanism should be created to facilitate confidential exchanges between the internal auditors
and the committee, regardless of irregularities or problems. The work carried out by each of these auditors needs to be
assessed and reviewed with the independent auditors and appropriate recommendations made to the BoD.
5. Disclosure requirements
5.1 The committee charter should be published in the annual report once every three years and also whenever any significant
amendment is made to the charter.
5.2 The committee shall disclose in the company’s Annual Report whether or not, with respect to the concerned fiscal year:
– management has reviewed the audited financial statements with the committee, including a discussion of the quality
of the accounting principles as applied and significant judgements affecting the company’s financial statements;
– the independent auditors have discussed with the committee their judgements of the quality of those principles as
applied and judgements referred to above under the circumstances;
– the members of the committee have discussed among themselves, without management or the independent auditors
present, the information disclosed to the committee as described above;
– the committee, in reliance on the review and discussions conducted with management and the independent auditors
pursuant to the requirements above, believes that the company’s financial statements are fairly presented in conformity
with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) in all material respects; and
– the committee has satisfied its responsibilities in compliance with its charter.
5.3 The committee shall secure compliance that the BoD has affirmed to the NASD/Amex Stock Exchange on the following
matters, as required in terms of the relevant NASD/Amex rules:
– Composition of the committee and independence of committee members;
– Disclosures relating to non-independent members;
– Financial literacy and financial expertise of members; and
– Review of the committee charter.
5.4 The committee shall report to shareholders as required by the relevant rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”) of the United States.
6. Definitions
6.1 Independent member
In order to be ‘independent’, members should have no relationship with the company that may interfere with the exercise
of their independence from the management and the company. The following persons are not considered independent:
a director who is employed by the company or any of its affiliates for the current year or any of the past three years;
a director who accepts any compensation from the company or any of its affiliates in excess of $60,000 during the
previous fiscal year, other than compensation for board service, benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan, or non-
discretionary compensation;
a director who is a member of the immediate family of an individual who is, or has been in any of the past three years,
employed by the corporation or any of its affiliates as an executive officer. “Immediate family” includes a person’s
spouse, parents, children, siblings, mother-in-law, father-in-law, brother-in-law, sister-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-
law, and anyone who resides in such person’s home;
a director who is a partner in, or a controlling shareholder or an executive officer of, any for-profit business organization
to which the company made, or from which the company received, payments (other than those arising solely from
investments in the company’s securities) that exceed 5% of the company’s or business organization’s consolidated gross
revenues for that year, or $200,000, whichever is more, in any of the past three years; and
a director who is employed as an executive of another entity where any of the company’s executives serve on that
entity’s compensation committee.
6.2 Financial literacy
‘Financial literacy’ means the ability to read and understand fundamental financial statements. ‘Financial management
expertise’ means past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting,
or any other comparable experience or background which results in the member’s financial sophistication, including being
or having been a chief executive officer or other senior officer with responsibilities to oversee financial issues.
55
Report of the committees of the board
1. Compensation committee
The compensation committee consists of the following directors:
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam – Chairman
Mr. Deepak M. Satwalekar
Mr. Philip Yeo (from January 9, 2001)
During the year, Mr. S. M. Datta retired from the directorship of the company and also from the committee. Mr. Ramesh Vangal
retired from the committee with effect from January 9, 2001.
The committee has, inter alia, the mandate to review and recommend compensation payable to the executive directors and senior
management of the company and administer the company’s stock option plans. The committee reviewed the performance of all the
executive directors and approved the compensation payable to them for fiscal 2002, within the overall limits approved by the
shareholders. Information on compensation and other benefits provided to the executive directors for fiscal 2001 is disclosed in the
Corporate governance section of this annual report. The committee also reviewed the compensation proposed for all the management
council members for fiscal 2002. The committee believes that the proposed compensation and benefits, along with stock options, are
adequate to motivate and retain the senior officers of the company.
The committee also reviewed the grant of stock options on a sign-on and regular basis to various employees of the company, during
the year.
Save as disclosed, none of the directors had a material beneficial interest in any contract of significance to which the company or any
of its subsidiary undertakings was a party, during the financial year.
Sd
Bangalore Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam
April 10, 2001 Chairman, Compensation committee
2. Nominations committee
The nominations committee of the board consists of the following directors:
Mr. Ramesh Vangal – Chairman
Mr. Philip Yeo
Mr. Deepak M. Satwalekar and Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam retired from the committee with effect from January 9, 2001.
The nominations committee has the mandate to recommend the appointment of directors to the board, to review the re-election
of the members of the board and to recommend the induction of board members into various committees. The meeting of the
nominations committee on April 10, 2001 was chaired by Mr. Philip Yeo in the absence of Mr. Ramesh Vangal who could not attend
the meeting.
The committee discussed the issue of the retirement of members of the board as per statutory requirements. As one third of the
members have to retire every year based on their date of appointment, Mr. Ramesh Vangal, Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam, Mr.
Deepak M. Satwalekar, Mr. S. Gopalakrishnan and Mr. S.D. Shibulal will retire. The committee considered their performance and
recommended that they be considered for re-appointment by the shareholders.
During the year, Mr. T.V. Mohandas Pai, Mr. Phaneesh Murthy, Mr. Srinath Batni, Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh, Dr. Omkar Goswami, Sen.
Larry Pressler and Ms. Rama Bijapurkar were co-opted into the board as additional directors of the company. The committee
recommended that the necessary resolutions for appointing them as directors be considered by the shareholders.
Sd
Bangalore Philip Yeo
April 10, 2001 Chairman, Nominations committee
56
3. Audit committee
The audit committee of the board consists of the following directors:
Mr. Deepak M. Satwalekar – Chairman
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam
Mr. Ramesh Vangal
During the year, Mr. S. M. Datta retired from the directorship of the company and also from the committee.
The committee has, inter alia, the mandate to oversee the company’s financial reporting process and the disclosure of financial
information in order to ensure that the financial statements are correct, sufficient and credible. The committee reviewed the
independence of both the internal and the statutory auditors and expressed its satisfaction with the same. The committee discussed
the quality of the accounting principles as applied, and significant judgments affecting the financial statements, with the management
as well as the internal and the statutory auditors of the company. The committee also discussed with the internal and the statutory
auditors, in the absence of the management, the company’s financial disclosures and the quality of the company’s accounting
principles as applied, underlying judgments affecting the financial statements, and other significant decisions made by the management
in preparing the financial disclosures. The committee, in reliance on the review and discussions conducted with the management
and the independent auditors, believes that the company’s financial statements are fairly presented in conformity with Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles in all material aspects. The committee also reviewed the financial and risk management policies of
the company and expressed its satisfaction with the same. The committee is satisfied that it complies fully with its responsibilities
as outlined in the Audit committee charter section of this Annual Report.
The committee secured compliance that the board of directors (BoD) has affirmed to the NASDAQ stock exchange, under the
relevant rules of the exchange on composition of the committee and independence of the committee members, disclosures relating
to non-independent members, financial literacy and financial expertise of members, and a review of the audit charter.
The committee reviewed the internal controls put in place to ensure that the accounts of the company are properly maintained and
that accounting transactions are in accordance with prevailing laws and regulations. The committee found no material discrepancy
or weakness in the internal control systems of the company.
The committee recommended to the board the appointment of Bharat S Raut & Co., Chartered Accountants, as statutory auditors
of the company for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2002. The committee also recommended to the board that the necessary
resolutions for appointing them as auditors be placed before the shareholders. The committee recommended the appointment of
internal auditors for various operations of the company and determined the fees payable to them.
The committee recommended to the board the appointment of KPMG as auditors of the company for the US GAAP financial
statements, for the financial year ending March 31, 2002.
The committee also issued a letter in line with recommendation No. 9 of the Blue Ribbon Committee on audit committee
effectiveness, and the same is provided in the Financial statements prepared in accordance with the US GAAP section of this Annual
Report.
Sd
Bangalore Deepak M. Satwalekar
April 10, 2001 Chairman, Audit committee
4. Investor grievance committee

The Investor grievance committee consists of the following directors:
Mr. Philip Yeo – Chairman (from January 9, 2001)
Mr. Nandan M. Nilekani
Mr. Dinesh K.
Mr. Shibulal S.D.
The committee is headed by an independent director. The committee has the mandate to review and redress shareholder grievances
and to attend to share transfers. The committee reviewed the shareholder grievances, the redress of shareholder grievances and the
share transfers for the year and expressed satisfaction with the same. The committee also noted the shareholding in dematerialised
mode as on March 31, 2001 as being 98.30%.
Sd
Bangalore Philip Yeo
April 10, 2001 Chairman, Investor grievance committee
57
Auditors’ report
To
The members,
We have audited the attached Balance Sheet of Infosys Technologies Limited (the company) as at March 31, 2001 and
the Profit and Loss Account of the company for the year ended on that date, annexed thereto, and report that:
1. As required by the Manufacturing and Other Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 1988, issued by the
Company Law Board in terms of Section 227(4A) of the Companies Act, 1956, we enclose in the Annexure
a statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 4 and 5 of the said Order.
2. Further to our comments in the Annexure referred to in paragraph 1 above:
(a) we have obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief were
necessary for the purpose of our audit;
(b) in our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the company so far as appears
from our examination of these books;
(c) the Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account dealt with by this report are in agreement with the books of
account;
(d) in our opinion, the Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account dealt with by this report are prepared in compliance
with the accounting standards referred to in Section 211(3C) of the Companies Act, 1956, to the extent applicable;
(e) on the basis of written representations received from the directors of the company as at March 31, 2001 and
taken on record by the board of directors, we report that no director is disqualified from being appointed as
director of the company under clause (g) of sub-section (1) of Section 274 of the Companies Act, 1956;
(f) in our opinion, and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the said
accounts give the information required by the Companies Act, 1956, in the manner so required and give a true
and fair view:
(i) in the case of the Balance Sheet, of the state of affairs of the company as at March 31, 2001; and
(ii) in the case of the Profit and Loss Account, of the profit for the year ended on that date.


58
Annexure to the auditors’ report
The Annexure referred to in paragraph 1 of the auditors’ report to the members of Infosys Technologies Limited (the company) for the
year ended March 31, 2001. We report that:
The matters contained in sub paragraph 4(D) and 4(C) of the Manufacturing and Other Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 1988, are
not applicable to the company.
Internal controls
1. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, having regard to the explanations that certain
items purchased are of a special nature in respect of which suitable alternative sources do not exist for obtaining comparative
quotations, there are adequate internal control procedures commensurate with the size of the company and the nature of its
business for the purchase of computer hardware and software, consumables, plant and machinery, equipment and other assets.
The activities of the company do not involve the sale of goods.
2. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, in respect of the service activities, the company,
commensurate with the size and the nature of its business, has a reasonable system of:
● recording receipts, issues and consumption of materials and allocating materials consumed to each project;
● allocating man-hours utilised to each project; and
● authorisation and control over the allocation of labour costs to each project.
3. In our opinion, the company has an internal audit system, commensurate with its size and the nature of its business.
Fixed assets
4. The company has maintained proper records of fixed assets showing full particulars, including quantitative details and location.
The company has a regular programme of physical verification of its fixed assets which, in our opinion, is reasonable having
regard to the size of the company and the nature of its assets. In accordance with this programme, certain fixed assets were
physically verified by management during the year and no material discrepancies were identified on such verification.
5. None of the fixed assets were revalued during the year.
Inventories
6. The company has not maintained any inventories during the year and consequently, paragraphs 4(A)(iii) to 4(A)(vi), 4(A)(xii),
4(A)(xiv) and 4(A)(xvi) of the Manufacturing and Other Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 1988, are not applicable in
relation to its activities.
Loans and advances
7. The parties to whom loans or advances in the nature of loans were given by the company are regular in repaying the principal
amounts as stipulated and interest where applicable.
8. The company has not taken any loans, secured or unsecured, from companies, firms, or other parties listed in the register
maintained under Section 301 of the Companies Act, 1956, or from companies under the same management as defined under
Section 370(1B) of the Companies Act, 1956, the rate of interest and other terms and conditions of which are, prima facie,
prejudicial to the interests of the company.
9. The company has not granted any loans, secured or unsecured, to companies, firms, or other parties listed in the register
maintained under Section 301 of the Companies Act, 1956, or to companies under the same management as defined under
Section 370(1B) of the Companies Act, 1956, the rate of interest and other terms and conditions of which are, prima facie,
prejudicial to the interests of the company.
Transactions with parties under Section 301 of the Companies Act, 1956
10. In our opinion, and according to the information and explanations given to us, the company has not entered into any transactions
for the purchase of goods and materials and sale of goods, materials and services, with companies, firms, or other parties listed in
the register maintained under Section 301 of the Companies Act, 1956, and aggregating during the year to Rs 50,000 or more in
respect of each party.
Fixed deposits
11. The company has not accepted any deposits from the public and consequently the provisions of Section 58A of the Companies
Act, 1956, and the rules framed thereunder are not applicable.
Staff welfare
12. Provident Fund and Employees’ State Insurance dues were regularly deposited during the year with the appropriate authorities.
13. On the basis of the examination of the books of account carried out by us in accordance with generally accepted auditing
practices and according to the information and explanations given to us, no personal expenses of employees or directors were
charged to the profit and loss account, other than those payable under contractual obligations or in accordance with generally
accepted business practice.
Taxation
14. According to the information and explanations given to us, there are no undisputed amounts payable in respect of income tax,
wealth tax, sales tax, customs duty and excise duty that were outstanding as at March 31, 2001 for a period of more than six
months from the dates that they became payable.
Others
15. The company is not a sick industrial company within the meaning of section 3 (1) (o) of the Sick Industrial Companies (Special
Provisions) Act, 1985.

59
Balance Sheet as at March 31
in Rs.
Schedule 2001 2000
SOURCES OF FUNDS
SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS
Share capital 1 33,07,92,085 33,07,55,000
Reserves and surplus 2 1356,55,99,903 800,22,73,248
1389,63,91,988 833,30,28,248
APPLICATION OF FUNDS
FIXED ASSETS 3
Original cost 631,14,44,025 284,03,05,143
Less : Depreciation 244,13,15,982 133,65,20,594
Net book value 387,01,28,043 150,37,84,549
Add : Capital work-in-progress 170,65,04,250 56,96,03,505
557,66,32,293 207,33,88,054
INVESTMENTS 4 34,11,54,821 13,83,48,469
CURRENT ASSETS, LOANS AND ADVANCES
Sundry debtors 5 302,37,02,417 136,17,81,253
Cash and bank balances 6 385,06,10,285 431,79,35,730
Loans and advances 7 430,27,93,623 210,12,77,161
1117,71,06,325 778,09,94,144
Less : Current liabilities 8 134,91,81,176 67,15,06,459
Provisions 9 184,93,20,275 98,81,95,960
NET CURRENT ASSETS 797,86,04,874 612,12,91,725
1389,63,91,988 833,30,28,248
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
AND NOTES ON ACCOUNTS 13
The schedules referred to above and the notes thereon form an integral part of the Balance Sheet.
This is the Balance Sheet referred to in our report of even date.

Balaji Swaminathan N. R. Narayana Murthy Nandan M. Nilekani Deepak M. Satwalekar Marti G. Subrahmanyam
Partner Chairman and Managing Director, President Director Director
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Operating Officer
Jitendra Vir Singh Omkar Goswami Larry Pressler Rama Bijapurkar
Director Director Director Director
S. Gopalakrishnan K. Dinesh S. D. Shibulal T. V. Mohandas Pai
Deputy Managing Director Director Director Director and
Chief Financial Officer
Bangalore Phaneesh Murthy Srinath Batni V. Balakrishnan
April 11, 2001 Director Director Company Secretary and
Associate Vice President - Finance
60
Profit and Loss Account for the year ended March 31
in Rs.
Schedule 2001 2000
INCOME
Software development services and products
Overseas 1874,02,66,421 869,69,80,931
Domestic 26,53,92,386 12,62,56,042
Other income 10 59,37,14,915 39,14,11,095
1959,93,73,722 921,46,48,068
EXPENDITURE
Software development expenses 11 958,17,66,650 466,26,84,578
Administration and other expenses 12 177,54,70,971 69,48,50,282
Provision for investments 15,28,98,608 –
Provision for contingencies – 3,33,00,000
Provision for e-inventing the company – 3,50,00,000
1151,01,36,229 542,58,34,860
Operating profit (PBIDT) 808,92,37,493 378,88,13,208
Interest – –
Depreciation 112,89,45,152 53,23,27,389
Profit before tax and extraordinary item 696,02,92,341 325,64,85,819
Provision for tax
earlier years 1,40,00,000 24,00,000
current year 71,31,00,000 39,46,00,000
Profit after tax before extraordinary item 623,31,92,341 285,94,85,819
Extraordinary item – transfer of intellectual property right (net of tax) 5,49,44,000 –
– provision no longer required – 7,56,70,846
Net profit after tax and extraordinary item 628,81,36,341 293,51,56,665
AMOUNT AVAILABLE FOR APPROPRIATION 628,81,36,341 293,51,56,665
Dividend
Interim 16,53,78,418 9,92,08,200
Final (Proposed) 49,61,85,878 19,84,18,210
Dividend Tax 8,69,94,211 3,27,38,905
Amount transferred – general reserve 553,95,77,834 260,47,91,350
628,81,36,341 293,51,56,665
EARNINGS PER SHARE (equity shares, par value Rs. 5 each)
Basic 95.06 44.38
Diluted 94.76 44.37
Number of shares used in computing earnings per share
Basic 6,61,52,131 6,61,39,372
Diluted 6,63,58,311 6,61,57,819
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
AND NOTES ON ACCOUNTS 13
The schedules referred to above and the notes thereon form an integral part of the Profit and Loss Account.
This is the Profit and Loss Account referred to in our report of even date.
61
Schedules to the Balance Sheet as at March 31
in Rs.
2001 2000
1. SHARE CAPITAL
AUTHORIZED
Equity shares, Rs. 5 par value
10,00,00,000 equity shares 50,00,00,000 50,00,00,000
ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED AND PAID UP
Equity shares, Rs. 5 par value
6,61,58,117 (6,61,50,700) equity shares fully paid up 33,07,90,585 33,07,53,500
[Of the above, 5,78,88,200 (5,78,88,200) equity shares
fully paid up have been issued as bonus shares by
capitalization of the general reserve]
Add: Forfeited shares 1,500 1,500
33,07,92,085 33,07,55,000
2. RESERVES AND SURPLUS
Capital reserve 5,93,54,103 5,93,54,103
5,93,54,103 5,93,54,103
Share premium account as at April 1, 318,37,81,595 319,99,15,445
Add : Received during the year
On conversion of stock options issued to employees 2,37,48,821 1,75,65,777
320,75,30,416 321,74,81,222
Less : ADS linked stock option issue expenses – 1,01,93,113
ADS issue expenses – 2,35,06,514
320,75,30,416 318,37,81,595
General reserve as at April 1, 475,91,37,550 215,43,46,200
Add : Transfers from the Profit and Loss Account 553,95,77,834 260,47,91,350
1029,87,15,384 475,91,37,550
1356,55,99,903 800,22,73,248
62
3. FIXED ASSETS in Rs.
Original cost Depreciation Net book value

Cost as at Additions Deletions Cost as at As at For the Deductions As at As at As at
Assets April 1, 2000 during the during the March 31, April 1, 2000 year during the March 31, March 31, March 31,
year year 2001 year 2001 2001 2000
Land – free-hold 1,89,83,650 7,13,75,327 – 9,03,58,977 – – – – 9,03,58,977 1,89,83,650

Land – lease-hold 19,17,69,406 8,40,82,384 – 27,58,51,790 – – – – 27,58,51,790 19,17,69,406
Buildings 58,90,10,239 98,80,44,371 – 157,70,54,610 5,23,14,231 8,14,69,936 – 13,37,84,167 144,32,70,443 53,66,96,008
Plant and machinery 51,75,81,633 60,64,52,428 35,71,054 112,04,63,007 25,00,55,738 26,02,00,030 28,41,462 50,74,14,306 61,30,48,701 26,75,25,895
Computer equipment 112,23,85,220 113,83,99,209 2,13,36,954 223,94,47,475 78,95,66,535 52,81,49,939 2,08,44,363 129,68,72,111 94,25,75,364 33,28,18,685
Furniture and fixtures 39,92,10,666 60,60,03,206 4,62,711 100,47,51,161 24,38,29,725 25,88,19,126 3,29,113 50,23,19,738 50,24,31,423 15,53,80,941
Vehicles 13,64,329 22,87,502 1,34,826 35,17,005 7,54,365 3,06,121 1,34,826 9,25,660 25,91,345 6,09,964
Total 284,03,05,143 349,66,44,427 2,55,05,545 631,14,44,025 133,65,20,594 112,89,45,152 2,41,49,764 244,13,15,982 387,01,28,043 150,37,84,549
Previous year 168,92,38,345 117,79,35,912 2,68,69,114 284,03,05,143 83,09,14,934 53,23,27,389 2,67,21,729 133,65,20,594
Note: Buildings include Rs. 250 being the value of 5 shares of Rs. 50 each in Mittal Towers Premises Co-operative Society Limited.
63
in Rs.
2001 2000
4. INVESTMENTS
TRADE (UNQUOTED) – at cost
Long-term investments
Yantra Corporation, USA, a subsidiary company
75,00,000 (75,00,000) common stock at US$ 0.20 each,
fully paid, par value US$ 0.01 each 5,32,51,600 5,32,51,600
6,36,363 (6,36,363) Series A convertible preferred stock,
at US$ 0.75 each, fully paid, par value US$ 0.01 each 1,73,44,074 1,73,44,074
EC Cubed Inc., USA
13,00,108 (13,00,108) Series D convertible preferred stock
at US$ 2.3075 each, fully paid, par value US$ 0.0001 each 13,08,00,000 13,08,00,000
Alpha Thinx Mobile Phone Services AG, Austria
27,790 (Nil) bearer shares at 20 each, fully paid, par value 1 each 2,20,98,608 –
22,34,94,282 20,13,95,674
Less: Provision for investments 22,34,94,282 7,05,95,674
– 13,08,00,000
Asia Net Media (BVI) Ltd, the British Virgin Islands
3,00,00,000 (Nil) ordinary shares at US$ 0.05 each,
fully paid, par value US$ 0.01 each 6,84,75,000 –
CiDRA Corporation, USA
33,333 (Nil) Series D convertible preferred stock at
US$ 90 each, fully paid, par value US$ 0.01 each 13,40,08,660 –
JASDIC Park Company, Japan
480 (480) common stock at ¥ 50,000 each,
fully paid, par value ¥ 50,000 each 75,38,109 75,38,109
M-Commerce Ventures Pte Ltd, Singapore
Units in the company, each unit representing 1 ordinary
share of Singapore $ 1 each, fully paid, par value Singapore $ 1 and 9
redeemable preferred shares of Singapore $ 1, fully paid, at a premium
of Singapore $ 1,110 per redeemable preferred stock
70 (Nil) ordinary shares 1,845 –
630 (Nil) redeemable preference shares 1,84,45,855 –
OnMobile Systems Inc., (formerly Onscan Inc.,) USA
1,00,000 (Nil) common stock at US$ 0.4348 each,
fully paid, par value US$ 0.001 each 19,42,162 –
1,00,000 (Nil) Series A voting convertible preferred
stock at US$ 0.4348 each, fully paid, par value US$ 0.001 each 19,42,162 –
44,00,000 (Nil) Series A non-voting convertible preferred
stock at US$ 0.4348 each, fully paid, par value US$ 0.001 each 8,54,55,676 –
PurpleYogi Inc., USA
2,76,243 (Nil) Series D convertible preferred stock at US$ 1.81
each fully paid, par value US$ 0.001 each 2,33,34,992 –
Software Services Support Education Center Limited
1 (1) equity share of Rs. 10 each, fully paid, par value Rs. 10 10 10
The Saraswat Co-operative Bank Limited
1,035 (1,035) equity shares of Rs. 10 each, fully paid, par value Rs. 10 10,350 10,350
34,11,54,821 13,83,48,469
Aggregate of unquoted investments – carrying value / cost 34,11,54,821 13,83,48,469
5. SUNDRY DEBTORS
Debts outstanding for a period exceeding six months
Unsecured
considered doubtful 9,61,74,738 2,21,26,448
Other debts
Unsecured
considered good* 302,37,02,417 136,17,81,253
considered doubtful 8,55,48,753 –
320,54,25,908 138,39,07,701
Less: Provision for doubtful debts 18,17,23,491 2,21,26,448
302,37,02,417 136,17,81,253
*Includes due by subsidiary – Yantra Corporation 99,80,017 Nil
64
in Rs.
2001 2000
6. CASH AND BANK BALANCES
Cash on hand 96,062 13,17,773
Balances with scheduled banks
in current accounts * 12,79,65,496 10,16,77,272
in deposit accounts in Indian rupees 181,88,52,687 22,91,45,764
in deposit accounts in foreign currency 136,36,28,601 268,41,01,874
Balances with non-scheduled banks
in deposit accounts in foreign currency
HSBC Bank Middle East, Bahrain – 66,76,98,310
in current accounts
ABN Amro Bank, Heerlen, Netherlands – 15,69,661
ABN Amro Bank, Brussels, Belgium 8,73,096 16,26,311
Bank of America, Concord, USA 27,09,344 –
Bank of America, Hong Kong 4,25,885 –
Bank of America, Los Angeles, USA – 50,60,500
Bank of America, Milpitas, USA 23,59,820 22,81,065
Bank of America, Palo Alto, USA 35,70,97,922 57,93,97,557
Bank of Boston, Boston, USA 21,30,626 16,88,886
Bank of Melbourne, Melbourne, Australia 17,26,245 2,49,124
Bank of Melbourne, Victoria, Australia 5,46,759 –
Barclays Bank, London, UK 38,36,868 44,92,122
Deutsche Bank, Frankfurt, Germany 20,22,282 36,15,221
First Chicago Bank, Chicago, USA – 21,98,743
Hongkong Bank of Canada, Toronto, Canada 5,54,537 22,42,324
HSBC Bank PLC – Croydon, London 9,76,68,994 –
Michigan National Bank, Detroit, USA – 3,87,308
Nations Bank, Dallas, USA 1,17,15,900 1,11,76,052
Nations Bank, Georgia, USA – 12,41,385
Nordbanken, Stockholm, Sweden 15,86,376 3,45,518
Nova Scotia Bank, Toronto, Canada 5,21,19,103 89,98,950
Seafirst Bank, Seattle, USA – 17,70,378
Sanwa Bank, Tokyo, Japan 12,18,670 40,43,674
Summit Bank, Bridgewater, USA 14,75,012 16,09,958
385,06,10,285 431,79,35,730
Maximum balance held during the year:
in deposit accounts in foreign currency
HSBC Bank Middle East, Bahrain 72,78,38,970 66,76,98,310
in current accounts
ABN Amro Bank, Heerlen, Netherlands 15,95,544 19,68,084
ABN Amro Bank, Brussels, Belgium 25,10,415 16,74,689
Bank of America, Concord, USA 11,56,12,302 –
Bank of America, Hong Kong 11,81,752 –
Bank of America, Los Angeles, USA 3,08,58,501 59,13,227
Bank of America, Milpitas, USA 5,89,07,898 4,57,78,346
Bank of America, Palo Alto, USA 92,96,33,056 71,03,42,796
Bank of Boston, Boston, USA 72,15,459 68,26,703
Bank of Melbourne, Melbourne, Australia 17,26,245 2,92,425
Bank of Melbourne, Victoria, Australia 16,34,330 –
Barclays Bank, London, UK 3,63,48,726 67,59,209
Deutsche Bank, Frankfurt, Germany 36,94,391 40,36,519
First Chicago Bank, Chicago, USA 22,07,085 49,23,828
Hongkong Bank of Canada, Toronto, Canada 1,01,66,688 1,89,92,669
HSBC Bank PLC – Croydon, London 16,51,68,657 –
Michigan National Bank, Detroit, USA 17,44,660 13,34,282
Nations Bank, Dallas, USA 3,36,69,804 1,45,77,623
Nations Bank, Georgia, USA 21,33,612 18,23,598
Nordbanken, Stockholm, Sweden 23,20,446 3,45,518
Nova Scotia Bank, Toronto, Canada 7,57,18,591 89,98,950
Seafirst Bank, Seattle, USA 31,46,158 24,05,174
Sanwa Bank, Tokyo, Japan 1,40,25,843 79,10,422
Summit Bank, Bridgewater, USA 88,91,861 35,18,916
* Includes Rs. 48,15,163 and Rs. 28,72,035 being the balance in unclaimed dividend account as at March 31, 2001 and March 31, 2000 respectively
65
in Rs.
2001 2000
7. LOANS AND ADVANCES
Unsecured, considered good
Advances
prepaid expenses 13,75,24,974 11,58,60,415
advances paid for supplies of goods and rendering of services 4,58,01,731 3,10,07,019
others 1,92,05,252 1,01,94,327
20,25,31,957 15,70,61,761
Costs in excess of billings 2,34,52,011 –
Advance income tax 123,73,97,792 54,40,96,353
Loans and advances to employees *
housing and other loans 50,45,83,928 38,74,34,826
salary advances 24,47,71,738 13,61,51,038
Other advances 4,76,12,044 3,23,06,323
Rent and maintenance deposits 11,56,91,996 7,84,24,995
Deposits with financial institutions / body corporate 192,67,52,157 76,58,01,865
430,27,93,623 210,12,77,161
Unsecured, considered doubtful
Loans and advances to employees 7,11,816 –
430,35,05,439 210,12,77,161
Less: Provision for doubtful loans and advances 7,11,816 –
430,27,93,623 210,12,77,161
* Includes due by non-director officers of the company 1,05,74,738 1,35,08,825
Maximum amounts due by non-director officers at any time during the year 2,83,52,485 2,30,09,790
8. CURRENT LIABILITIES
Sundry creditors
for goods 13,07,477 4,25,90,239
for accrued salaries and benefits 57,42,18,368 22,44,51,291
for other liabilities
provision for expenses 17,70,70,370 7,67,74,570
retention monies 11,39,71,400 4,91,19,373
withholding and other taxes payable 5,50,36,092 7,19,14,609
others 1,78,04,294 95,50,828
93,94,08,001 47,44,00,910
Advances received from clients 5,66,97,811 1,85,61,551
Unearned revenue 34,82,60,201 17,56,71,963
Unclaimed dividend 48,15,163 28,72,035
134,91,81,176 67,15,06,459
9. PROVISIONS
Proposed dividend 49,61,85,878 19,84,18,210
Provision for
tax on dividend 5,06,10,959 2,18,26,003
income taxes 122,90,11,741 62,60,19,742
e-inventing the company – 39,00,977
post-sales client support 7,35,11,697 5,51,91,028
gratuity – 8,28,40,000
184,93,20,275 98,81,95,960
66
Schedules to the Profit and Loss Account for the year ended March 31
in Rs.
2001 2000
10.OTHER INCOME
Interest received on deposits with banks and others 37,54,58,594 26,68,79,106
(Tax deducted at source Rs. 4,30,12,428 and Rs. 1,67,51,195 respectively)
Sale of special import licenses 6,77,431 2,02,31,549
Miscellaneous income 1,58,66,407 49,73,365
Exchange differences * 20,17,12,483 9,93,27,075
59,37,14,915 39,14,11,095
*Arising on translation of foreign currency deposits maintained abroad
includes a realised gain of Rs. 5,06,25,885 (previous year : Rs. Nil)
11. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES
Salaries and bonus including overseas staff expenses 675,86,45,286 307,54,46,295
Staff welfare 8,46,06,310 4,93,07,308
Contribution to provident and other funds 33,45,76,308 22,08,36,923
Foreign travel expenses 147,22,11,655 84,09,02,293
Consumables 5,86,87,245 2,70,06,251
Cost of software packages for
own use 31,85,81,751 16,53,57,382
banking product 5,70,13,753 2,84,48,397
Computer maintenance 7,19,42,078 3,27,43,350
Communication expenses 31,52,55,986 17,31,23,718
Consultancy charges 9,19,25,609 2,85,50,034
Provision for post-sales client support 1,83,20,669 2,09,62,627
958,17,66,650 466,26,84,578
12. ADMINISTRATION AND OTHER EXPENSES
4 Professional charges 20,40,21,385 7,55,68,079
1 Travelling and conveyance 18,40,64,822 7,68,26,394
2 Rent 16,94,82,708 10,34,93,593
3 Telephone charges 14,02,60,363 5,93,95,252
8 Office maintenance 12,84,32,642 5,81,01,381
11 Power and fuel 11,78,45,258 5,01,41,466
7 Brand building 10,52,01,392 99,17,816
14 Donations 7,21,92,883 3,49,27,871
6 Advertisements 6,30,77,831 2,12,41,343
5 Printing and stationery 6,25,54,206 2,76,70,902
12 Insurance charges 5,17,55,298 2,41,35,289
9 Repairs to building 3,95,22,458 1,13,44,232
10 Repairs to plant and machinery 2,26,54,171 84,12,905
13 Rates and taxes 1,82,17,524 1,03,80,848
23 Commission charges 1,79,03,784 64,70,454
22 Bank charges and commission 59,39,483 42,21,668
Auditor’s remuneration
audit fees 17,85,000 17,85,000
certification charges 2,00,000 2,00,000
other services – 4,50,000
out-of-pocket expenses 2,00,000 2,00,000
19 Bad loans and advances written off 4,141 3,13,050
20 Bad debts written off 27,70,254 1,59,20,938
Provision for doubtful loans and advances 7,11,816 –
21 Provision for bad and doubtful debts 19,27,45,549 94,03,099
Freight charges 55,72,484 23,84,004
Professional membership and seminar participation fees 2,17,10,613 75,30,693
26 Marketing expenses 4,26,87,545 2,94,50,685
27 Postage and courier 2,27,86,459 1,37,56,638
28 Books and periodicals 1,69,10,978 77,13,886
Commission to non-whole time directors 59,22,049 48,17,800
Sales promotion expenses 70,16,656 26,70,973
Transaction processing fee and filing fees 1,52,76,339 3,69,846
29 Research grants 1,00,00,000 1,03,00,000
Other miscellaneous expenses 2,60,44,880 53,34,177
177,54,70,971 69,48,50,282
67
Schedules to the Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account
13. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND NOTES ON ACCOUNTS

Company overview
Infosys Technologies Limited (“Infosys” or “the company”) is a publicly-held company providing information technology (“IT”)
solutions principally to Fortune 500 and emerging new economy companies. Infosys’ range of services includes IT consulting, IT
architecture, application development, e-commerce and Internet consulting, and software maintenance. In addition, the company
develops and markets certain software products. Headquartered in Bangalore, India, Infosys has 16 state-of-the-art offshore
software development facilities located throughout India that enables it to provide high quality, cost-effective services to clients in
a resource-constrained environment. The company also has offices in North America, Europe and Asia.
13.1 Significant accounting policies
13.1.1 Basis of preparation of financial statements
The financial statements are prepared under the historical cost convention, in accordance with Indian Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) comprising the mandatory accounting standards issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants
of India and the provisions of the Companies Act, 1956, on the accrual basis, as adopted consistently by the company.
The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires that the management of the company
(“Management”) make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses of the year,
reported balances of assets and liabilities, and disclosures relating to contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the
financial statements. Examples of such estimates include expected development costs to be incurred to complete software
contracts, provision for doubtful debts, future obligations under employee retirement benefit plans and the useful lives of
fixed assets. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
13.1.2 Revenue recognition
Revenue from software development on time-and-materials contracts is recognized based on software developed and billed
to clients as per the terms of specific contracts. On fixed-price contracts, revenue is recognized based on milestones achieved
as specified in the contracts on the proportionate-completion method on the basis of the work completed. Revenue from
rendering Annual Technical Services (“ATS”) is recognized proportionately over the period in which services are rendered.
Revenue from the sale of licenses for the use of software applications is recognized on transfer of the title in the user license.
Interest on deployment of surplus funds is recognized using the time-proportion method, based on interest rates implicit in
the transaction. Dividend income is recognized when the company’s right to receive dividend is established. Revenue from
the sale of special import licenses is recognized when the company transfers the licenses.
13.1.3 Expenditure
The cost of software purchased for use in software development and services is charged to revenue in the year the software
is acquired. Project costs in the nature of salaries, travel and other expenses incurred on fixed price contracts, where milestones
are yet to be reached, are classified as “Costs in excess of billings” in the balance sheet. Provisions are made for all known
losses and liabilities, future unforeseeable factors that may affect the profit on fixed-price software development contracts,
and also towards likely expenses for providing post-sales client support on fixed-price contracts. The leave encashment
liability of the company is provided on the basis of an actuarial valuation.
13.1.4 Fixed assets
Fixed assets are stated at cost, after reducing accumulated depreciation until the date of the balance sheet. Direct costs are
capitalized until the assets are ready for use and include financing costs relating to any specific borrowing attributable to the
acquisition of the fixed assets.
13.1.5 Capital work-in-progress
Advances paid to acquire fixed assets and the cost of assets not put to use before the year-end are disclosed under capital
work-in-progress.
13.1.6 Depreciation
Depreciation on fixed assets is determined using the straight-line method based on useful lives of assets as estimated by
Management. Depreciation for assets purchased / sold during the year is proportionately charged. Individual assets acquired for
less than Rs. 5,000 are entirely depreciated in the year of acquisition. Management estimates the useful lives for the various fixed
assets as follows:
Buildings 15 years
Plant and machinery 5 years
Computer equipment 2-5 years
Furniture and fixtures 5 years
Vehicles 5 years
68
13.1.7 Retirement benefits to employees
13.1.7a Gratuity
In accordance with the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972, Infosys provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (the
“Gratuity Plan”) covering eligible employees. The Gratuity plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at
retirement, death, incapacitation or termination of employment, of an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and
the years of employment with the company.
The company established the Infosys Technologies Limited Employees’ Gratuity Fund Trust (the “Trust”) in 1997, until
which the company made contributions to a gratuity plan managed by the Life Insurance Corporation of India. Liabilities
with regard to the Gratuity Plan are determined by actuarial valuation, based upon which the company contributes to the
Trust. Trustees administer the contributions made to the Trust. The funds contributed to the Trust are invested in specific
designated securities as mandated by law and generally comprise central and state government bonds and debt instruments
of government owned corporations.
13.1.7b Superannuation
Apart from being covered under the Gratuity Plan described above, certain employees of Infosys are also participants of a
defined contribution plan. The company makes monthly contributions to the superannuation plan (the “Plan”) based on a
specified percentage of each covered employee’s salary. The company has no further obligations under the Plan beyond its
monthly contributions.
13.1.7c Provident fund
In addition to the above benefits, eligible employees receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined contribution
plan. Both the employee and the company make monthly contributions to this provident fund plan equal to a specified
percentage of the covered employee’s salary.
Infosys established a Provident Fund Trust in 1996 to which a part of the contributions are made each month. Prior thereto,
the company made contributions to the provident fund plan administered by the Government of India. The remainders of
the contributions are made to the Government administered provident fund. The company has no further obligations under
the provident fund plan beyond its monthly contributions.
13.1.8 Research and development
Revenue expenditure incurred on research and development is charged off as incurred. Capital expenditure incurred on
research and development is depreciated over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.
13.1.9 Foreign currency transactions
Sales made to overseas clients and collections deposited in foreign currency bank accounts are recorded at the exchange rate
as of the date of the respective transactions. Expenditure in foreign currency is accounted at the exchange rate prevalent when
such expenditure is incurred. Disbursements made out of foreign currency bank accounts are reported at a rate that approximates
the actual monthly rate. Exchange differences are recorded when the amount actually received on sales or actually paid when
expenditure is incurred is converted into Indian Rupees. The exchange differences arising on foreign currency transactions
are recognized as income or expense in the year in which they arise.
Fixed assets purchased at overseas offices are recorded at cost, based on the exchange rate as of the date of purchase. The
charge for depreciation is determined as per the company’s accounting policy.
Current assets and current liabilities denominated in foreign currency are translated at the exchange rate prevalent at the date
of the balance sheet. The resulting difference is also recorded in the profit and loss account. In the case of forward contracts,
the difference between the forward rate and the exchange rate on the date of the transaction is recognized as income or
expense over the life of the contract.
13.1.10 Investments
Trade investments refer to the investments made with the aim of enhancing the company’s business interests in software
development and services. The investments are classified as current investments or long-term investments. Current investments
are carried at the lower of cost and fair value. Cost for overseas investments comprises the Indian Rupee value of the consideration
paid for the investment. Provisions are recorded for any decline in the carrying value as of the balance sheet date.
Long-term investments are carried at cost and provisions recorded to recognize any decline, other than temporary, in the
carrying value of such investment.
The investment in the subsidiary is accounted on the cost method, whereby, the investment is carried at cost and the
company recognizes only dividends received from the subsidiary as income in the profit and loss account. Provisions are
recorded to recognize any decline, other than temporary, in the carrying value of the investment.
13.1.11 Income tax
Provision is made for income tax annually based on the tax liability computed after considering tax allowances and exemptions.
Provisions are recorded as considered appropriate for matters under appeal due to disallowances or for other reasons.
13.1.12 Earnings per share
The earnings considered in ascertaining the company’s earnings per share comprises the net profit after tax and includes the
post-tax effect of any extra-ordinary items. The number of shares used in computing basic earnings per share is the weighted
average number of shares outstanding during the year. The number of shares used in computing diluted earnings per share
69
comprises the weighted average shares considered for deriving basic earnings per share, and also the weighted average
number of equity shares which could have been issued on the conversion of all dilutive potential equity shares. Dilutive
potential equity shares are deemed converted as of the beginning of the year, unless they have been issued at a later date. The
diluted potential equity shares have been adjusted for the proceeds receivable had the shares been actually issued at fair value
(i.e. the average market value of the outstanding shares). The number of shares and potentially dilutive equity shares are
adjusted for stock splits and bonus shares, as appropriate.
13.1.13 New accounting standards
The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (“ICAI”) has issued accounting standards on segment reporting, related party
disclosures and earnings per share that are applicable to the financial statements of the company, and are mandatory effective
accounting period commencing on April 1, 2001. The ICAI has also submitted an exposure draft on accounting for taxes on
income, which is also proposed to be made mandatory effective April 1, 2001. The company has evaluated the effect of these
standards becoming mandatory and adopted the accounting standards on segment reporting, related party disclosures and
earnings per share, and provides pro-forma information in relation to the exposure draft on accounting for income taxes in
these financial statements.
Although Yantra Corporation, USA, is a subsidiary of Infosys as per Section 4 of the Companies Act, 1956, the financial
statements have not been consolidated since the company does not have controlling interest envisaged by the accounting
standard on consolidated financial statements also issued by the ICAI for mandatory compliance effective April 1, 2001.
13.2 Notes on accounts
The previous year’s figures have been recast / restated, wherever necessary, to conform to the current year’s classification.
13.2.1 Capital commitments and contingent liabilities
a. The estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account, and not provided for (net of advances)
is Rs. 158,25,35,171 as at March 31, 2001 (previous year - Rs. 80,31,29,007).
b. The company has outstanding guarantees and counter guarantees of Rs. 6,83,05,000 as at March 31, 2001, to various
banks, in respect of the guarantees given by the banks in favor of various government authorities (previous
year - Rs. 5,26,30,000).
c. Claims against the company, not acknowledged as debts, amounted to Rs. 8,75,532 as at March 31, 2001 (previous
year - Rs. 32,89,661).
d. Outstanding forward contracts amounted to US$ 20,000,000 (approximately Rs. 93,12,00,000 at year-end exchange
rates) at March 31, 2001 (previous year – US$ Nil).
13.2.2 Quantitative details
The company is engaged in the development and maintenance of computer software. The production and sale of such
software cannot be expressed in any generic unit. Hence, it is not possible to give the quantitative details of sales and certain
information as required under paragraphs 3, 4C and 4D of part II of Schedule VI to the Companies Act, 1956.
13.2.3 Imports on the Cost, Insurance and Freight basis
in Rs.
2001 2000
Capital goods 113,56,33,008 37,47,31,691
Software packages 1,67,88,389 2,54,95,652
13.2.4 Earnings in foreign exchange (on the receipts basis)
in Rs.
2001 2000
Income from software development services and products 1708,67,49,891 833,29,73,465
Interest received on deposits with banks 19,55,81,989 18,42,65,368
Expenditure in foreign currency (on the payments basis)
in Rs.
2001 2000
Travel expenses 107,69,86,908 70,29,13,532
Professional charges 14,63,89,491 4,51,95,637
Other expenditure incurred overseas for software development 489,94,99,776 221,74,57,133
Net earnings in foreign currency (on the receipts and payments basis)
in Rs.
2001 2000
Net earnings in foreign exchange 1115,94,55,705 555,16,72,531
70
13.2.5 Depreciation on assets costing less than Rs. 5,000 each
During the year, the company charged depreciation at 100% in respect of assets costing less than Rs. 5,000 each, amounting
to Rs. 34,99,43,502 (previous year – Rs. 13,21,59,074).
13.2.6 Managerial remuneration paid to the chairman, managing director and whole-time directors
in Rs.
2001 * 2000
Salary 1,54,84,785 38,00,059
Contribution to provident fund and other funds 18,29,116 12,08,855
Perquisites 89,20,426 37,32,482
* includes the remuneration paid to three directors who were co-opted into the board on May 27, 2000.
Mr. Phaneesh Murthy, a whole-time director, is also a non-resident. Approval of the Central Government for the remuneration
payable to him is awaited.
13.2.7 Managerial remuneration paid to non-whole-time directors
in Rs.
2001 2000
Commission 59,22,049 48,17,800
Sitting fees 2,57,000 92,000
Reimbursement of expenses 9,09,070 10,13,703
Computation of net profit in accordance with Section 349 of the Companies Act, 1956, and calculation of commission
payable to non-whole time directors
in Rs.
2001 2000
Net profit after tax from ordinary activities 623,31,92,341 285,94,85,819
Add:
1. Whole-time directors remuneration 2,62,34,327 87,41,396
2. Directors sitting fees 2,57,000 92,000
3. Commission to non-whole time directors 59,22,049 48,17,800
4. Provision for bad and doubtful debts 19,27,45,549 94,03,099
5. Provision for bad loans and advances 7,11,816 –
6. Provision on investments 15,28,98,608 –
7. Depreciation as per the books of account 112,89,45,152 53,23,27,389
8. Provision for taxation 72,71,00,000 39,70,00,000
846,80,06,842 381,18,67,503
Less:
Depreciation as envisaged under section 350 of the Companies Act * 112,89,45,152 39,86,14,483
Net profit on which commission is payable 733,90,61,690 341,32,53,020
Commission payable to non-whole-time directors:
Maximum allowed as per Companies Act, 1956 at 1% 7,33,90,617 341,32,530
Maximum as approved by the shareholders at 0.5% 3,66,95,309 1,70,66,265
Commission approved by the board 59,22,049 48,17,800
* The company depreciates fixed assets based on estimated useful lives that are lower than those
implicit in Schedule XIV of the Companies Act, 1956. Accordingly, the rates of depreciation used by the company
are higher than the minimum rates prescribed by Schedule XIV.
13.2.8 Exchange differences
in Rs.
2001 2000
Gains on the translation of foreign currency deposits 20,17,12,483 9,93,27,075
Net realized and unrealized exchange gains – others 19,45,83,779 8,76,31,024
Total net realized and unrealized gains 39,62,96,262 18,69,58,099
71
Total realized and unrealized exchange gains comprise, gains on the translation of foreign currency deposits which is
classified as “other income” and net realized and unrealized exchange gains, which are classified as “Income from software
development services and products – overseas”.
13.2.9 Research and development expenditure
in Rs.
2001 2000
Capital 2,14,29,903 15,27,500
Revenue 14,97,08,196 8,07,35,940
Total research and development expenses 17,11,38,099 8,22,63,440
13.2.10 Provision for contingencies
The company had instituted a contingency plan effective October 1, 1998 and made a total provision of Rs. 9,99,00,000 to
meet any possible disruption in client support due to the Year 2000 impact on the technology and communication infrastructure
provided to the company by its vendors. In the year ended March 31, 2000, Rs. 2,42,29,154 was spent towards the Year
2000 transition effort, which was set off against the provision and the remainder of Rs. 7,56,70,846 was written back to the
profit and loss account.
13.2.11 Provision for e-inventing the company
The company made a provision of Rs. 3,50,00,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 1999 towards e-inventing the
company. Until March 31, 2000 the company had incurred Rs. 3,10,99,023 towards e-inventing Infosys, which was set-off
against the provision earlier made. The remainder of Rs. 39,00,977 was incurred and set-off against this provision during
the first quarter of the current year.
13.2.12 Unearned revenue
Unearned revenue as of March 31, 2001 amounting to Rs. 34,82,60,201 (previous year Rs. 17,56,71,963) primarily consists
of client billings on fixed-price, fixed-time-frame contracts for which the related costs have not yet been incurred.
13.2.13 Dues to small-scale industrial undertakings
As of March 31, 2001, the company had no outstanding dues to small-scale industrial undertakings (previous year Rs. Nil).
13.2.14 Balance of unutilized money raised by issue of American Depositary Shares
During the year ended March 31, 1999, Infosys made an Initial Public Offering of American Depositary Shares (“ADS”), of
US$ 70,380,000, equivalent to Rs. 296,86,00,000. The issue proceeds net of expenses of Rs. 19,68,00,000 were entirely
utilized as of the balance sheet date. The unutilized ADS proceeds as at March 31, 2001 is Rs. nil (Rs. 140,99,00,000 as at
March 31, 2000).
13.2.15 Stock option plans
The company currently has three stock option plans. These are summarized below.
1994 Stock Offer Plan (“the 1994 Plan”)
As of March 31, 2001, 2,57,400 shares were outstanding with the Employee Welfare Trust and options to acquire 3,30,000
shares are outstanding with the employees under the 1994 Plan. These options were granted at an exercise price of Rs. 50 (post
split) per option. Additionally, the number of shares earlier issued to employees subject to lock-in-period is 14,21,200 shares.
1998 Stock Option Plan (“the 1998 Plan”)
The company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan (“the 1998 Plan”) provides for the grant of non-statutory stock options and incentive
stock options to employees. The board of directors approved the 1998 Plan in December 1997 and the company’s shareholders
approved the plan in January 1998. A total of 16,00,000 equity shares corresponding to 32,00,000 ADSs are currently reserved
for issue pursuant to the 1998 Plan. The Government of India approved the 1998 Plan, subject to a limit of 14,70,000 equity
shares, representing 29,40,000 ADSs, to be issued under the plan. These options may be issued at an exercise price that is not
less than 90% of the fair market value of the underlying equity share on the date of the grant. The 1998 Plan will terminate in
January 2008, unless terminated earlier. All options under the 1998 Plan are exercisable for ADSs representing equity shares.
The compensation committee comprising members of the board of directors administers the 1998 Plan.
Number of options granted, exercised and forfeited 2001 2000
Options granted, beginning of year 6,89,500 4,19,000
Granted during the year 9,64,840 2,94,300
Exercised during the year 12,434 23,800
Forfeited during the year 76,400 –
Options granted, end of year 15,65,506 6,89,500
Weighted average exercise price US$ 90.98 US$ 58.53
Rs. 4,236 Rs. 2,552
72
1999 Stock Option Plan (“the 1999 Plan”)
In fiscal 2000, the company instituted the 1999 Plan. The shareholders and the board of directors approved the 1999 Plan
in June 1999. The 1999 Plan provides for the issue of 66,00,000 equity shares to the employees. A compensation committee
comprising a maximum of five members, the majority of whom are independent directors on the board of directors, administers
the 1999 Plan. Under the 1999 Plan, options will be issued to employees at an exercise price, which shall not be less than
the fair market value. Fair market value is the closing price of the company’s shares in the stock exchange where there is the
highest trading volume on a given date and if the shares are not traded on that day, the closing price on the next trading day.
Under the 1999 Plan, options may be issued to employees at exercise prices that are less than fair market value only if
specifically approved by the members of the company in a general meeting.
Number of options granted, exercised and forfeited 2001 2000

Options granted, beginning of year 10,06,800 –
Granted during the year 19,57,830 10,14,500
Exercised during the year 1,200 –
Forfeited during the year 1,69,450 7,700
Options granted, end of year 27,93,980 10,06,800
Weighted average exercise price Rs. 5,572 Rs. 4,268
13.2.16 Pro-forma disclosures relating to the Employee Stock Option Plans (“ESOPs”)
The Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) issued the Employee Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase
Scheme Guidelines in 1999, which is applicable to all stock option schemes established on or after June 19, 1999. In
accordance with these guidelines, the excess of the market price of the underlying equity shares as of the date of the grant of
the options over the exercise price of the options, including up-front payments, if any, is to be recognized and amortized on
a straight-line basis over the vesting period. All options under the 1998 and 1999 stock option plans have been issued at fair
market value, hence, there are no compensation costs.
The company’s 1994 stock option plan was established prior to the SEBI guidelines on stock options.
Had the stock compensation costs for this stock option plan been determined as per the guidelines issued by SEBI, the
company’s reported net profit would have been reduced to the pro forma amounts indicated below.
in Rs.
2001 2000
Net profit:
– As reported 628,81,36,341 293,51,56,665
– Adjusted pro forma 605,55,42,584 271,34,60,717
13.2.17 Provision for taxation
The company’s profits from export activities are partly deductible from taxable income. However, most of Infosys’ operations
are conducted through 100% Export Oriented Units (“EOU”), which are entitled to a tax holiday for a period of ten years
from the date of commencement of operations. The Government of India amended the tax incentive available to companies
operating through EOUs. The tenure of tax exemption available to such companies is restricted to 10 consecutive years
commencing from the earlier of the fiscal year in which the unit commences software development and March 31, 2000.
Additionally, export-related tax deductions apart from the 100% EOU scheme earlier described are being phased out by fiscal
2004. The provision for taxation includes tax liabilities in India on the company’s global income as reduced by exempt
incomes and any tax liabilities arising overseas on income sourced from those countries.
13.2.18 Cash and bank balances
The cash and bank balances include interest accrued but not due on fixed deposits amounting to Rs.1,94,43,708
for the year ended March 31, 2001 (previous year – Rs. 94,92,514).
13.2.19 Loans and advances
Advances mainly comprises prepaid travel and per-diem expenses and advances to vendors for current assets.
Deposits with financial institutions and a body corporate comprise:
in Rs.
2001 2000
Deposits with financial institutions:
Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited 50,87,03,015 25,50,19,994
ICICI Limited 50,87,01,373 25,75,52,742
IDBI Limited 40,35,30,424 –
Deposits with body corporate:
G E Capital Services India Limited 50,58,17,345 25,32,29,129
192,67,52,157 76,58,01,865
The above amounts include interest accrued but not due amounting to Rs. 2,67,52,157 (previous year – Rs. 1,58,01,863).
73
The financial institutions and the body corporate have superior credit ratings from a premier credit rating agency
in the country.
Mr. Deepak M. Satwalekar, Director, is also director of HDFC. Mr. N. R. Narayana Murthy, Chairman and CEO, and Prof.
Marti G. Subrahmanyam, Director, are also directors in ICICI Limited. Except as directors in these financial institutions,
these persons have no direct interest in these transactions.
13.2.20 Current liabilities
Sundry creditors for other liabilities represent mainly the retention amounts payable to the vendors, and amounts accrued for
various other operational expenses.
13.2.21 Fixed assets
The company has entered into lease-cum-sale agreements to acquire certain properties. In accordance with the terms of these
agreements, the company has the option to purchase the properties outright at the expiry of the lease period. The company
has already paid 99% of the value of the properties at the time of entering into the lease-cum-sale agreements. These amounts
are disclosed as Land – lease-hold under Fixed assets in the financial statements.
13.2.22 Transfer of intellectual property rights
During the year, the company transferred its intellectual property rights in Onscan-a web-focused wireless-enabled notification
product, to OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly Onscan Inc.), USA, a company incubated by Infosys as part of its ongoing
effort to encourage and promote budding entrepreneurs among its employees. The product was transferred for a gross
consideration of Rs. 8,93,40,000 (US$ 2 million), received as equity, preferred voting and preferred non-voting securities in
OnMobile Systems Inc. The income arising out of the transfer of Rs. 5,49,44,000 (net of tax) is disclosed as an
extraordinary item.
13.2.23 Investments
PurpleYogi Inc., USA
During the year, the company made a strategic investment of Rs. 2,33,34,992 comprising 2,76,243 fully paid Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value of US$ 0.001 each, at US$ 1.81 each in PurpleYogi Inc., USA. PurpleYogi Inc. is a
developer of infrastructure software for information management, related to empowering networks to enable next generation
content management and enterprise knowledge management solutions.
M-Commerce Ventures Pte. Ltd., Singapore
The company has a commitment to invest an aggregate amount of Singapore $ (“S$”) 1,000,000 in M-Commerce Ventures
Pte Ltd (“MCV”), a Singapore based venture fund. As at December 31, 2000, the company had made an investment of
Rs. 1,84,47,700 (equivalent to S$ 700,000), and acquired 70 capital units in MCV. Each unit in MCV represents one
ordinary share of S$ 1 each, issued at par, and nine redeemable preference shares at a par value of S$ 1 each, with a premium
of S$ 1,110 per redeemable preference share. MCV is promoted by the Economic Development Board, Singapore and
intends to focus on companies offering mobile portals, personal information management and messaging, bandwidth
optimization and other key enablers of m-commerce.
EC Cubed Inc., USA
During the year, EC Cubed Inc., USA (“EC Cubed”), one of the companies in which Infosys had made a strategic investment,
filed for liquidation. Pending the conclusion of liquidation proceedings, the company has provided for the entire investment,
amounting to Rs. 13,08,00,000 in its profit and loss account.
Alpha Thinx Mobile Phone Services AG, Austria
During the year, the company invested Rs. 2,20,98,608 (equivalent to 555,800) and acquired 27,790 bearer shares of
nominal value 1 each, at an issue price of 20 per share in Alpha Thinx Mobile Phone Services AG (“Alpha Thinx”), a
Vienna-based company. Due to adverse market conditions and non-availability of additional funding, the company filed for
liquidation. Pending the conclusion of liquidation proceedings, the company has provided for the entire investment, amounting
to Rs. 2,20,98,608, in its profit and loss account.
Asia Net Media BVI Ltd., the British Virgin Islands
During the year, the company invested Rs. 6,84,75,000 (equivalent to US$ 1,500,000) and acquired 3,00,00,000 Ordinary
Shares of par value US$ 0.01 each, at an issue price of US$ 0.05 per Ordinary Share in Asia Net Media BVI Limited (“Asia
Net”). Asia Net intends to leverage under-exploited offline brands in media and entertainment by delivering them through
online channels, and to establish a synergistic network of companies in this space.
CiDRA Corporation, USA
During the year, the company made a strategic investment of Rs. 13,40,08,660 comprising 33,333 fully paid Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock, par value of US$ 0.01 each, at US$ 90 each in CiDRA Corporation, USA. CiDRA Corporation
is a developer of photonic devices for high-precision wavelength management and control for next-generation optical networks.
74
13.2.24 Segment reporting
The company’s operations predominantly relate to providing IT services, delivered to customers globally operating in various
industry segments. Accordingly, IT service revenues represented along industry classes comprise the primary basis of segmental
information set out in these financial statements. Secondary segmental reporting is performed on the basis of the geographical
location of customers.
The accounting principles consistently used in the preparation of the financial statements are consistently applied to record
revenue and expenditure in individual segments, are as set out in the note of significant accounting policies.
Industry segments at the company are primarily — financial services comprising customers providing banking, finance and
insurance services; manufacturing companies; companies in the telecommunications and the retailing industries; and others
such as utilities, transportation and logistics companies.
Revenue and direct expenses in relation to segments are categorized based on items that are individually identifiable to that
segment, while the remainder of the costs are categorized in relation to the associated turnover of the segment. Certain
expenses such as depreciation, which form a significant component of total expenses, are not specifically allocable to specific
segments as the underlying services are used interchangeably. Management believes that it is not practical to provide segment
disclosures relating to those costs and expenses, and accordingly these expenses are separately disclosed as “unallocated” and
adjusted only against the total income of the company.
Fixed assets used in the company’s business or liabilities contracted have not been identified to any of the reportable segments,
as the fixed assets and services are used interchangeably between segments. Management believes that it is currently not
practicable to provide segment disclosures relating to total assets and liabilities since a meaningful segregation of the available
data is onerous.
Customer relationships are driven based on the location of the respective clients. North America comprises the United States
of America, Canada and Mexico; Europe includes continental Europe (both the east and the west), Ireland and the United
Kingdom; and the Rest of the World comprising all other places except, those mentioned above and India.
Geographical revenues are segregated based on the location of the customer who is invoiced or in relation to which the
revenue is otherwise recognized.
13.2.25 Related party transactions
The company entered into related party transactions during the year with Yantra Corporation, USA, the subsidiary of the
company and key management personnel.
The transactions with Yantra comprise sales of Rs. 19,64,85,967 during the year ended March 31, 2001 (previous year –
Rs. 11,40,18,373). The outstanding dues from the subsidiary are as set out in schedule 5, Sundry debtors, to the financial
statements.
Key management personnel are non-director officers of the company, who have the authority and responsibility for planning,
directing and controlling the activities of the company. The loans and advances receivable from non-director officers is stated
in schedule 7, Loans and advances, to the financial statements.
13.2.26 Provisions for doubtful debts
Periodically, management evaluates all customer dues to the company for collectibility. The need for provisions is assessed
based on various factors including collectibility of specific dues, risk perceptions of the industry in which the customer
operates, general economic factors, which could affect the customer’s ability to settle. The company normally provides for
debtor dues outstanding for 180 days or longer. For the year ended March 31, 2001, the company has provided for doubtful
debts of Rs. 8,55,48,753 (previous year Rs. Nil) on dues from certain customers although the outstanding amounts were
less than 180 days old, since the amounts were considered doubtful of recovery. Management continues pursuing the parties
for recovery of the dues, in part or full.
13.2.27 Dividends remitted in foreign currencies
The company remits dividends in foreign currency only in respect of the holders of American Depository Shares (“ADS
holders”) to the depositary bank in Indian rupees. The depositary bank is the sole registered shareholder on record for all
owners of the company’s ADSs. Particulars of dividends remitted are as follows:
Particulars Number of shares to which Year ended March 31,

the dividends relate 2001 2000
Amount (Rs.) Amount (Rs.)
Final dividend for fiscal 1999 10,35,000 – 62,10,000
Interim dividend for fiscal 2000 10,35,000 – 31,05,000
Final dividend for fiscal 2000 20,81,900 62,11,810 –
Interim dividend for fiscal 2001 20,82,567 52,06,417 –
1,14,18,227 93,15,000
75
Industry segments
Year ended March 31, 2001 in Rs.
Financial services Manufacturing Telecom Retail Others Total
Revenues 640,77,55,042 338,84,20,263 350,11,16,331 172,86,39,345 397,97,27,826 1900,56,58,807
Identifiable operating expenses 225,87,90,591 130,66,14,108 88,39,38,378 54,74,24,303 120,92,12,385 620,59,79,765
Allocated expenses 177,68,81,844 90,69,15,538 93,89,68,074 46,30,82,749 106,54,09,651 515,12,57,856
Segmental operating income 237,20,82,607 117,48,90,617 167,82,09,879 71,81,32,293 170,51,05,790 764,84,21,186
Unallocable expenses 128,18,43,760
Operating income 636,65,77,426
Other income (expense), net 59,37,14,915
Net profit before taxes 696,02,92,341
Income taxes 72,71,00,000
Net profit after taxes 623,31,92,341

Financial services Manufacturing Telecom Retail Others Total
Revenues 265,30,85,370 202,83,52,254 135,55,15,518 93,73,76,882 184,89,06,949 882,32,36,973

Identifiable operating expenses 101,19,71,503 75,67,92,632 40,28,62,023 27,76,93,104 66,64,12,833 311,57,32,095
Allocated expenses 69,37,68,066 50,86,57,287 34,03,02,435 23,63,91,743 46,26,83,234 224,18,02,765
Segmental operating income 94,73,45,801 76,29,02,335 61,23,51,060 42,32,92,035 71,98,10,882 346,57,02,113
Geographic segments
North America Europe India Rest of the World Total
Revenues 1396,90,84,594 358,05,91,607 26,53,92,386 119,05,90,220 1900,56,58,807

Identifiable operating expenses 443,71,64,129 125,44,88,260 8,95,83,246 42,47,44,130 620,59,79,765
Allocated expenses 377,03,71,740 96,78,27,796 8,59,85,652 32,70,72,668 515,12,57,856
Segmental operating income 576,15,48,725 135,82,75,551 8,98,23,488 43,87,73,422 764,84,21,186

North America Europe India Rest of the World Total
Revenues 688,38,28,204 130,36,56,209 12,62,56,042 50,94,96,518 882,32,36,973
Identifiable operating expenses 233,90,25,514 54,42,04,124 3,92,29,204 19,32,73,253 311,57,32,095
Allocated expenses 173,76,61,289 33,01,22,096 4,52,76,088 12,87,43,292 224,18,02,765
Segmental operating income 280,71,41,401 42,93,29,989 4,17,50,750 18,74,79,973 346,57,02,113
76
13.2.28 Reconciliation of basic and diluted shares used in computing earnings per share
Particulars Year ended March 31,
2001 2000
Number of shares considered as basic weighted average shares outstanding 6,61,52,131 6,61,39,372
Add: Effect of dilutive issues of shares/stock options 2,06,180 18,447
Number of shares considered as weighted average shares
and potential shares outstanding 6,63,58,311 6,61,57,819
13.2.29 Pro-forma disclosures relating to deferred income taxes

The pro-forma amounts based on the following proposed accounting policy in conformity with the referred exposure draft
issued by the ICAI relating to accounting for income taxes is given below.
Income taxes are computed using the tax effect accounting method, where taxes are accrued in the same period the related
revenue and expenses arise. The differences that result between the profit offered for income taxes and the profit as per the
financial statements are identified and thereafter a deferred tax asset or deferred tax liability is recorded for timing differences,
namely the differences that originate in one accounting period and reverse in another, based on the tax effect of the aggregate
amount being considered. The tax effect is calculated on the accumulated timing differences at the end of an accounting
period based on prevailing enacted regulations. Deferred tax assets are recognized only if there is reasonable certainty that
they will be realized and are reviewed for the appropriateness of their respective carrying values at each balance sheet date.
Deferred tax assets:
in Rs.
2001 2000
Fixed assets 7,07,25,385 11,55,09,912
Investments 7,44,36,031 –
Others 1,01,42,724 39,75,433
15,53,04,140 11,94,85,345
Net profit after tax:
in Rs.
2001 2000
As reported 628,81,36,341 293,51,56,665
Adjusted pro-forma 632,39,55,136 297,20,17,263
When the exposure draft is formally issued by the ICAI and adopted by the company, the cumulative charge or benefit of
deferred taxes until April 1, 2001, the effective date of the standard’s adoption by the company, will be recorded as an
appropriation to accumulated profits, currently estimated by management at Rs. 15,53,04,140, while the deferred tax charge
or benefit for the periods commencing from April 1, 2001 will be recorded as a part of the income tax charge on net profits.
77
Statement pursuant to Section 212 of the Companies Act, 1956, relating
to subsidiary company
1. Name of the subsidiary : Yantra Corporation
2. Financial year ended : March 31, 2001
3. Holding company’s interest : 64.05% in common stock

12.73% in Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
4. Shares held by the holding company in the subsidiary : 75,00,000 nos. of common stock at US$ 0.20 each,
fully paid, par value US$ 0.01 each, amounting to
US$ 15,00,000 (Rs. 5,32,51,600)
6,36,363 nos. of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock at
US$ 0.75 each, fully paid, par value US$ 0.01 each,
amounting to US$ 4,77,272.25 (Rs. 1,73,44,074)
5. The net aggregate of profits or losses for the current

financial year of the subsidiary so far as it concerns
the members of the holding company
a. dealt with or provided in the accounts of the
holding company : Nil
b. not dealt with or provided in the accounts of
the holding company : Loss: US$ 2,29,53,370 (Rs. 106,87,08,899)
This page is intentionally left blank.

6. The net aggregate of profits or losses for previous
financial years of the subsidiary so far as it concerns
the members of the holding company
a. dealt with or provided in the accounts of the
holding company : Nil
b. not dealt with or provided in the accounts of
the holding company : Loss: US$ 1,81,51,740 (Rs. 79,14,15,878)
Note: The company has provided a sum of Rs. 7,05,95,674 towards its investment in Yantra Corporation during the year ended
March 31, 1999, as the losses of Yantra exceeded the company’s contribution to its equity.
N. R. Narayana Murthy Nandan M. Nilekani Deepak M. Satwalekar Marti G. Subrahmanyam

Chairman and Managing Director, President Director Director



78
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and
results of operations
Overview
The financial statements have been prepared in compliance with the requirements of the Companies Act, 1956, and Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in India. There are no material departures from prescribed accounting standards in the
adoption of the accounting standards. The management of Infosys accepts responsibility for the integrity and objectivity of these
financial statements, as well as for various estimates and judgements used therein. The estimates and judgments relating to the
financial statements have been made on a prudent and reasonable basis, in order that the financial statements reflect in a true and
fair manner, the form and substance of transactions, and reasonably present the company’s state of affairs and profits for the year.
A. Financial condition
1. Share capital
Year ended March 31, 2001 2000
Number Rs. Number Rs.
Opening balance at the beginning of the fiscal year 6,61,50,700 33,07,53,500 3,30,69,400 33,06,94,000
Effect of stock split in February 2000 – – 3,30,69,400 –
Shares issued during the year upon
conversion of :
– options issued under 1998 plan 6,217 31,085 11,900 59,500
– options issued under 1999 plan 1,200 6,000 – –
Closing balance at the end of the fiscal year 6,61,58,117 33,07,90,585 6,61,50,700 33,07,53,500
Add: Forfeited shares – 1,500 – 1,500
Total 6,61,58,117 33,07,92,085 6,61,50,700 33,07,55,000
At present, the company has only one class of shares. In February 2000, the company subdivided its equity share of par
value Rs. 10 each into two equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each and the same was approved by the shareholders at the
Extraordinary General Meeting held in December 1999. Due to this, the issued, subscribed and outstanding shares increased
from 3,30,69,400 shares of par value of Rs. 10 each to 6,61,38,800 shares of par value of Rs. 5 each. The authorized share
capital of the company increased from 5,00,00,000 equity shares of Rs. 10 par value per share to 10,00,00,000 equity
shares of Rs. 5 par value per share.
During the year, 20 employees exercised 12,434 ADSs (equivalent to 6,217 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each) issued
under the 1998 Stock Option Plan. Also, during the year, 22 employees exercised 1,200 equity shares issued under the
1999 Stock Option Plan. Consequently, the issued, subscribed and outstanding shares increased by an additional 7,417
equity shares. In comparison, during the previous year, 17 employees exercised 23,800 ADSs (equivalent to 11,900 equity
shares of par value of Rs. 5 each) issued under the 1998 Stock Option Plan leading to an increase in issued, subscribed and
outstanding shares by an additional 11,900 equity shares.
2. Reserves and surplus
The addition to the share premium account of Rs. 2,37,48,821 during the year is due to the premium received on issue of
7,417 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each on exercise of options issued under the 1998 and 1999 Stock Option Plans.
During the previous year, an amount of Rs. 1,75,65,777 was added to the share premium account on account of premium
received on issue of 11,900 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each (equivalent to 23,800 ADSs) on exercise of options
issued under the 1998 Stock Option Plan at an exercise price of $ 17 per ADS (adjusted for the stock split of 2:1).
The reduction in the share premium of Rs. 2,35,06,514 during the previous year relates to expenses incurred on issue of
ADSs in March 1999. The total cost related to the issue of American Depositary Shares (ADS) was Rs. 19,68,20,929 (which
accounted for 6.65% of the gross issue proceeds) and the details of the same are given below:
Nature of expenses Rs.

Travel expenses 35,91,484
India advisor’s fees 1,48,43,142
Legal and accounting fees 3,37,04,384
Registration and filing fee 30,86,211
Stamp duty 29,88,150
Underwriters’ spread 14,28,61,129
Contribution received from depositary (1,19,57,225)
Printing expenses 77,03,654
19,68,20,929
79
Also, during the previous year, an amount of Rs. 1,01,93,113 was incurred in connection with the registration of the ADS
linked stock option plan with the Securities and Exchange Commission, USA and the same was accounted for as a reduction
from the share premium account.
3. Fixed assets
As of March 31 in Rs.
Particulars 2001 2000 Growth %
Land – free-hold 9,03,58,977 1,89,83,650 375.98
– lease-hold 27,58,51,790 19,17,69,406 43.85
Buildings 157,70,54,610 58,90,10,239 167.75
Plant and machinery 112,04,63,007 51,75,81,633 116.48
Computer equipment 223,94,47,475 112,23,85,220 99.53
Furniture and fixtures 100,47,51,161 39,92,10,666 151.68
Vehicles 35,17,005 13,64,329 157.78
Total 631,14,44,025 284,03,05,143 122.21
Less: accumulated depreciation 244,13,15,982 133,65,20,594 82.66
Net block 387,01,28,043 150,37,84,549 157.36
Add: capital work-in-progress 170,65,04,250 56,96,03,505 199.60
Net fixed assets 557,66,32,293 207,33,88,054 168.96
Depreciation as a % of total revenues 5.76% 5.78%
Accumulated depreciation as a % of gross block 38.68% 47.05%
During the year, the company added Rs. 349,66,44,427 to its gross block of assets, including investment in technology
assets of Rs. 113,83,99,209. The company also invested Rs. 15,54,57,711 on acquisition of land at Bangalore, Chennai,
Pune, Bhubaneswar, Mangalore and Mysore, all in India, for creating software development infrastructure. During the year,
the company operationalized new software development centers at Bangalore, Chennai, Pune, Bhubaneshwar and Mangalore,
and consequently the investment in buildings increased by Rs. 98,80,44,371. Due to all these new centers being operationalized
during the year, technology assets, plant and machinery, and furniture and fixtures increased by Rs. 113,83,99,209,
Rs. 60,64,52,428 and Rs. 60,60,03,206 respectively. As of March 31, 2001, the company had 16,65,800 sq.ft. of space
capable of accommodating 10,100 professionals and 19,08,200 sq.ft. under construction, which includes 1,50,000 sq.ft.
of space for Infosys Leadership Institute which is coming up in Mysore, India.
During the previous year, the company added Rs. 117,79,35,912 to its gross block, including investment in technology
assets of Rs. 37,46,60,063.
The capital work-in-progress as at March 31, 2001 and 2000 represents advances paid towards acquisition of fixed assets,
and the cost of assets not put to use.
During the year, the company donated 371 computer systems costing Rs. 2,05,09,882 (book value Rs.4) to certain educational
institutions and the same is disclosed under the heading Deductions during the year, under both Gross block and Depreciation.
The corresponding amount for the previous year was Rs. 1,80,89,383 (book value Nil).
The company has a capital commitment of Rs. 1,58,25,35,171 as of March 31, 2001, as compared to Rs. 80,31,29,007 as
of March 31, 2000. The company believes that it will be able to fund its expansion plans from internal accruals and liquid
assets. The company may also take recourse to borrowings to meet its capital expenditure, should it be deemed necessary.
4. Investments
4.1 Yantra Corporation
Sl. Particulars Year of Investment Investment
No investment in $ in Rs.
1. Investment by way of cash remittance towards issue March 31, 1996 500,000 1,73,51,600
of 25,00,000 shares of common stock at $ 0.20 per share,
par value of $ 0.01 per share
2. Investment by way of transfer of product “EAGLE” March 31, 1997 1,000,000 3,59,00,000
for a consideration of 50,00,000 shares of common stock
at $ 0.20 per share, par value of $ 0.01 per share
3. Investment by way of cash remittance towards issue March 31, 1998 1,500,000 5,45,10,000
of 20,00,000 shares of convertible preferred stock at $ 0.75
per share, par value of $ 0.01 per share
4. Sale of 13,63,637 shares of convertible preferred stock March 31, 1999 (1,022,728) (3,71,65,926)
at $ 1.10 per share, par value of $ 0.01 per share
5. Provision for investments March 31, 1999 (1,977,272) (7,05,95,674)
6. Balance as on March 31, 2001 – –
80
On June 14, 1999, Yantra issued Series C Preferred stock amounting to $ 15.0 million to various unrelated existing and
new investors, thereby reducing Infosys’ economic interest in Yantra to approximately 25% on a fully diluted basis. In July
2000, Yantra issued Series D Convertible Preferred Stock amounting to $ 40 million, to unrelated existing and new investors,
further reducing Infosys’ economic interest in Yantra to approximately 16%.
Mr. S. Gopalakrishnan, Deputy Managing Director of Infosys is a member on the board of Yantra Corporation as of March
31, 2001. Mr. Phaneesh Murthy, member of the board of Infosys, holds 74,992 shares in Yantra Corporation. These shares
were issued at a price of $ 0.10 each.
4.2 EC Cubed Inc.
During the previous year, an investment of $ 3,000,000 (Rs. 13,08,00,000) was made towards the issue of 13,00,108
shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock of par value of $ 0.0001 each of EC Cubed Inc. EC Cubed was founded in
1996 and was engaged in the development and delivery of B2B e-commerce solutions. It was ranked as one of the “Top 100
emerging companies to watch in 2000” by ComputerWorld. Infosys was a strategic IT partner to EC Cubed and participated in
its fourth round of funding along with leading venture capitalists. Adverse market conditions resulted in EC Cubed being
unable to raise further capital, forcing its liquidation. Pending the conclusion of liquidation proceedings, the company has
provided for the entire amount of the investment amounting to Rs. 13,08,00,000.
Infosys’ cumulative billings from EC Cubed Inc. aggregated Rs.23,02,19,800 ($ 5,166,944) and the amount due was
Rs. 4,66,91,951 ($ 1,002,834), which was provided for in full during the year.
4.3 Alpha Thinx Mobile Phone Services AG.
During the current year, an investment of 555,800 (Rs. 2,20,98,608) was made towards the issue of 27,790 bearer shares
at 20 each, fully paid, par value being 1 each, in Alpha Thinx Mobile Phone Services AG (“Alpha Thinx”) – a Vienna-
based company operating in the wireless Internet space. Adverse market conditions resulted in Alpha Thinx being unable to
raise further capital and thus forced its liquidation. Pending the conclusion of liquidation proceedings, the company has
provided for the entire amount of the investment amounting to Rs. 2,20,98,608.
Infosys’ cumulative billings from Alpha Thinx aggregated Rs.6,58,32,093 ($ 1,437,532) and the amount due was
Rs. 1,48,99,200 ($ 320,000), which was provided for in full during the year.
4.4 Asia Net Media (BVI) Limited
During the current year, Infosys invested an amount of $ 1,500,000 (Rs. 6,84,75,000) in Asia Net Media BVI Limited (“Asia
Net”) towards issue of 3,00,00,000 ordinary shares of par value $ 0.01 each, at an issue price of $ 0.05 per ordinary share.
Asia Net intends to leverage under-exploited offline brands in media and entertainment by delivering them through online
channels and to establish a synergistic network of companies in this space.
Infosys’ cumulative billings from Billboard Live International (BLI), in which Asia Net Media holds 37% through a fully-
owned subsidiary, aggregated Rs.5,31,72,528 ($ 1,189,701) and, as of March 31, 2001, the amount due was
Rs. 1,87,17,120 ($ 402,000).
Mr. Ramesh Vangal, a non-executive director of Infosys, is a member on the board of Asia Net Media.
4.5 CiDRA Corporation
During the current year, Infosys invested an amount of $ 2,999,970 (Rs. 13,40,08,660) in CiDRA Corporation, USA
towards issue of 33,333 fully paid Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, par value of $ 0.01 each, at $ 90 per share. CiDRA
is a developer of photonic devices for high-precision wavelength management and control for next-generation optical networks.
Infosys’ cumulative billings from CiDRA aggregated Rs. 9,74,35,821 ($ 2,138,052) and, as of March 31, 2001, the amount
due was Rs. 44,61,379 ($ 95,820).
4.6 JASDIC Park Company
Infosys has invested an amount of Yen 24 million (Rs. 75,38,109) towards the issue of 480 shares of JASDIC Park Company
thereby holding a 12.5% equity stake in it. JASDIC is an Indo-Japanese consortium founded by Mr. Kenichi Ohmae, a well-
known management strategist, along with a few Japanese companies and three Indian companies including Infosys. The aim
of JASDIC is to provide high-quality software services from India for the Japanese market. This is in line with Infosys’
strategy to diversify its geographic client base.
Infosys’ cumulative billings from JASDIC aggregated Rs.44,74,19,122 ($ 10,118,993) and, as of March 31, 2001, the
amount due was Rs. 4,64,99,841 ($ 998,708).
4.7 M-Commerce Ventures Pte. Ltd
During the current year, Infosys invested an amount of S $ 700,000 (Rs. 1,84,47,700) in M-Commerce Ventures Pte. Ltd.,
Singapore (MCV), towards the issue of 70 capital units. Each capital unit represents one ordinary share of S$ 1 each, issued
at par, and nine redeemable preference shares at a par value S $ 1 each, with a premium of S $ 1,110 per redeemable
preference share. MCV is promoted by the Economic Development Board, Singapore and intends to focus on companies
offering mobile portals, personal information management and messaging, bandwidth optimization and other key enablers
of m-commerce.
81
MCV is an incubation fund in the m-commerce space and Infosys has committed to invest an aggregate amount of S$
1,000,000 in the fund. As of March 31, 2001, Infosys has an investment of S $ 700,000 in MCV. MCV has agreed to
position Infosys as a preferred technology partner to its investee companies.
Mr. Philip Yeo, a non-executive director of Infosys, is the chairman of the board of directors of EDB Investments Pte Ltd
(EDBI). EDBI is the fund manager of M-Commerce Ventures Pte Ltd.
4.8 OnMobile Systems Inc.
During the current year, Infosys invested an amount of $ 2,000,000 (Rs. 8,93,40,000) in OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly
Onscan Inc.) towards the issue of 1,00,000 common stock at $ 0.4348 each, fully paid, par value $ 0.001 each; 1,00,000
Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock at $ 0.4348 each, fully paid, par value $ 0.001 each; and 44,00,000 series A
Non-voting Convertible Preferred Stock at $ 0.4348 each, fully paid, par value $ 0.001 each.
OnMobile Systems Inc. was incubated by Infosys and the investment was made in the form of transfer of intellectual
property rights in Onscan – a web-focussed wireless-enabled notification product. The income arising out of the transfer of
the product, amounting to Rs. 5,49,44,000 (net of tax), is disclosed as an extraordinary item in the profit and loss account.
Infosys’ cumulative billings from OnMobile Systems Inc. aggregated Rs.13,84,30,739 ($ 2,993,399) and, as of March 31,
2001, the amount due was Rs. 1,94,30,745 ($ 417,327).
Mr. S.D. Shibulal, a director of Infosys, is the chairman of the board of OnMobile Systems Inc.
Mr. S. Gopalakrishnan and Mr. S.D. Shibulal, members of the board of Infosys hold 200,000 and 500,000 shares, respectively,
in OnMobile Systems Inc., acquired at a price of $ 0.0435 per share. Mr. V. Balakrishnan, Associate Vice President – Finance
and Company Secretary, Infosys, holds 100,000 stock options in OnMobile Systems Inc. granted at an exercise price of
$ 0.0435 per option.
4.9 PurpleYogi Inc.
During the current year, Infosys invested an amount of $ 500,000 (Rs. 2,33,34,992) in PurpleYogi Inc. towards the issue
of 2,76,243 fully paid Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, par value of $ 0.001 each, at $ 1.81 per share. PurpleYogi is a
developer of infrastructure software for information networks that enables intelligent content management and efficient
enterprise-wide knowledge management.
4.10 Other investments
Infosys has invested Rs. 10 and Rs. 10,350 respectively in Software Services Support Education Center Limited and The
Saraswat Co-operative Bank Limited, respectively.
5. Sundry debtors
Sundry debtors amount to Rs. 3,02,37,02,417 (net of provision for doubtful debts amounting to Rs. 18,17,23,491) as at
March 31, 2001, as compared with Rs. 1,36,17,81,253 (net of provision for doubtful debts amounting to Rs. 2,21,26,448)
as at March 31, 2000. These debtors are considered good and realizable. The need for provisions is assessed based on
various factors including collectibility of specific dues, risk perceptions of the industry in which the customer operates and
general economic factors which could affect the customer’s ability to settle. Provisions are generally made for all debtors
outstanding for more than 180 days as also for others depending on the management’s perception of the risk. Debtors
account 15.91% of total software revenues for the year ended March 31, 2001, as compared to 15.43% for the previous year,
representing an outstanding of 58 days and 56 days of software revenues for the respective years. The age profile is as given
below:
As of March 31
Period in days 2001 2000
0 – 30 69.2% 64.7%
31 – 60 26.6% 31.8%
61 – 90 1.7% 1.8%
More than 90 2.5% 1.7%
100.0% 100.0%
The movements in provisions for doubtful debts during the year is as follows :
in Rs.
Opening balance 2,21,26,448 1,27,23,349
Add: Amount provided during the year 19,27,45,549 94,03,099
Less: Amounts written-off during the year 3,31,48,506 –
Closing balance 18,17,23,491 2,21,26,448
Provision for bad and doubtful debts and bad debts written off as a percentage of income were 1.00% and 0.27% in
fiscal 2001 and 2000, respectively.
82
6. Cash and bank balances
in Rs.
As of March 31 2001 2000
Cash balances 96,062 13,17,773
Bank balances in India
current accounts 9,62,49,669 10,16,77,272
deposit accounts 181,88,52,687 22,91,45,764
EEFC deposit accounts in $ 3,17,15,827 25,81,47,267
Bank balances – overseas
current accounts 54,00,67,439 63,39,94,737
deposit accounts 136,36,28,601 309,36,52,917
Total cash and bank balances 385,06,10,285 431,79,35,730
Add: Deposits with financial institutions / body corporate 192,67,52,157 76,58,01,865
Total cash and cash equivalents 577,73,62,442 508,37,37,595
Cash and cash equivalents as a % of total assets 41.6% 61.0%
Cash and cash equivalents as a % of revenues 29.5% 55.2%
The bank balances in India include both rupee accounts and foreign currency accounts. They also include Rs. 48,15,163
and Rs. 28,72,035 in the unclaimed dividend account for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000. The deposit account
represents deposits for short tenures.
The details of such deposits are as under:
in Rs.
As of March 31 2001 2000
Deutsche Bank 50,44,30,381 –
The Bank of Nova Scotia 5,16,03,579 –
Standard Chartered Bank 50,22,19,043 –
UTI Bank Limited 5,42,13,915 4,99,06,350
Citibank NA 50,62,80,563 –
Bank of America 20,01,05,206 –
State Bank of Mysore – 4,65,000
State Bank of India – 3,86,902
ICICI Bank Limited – 12,72,23,128
IDBI Bank Limited – 5,11,64,384
Total 181,88,52,687 22,91,45,764
The bank balances in overseas deposit accounts represents deposit maintained with State Bank of India, Nassau, New York.
The bank balances in overseas current accounts are maintained to meet the expenditure of the overseas branches in USA and
other countries, and to meet project-related expenditure overseas.
7. Loans and advances
Advances are primarily towards amounts paid in advance for value and services to be received in future. The costs in excess
of billings represent project costs in the nature of salaries, travel and other expenses incurred on fixed-price contracts, where
milestones are yet to be reached, as of March 31, 2001. Advance income tax represents payments made towards tax liability
for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, and also refunds due for the previous years. The company’s liability towards
income tax is fully provided for. The details of advance income tax are given below:
in Rs.
As of March 31 2001 2000
Domestic tax 43,56,16,548 15,75,31,957
Overseas tax 80,17,81,244 38,65,64,396
Total 123,73,97,792 54,40,96,353
Deposits with financial institution and body corporate represents surplus money deployed in the form of short-term deposits.
The details of such deposits are as under:
in Rs.
As of March 31 2001 2000
Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited 50,87,03,015 25,50,19,994
GE Capital Services India 50,58,17,345 25,32,29,129
ICICI Limited 50,87,01,373 25,75,52,742
IDBI Limited 40,35,30,424 –
Total 192,67,52,157 76,58,01,865
The company’s treasury policy calls for investing only with highly-rated companies for short maturities with a limit on
investments in individual companies.
83
Loans to employees are made to enable the purchase of assets by employees and to meet any emergency requirements. These
increased significantly during the year, due to an increase in the number of employees availing such loans. The details of
these loans are given below:
in Rs.
As of March 31 2001 2000
Housing loan 25,85,17,558 22,27,03,635
Soft loan 10,14,62,528 6,57,41,196
Vehicle loan 12,47,47,042 8,51,56,036
Marriage loan 1,23,77,422 85,86,459
Other loans 74,79,378 52,47,500
Total 50,45,83,928 38,74,34,826
Other advances represent electricity deposits, telephone deposits, insurance deposits and advances of a similar nature. The
rent and maintenance deposits are towards buildings taken on lease by the company for its software development centers in
various cities. It also includes the deposits paid by the company to house its staff which is Rs. 2,55,08,400 for the current
year as compared to Rs. 1,17,01,275 for the previous year.
8. Current liabilities
Sundry creditors for goods represent the amount payable to vendors for the supply of goods. Sundry creditors for accrued
salaries and benefits include the provision for bonus payable to the staff, and towards the company’s liability for leave
encashment valued on an actuarial basis. The details of the same are given below:
in Rs.
As of March 31 2001 2000
Accrued salaries payable 3,80,31,047 1,47,24,431
Accrued bonus payable to employees 34,43,68,845 8,57,89,374
Leave provision – as per actuarial valuation 18,97,50,132 12,37,93,244
Others 20,68,344 1,44,242
Total 57,42,18,368 22,44,51,291
Sundry creditors for other liabilities represent amounts accrued for various other operational expenses. Retention monies
represent monies withheld on contractor payments pending final acceptance of their work. The withholding and other taxes
payable represents tax withheld on benefits arising out of exercise of stock options issued under the 1998 and 1999
Employee Stock Option Plan, by various employees and also other local taxes payable in various countries on the services
rendered by Infosys. All those taxes would be paid in due course. Advances received from clients denote monies received for
the delivery of future services. Unclaimed dividends represent dividend paid, but not encashed by shareholders, and are
represented by a bank balance of equivalent value.
9. Unearned revenue
Unearned revenue as at March 31, 2001 and 2000 consists primarily of advance client billing on fixed-price, fixed-time-
frame contracts for which related costs were not yet incurred.
10. Provisions
Provisions for taxation represent estimated income tax liabilities, both in India and abroad. The details are as follows:
in Rs.
As of March 31 2001 2000
Domestic tax 41,66,55,296 15,35,19,742
Overseas tax 81,23,56,445 47,25,00,000
Total 122,90,11,741 62,60,19,742
Tax on dividend denotes taxes payable on final dividend declared for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000. The tax
provisions and the corresponding advance tax payments will be set off upon completion of the related assessments. Proposed
dividend represents the final dividend recommended to the shareholders by the board of directors, and would be paid after
the Annual General Meeting, upon approval by the shareholders.
The company has been preparing to leverage the opportunities offered by the e-commerce marketplace, and has taken the
necessary steps to do so. This required that the company incur business restructuring costs towards creating a knowledge
infrastructure, acquiring people with technical skills in the e-commerce area and e-inventing the company. Accordingly, the
company made a provision of Rs. 3,50,00,000 during the quarter ended September 30, 1999. An amount of Rs. 3,10,99,023
was incurred towards e-inventing the company and was set-off against this provision. After this set-off, a balance of
Rs. 39,00,977 remained as a provision for e-inventing the company as on March 31, 2000. The same was spent fully and
set-off against the provision, during the current year.
The provision for gratuity represented the excess of gratuity liability as per the actuarial valuation as of March 31, 2000 and
the amount funded to the trust. The same was funded subsequently. The company does not have any such liability as of
March 31, 2001.
84
B. Results of operations
1. Income
Year ended March 31 in Rs.
Particulars 2001 % 2000 % Growth %
Software development services and products
Overseas 1874,02,66,421 95.62 869,69,80,931 94.38 115.48
Domestic 26,53,92,386 1.35 12,62,56,042 1.37 110.20
Other income 59,37,14,915 3.03 39,14,11,095 4.25 51.69
Total 1959,93,73,722 100.00 921,46,48,068 100.00 112.70
The company’s revenues are generated principally on fixed-timeframe or time-and-material basis. Revenues from services
provided on a time-and-materials basis are recognized in the month that services are provided and related costs are incurred.
Revenues from fixed-timeframe projects are recognized upon the achievement of specified milestones identified in the related
contracts, in accordance with the percentage of completion method. The segmentation of software development services and
products is as follows:
Year ended March 31
Revenues by project type 2001 2000
Fixed price 28.20% 31.50%
Time and material 71.80% 68.50%
Total 100.00% 100.00%
The company’s revenues are also segmented into onsite and offshore revenues. Onsite revenues are those services which are
performed at client sites as part of software projects, while offshore services are those services which are performed at the
company’s software development centers located in India. The details of services are given below:
Year ended March 31
Revenues by location 2001 2000
Onsite 51.50% 48.50%
Offshore 48.50% 51.50%
Total 100.00% 100.00%
The services performed onsite typically generate higher revenues per-capita, but at lower gross margins than the same
quantum of services performed at the company’s own facilities. Therefore, any increase in the onsite effort puts pressure on
the margins of the company. The details are as below:
As of March 31
Person-months (%) 2001 2000
Onsite 34.00% 32.50%
Offshore 66.00% 67.50%
Total 100.00% 100.00%
The growth in software development services and product revenues is due to an all round growth in various segments of the
business mix. The growth is also mainly due to growth in business volumes and increase in billing rates. The details of the
same is given below:
Income from software development services and products ($ millions)
Onsite 213.03 98.57
Offshore 200.82 104.87
Total 413.85 203.44
Person-months (Nos.)
Onsite 19,425 11,583
Offshore 37,676 24,058
Billed-total 57,101 35,641
Non-billable 15,799 9,243
Training 11,828 4,036
Total software professionals 84,728 48,920
Support 9,691 7,110
Total for the company 94,419 56,030
Increase in billed person – months
Onsite 7,842 5,244
% change 67.7% 82.7%
Offshore 13,618 5,006
% change 56.6% 26.3%
Total 21,460 10,250
% change 60.2% 40.4%
85
Increase in income from software development services and products ($ millions)
Volume variance 126.10 59.97
% change 62.0% 49.6%
Price variance 84.31 22.51
% change 41.4% 18.6%
Total variance 210.41 82.48
% change 103.4% 68.2%
Details of geographical and business segmentation of revenues are provided in the Risk management section in this report.
Other income as a percentage to total income declined from 4.25% in the previous year to 3.03% in the current year. The
reduction is mainly due to software revenues growing faster than the treasury income. Also, there has been a reduction in
income from sale of special import licenses issued by the government based on export performance of the company. The
average yield on the deposits earned by the company is given below:
in Rs
Average cash and cash equivalents during the year 543,05,50,019 462,51,64,269
Interest received during the year 37,54,58,594 26,68,79,106
Average yield 6.91% 5.77%
The increase in yield is primarily due to a larger proportion of deposits with banks and other entities in India.
2. Expenditure
Particulars 2001 % 2000 % Growth %
Total revenues 1959,93,73,722 100.00 921,46,48,068 100.00 112.70
Expenditure:
Software development expenses 958,17,66,650 48.89 466,26,84,578 50.60 105.50
Administration and other expenses 177,54,70,971 9.06 69,48,50,282 7.54 155.52
Provision for investments 15,28,98,608 0.78 – – –
Provision for contingencies – – 3,33,00,000 0.36 –
Provision for e-inventing the company – – 3,50,00,000 0.38 –
Total operating expenses 1151,01,36,229 58.73 542,58,34,860 58.88 112.14
Operating profit 808,92,37,493 41.27 378,88,13,208 41.12 113.50
Interest - – – – –
Depreciation 112,89,45,152 5.76 53,23,27,389 5.78 112.08
Profit before tax and extraordinary item 696,02,92,341 35.51 325,64,85,819 35.34 113.74
Provision for tax 72,71,00,000 3.71 39,70,00,000 4.31 83.15
Profit after tax before extraordinary item 623,31,92,341 31.80 285,94,85,819 31.03 117.98
Extraordinary item
– transfer of intellecutal property right
(net of tax) 5,49,44,000 0.28 – – –
– provision no longer required – – 7,56,70,846 0.82 –
Net profit after tax and extraordinary item 628,81,36,341 32.08 293,51,56,665 31.85 114.24
2.1 Software development expenses
Particulars 2001 % 2000 % Growth%
Salaries and bonus
including overseas staff expenses 675,86,45,286 34.48 307,54,46,295 33.38 119.76)
Staff welfare 8,46,06,310 0.43 4,93,07,308 0.54 71.59)
Contribution to provident and other funds 33,45,76,308 1.71 22,08,36,923 2.40 51.50)
Foreign travel expenses 147,22,11,655 7.51 84,09,02,293 9.13 75.08)
Consumables 5,86,87,245 0.30 2,70,06,251 0.29 117.31)
Cost of software packages for
own use 31,85,81,751 1.63 16,53,57,382 1.79 92.66)
banking product 5,70,13,753 0.29 2,84,48,397 0.31 100.41)
Computer maintenance 7,19,42,078 0.37 3,27,43,350 0.36 119.72)
Communication expenses 31,52,55,986 1.61 17,31,23,718 1.88 82.10)
Consultancy charges 9,19,25,609 0.47 2,85,50,034 0.31 221.98)
Provision for post-sales client support 1,83,20,669 0.09 2,09,62,627 0.23 (12.60)
958,17,66,650 48.89 466,26,84,578 50.60 105.50)
Revenues 1959,93,73,722 100.00 921,46,48,068 100.00
Employee costs comprise approximately 37% and 36% of total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
The increase is due to an increase in the average number of unbilled employees during the year due to training and bench, and
also a change in the onsite-offshore mix, as compared to the previous year. The company added 4,442 employees (net) during
the year as compared to 1,623 during the previous year. The utilization rates of the employees is as below:
Including trainees 67.40% 72.90%
Excluding trainees 78.30% 79.40%
86
Foreign travel expenses, representing cost of travel abroad for software development and marketing, constituted approximately
8% and 9% of total revenue for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Cost of software packages for own use represents the cost of software packages and tools procured for internal use, for enhancing
the quality of its services and also for meeting the needs of software development. The cost of software packages purchased
for own use has increased by approximately 93% during the year, and was approximately 2% of the total revenues for the
years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. The company’s policy is to charge such purchases to the profit and loss
accounts in the year of purchase.
A major part of the company’s revenue comes from offshore software development. This involves the large-scale use of
satellite connectivity in order to be online with clients. This represents approximately 2% each of total revenues for the years
ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
The company provided an amount of Rs. 1,83,20,669 and Rs. 2,09,62,627 towards post-sales client support for the year
ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. This represents a provision for post-sales obligations of the company in
respect of the outstanding fixed-price projects as at the year-end. This had come down by approximately 13% due to
reduction in proportion of fixed-price, fixed-time frame projects to total income from 31.50% during the previous year to
28.20% in the current year.
The company also utilizes outside consultants for part of its software development work. During the year, the company
spent a sum of Rs. 9,19,25,609 towards consultancy as compared to Rs. 2,85,50,034 during the previous year, resulting in
an increase of 222%. This increase is due to increase in number of consultants hired during the year. The company uses
these consultants mainly to meet mismatch in certain skill sets required in various projects and would continue to use
external consultants for some of its project work on a need basis.
2.2 Administration and other expenses
Particulars 2001 % 2000 % Growth%
Travelling and conveyance 18,40,64,822 0.94 7,68,26,394 0.83 139.59)
Rent 16,94,82,708 0.86 10,34,93,593 1.12 63.76)
Telephone charges 14,02,60,363 0.72 5,93,95,252 0.64 136.15)
Professional charges 20,40,21,385 1.04 7,55,68,079 0.82 169.98)
Printing and stationery 6,25,54,206 0.32 2,76,70,902 0.30 126.06)
Advertisements 6,30,77,831 0.32 2,12,41,343 0.23 196.96)
Brand building 10,52,01,392 0.54 99,17,816 0.11 960.73)
Office maintenance 12,84,32,642 0.66 5,81,01,381 0.63 121.05)
Repairs to building 3,95,22,458 0.20 1,13,44,232 0.12 248.39)
Repairs to plant and machinery 2,26,54,171 0.12 84,12,905 0.09 169.28)
Power and fuel 11,78,45,258 0.60 5,01,41,466 0.54 135.03)
Insurance charges 5,17,55,298 0.26 2,41,35,289 0.26 114.44)
Rates and taxes 1,82,17,524 0.09 1,03,80,848 0.11 75.49)
Donations 7,21,92,883 0.37 3,49,27,871 0.38 106.69)
Auditors remuneration 21,85,000 0.01 26,35,000 0.03 (17.08)
Bad loans and advances written off 4,141 0.00 3,13,050 0.00 (98.68)
Bad debts written off 27,70,254 0.01 1,59,20,938 0.17 (82.60)
Provision for bad and doubtful debts 19,27,45,549 0.98 94,03,099 0.10 1949.81)
Provision for doubtful loans and advances 7,11,816 0.00 – – –)
Bank charges and commission 59,39,483 0.03 42,21,668 0.05 40.69)
Commission charges 1,79,03,784 0.09 64,70,454 0.07 176.70)
Freight charges 55,72,484 0.03 23,84,004 0.03 133.74)
Professional membership and
seminar participation fees 2,17,10,613 0.11 75,30,693 0.08 188.30)
Marketing expenses 4,26,87,545 0.22 2,94,50,685 0.32 44.95)
Commission to non-wholetime
directors 59,22,049 0.03 48,17,800 0.05 22.92)
Sales promotion expenses 70,16,656 0.04 26,70,973 0.03 162.70)
Transaction processing fee and filing
fees 1,52,76,339 0.08 3,69,846 0.00 4030.46)
Other miscellaneous expenses 2,60,44,880 0.13 53,34,177 0.06 388.26)
Postage and courier 2,27,86,459 0.12 1,37,56,638 0.15 65.64)
Books and periodicals 1,69,10,978 0.09 77,13,886 0.08 119.23)
Research grants 1,00,00,000 0.05 1,03,00,000 0.11 (2.91)
Total administration and other expenses 177,54,70,971 9.06 69,48,50,282 7.54 155.52)
Revenues 1959,93,73,722 100.00 921,46,48,068 100.00
87
The company incurred administration and other expenses at 9.06% of its total revenue during fiscal 2001 as compared to
7.54% during the previous year. Administration and other expenses as a percentage of total revenues increased during the
year mainly due to increase in brand building expenses and increased provisioning for bad and doubtful debts.
Travelling and conveyance expenses increased due to the increased levels of business and increase in number of development
centers and sales offices. Rent expenses increased by approximately 64% during the year due to additional office properties
leased during the year and increases in rentals of certain properties previously taken on lease. Telephone charges increased by
136% due to greater usage, in tune with the growth in business. Professional charges increased by 170%, due to increased
globalization of the business. These charges include fees paid for availing services such as tax consultancy, US GAAP audit,
and recruitment and training, etc. Printing and stationary increased due to increased levels of business. Advertisement expense
increased by 197% due to increase in advertisements for recruitment purposes both in India and abroad. Brand building
expenses increased by 961% during the year. It includes expenses incurred for participation in various seminars and exhibitions,
both in India and abroad, various sales and marketing events organized by the company and also other advertisement and
sales promotional expenses. The company added 122 new customers during the year as compared to 99 during the previous
year. The auditors remuneration during the previous year includes Rs. 4,50,000 paid towards other services. There was no
increase in the auditors’ fees during the current year. Provision for bad and doubtful debts increased from Rs. 94,03,099 during
the previous year to Rs. 19,27,45,549 during the current year. The company management evaluates all customer dues to the
company for collectibility and makes adequate provisions, wherever necessary. The company normally provides for all
debtors dues outstanding for 180 days or longer. The need for provisions is assessed based on various factors including
collectibility of specific dues, risk perceptions of the industry in which the customer operates, general economic factors,
which could affect the customer’s ability to settle. Provision for bad and doubtful debts and bad debts written off as a
percentage of income were 1.00% and 0.27% in fiscal 2001 and 2000, respectively. The age-profile of debtors is given
below:
Period in days 2001 2000

0 – 30 69.2% 64.7%
31 – 60 26.6% 31.8%
61 – 90 1.7% 1.8%
More than 90 2.5% 1.7%
100.0% 100.0%
The transaction processing fee and filing fees represents processing fees paid for overseas residence permits and also processing
fees to obtain immediate cash payment from one of the customers. The increase in all other expenses is primarily due to an
increasing business.
3. Provision for investment

During the year, two of your company’s investee companies, EC Cubed Inc. and Alpha Thinx Mobile Phone Services AG,
filed for liquidation. Pending the conclusion of liquidation proceedings, your company has provided Rs. 15.29 crore
towards the entire amount of these investments.
4. Operating profits
During the current year, the company earned an operating profit (profit before interest, depreciation and tax) of Rs. 808,92,37,493
representing 41.27% of total revenues as compared to Rs. 378,88,13,208, representing 41.12% of total revenues during the
previous year. Excluding other income of Rs. 59,37,14,915 (3.03% of revenues) in the current year as compared to
Rs. 39,14,11,095 (4.25% of revenues) in the previous year, the operating profit would have been Rs. 749,55,22,578
(39.4% of revenues) in the current year as compared to Rs. 339,74,02,113 (38.5% of revenues) in the previous year, despite
a change in the onsite-offshore mix.
5. Interest
The company continued to be debt-free during the current year.
6. Depreciation
The company provided a sum of Rs.112,89,45,152 and Rs. 53,23,27,389 towards depreciation for the years ended
March 31, 2001 and 2000, representing 5.76% and 5.78% of total revenues, respectively. The depreciation for the years
ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, includes an amount of Rs. 34,99,43,502 and Rs. 13,21,59,074, respectively, towards
100% depreciation on assets costing less than Rs. 5,000 each. The depreciation as a percentage of average gross block is
24.67% and 23.50% for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Depreciation charge includes an amount of Rs. 2,14,29,903 and Rs. 15,27,500 towards depreciation provided, in full, on
assets acquired for research and development activities for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
7. Provision for tax

The company has provided for its tax liability both in India and overseas. The present Indian corporate tax rate is 39.55%
(comprising a base rate of 35% and a surcharge of 13% on the base rate). Export profits are entitled to benefit under two
schemes of the Government of India. Under the first scheme (Section 80HHE of the Income Tax Act), a proportion of the
88
profits of the company attributable to export activities are deductible from the income subject to tax. Under the second
scheme, the profits attributable to the operations of the company under the 100% export oriented unit scheme – Software
Technology Park (STP) scheme is entitled to a total tax holiday of ten years. A majority of the company’s software development
centers enjoy the benefits under the STP. For the year ended March 31, 2001, approximately 97.30% of software revenues
came from software development centers operating under the Software Technology Park Scheme.
The Government of India has recently amended the tax incentives available to companies set up in designated STPs. The
period of the STP tax holiday available to such companies is restricted to 10 consecutive years beginning from the financial
year when the unit started producing computer software or March 31, 2000, whichever is earlier. Additionally, the export
deduction under Section 80HHE of the Income Tax Act will be phased out equally over a period of five years starting fiscal
2000. The details of the operationalization of various software development centers and the year to which the exemption
under the Software Technology Park Scheme is available is provided hereunder:
Location of the STP Year of Exemption Exemption

commencement claimed from available upto
Electronics City, Bangalore 1994-1995 1996-1997 2003-2004
Mangalore 1995-1996 1998-1999 2004-2005
Pune 1996-1997 1998-1999 2005-2006
Bhubaneswar 1996-1997 1998-1999 2005-2006
Chennai 1996-1997 1998-1999 2005-2006
Bannerghatta Road, Bangalore 1997-1998 1998-1999 2006-2007
Phase I, Electronics City, Bangalore 1998-1999 1998-1999 2007-2008
Phase II, Electronics City, Bangalore 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Hinjewadi, Pune 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Mysore 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Hyderabad 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Mohali 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Sholinganallur, Chennai 2000-2001 2000-2001 2008-2009
Konark, Bhubaneshwar 2000-2001 2000-2001 2008-2009
Mangala, Mangalore 2000-2001 2000-2001 2008-2009
The company has provided a sum of Rs. 1,40,00,000 and Rs. 24,00,000 during the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000,
in respect of tax liabilities of earlier years, consequent to the finalization of the tax assessments. The additional liability has
arisen due to certain disallowances in India which are contested in appeal, and additional payments overseas.
The company pays taxes in various countries in which it operates on the income that is sourced to those countries. The
details of provision for taxes are as follows:
Particulars 2001 2000
Overseas tax 48,31,00,000 28,70,00,000
Domestic tax 24,40,00,000 11,00,00,000
Total tax 72,71,00,000 39,70,00,000
8. Net profit
The net profit of the company from ordinary activities amounted to Rs. 623,31,92,341 and Rs. 285,94,85,819 for the years
ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. This represents 31.80% and 31.03% of total revenue for the respective years.
Excluding foreign exchange translation differences of Rs. 39,62,96,262 (2.02% of revenues) in the current year as compared
to Rs. 18,69,58,099 (2.03% of revenues) in the previous year, the net profit would have been Rs. 583,68,96,079 (30.40%
of revenues) in the current year as compared to Rs. 267,25,27,720 (29.60% of revenues) in the previous year. Excluding
other income of Rs. 59,37,14,915 (3.03% of revenues) in the current year as compared to Rs. 39,14,11,095 (4.25% of
revenues) in the previous year, the net profit would have been Rs. 563,94,77,426 (29.67% of revenues) in the current year
as compared to Rs. 246,80,74,724 (27.97% of revenues) in the previous year.
9. Excess provision no longer required

The company instituted a contingency plan effective October 1, 1998 to meet any possible disruption in client support due
to the Year 2000 impact on the technology and communication infrastructure provided to the company by its vendors. The
contingency plan called for the creation of a total provision of Rs. 20.00 crore based on an initial estimate. This provision
was required to be made over six quarters starting October 1998. Accordingly, the company made a total provision of
Rs. 9.99 crore up to the quarter ended June 30, 1999. At that time, the company was led to believe that all its telecommunication
service providers were Year 2000 ready, and therefore did not expect significant disruption of these facilities. During the
second quarter of the previous year, the company made an appraisal and re-estimated the provision required for meeting
such contingencies over the next two quarters and was of the opinion that the provision already made was adequate for the
purpose and hence no further provision was required. During the previous year an amount of Rs. 2,42,29,154 was spent
towards support for the Year 2000 transition activities and the same was set-off against the provision made earlier. After such
89
set-off, a balance of Rs. 7,56,70,846 remained in the provision account, which was reversed during the previous year, as
this provision was no longer required and disclosed as an extraordinary item in the profit and loss account.
10. Extraordinary item
Infosys announced an incubation scheme for its employees to launch their own ventures while continuing to derive benefits
from a close association with the company. Infosys launched Yantra in 1996 under this scheme, which is in the e-fulfillment
space. Infosys had piloted another such venture - OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly Onscan Inc.), which is in the wireless
space. During the year, the company transferred its intellectual property rights in the Onscan product – a web-enabled
notification product to OnMobile Systems Inc. The product was transferred for a gross consideration of Rs. 8.93 crore
(US$ 2 million), received in the form of equity, preferred voting and preferred non-voting securities of OnMobile Systems
Inc. The income from the transfer of Rs. 5.49 crore (net of tax) is disclosed as an extraordinary item in the profit and loss
account.
11. Foreign exchange differences
An amount of Rs. 39.63 crore and Rs. 18.70 crore is included in the profit and loss accounts for the years ended March 31,
2001 and 2000, respectively, representing the realized and unrealized exchange gains due to currency fluctuation. This
represents 2.02% of total revenues for both the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000.
12. 1994 Employee Stock Offer Plan
The company instituted an Employee Stock Offer Plan (ESOP) in 1994 for all eligible employees. Under the plan, warrants
were transferred to employees deemed eligible by the advisory board constituted for the purpose. Accordingly,
60,00,000 warrants (as adjusted for the 1:1 bonus issue in October 1997 and March 1999 and 2-for-1stock split in February
2000) were issued by the company to the Infosys Technologies Limited Employees Welfare Trust, to be held in trust and
transferred to selected employees from time to time. Warrants were issued at Re. 0.50 each and entitled the holder thereof
to apply for and be issued one equity share of par value of Rs. 5 each at a price of Rs. 50, after a period of five years from the
date of issue. The warrants and the shares to be issued were subject to a lock-in period of five years from the date of issue.
The warrants expire on September 30, 1999, and are convertible before their expiration. All warrants were converted into
shares.
Under the ESOP scheme, the warrant holders are entitled to convert the warrants before any bonus or rights issue. The
company issued bonus shares in the ratio of 1:1 during October 1997 and March 1999. Accordingly, the warrant holders,
including the Trust and the employees, were given an option to convert their warrants and all warrants were converted into
shares. They were also issued bonus shares, being holders of shares as on the record date. The company effected a stock-
split (i.e., a subdivision of every equity share of par value of Rs. 10 each into two equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each) in
February 2000. The number of warrants issued and shares outstanding, after adjusting for the 2-for-1 stock split in fiscal
2000, is given below:
Warrants subject to lock-in Right to shares
Year ended No. of Warrants Shares issued Bonus shares No. of Shares
March 31 employees transferred to on conversion issued on employees offered to
employees of warrants, converted employees
(Net) subject to warrants, free (Net)
lock-in from lock-in
1997 144 1,91,400 1,91,400 3,82,800 – –
1998 329 4,79,600 4,79,600 4,79,600 – –
1999 994 7,50,200 7,50,200 7,50,200 515 3,00,000
2000 – – – – 14 30,000
Total 1,070 14,21,200 14,21,200 16,12,600 529 3,30,000
By January 2001, the lock-in period ended in respect of 2,43,200 shares of par value of Rs. 5 each, held by 102 employees
for warrants issued in April 1996. Employees hold 14,21,200 shares of par value of Rs. 5 each subject to lock-in and
3,30,000 rights to shares of par value of Rs. 5 each, as at March 31, 2001. 1,544 employees hold shares / rights to shares as
of March 31, 2001, after netting the employees who have received shares / rights to shares in several years.
Details of net warrants / rights to shares issued to employees
Warrants / rights to shares issued Warrants / rights to shares forfeited
Year ended March 31 No. of No. of No. of No. of
employees shares employees shares*
1995 106 2,88,200 32 75,600
1996 144 3,16,000 42 72,800
1997 193 2,49,200 49 57,800
1998 368 5,40,800 39 61,200
1999 1,750 11,56,200 241 1,06,000
2000 14 30,000 – –
* 1,41,800 shares / rights to shares forfeited after the bonus issue are included in the respective years.
90
Warrants originally allotted to ITL Employees’ Welfare Trust 7,50,000
Less: Net warrants issued to eligible employees before bonus issue in October 1997 3,76,400
Warrants held by Trust immediately before bonus issue in October 1997 and converted to shares 3,73,600
Add: Bonus shares allotted to the Trust in October 1997 3,73,600
Shares held by the Trust immediately after bonus issue in October 1997 7,47,200
Add: Shares surrendered to the Trust after bonus issue in October 1997 26,500
Less: Net rights to shares issued to eligible employees before bonus issue in March 1999 6,64,300
Shares held by the Trust immediately before bonus issue in March 1999 1,09,400
Add: Bonus shares allotted to the Trust in March 1999 1,09,400
Shares held by the Trust immediately after bonus issue in March 1999 2,18,800
Less: Net rights to shares issued to eligible employees after bonus issue in March 1999 1,64,000
Add: Shares surrendered to the Trust after the bonus issue in March 1999 13,000
Add: Rights to shares surrendered to the Trust after the bonus issue in March 1999 31,400
Less: Net rights to shares issued to eligible employees in June 1999 15,000
Shares held by the Trust immediately before stock-split (i.e., the subdivision of equity
shares of par value of Rs. 10 each into 2 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each) in February 2000 84,200
Add: Additional shares of par value of Rs. 5 per share allotted to the Trust in February 2000 84,200
Shares held by the Trust immediately after the split of face value to Rs. 5 per share (in February 2000) 1,68,400
Shares held by the Trust as of March 31, 2000 1,68,400
Add: Shares surrendered to the Trust during the year 2000-01 79,200
Add: Rights to shares surrendered to the Trust during the year 2000-01 10,600
Less: Rights to shares exercised by legal heirs of employees who died while in service 800
Shares held by the Trust as on March 31, 2001 2,57,400
13. 1998 Employee Stock Option plan (1998 plan)

One of the objectives of the American Depositary Share (ADS) issue and the consequent listing on the NASDAQ stock
exchange was to institute an ADS-linked stock option plan to attract the best and the brightest across the world. The
necessary resolutions authorizing the board to formulate the scheme was approved by the shareholders in the Extraordinary
General Meeting held on January 6, 1999. Accordingly, your directors had put in place an ADS-linked stock option plan
termed as the “1998 Stock Option Plan”. The compensation committee of the board administers the 1998 plan. The Government
of India has approved the 1998 plan, subject to a limit of 14,70,000 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each representing
29,40,000 ADSs to be issued under the plan. The plan is effective for a period of 10 years from the date of its adoption by
the board. The compensation committee of the board shall determine the exercise price for the ADS-linked stock option,
which will not be less than 90% of the fair market value on the date of grant.
The details of the grants made (adjusted for stock-split, as applicable) under the plan is provided below:
Options granted Options forfeited

Month of grant No. of No. of ADSs Grant price at No. of No. of ADSs
employees* market per ADS employees
April 2000 10 32,500 $ 228.85 2 8,700
May 2000 2 4,500 $ 195.00 – –
May 2000 (annual grant) 43 1,01,400 $ 154.00 8 11,600
June 2000 4 8,300 $ 190.00 1 4,000
July 2000 12 21,500 $ 182.00 1 2,200
August 2000 23 37,000 $ 123.94 2 400
September 2000 18 26,800 $ 155.55 1 200
October 2000 11 36,100 $ 114.00 – –
November 2000 10 24,300 $ 121.63 1 300
December 2000 15 20,400 $ 138.50 – –
January 2001 13 27,600 $ 92.86 1 200
February 2001 54 53,500 $ 113.70 – –
February 2001 (annual grant) 566 5,42,440 $ 98.25 – –
March 2001 20 28,500 $ 66.25 – –
Total 801* 9,64,840 17 27,600
*Includes 49 employees who were granted ADS options twice. Therefore, the effective number of employees granted
options is 752.
During the year, 12,434 options issued under the 1998 plan were exercised and the remaining ADS options unexercised and
outstanding as at March 31, 2001 were 15,65,506.
91
14. 1999 Employee Stock Option Plan (1999 plan)
The shareholders approved the 1999 plan in June 1999. The 1999 plan provides for the issue of 66,00,000 equity shares
to employees, adjusted for the recent stock split. The 1999 plan is administered by a compensation committee of the board
comprising of five members, all of whom are independent directors on the board of directors. Under the 1999 plan, options
were issued to employees at an exercise price not less than the fair market value. Fair market value means the closing price of
the company’s shares on the stock exchange where there is the highest trading volume on the date of grant and if the shares
are not traded on that day, the closing price on the next trading day. Under the 1999 plan, options may also be granted to
employees at exercise prices that are less than the fair market value only if specifically approved by the members of the
company in a general meeting.
The details of the grants made (adjusted for stock-split, as applicable) under the plan is provided below:
Options granted Options forfeited

Month of grant No. of No. of options Grant price No. of No. of options
employees* Rs. employees
April 2000 8 5,400 9,838.85 1 600
May 2000 9 6,300 7,760.95 1 700
May 2000 (annual grant) 4,217 6,42,550 5,891.35 500 79,600
June 2000 6 4,400 7,935.05 1 700
July 2000 18 13,300 8,326.45 – –
August 2000 1,766 2,15,800 7,270.55 82 11,900
September 2000 451 66,350 8,688.25 24 5,100
October 2000 512 71,250 7,288.70 19 3,700
November 2000 97 31,800 7,360.90 4 1,600
December 2000 514 75,150 7,469.75 13 1,550
January 2001 449 84,250 6,007.15 10 1,050
February 2001 409 67,050 6,383.20 6 1,250
February 2001 (annual grant) 1,028 6,33,180 5,723.75 2 900
March 2001 252 41,050 4,450.65 – –
Total 9,736* 19,57,830 663 1,08,650
*Includes 360 employees who were granted options twice. Therefore, the effective number of employees granted
options is 9,376.
During the year, 1,200 options issued under the 1999 plan were exercised and the remaining options unexercised and
outstanding as at March 31, 2001 were 27,93,980.
The total number of existing employees offered stock options under 1994, 1998 and 1999 plans is 9,767.
15. Reconciliation of Indian and US GAAP financial statements

There are differences between the US GAAP and the Indian GAAP financial statements. The material differences
arise due to the provision for deferred taxes and provision for deferred compensation due to the issue of stock
options to employees. The reconciliation of profits as per the Indian and the US GAAP financial statements is
given below.
in Rs. crore
Profit as per the Indian GAAP financial statements 628.81
Less : Amortization of deferred stock compensation expense 23.26
Provision for e-inventing the company 0.40
Transfer of intellectual property rights 5.63 29.29
Add : Provision for retirement benefits to employees 3.39
Deferred taxes 3.52 6.91
Net income as per the US GAAP financial statements 606.43
Amortization of deferred stock compensation

The Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 of US GAAP requires the accounting of deferred stock compensation on
issue of stock options to employees, being the difference between the exercise price and the fair value as determined by the
quoted market prices of the common stock on the grant date. In complying with this requirement, Infosys has charged to
revenue under US GAAP an amount of Rs. 23.26 crore for the year ended March 31, 2001 as deferred stock compensation.
Provision for e-inventing the company
The company had made a provision towards e-inventing under Indian GAAP. The expenses incurred towards e-inventing the
company were set off against the provision in the Indian GAAP financial statements. Under US GAAP, this amount was
charged to the income statement.
92
Provision for retirement benefits
The provision for gratuity represents the valuation performed in accordance with US GAAP.
Transfer of intellectual property rights
The amount relates to the transfer of intellectual property rights to OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly Onscan Inc.), USA.
Deferred income tax provision
US GAAP mandates that the tax element arising on timing differences in amortizing various Assets and Liabilities as per tax
books and financial statements be accounted as deferred taxation and appropriate treatment be made in the income statement.
There is no such requirement under Indian GAAP.
16. Employee stock compensation under SFAS 123

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation, requires the proforma disclosure
of the impact of the fair value method of accounting for employee stock valuation in the financial statements. The fair value
of a stock option is determined using an option-pricing model that takes into account the stock price at the grant date, the
exercise price, the expected life of the option, the volatility of the underlying stock and the expected dividends on it, and the
risk-free interest rate over the expected life of the option. Applying the fair value based method defined in SFAS 123, the
impact on the reported net profit and basic earnings per share would be as follows:
in Rs.
Net profit: As reported 628,81,36,341 293,51,56,665
Adjusted proforma 457,91,19,647 242,34,41,938
Basic earnings per share: As reported 95.06 44.38
Adjusted proforma 69.22 36.64
C. Outlook: issues and risks

These have been discussed in detail in the Risk management section of this report.
Auditors’ certificate
To
The Members,
We have examined the cash flow statement of Infosys Technologies Limited (the company) for the year ended March 31,
2001. The statement has been prepared by the company in accordance with the requirements of Clause 32 of the listing
agreements entered into with the Indian Stock Exchanges.


93
Cash flow statement for the year ended March 31
in Rs.
Schedule 2001) 2000)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Profit before tax 696,02,92,341) 325,64,85,819)
Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax to cash provided
by operating activities
Profit on sale of fixed assets (9,17,890) (8,73,015)
Depreciation and amortization 112,89,45,152) 53,23,27,389)
Income from investments (37,54,58,594) (26,68,79,106)
Provisions on long-term investments 15,28,98,608) –)
Income taxes paid during the year 1 (85,18,05,440) (35,53,53,877)
Exchange differences on translation of foreign currency deposits (20,17,12,483) (9,93,27,075)
Changes in current assets and liabilities
Sundry debtors (166,19,21,164) (51,65,92,828)
Loans and advances 2 (34,72,64,731) (41,49,70,588)
Current liabilities and provisions 3 60,92,54,409) 35,99,38,427)
NET CASH GENERATED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES 541,23,10,208) 249,47,55,146)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds on exercise of stock options 2,37,85,906) 1,76,25,277)
Dividends paid during the year (42,20,05,883) (19,92,57,109)
Expenses relating to the issue of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) –) (2,35,06,514)
Expenses relating to the issue of ADS-linked stock options –) (1,01,93,113)
NET CASH USED IN FINANCING ACTIVITIES (39,82,19,977) (21,53,31,459)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of fixed assets 4 (463,35,45,172) (159,87,03,617)
Proceeds on sale of fixed assets 22,73,671) 10,20,400)
Long-term investments 5 (26,63,64,960) (13,08,00,000)
Income from investments 37,54,58,594) 26,68,79,106)
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES (452,21,77,867) (146,16,04,111)
Effect of exchange differences on translation of foreign currency deposits 20,17,12,483) 9,93,27,075)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents during the year 69,36,24,847) 91,71,46,651)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE YEAR 508,37,37,595) 416,65,90,944)
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THE YEAR 6 577,73,62,442) 508,37,37,595)
NOTES ON THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT 7
The schedules referred to above and the notes thereon form an integral part of the cash flow statement.
This is the cash flow statement referred to in our certificate of even date.

94
Schedules to the cash flow statement for the year ended March 31
in Rs.)
2001) 2000)
1 INCOME TAXES PAID DURING THE YEAR
Charge as per the profit and loss account 72,71,00,000) 39,70,00,000)
Add: Tax provided on Intellectual Property Rights sold 3,43,96,000) –)
Less: Decrease in income tax provision (60,29,91,999) (39,46,62,254)
Increase in advance income taxes 69,33,01,439) 35,30,16,131)
85,18,05,440) 35,53,53,877)
2 LOANS AND ADVANCES
As per the balance sheet 430,27,93,623) 210,12,77,161)
Less: Deposits with financial institutions and body corporate, (192,67,52,157) (76,58,01,865)
included in cash and cash equivalents
Advance income taxes separately considered (123,73,97,792) (54,40,96,353)
113,86,43,674) 79,13,78,943)
3 CURRENT LIABILITIES AND PROVISIONS
Less: Provisions separately considered in the cash flow Statement
Income taxes (122,90,11,741) (62,60,19,742)
Dividends (49,61,85,878) (19,84,18,210)
Dividend tax (5,06,10,959) (2,18,26,003)
142,26,92,873) 81,34,38,464)
4 PURCHASES OF FIXED ASSETS AND CHANGE IN CAPITAL WORK-IN-PROGRESS
Add (less): Change in work-in-progress 113,69,00,745) 42,07,67,705)
463,35,45,172) 159,87,03,617)
5 LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS IN SECURITIES
Add: Provisions on investments 22,34,94,282) 7,05,95,674)
Less: Non-cash investment (see note 7.2 below) (8,93,40,000) –)
47,53,09,103) 20,89,44,143)
6 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF THE YEAR
Add: Deposits with financial institutions and body corporate, 192,67,52,157) 76,58,01,865)
included herein
577,73,62,442) 508,37,37,595)
7 NOTES ON THE CASH FLOW STATEMENT
7.1 Cash flows have been reported using the indirect method, whereby the net profit is adjusted for the effects of
transactions of a non-cash nature and any deferrals or accruals of past or future cash receipts or payments, segregating
between cash flows from regular revenue generating, financing and investing activities of the company. Cash flows
in foreign currencies are accounted at average monthly exchange rates that approximate the actual rates of exchange
prevailing at the dates of the transactions.
7.2 During the year ended March 31, 2001, the company transferred intellectual property rights in Onscan – a web-
based wireless enabled notification product, to OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly Onscan Inc.), USA, a company
incubated by Infosys. The product was transferred for a gross consideration of Rs. 8,93,40,000 (approximately
US$ 2,000,000) received as equity, preferred and non-voting securities in OnMobile Systems Inc., and accordingly,
is not considered in this statement of cash flows.
95
Balance sheet abstract and company’s general business profile
Registration details
Registration no. 13115
State code 08
Balance sheet date March 31, 2001
in Rs.
Capital raised during the year
Public issue –
Rights issue –
Bonus issue –
Private placement –
Preferential offer of shares under Employee Stock Option Plan * 37,085
Position of mobilization and deployment of funds
Total liabilities 1389,63,91,988
Total assets 1389,63,91,988
Sources of funds
Paid-up capital 33,07,92,085
Reserves and surplus 1356,55,99,903
Secured loans –
Unsecured loans –
Application of funds
Net fixed assets 557,66,32,293
Investments 34,11,54,821
Net current assets 797,86,04,874
Miscellaneous expenditure –
Accumulated losses –
Performance of the company
Turnover 1959,93,73,722
Total Expenditure 1263,90,81,381
Profit / loss before tax 696,02,92,341
Extraordinary Income 5,49,44,000
Profit / loss after tax 628,81,36,341
Earnings per share from ordinary activities 94.23
Earnings per share including extraordinary income 95.06
Dividend rate (%) 200
Generic names of principal products / services of the company
Item code no. (ITC code) 85249009.10
Product description Computer software
* Issue of shares arising on the exercise of options granted to employees under the company’s –
1998 ADS Plan 6,217
1999 Plan 1,200
N. R. Narayana Murthy Nandan M. Nilekani Deepak M. Satwalekar Marti G. Subrahmanyam
Chairman and Managing Director, President Director Director
96
Financial statements for the
year ended March 31, 2001
prepared in accordance with
United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (U.S. GAAP)
We are what we repeatedly do.

Excellence, then, is not an act, but a habit.
Aristotle
(384 B.C. – 322 B.C.)
97
Summary of consolidated financial data
Five-year data
in thousands, except per share data
2001 2000 1999 1998 1997
(Audited)
Statements of income data:

Revenues $ 413,851 $ 203,444 $ 120,955 $ 68,330 $ 39,586
Cost of revenues 213,614 111,081 65,331 40,157 22,615
Gross profit 200,237 92,363 55,624 28,173 16,971
Operating expenses:
Selling and marketing expenses 20,683 9,644 4,944 3,370 1,976
General and administrative expenses 36,958 17,102 11,255 9,855 5,034
Amortization of deferred stock
compensation expense 5,081 5,118 3,646 1,520 768
Compensation arising from stock split – – 12,906 1,047 –
Total operating expenses 62,722 31,864 32,751 15,792 7,778
Operating income 137,515 60,499 22,873 12,381 9,193
Equity in loss of deconsolidated subsidiary – – (2,086) – –
Other income, net 9,505 9,039 1,537 801 769
Income before income taxes 147,020 69,538 22,324 13,182 9,962
Provision for income taxes 15,072 8,193 4,878 770 1,320
Subsidiary preferred stock dividends – – – 68 –
Net income $ 131,948 $ 61,345 $ 17,446 $ 12,344 $ 8,642
Earnings per equity share:
Basic $ 2.01 $ 0.93 $ 0.28 $ 0.21 $ 0.15
Diluted $ 1.98 $ 0.93 $ 0.28 $ 0.20 $ 0.15
Weighted equity shares used in
computing earnings per equity share:
Basic 65,771 65,660 61,379 59,574 58,073
Diluted 66,715 65,864 61,507 60,808 59,409
Cash dividend per equity share $ 0.14 $ 0.11 $ 0.09 $ 0.04 $ 0.02
Balance sheet data:
Cash and cash equivalents $ 124,084 $ 116,599 $ 98,875 $ 15,419 $ 8,320
Total assets 342,348 219,283 153,658 48,782 32,923
Total long-term debt – – – – –
Total stockholders’ equity $ 311,792 $198,137 $ 139,610 $ 41,146 $ 30,640
1. The information presented above reflects the company’s 2-for-1 stock split by means of a stock dividend in fiscal 1998 and
1999 and a 2-for-1 stock split in fiscal 2000.
2. The financial statements of Yantra Corporation, an erstwhile subsidiary, were consolidated with the financial statements of the
company up to October 20, 1998 and are accounted for by the equity method in fiscal 1999.
3. The earnings per share calculations for fiscal years 2001, 2000 and 1999, includes 2,070,000 equity shares (representing
4,140,000 ADSs) issued during March 1999, in conjunction with the company’s IPO in the U.S.
4. The dividends are declared in Indian rupees. Amounts presented are translated into U.S. dollars and are indicative. Dividends
are paid from the date of holding of shares.
98
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and
results of operations
Investors are cautioned that this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. When used in this
discussion, the words “anticipate”, “believe”, “estimate”, “intend”, “will” and “expect” and other similar expressions as they relate to the
company or its business are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. The company undertakes no obligation to publicly update
or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise. Actual results, performances
or achievements could differ materially from those expressed or implied in such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or
contribute to such differences include those described under the heading “Risk Factors” in the prospectus filed with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, as well as the factors discussed in the Form 20-F, included in this report. Readers are cautioned not to place undue
reliance on these forward-looking statements that speak only as of their dates. The following discussion and analysis should be read in
conjunction with the company’s financial statements included herein and the notes thereto.
1. Overview
Infosys, an India-based IT consulting and services company formed in 1981, provides end-to-end consulting for global
corporations. The company has partnered with several Fortune 500 and emerging companies in building their next generation
information infrastructure for competitive advantage. Infosys’ portfolio of services includes e-strategy consulting and solutions,
maintenance and re-engineering services, large application development and enterprise integration services. Infosys also
has product co-development initiatives with numerous communication and Internet infrastructure companies that are
creating the building blocks of the digital economy. In addition, the company develops and markets certain software
products. The company utilizes an extensive offshore infrastructure including dedicated offshore software development
centers (“OSDCs”) to provide managed software solutions to clients worldwide. From fiscal 1997 through fiscal 2001, total
revenue increased from $ 39.6 million to $ 413.8 million, the number of the company’s software professionals worldwide
increased from approximately 1,410 to approximately 8,660, and the number of its India-based software development
centers increased from six to sixteen. The company also operationalized proximity development centers in Croydon in the
UK and in Chicago, New Jersey and Phoenix in the U.S. in fiscal 2001, and one global development center in Toronto,
Canada and two proximity development centers in Fremont and Boston in the U.S. in fiscal 2000.
The company’s revenues are generated principally from software services provided either on a fixed-price, fixed-time frame
or a time-and-materials basis. Revenues from services provided on a time-and-materials basis are recognized in the month
that services are provided and related costs are incurred. Revenues from services provided on a fixed-price, fixed-time frame
basis are recognized upon the achievement of specified milestones identified in the related contracts, in accordance with the
percentage of completion method. Cost of completion estimates are subject to periodic revisions. Although the company
has revised its project completion estimates from time to time, such revisions have not, to date, had a material adverse effect
on the company’s operating results or financial condition. Since the company bears the risk of cost overruns and inflation
with respect to its fixed-price, fixed-time frame projects, the company’s operating results could be adversely affected by
inaccurate estimates of contract completion costs and dates, including wage inflation rates and currency exchange rates that
may affect cost projections. The company also develops and markets certain software products, including banking software
that is licensed primarily to clients in Asia and Africa. Such software products represented 2.5% of total revenues in fiscal
2001. The company derived 73.5% of its total revenues from North America, 18.8% from Europe, 1.4% from India and
6.3% from the rest of the world in fiscal 2001.
In fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2000, the company derived 28.4% and 13.6% of its total revenues, respectively, from Internet and
e-commerce projects. Due to shorter time-to-market considerations, e-commerce projects necessitate higher interaction
with clients. This results in a higher proportion of services being performed at client sites. Services performed at a client
site typically generate higher per-capita revenues, but lower gross margins, than the same quantum of services performed at
the company’s own facilities in India. Consequently, any increase in work at client sites can decrease the gross margins of
the company.
Cost of revenues primarily consists of salary and other compensation expenses, depreciation, data communications expenses,
computer maintenance, cost of software purchased for internal use, certain pre-operating expenses for new software
development centers, and foreign travel expenses. The company depreciates personal computers and servers over two years
and mainframe computers over three years. Third party software is expensed in the period in which it is acquired.
The company assumes full project management responsibility for each project that it undertakes. Approximately 66.0% of
the work on a project is performed at the company’s facilities in India, and the balance of the work is performed at the client
site. The proportion of work performed at the company facilities and at client sites varies from quarter to quarter. The
company charges higher rates and incurs higher compensation expenses for work performed at the client site. Services
performed at a client site typically generate higher revenues per-capita, but at lower gross margins, than the same quantum
of services performed at the company’s facilities in India. As a result, total revenues, cost of revenues and gross profit in
absolute terms and, as a percentage of revenues, fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on the proportion of work performed
offshore at company facilities and at client sites.
Revenues and gross profits are also affected by employee utilization rates. Utilization rates depend, among other factors, on
the number of employees enrolled for in-house training programs, particularly the 14 week classroom training courses
provided to new employees. Since a large percentage of new hires begin their training in the second quarter, utilization rates
have historically been lower in the second and third quarters of a fiscal year.
99
Selling and marketing expenses primarily consist of expenses relating to advertisements, brand building, rentals of sales and
marketing offices, salaries of marketing personnel, and traveling and conveyance. General and administrative expenses
comprise expenses relating to communications, finance and administration, legal and professional charges, management,
rent, salary and other compensation, travel, and miscellaneous administrative costs.
Other income includes interest income, income from the sale of special import licenses and foreign currency exchange
gains. Under the then export-import policy of the Government of India, exports by Indian companies generate credits for
the exporter called “special import licenses”. These credits can be sold or used for the import of goods included on a
“restricted list” maintained by the Government of India. The company’s general policy is to sell such special import licenses
in the period in which it receives such credits. However, the new export-import policy announced by the Government of
India in fiscal 2001 has abolished the scheme providing for benefit in the form of special import licenses to all exporters and
accordingly all exports made on or after April 1, 2000 will not get the benefits.
The company also intends to substantially expand its software development infrastructure in India. The company had
committed $ 34.0 million towards various capital expenditure as on March 31, 2001. The company intends to spend
approximately $ 80.0 million on various capital expenditures during fiscal 2002 and intends to use its internal accruals to
fund this expansion.
2. Results of operations
2.1 Fiscal year ended March 31, 2001 compared to fiscal year ended March 31, 2000
Revenues. Total revenues were $ 413.8 million for fiscal 2001, representing an increase of $ 210.4 million or 103.4% over
total revenues of $ 203.4 million for fiscal 2000. This increase is attributable to an increase in volumes of business transacted
of $ 126.1 million or 62.0%, and an increase in prices at which contracts were executed in the amount of $ 84.3 million or
41.4%. Revenues continued to increase in all segments of the company’s services. Custom software development, re-
engineering, maintenance and software development through OSDCs formed the majority of the company’s revenues. The
increase in revenues was attributable, in part, to a substantial increase in business from certain existing clients and from
certain new clients, particularly in the telecom and insurance, banking and financial services industries. Revenues from
telecom clients comprised 18.4% of revenues in fiscal 2001 as compared to 15.4% of revenues in fiscal 2000. Revenues
from insurance, banking and financial services clients comprised 33.7% and 30.1% of revenues in fiscal 2001 and 2000,
respectively. Revenue growth was also attributable to an increase in e-commerce related revenues, which represented 28.4%
of total revenues for fiscal 2001 as compared to 13.6% of total revenues in fiscal 2000. Net sales of FINACLE™ and other
products represented 2.5% of total revenues for fiscal 2001 as compared to 2.6% for fiscal 2000. Revenues from services
represented 97.5% of total revenues for fiscal 2001 as compared to 97.4% for fiscal 2000. Revenues from fixed-price, fixed-
time frame contracts and from time-and-materials contracts represented 28.2% and 71.8%, respectively, of total revenues
for fiscal 2001 as compared to 31.5% and 68.5%, respectively, for fiscal 2000. Revenues from North America and Europe
represented 73.5% and 18.8%, respectively, of total revenues for fiscal 2001, as compared to 78.0% and 14.8%, respectively,
for fiscal 2000.
Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues was $ 213.6 million for fiscal 2001, representing an increase of 92.2% over the cost of
revenues of $ 111.1 million for fiscal 2000. The cost of revenues represented 51.6% and 54.6% of total revenues for fiscal
2001 and 2000, respectively. This decrease in costs as a percentage of total revenues was attributable to a favorable business
mix and a decrease in depreciation and software expenses, which represented 7.6% and 7.9% of total revenues in fiscal
2001 and fiscal 2000, respectively, as well as a decrease in overseas short-term allowances which represented 26.0% and
26.4% of revenues in fiscal 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Gross profit. As a result of the foregoing, the gross profit was $ 200.2 million for fiscal 2001, representing an increase of
116.7% over the gross profit of $ 92.4 million for fiscal 2000. As a percentage of total revenues, the gross profit increased
to 48.4% for fiscal 2001 from 45.4% for fiscal 2000. This increase was attributable to a favorable business mix and a
decrease in depreciation and software expenses as a percentage of total revenue due to improved infrastructure utilization
and a decrease in overseas short-term allowances.
Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses were $ 20.7 million for fiscal 2001, an increase of 115.6% over
sales and marketing expenses of $ 9.6 million for fiscal 2000. As a percentage of total revenues, the sales and marketing
expenses increased to 5.0% for fiscal 2001 from 4.7% for fiscal 2000. The number of sales offices increased to 25 as on
March 31, 2001 from 20 as on March 31, 2000. The increase in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues
was due to additional sales offices opened during the year and also due to an increase in the number of marketing personnel,
which increased to 105 in fiscal 2001 from 62 in fiscal 2000.
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses were $ 36.9 million for fiscal 2001, an increase of
115.8% over general and administrative expenses of $ 17.1 million for fiscal 2000. General and administrative expenses
were 8.9% and 8.4% of total revenues for fiscal 2001 and 2000, respectively. This marginal increase in general and
administrative expense as a percentage of revenues was a result of increases in management, finance, administrative, and
occupancy costs in fiscal 2001, due to an increase in the scale of operations.
Amortization of deferred stock compensation expense. Amortization of deferred stock compensation expense was $ 5.1 million
in both fiscal 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Operating income. The operating income was $ 137.5 million for fiscal 2001, an increase of 127.3% over the operating
income of $ 60.5 million for fiscal 2000. As a percentage of revenues, operating income increased to 33.2% for fiscal 2001
100
from 29.7% for fiscal 2000. Excluding the amortization of deferred stock compensation expense, the operating margin was
34.5% for fiscal 2001 as compared to 32.3% for fiscal 2000.
Other income. Other income was $ 9.5 million for fiscal 2001 as compared to $ 9.0 million for fiscal 2000. This increase in
other income was due to an increase in interest income in the amount of $ 2.8 million resulting from the investment of a
larger cash balance and $ 1.5 million due to increase in exchange differences on translation of foreign currency deposits.
This increase is offset by a decrease in other income due to provision for investments aggregating $ 3.5 million in EC Cubed
Inc. and Alpha Thinx Mobile Services AG, two companies in which the company has made strategic investments, and a
decrease in income from sale of special import licences in the amount of $ 0.4 million.
Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes was $ 15.1 million for fiscal 2001 as compared to $ 8.2 million for fiscal
2000. The company’s effective tax rate decreased to 10.3% for fiscal 2001 as compared to 11.8% for fiscal 2000. The reduction
in the effective tax rate in fiscal 2001 is due to a decrease in the Indian tax liability resulting from a higher proportion of the
company’s operations qualifying for Indian tax exemptions applicable to designated Software Technology Parks.
Net income. The net income was $ 131.9 million for fiscal 2001, an increase of 115.2% over the net income of $ 61.3 million
for fiscal 2000. As a percentage of total revenues, the net income increased to 31.9% for fiscal 2001 from 30.1% for
fiscal 2000.
2.2 Fiscal year ended March 31, 2000 compared to fiscal year ended March 31, 1999
Revenues. Total revenues were $ 203.4 million for fiscal 2000, representing an increase of $ 82.4 million or 68.2% over total
revenues of $ 121.0 million for fiscal 1999. This increase is attributable to an increase in volumes of business transacted of
$ 60.0 million or 49.6%, and an increase in prices at which contracts were executed in the amount of $ 22.4 million or
18.6%. Revenues continued to increase in all segments of the company’s services. Custom software development, re-
engineering, maintenance and software development through OSDCs formed a majority of the company’s revenues. The
increase in revenues was attributable, in part, to a substantial increase in business from certain existing clients and from
certain new clients, particularly in the telecom and insurance, banking and financial services industries. Revenues from
telecom clients comprised 15.4% of revenues in fiscal 2000 as compared to 14.2% of revenues in fiscal 1999. Revenues
from insurance, banking and financial services clients comprised 30.1% and 23.3% of revenues in fiscal 2000 and 1999,
respectively. Revenue growth was also attributable to an increase in e-commerce related revenues which represented 13.6%
of total revenues for fiscal 2000 as compared to 3.7% of total revenues in fiscal 1999. Net sales of FINACLE™ and other
products represented 2.6% of total revenues for fiscal 2000 as compared to 3.2% for fiscal 1999. Revenues from services
represented 97.4% of total revenues for fiscal 2000 as compared to 96.8% for fiscal 1999. Revenues from fixed-price, fixed-
time frame contracts and from time-and-materials contracts represented 31.5% and 68.5%, respectively, of total revenues
for fiscal 2000 as compared to 36.7% and 63.3%, respectively, for fiscal 1999. Revenues from North America and Europe
represented 78.0% and 14.8%, respectively, of total revenues for fiscal 2000 as compared to 82.0% and 9.3% respectively,
for fiscal 1999.
Cost of revenues. Cost of revenues was $ 111.1 million for fiscal 2000, representing an increase of 70.0% over the cost of
revenues of $ 65.3 million for fiscal 1999. The cost of revenues represented 54.6% and 54.0% of total revenues for fiscal
2000 and 1999, respectively. This marginal increase in costs as a percentage of total revenues was attributable to an increase
in provision for a defined benefit plan for employees. The increase was partially offset by a favorable business mix and a
decrease in depreciation and software expenses, which represented 7.9% and 10.0% of total revenues in fiscal 2000 and
1999, respectively.
Gross profit. As a result of the foregoing, the gross profit was $ 92.4 million for fiscal 2000, representing an increase of
66.1% over the gross profit of $ 55.6 million for fiscal 1999. As a percentage of total revenues, the gross profit decreased to
45.4% for fiscal 2000 from 46.0% for fiscal 1999. This decrease was attributable to higher provision for a defined benefit
plan for employees, which was partially offset by a favorable business mix and a decrease in depreciation and software
expenses as a percentage of total revenue due to improved infrastructure utilization.
Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses were $ 9.6 million for fiscal 2000, an increase of 95.1% over
sales and marketing expenses of $ 4.9 million for fiscal 1999. As a percentage of total revenues, the sales and marketing
expenses increased to 4.7% for fiscal 2000 from 4.1% for fiscal 1999. The number of sales offices increased to 20 as on
March 31, 2000 from 16 as on March 31, 1999. The increase in sales and marketing expense as a percentage of revenues
was due to additional sales offices opened during the year and also an increase in the number of marketing personnel which
increased to 62 in fiscal 2000 from 39 in fiscal 1999
General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses were $ 17.1 million for fiscal 2000, an increase of
51.9% over general and administrative expenses of $ 11.3 million for fiscal 1999. General and administrative expenses
were 8.4% and 9.3% of total revenue for fiscal 2000 and 1999, respectively. This decrease in general and administrative
expense as a percentage of revenues was a result of the company’s ability to increase revenues in fiscal 2000 without a
corresponding increase in management, finance, administrative and occupancy costs.
Amortization of deferred stock compensation expense. Amortization of deferred stock compensation expense was $ 5.1 million
for fiscal 2000, a decrease of 69.1% over amortization of deferred stock compensation expense of $ 16.6 million for fiscal
1999. Compensation expense increased marginally for new grants of stock purchase rights in part because of the rising
market price of the equity shares. In fiscal 1999, the company recognized an accelerated charge of $ 12.9 million as part of
the company’s 1998 stock dividend. The equity shares issued to Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP) participants in
101
connection with the stock dividend were not subject to vesting and as a result, one-half of the deferred compensation
expense that would have been amortized over the remaining vesting periods for the equity shares issued under the ESOP
was accelerated and charged to expense in fourth quarter of fiscal 1999.
Operating income. The operating income was $ 60.5 million for fiscal 2000, an increase of 164.5% over the operating
income of $ 22.9 million for fiscal 1999. As a percentage of revenues, operating income increased to 29.7% for fiscal 2000
from 18.9% for fiscal 1999. Excluding the amortization of deferred stock compensation expense, the operating margin was
32.3% for fiscal 2000 as compared to 32.6% for fiscal 1999.
Other income. Other income was $ 9.0 million for fiscal 2000 as compared to $ 1.5 million for fiscal 1999. This increase in
other income was due to an increase in interest income resulting from the investment of a larger cash balance, partly arising
out of proceeds of the ADS issue during March 1999. The increase in other income during fiscal 2000 also included
$ 0.4 million arising out of income from sale of special import licenses and $ 2.9 million due to exchange differences on
translation of foreign currency deposits which were Nil during fiscal 1999.
Provision for income taxes. Provision for income taxes was $ 8.2 million for fiscal 2000 as compared to $ 4.9 million for fiscal
1999. The company’s effective tax rate decreased to 11.8% for fiscal 2000 as compared to 21.8% for fiscal 1999. The
effective tax rate after adjusting for a one-time accelerated compensation charge arising out of the company’s 1998 stock
dividend, which reduced the pre-tax income substantially in fiscal 1999, is 13.8%. The reduction in the effective tax rate in
fiscal 2000 is due to a decrease in the Indian tax liability resulting from a higher proportion of the company’s operations
qualifying for Indian tax exemptions applicable to designated Software Technology Parks.
Net income. The net income was $ 61.3 million for fiscal 2000, an increase of 251.6% over the net income of $ 17.4 million
for fiscal 1999. As a percentage of total revenues, the net income increased to 30.1% for fiscal 2000 from 14.4% for fiscal
1999. The net income for fiscal 2000 of $ 61.3 million is 102.1% more than $ 30.4 million in fiscal 1999, after adjusting for
a one-time accelerated compensation charge of $ 12.9 million, arising out of company’s 1998 stock dividend which reduced
the net income substantially in fiscal 1999.
2.3 Liquidity and capital resources
The growth of the company has been financed largely from cash generated from operations and, to a lesser extent, from the
proceeds of equity issues and borrowings. In 1993, the company raised approximately $ 4.4 million in gross aggregate
proceeds from its initial public offering of equity shares on Indian stock exchanges. In 1994, the company raised an
additional $ 7.7 million through private placements of its equity shares with foreign institutional investors, mutual funds,
Indian domestic financial institutions and corporations. As on March 31, 2001, the company had $ 124.1 million in cash
and cash equivalents, $ 176.2 million in working capital and no outstanding bank borrowings. The company’s treasury
policy calls for investing only in highly rated banks, financial institutions and companies for short maturities with a limit for
individual entities. The company retains the money both in rupee and foreign currency accounts. The bank balances in
overseas accounts are maintained to meet the expenditure of the overseas branches in the U.S. and other countries, and to
meet project-related expenditure overseas.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $ 137.5 million, $ 71.4 million and $ 40.1 million in fiscal 2001, 2000 and
1999, respectively. Net cash provided by operations consisted primarily of net income offset, in part, by an increase in
accounts receivable. Accounts receivable as a percentage of total revenue, represented 15.7%, 15.4% and 16.6% for fiscal
2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The company’s policy on accounts receivable includes a periodic review of all such
outstanding. The company reviews the age, amount, and quality of each account receivable; the relationship with, size of,
and history of the client; and the quality of service delivered by the company for the client to determine the classification of
an account receivable. Should the review so demand, the company classifies accounts receivable into secured and unsecured
accounts, further sub-classified between good and doubtful accounts. The company makes provisions for all accounts
receivable classified as doubtful and for all accounts receivable that are outstanding for more than 180 days.
Prepaid expenses and other current assets increased by $ 2.2 million, $ 2.4 million and $ 2.0 million during fiscal 2001,
2000 and 1999, respectively. The increase in fiscal 2001 was primarily due to an increase in rental deposits for the new
software development centers, prepaid expenses and costs in excess of billings. Costs in excess of billings represent costs
incurred on fixed-price contracts in respect of which milestones are yet to be achieved. The increase in fiscal 2000 and
1999 was primarily due to an increase in rental deposits for the new software development centers and prepaid expenses.
Income taxes payable decreased by $ 2.0 million in fiscal 2001 primarily due to higher advance tax payments made during
the year.
Unearned revenue as of March 31, 2001 and 2000 consists primarily of advance client billings on fixed-price, fixed-time
frame contracts for which related costs were not yet incurred. The proportion of fixed-price contracts under which the
company was entitled to bill clients in advance increased as of March 31, 2001 over the previous year.
Net cash used in investing activities was $ 106.7 million, $ 45.7 million and $ 17.0 million in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999,
respectively. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 2001 consisted primarily of $ 96.8 million for property, plant and
equipment, loans to employees of $ 4.1 million and purchase of investments amounting to $ 5.9 million. Net cash used in
investing activities in fiscal 2000 consisted primarily of $ 35.9 million for property, plant and equipment, loans to employees
of $ 6.8 million and purchase of investments amounting to $ 3.0 million. Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal 1999
primarily consisted of $ 16.1 million for property, plant and equipment and loans to employees of $ 2.2 million, offset by
proceeds from the sale of investment in Yantra amounting to $ 1.5 million.
102
Publicly-traded Indian companies customarily pay dividends. For fiscal 2001, the company declared and paid a dividend of
$ 5.0 million. The board of directors also declared a dividend of $ 10.6 million at their meeting held on April 11, 2001,
which is subject to the approval of the stockholders in the annual general meeting. For fiscal 2000, the company declared
a dividend of $ 7.1 million, which was paid partly in fiscal 2000 and partly in fiscal 2001. For fiscal 1999, the company
declared a dividend of $ 3.2 million, which was paid partly in fiscal 1999 and partly in fiscal 2000.
As on March 31, 2001, the company had contractual commitments for capital expenditure of $ 34.0 million. The company
intends to spend approximately $ 80.0 million on various capital expenditure during fiscal 2002 and the same would be
met out of the internal accruals of the company. In the opinion of the company, the working capital is sufficient for the
company’s present requirements.
2.4 Foreign currency market risk
Market risks relating to the company’s operations result primarily from changes in interest rates and changes in foreign
exchange rates. The company’s functional currency is the Indian rupee; however, it transacts a major portion of its business
in foreign currencies and accordingly has foreign currency exposure through its sales in the United States and purchases
from overseas suppliers in U.S. dollars. In its U.S. operations, the company does not actively hedge against exchange rate
fluctuations, although it may elect to do so in the future. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates may have a material
adverse effect on the company’s net sales, cost of services sold, gross margin and net income, any of which alone or in the
aggregate may in turn have a material adverse effect on the company’s business, operating results and financial condition.
The exchange rate between the rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and may fluctuate
substantially in the future. During the four-year period from March 31, 1997 through March 31, 2001, the value of the
rupee against the U.S. dollar declined by approximately 29.8%. For fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, the company’s U.S. dollar-
denominated revenues represented 89.6%, 88.3% and 88.1%, respectively, of total revenues. The company expects that a
majority of its revenues will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion
of the company’s expenses, including personnel costs as well as capital and operating expenditures, will continue to be
denominated in rupees. Consequently, the company’s results of operations will be adversely affected to the extent the rupee
appreciates against the U.S. dollar. The company has sought to reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations on operating
results by purchasing foreign exchange forward contracts to cover a portion of outstanding accounts receivable on a need
basis. As of March 31, 2001, the company had outstanding forward contracts in the amount of $ 20 million. These contracts
typically mature within three months, must be settled on the day of maturity and may be canceled subject to the payment
of any gains or losses in the difference between the contract exchange rate and the market exchange rate on the date of
cancellation. The company uses these instruments only as a hedging mechanism and not for speculative purposes. There
can be no assurance that the company will purchase contracts adequate to insulate itself from foreign exchange currency
risks or that any such contracts will perform adequately as a hedging mechanism. Devaluation of the rupee will result in
foreign currency translation losses. For example, for fiscal 2001 and 2000, the company’s foreign currency translation losses
were approximately $ 14.5 million and $ 5.0 million, respectively.
2.5 Reconciliation between Indian and U.S. GAAP
There are material differences between the financial statements prepared as per Indian and U.S. GAAP. The material differences
arise due to provision for deferred taxes, accounting for stock-based compensation, non-recognition of unrealized gains on
transfers of intellectual property rights and consolidation of accounts of subsidiary, as required by U.S. GAAP. Indian GAAP
does not require provision for deferred taxes, amortization of deferred stock compensation and consolidation of accounts of
subsidiaries, and permits the recognition of unrealized gains on transfers of intellectual property rights in the financial statements.
Reconciliation of net income
2001 2000 1999
Net profit as per Indian GAAP $ 136,837,807 $ 67,775,087 $ 32,207,070
Adjustments:
Deferred tax 769,303 850,891 625,427
Net income of subsidiary included on consolidation – – (2,085,887)
Provision for retirement benefits to employees 741,000 (741,000) –
Employee stock-based compensation plan charge
under APB Opinion no. 25 (5,081,795) (5,117,635) (3,645,576)
Compensation arising from stock split – – (12,906,962)
Provision for loss – Yantra Corporation – – 1,675,060
Provision for contingency / e-inventing the company (net) (87,387) (1,422,815) 1,576,956
Transfer of intellectual property rights (net of tax) (1,230,824) – –
Net income as per U.S. GAAP $ 131,948,104 $ 61,344,528 $ 17,446,088
2.6 Investment in Yantra Corporation
Prior to October 20, 1998, the company owned a majority of the voting stock of Yantra. Consequently, all of Yantra’s
operating losses through October 20, 1998 were recognized in the company’s consolidated financial statements. For fiscal
1998 and fiscal 1999, Yantra’s losses recognized in the company’s financial statements were $ 1.6 million and $ 2.0 million,
103
respectively. On October 20, 1998, the company sold a portion of Yantra’s shares held by it, thereby reducing its interest
to less than one-half of the voting stock of Yantra. The company continues to own all of the outstanding common stock of
Yantra, but has no financial obligations or commitments to Yantra and does not intend to provide Yantra with financial
support. Accordingly, Yantra’s results after October 20, 1998 were not recognized in the company’s financial statements
under U.S. GAAP. Yantra’s revenues were $ 1.3 million and $ 2.0 million for fiscal 1998 and for the period ended October 20,
1998, respectively, while gross profits were $ 574,000 and $ 546,000, respectively, for these same periods. Yantra’s revenues
were 1.9% and 2.3% of the company’s revenues for fiscal 1998 and for the period ended October 20, 1998, respectively.
Its gross profits were 2.0% and 1.4% of the company’s gross profits for these same periods. Yantra currently provides e-
commerce operations solutions through PureEcommerce, a scalable web-based solution that facilitates real-time transaction
management across the extraprise. On June 14, 1999, Yantra sold Series C Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of
$ 15 million to unrelated existing and new investors, further reducing the company’s voting control to approximately
25%. In fiscal 2001, Yantra sold Series D Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $ 40 million to unrelated existing
and new investors further reducing the company’s voting control to approximately 16% on a fully diluted basis.
2.7 Principles of currency translation
In fiscal 2001, over 96.6% of the company’s revenues were generated in U.S. dollars and European currencies. A majority
of the company’s expenses were incurred in rupees, and the balance was incurred in U.S. dollars and European currencies.
The functional currency of the company is the Indian rupee. Revenues generated in foreign currencies are translated into
Indian rupees using the exchange rate prevailing on the dates revenues are recognized. Expenses of overseas operations
incurred in foreign currencies are translated into Indian rupees at either the monthly average exchange rate or the exchange
rate on the date the expense is incurred, depending on the source of payment. Assets and liabilities of foreign branches
held in foreign currency are translated into Indian rupees at the end of the applicable reporting period. For U.S. GAAP
reporting, the financial statements are translated into U.S. dollars using the average monthly exchange rate for revenues
and expenses and the period end rate for assets and liabilities. The gains or losses from such translation are reported as
“Other comprehensive income”, a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The company expects that a majority of its
revenues will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars for the foreseeable future and that a significant portion of the
company’s expenses, including personnel costs as well as capital and operating expenditures, will continue to be denominated
in rupees. Consequently, the company’s results of operations will be adversely affected to the extent that the rupee appreciates
against the U.S. dollar.
2.8 Income tax matters
The company benefits from certain significant tax incentives provided to software firms under Indian tax laws. These
incentives presently include: (i) an exemption from payment of Indian corporate income taxes for a period of ten consecutive
years of operation of software development facilities designated as “Software Technology Parks” (the “STP Tax Holiday”);
and (ii) a tax deduction for profits derived from exporting computer software (the “Export Deduction”). All but one of the
company’s software development facilities are located in a designated Software Technology Park. The Government of India
has recently amended the tax incentives available to companies set up in designated STPs. The period of the STP Tax
Holiday available to such companies is restricted to 10 consecutive years beginning from the financial year when the unit
started producing computer software or March 31, 2000, whichever is earlier. Also, the incentive available under the later
scheme would be phased out equally over a period of five years starting from fiscal 2000. The benefits of these tax
incentive programs have historically resulted in an effective tax rate for the company well below statutory rates. There is no
assurance that the Government of India will continue to provide these incentives. The company pays corporate income tax
in foreign countries on income derived from operations in those countries.
2.9 Effects of inflation
The company’s most significant costs are the salaries and related benefits for its employees. Competition in India and the
United States for IT professionals with the advanced technological skills necessary to perform the services offered by the
company have caused wages to increase at a rate greater than the general rate of inflation. As with other IT service
providers, the company must adequately anticipate wage increases and other cost increases, particularly on its long-term
contracts. Historically, the company’s wage costs in India have been significantly lower than prevailing wage costs in the
United States for comparably-skilled employees, although wage costs in India are presently increasing at a faster rate than
in the United States. There can be no assurance that the company will be able to recover cost increases through increases
in the prices that it charges for its services in the United States.
2.10 Accounting pronouncements
Effective April 1, 2001, Infosys adopted SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities as amended,
when the pronouncement became effective for companies with fiscal years ending March 31, 2001. SFAS 133 will change
the accounting treatment of derivative contracts (including foreign exchange contracts) that are employed to manage risks.
It establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts, and for hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or
not, are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting treatment of changes in fair value is
dependent upon whether or not a derivative instrument is designated as a hedge and if so, the type of hedge. If the
derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective
104
portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in
the income statement when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow
hedges are recognized in earnings. The company observes that the net amount reflected in current earnings under the new
rules will be substantially similar to the amounts under existing accounting practice.
3. Risk factors
3.1 Management of growth
The company has experienced significant growth in recent periods. The company’s revenues in fiscal 2001 grew 103.4%
over fiscal 2000. As of March 31, 2001, the company employed approximately 8,660 software professionals worldwide
with 16 software development facilities in India, six proximity development centers in the UK and USA and one global
development center in Canada, as compared to approximately 4,625 with 17 software development facilities in India, two
proximity development centers in USA and one global development center in Canada as of March 31, 2000 and 3,160
with 11 software development facilities in India as of March 31, 1999. In fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, the company
approved major expansions to its existing facilities and the building of new facilities. The company’s growth is expected to
place significant demands on its management and other resources and will require it to continue to develop and improve
its operational, financial and other internal controls, both in India and elsewhere. In particular, continued growth increases
the challenges involved in: recruiting and retaining sufficient skilled technical, marketing and management personnel;
providing adequate training and supervision to maintain the company’s high quality standards; and preserving the company’s
culture and values and its entrepreneurial environment. The company’s inability to manage its growth effectively could
have a material adverse effect on the quality of the company’s services and projects, its ability to attract clients as well as
skilled personnel, its business prospects, and its results of operations and financial condition.
3.2 Potential fluctuations in future operating results
Historically, the company’s operating results have fluctuated, and may continue to fluctuate in future, depending on a
number of factors, including: the size, timing and profitability of significant projects; the proportion of services that are
performed at client sites rather than at the company’s offshore facilities; the accuracy of estimates of resources and time
required to complete ongoing projects, particularly projects performed under fixed-price, fixed-time frame contracts; a
change in the mix of services provided to its clients or in the relative proportion of services and product revenues; the
timing of tax holidays and other Government of India incentives; the effect of seasonal hiring patterns and the time
required to train and productively utilize new employees; the size and timing of facilities expansion; unanticipated increases
in wage rates; the company’s success in expanding its sales and marketing programs; currency exchange rate fluctuations
and other general economic factors. A high percentage of the company’s operating expenses, particularly personnel and
facilities, are fixed in advance of any particular quarter. As a result, unanticipated variations in the number and timing of
the company’s projects or in employee utilization rates may cause significant variations in operating results in any particular
quarter. The company believes that period-to-period comparisons of its results of operations are not necessarily meaningful
and should not be relied upon as indications of future performance. Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in
some future quarter the company’s operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors.
In such event, the market price of the equity shares and ADSs are likely to be materially adversely affected.
3.3 Impact of a slowdown in IT spending in the U.S.
Historically, a significant portion of the company’s revenues was derived from the U.S. For example, in fiscal 2001 and
2000, approximately 70.0% and 73.8% of the company’s revenues were derived from the U.S. Currently there are indications
of an economic slowdown in the U.S. The IT services market in the U.S. had earlier showed remarkable resilience in
fashioning new solutions demanded by changing business and technology cycles. Going forward, the IT services sector in
the U.S. may experience some realignment as a result of the macroeconomic forces. The continued growth of companies in
this sector will depend upon their ability to adapt to the changes in the market and justify their customer’s investments in
new projects that will drive customer retention up and costs down. Consequently, the company’s competitors may reduce
contract prices to retain customers and / or to win new contracts. This may affect the company’s ability to win new clients
and retain existing clients as well as the company’s ability to sustain its current pricing strategy. This may result in a lower
revenue growth and may impact margins of the company. Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some
future quarter the company’s operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In
such event, the market price of the equity shares and ADSs are likely to be materially adversely affected.
3.4 Exposure to industry segments
The company derives a significant proportion of its revenues from certain industry segments. For example, in fiscal 2001
the company derived 33.7% and 18.4% of its revenues from the insurance, banking and financial services, and telecom
industry segments respectively, as compared to 30.1% and 15.4%, respectively in fiscal 2000. There are indications that the
possible economic slowdown in the U.S. may impact the growth prospects of companies that operate in various industry
segments, for example, the insurance, banking and financial services, and telecom industry segments. Consequently, these
companies may cut their IT spending or postpone decisions regarding new expenditure with respect to IT spending. The
company believes that a sustained cut in IT spending and the longer decision time that may be taken by these companies
may affect the company’s ability to win new clients and / or retain existing clients as well as the company’s ability to sustain
its current pricing strategy with existing clients, in these industry segments. This may result in a lower revenue growth and
105
may impact margins of the company. Due to all of the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future quarter the
company’s operating results may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such event, the
market price of the equity shares and ADSs are likely to be materially adversely affected.
3.5 Exposure to start-up and venture-funded companies
The company works with start-up and venture-funded companies to gain access to niche technologies. The company
derived 10.8% of its revenues from start-up and venture-funded companies in fiscal 2001. Consequent to the possible
economic slowdown in the U.S., the ability of start-up and venture-funded companies to raise capital for their operations
and expansion plans has become difficult. As a result, the ability of the company to grow its revenues from such companies
may be adversely affected. Additionally, such companies may not be able to pay any amounts due against services rendered
by the company. Due to the foregoing factors, it is possible that in some future quarter the company’s operating results may
be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In such event, the market price of the equity shares and
ADSs are likely to be materially adversely affected.
3.6 Risks related to investments in Indian securities
The company is incorporated in India, and substantially all of its assets and a substantial majority of its employees are
located in India. Consequently, the company’s performance may be affected by changes in exchange rates and controls,
interest rates, Government of India policies, including taxation policy, as well as political, social and economic developments
affecting India.
Political and economic environment. During the past decade and particularly since 1991, the Government of India has pursued
policies of economic liberalization, including significant relaxations of restrictions on the private sector. Nevertheless, the
role of the Indian central and state governments in the Indian economy as producers, consumers and regulators has remained
significant. Additionally, since 1996, the Government of India has changed three times. The current Government of India,
formed in October 1999, has announced policies and taken initiatives that support the continuation of the economic
liberalization policies pursued by previous governments and has, in addition, set up a special IT task force to promote the
IT industry. However, the speed of economic liberalization could change, and specific laws and policies affecting IT companies,
foreign investment, currency exchange rates and other matters affecting investment in the company’s securities could change
as well. Further, there can be no assurance that the liberalization policies will continue in the future. A significant change in
the Government of India’s economic liberalization and deregulation policies could adversely affect business and economic
conditions in India generally and the company’s business in particular. South Asia has from time to time experienced
instances of civil unrest and hostilities among neighboring countries. Events of this nature in the future could influence the
Indian economy and could have a material adverse effect on the market for securities of Indian companies and on the
business of the company.
Government of India incentives and regulation. The company benefits from a variety of incentives given to software firms in
India, such as relief from import duties on hardware, a tax exemption for income derived from software exports, and tax
holidays and infrastructure support for companies, such as Infosys, operating in specially designated “Software Technology
Parks”. There can be no assurance that these incentives will continue in future. Further, there is a risk that changes in tax
rates or laws affecting foreign investment, currency exchange rates or other regulations will render the Government of
India’s regulatory scheme less favorable to the company and could adversely affect the market price of the company’s equity
shares and its ADSs. Should the regulations and incentives promulgated by the Government of India become less favorable
to the company, the company’s results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Restrictions on foreign investment. Foreign investment in Indian securities is regulated by the Foreign Exchange Management
Act, 1999. In certain emerging markets, including India, Global Depositary Shares and ADSs may trade at a discount or
premium, as the case may be, to the underlying shares, in part because of restrictions on foreign ownership of the underlying
shares. In addition, under current Indian laws and regulations, the Depositary can accept deposits of outstanding equity
shares and issue ADRs evidencing ADSs representing such equity shares provided the shares so accepted for conversion
into ADSs shall not exceed the number of equity shares which were released by the Custodian pursuant to conversions of
ADSs into equity shares under the Depositary Agreement. Therefore, a holder of ADSs who surrenders ADSs and
withdraws equity shares is not permitted subsequently to deposit such equity shares and obtain ADSs if such ADSs obtained
on conversion are in excess of the ADSs originally converted or surrendered. This limited ability to convert equity
shares into ADSs increases the probability that the price of the ADSs will not trade on par with the price of the equity
shares as quoted on the Indian stock exchanges. Holders who seek to sell in India any equity shares withdrawn from
the depositary facility and to convert the rupee proceeds from such sale into foreign currency and repatriate such
foreign currency from India will have to obtain Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) approval for each such transaction. Further,
under current Indian regulations and practice, the approval of the RBI is required for the sale of equity shares underlying
ADSs by a non-resident of India to a resident of India as well as for renunciation of rights to a resident of India. There can
be no assurance that any such approval can be obtained.
Exchange rate fluctuations. Market risks relating to the company’s operations result primarily from changes in interest rates
and changes in foreign exchange rates. The company’s functional currency is the Indian rupee although it transacts a major
portion of its business in foreign currencies and accordingly has foreign currency exposure through its sales in the United
States and purchases from overseas suppliers in U.S. dollars. In its U.S. operations, the company does not actively hedge
against exchange rate fluctuations, although it may elect to do so in the future. Accordingly, changes in exchange rates may
106
have a material adverse effect on the company’s net sales, cost of services sold, gross margin and net income, any of which
alone or in the aggregate may in turn have a material adverse effect on the company’s business, operating results and
financial condition. The exchange rate between the rupee and the U.S. dollar has changed substantially in recent years and
may fluctuate substantially in the future. During the four-year period from March 31, 1997 through March 31, 2001, the
value of the rupee against the U.S. dollar declined by approximately 29.8%. For fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, the company’s
U.S. dollar-denominated revenues represented 89.5%, 88.3% and 88.1%, respectively, of total revenues. The company
expects that a majority of its revenues will continue to be generated in U.S. dollars for the foreseeable future and that a
significant portion of the company’s expenses, including personnel costs as well as capital and operating expenditures, will
continue to be denominated in rupees. Consequently, the company’s results of operations will be adversely affected to the
extent the rupee appreciates against the U.S. dollar. The company has sought to reduce the effect of exchange rate fluctuations
on operating results by purchasing foreign exchange forward contracts to cover a portion of outstanding accounts receivable
on a need basis. As of March 31, 2001, the company had outstanding forward contracts in the amount of $ 20 million.
These contracts typically mature within three months, must be settled on the day of maturity and may be canceled subject
to the payment of any gains or losses in the difference between the contract exchange rate and the market exchange rate on
the date of cancellation. The company uses these instruments only as a hedging mechanism and not for speculative purposes.
There can be no assurance that the company will purchase contracts adequate to insulate itself from foreign exchange
currency risks or that any such contracts will perform adequately as a hedging mechanism. Devaluation of the rupee will
result in foreign currency translation losses. For example, for fiscal 2001 and 2000, the company’s foreign currency translation
losses were approximately $ 14.5 million and $ 5.0 million, respectively.
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the rupee and the U.S. dollar also will affect the U.S. dollar conversion by the
Depositary of any cash dividends paid in rupees on the equity shares represented by the ADSs. In addition, fluctuations in
the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the Indian rupee
price of equity shares on the Indian Stock Exchanges and, as a result, are likely to affect the market prices of the ADSs in the
United States, and vice versa. Such fluctuations will also affect the dollar value of the proceeds a holder would receive upon
the sale in India of any equity shares withdrawn from the Depositary under the Depositary Agreement. There can be no
assurance that holders will be able to convert rupee proceeds into U.S. dollars or any other currency or with respect to the
rate at which any such conversion could occur.
3.7 Substantial investment in new facilities
As of March 31, 2001, the company had contractual commitments of $ 34.0 million for capital expenditure and has budgeted
for significant infrastructural expansion in the near future. Since such an expansion will significantly increase the company’s
fixed costs, the company’s results of operations will be materially adversely affected if the company is unable to grow its
business proportionately. Although the company has successfully developed new facilities in the past, there can be no
assurance that the company will not encounter cost overruns or project delays in connection with any or all of the new
facilities. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that future financing for additional facilities, whether within India or
elsewhere, would be available on attractive terms or at all.
3.8 Restrictions on U.S. immigration
The company’s professionals who work on-site at client facilities in the United States on temporary and extended assignments
are typically required to obtain visas. As of March 31, 2001, substantially all of the company’s personnel in the United States
were working pursuant to H-1B visas (1,090 persons) or L-1 visas (292 persons). Although there is no limit to new
L-1 petitions, there is a limit to the number of new H-1B petitions that the United States Immigration and Naturalization
Service may approve in any government fiscal year. In years in which this limit is reached, the company may be unable
to obtain the H-1B visas necessary to bring its critical Indian IT professionals to the United States on an extended basis.
The H-1B limit had recently been increased to 195,000 for the next two years ending September 30, 2002. The limit is
yet to be reached by the U.S. government for its fiscal year ending September 30, 2001. While the company anticipates
that such limit may be reached prior to the end of the U.S. government’s fiscal year and has made efforts to plan accordingly,
there can be no assurance that the company will continue to be able to obtain a sufficient number of H-1B visas.
Changes in existing U.S. immigration laws that make it more difficult for the company to obtain H-1B and L-1 visas could
impair the company’s ability to compete for and provide services to clients and could have a material adverse effect on the
company’s results of operations and financial condition.
3.9 Risks related to international operations
While most of the company’s software development facilities are currently located in India, the company intends to develop
new software development facilities in other regions, including potentially South-East Asia, Latin America and Europe. The
company has not yet made substantial contractual commitments to develop such new software development facilities, and
there can be no assurance that the company will not significantly alter or reduce its proposed expansion plans. The company’s
lack of experience with facilities outside of India subject the company to further risk with regard to foreign regulation and
overseas facilities management. Increasing the number of software development facilities and the scope of operations
outside of India subjects the company to a number of risks, including, among other things, difficulties relating to administering
its business globally, managing foreign operations, currency exchange rate fluctuations, restrictions against the repatriation
of earnings, export requirements and restrictions, and multiple and possibly overlapping tax structures. Such developments
could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
107
3.10 Dependence on skilled personnel; risks of wage inflation
The company’s ability to execute project engagements and to obtain new clients depends, in large part, on its ability to
attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled IT professionals, particularly project managers, software engineers and
other senior technical personnel. An inability to hire and retain additional qualified personnel will impair the company’s
ability to bid for or obtain new projects and to continue to expand its business. The company believes that there is
significant competition for IT professionals with the skills necessary to perform the services offered by the company. There
can be no assurance that the company will be able to assimilate and manage new IT professionals effectively. Any increase
in the attrition rates experienced by the company, particularly the rate of attrition of experienced software engineers and
project managers, would adversely affect the company’s results of operations and financial condition. There can be no
assurance that the company will be successful in recruiting and retaining a sufficient number of replacement IT professionals
with the requisite skills to replace those IT professionals who leave. Further, there can be no assurance that the company
will be able to redeploy and retrain its IT professionals to keep pace with continuing changes in IT, evolving standards and
changing client preferences. Historically, the company’s wage costs in India have been significantly lower than wage costs
in the United States for comparably skilled IT professionals. However, wage costs in India are presently increasing at a
faster rate than those in the United States. Changes in the immigration laws of the countries where the company’s personnel
are deputed on short-term assignments, requiring the company to pay a minimum threshold wage higher than the current
wage of these personnel as a condition for obtaining visas or work permits may impact the profitability of the company. In
the long-term, wage increases may have an adverse effect on the company’s profit margins unless the company is able to
continue increasing the efficiency and productivity of its professionals.
3.11 Client concentration
The company has derived, and believes that it will continue to derive, a significant portion of its revenues from a limited
number of large corporate clients. For fiscal 2001 and fiscal 2000, the company’s largest client accounted for 7.3% and
7.2%, respectively, of the company’s total revenues and its five largest clients accounted for 26.0% and 30.2%, respectively,
of the company’s total revenues. The volume of work performed for specific clients is likely to vary from year to year,
particularly since the company is usually not the exclusive outside software service provider for its clients. Thus, a major
client in one year may not provide the same level of revenues in a subsequent year. The loss of any large client could have
a material adverse effect on the company’s results of operations and financial condition. Since many of the contracted
projects are critical to the operations of its clients’ businesses, any failure to meet client expectations could result in a
cancellation or non-renewal of a contract. However, there are a number of factors other than the company’s performance
that could cause the loss of a client and that may not be predictable. For example, in 1995, the company chose to reduce
significantly the services provided to its then-largest client rather than accept the price reductions and increased company
resources sought by the client. In other circumstances, the company reduced significantly the services provided to its
client when the client either changed its outsourcing strategy by moving more work in-house and reducing the number of
its vendors, or replaced its existing software with packaged software supported by the licensor. There can be no assurance
that the same circumstances may not arise in future.
3.12 Fixed-price, fixed-time frame contracts
As a core element of its business strategy, the company continues to offer a significant portion of its services on a fixed-price,
fixed-time frame basis, rather than on a time-and-materials basis. Although the company uses specified software engineering
processes and its past project experience to reduce the risks associated with estimating, planning and performing fixed-price,
fixed-time frame projects, the company bears the risk of cost overruns, completion delays and wage inflation in connection
with these projects. The company’s failure to estimate accurately the resources and time required for a project, future rates of
wage inflation and currency exchange rates or its failure to complete its contractual obligations within the time frame committed
could have a material adverse effect on the company’s results of operations and financial condition.
3.13 Infrastructure and potential disruption in telecommunications
A significant element of the company’s business strategy is to continue to leverage its various software development centers
in Bangalore, Bhubaneswar, Chennai, Mangalore, Pune, Hyderabad, Mohali and Mysore in India, and to expand the
number of such centers in India as well as outside India. The company believes that the use of a strategically located
network of software development centers will provide the company with cost advantages, the ability to attract highly
skilled personnel in various regions, the ability to service clients on a regional and global basis, and the ability to provide
24-hour service to its clients. Pursuant to its service delivery model, the company must maintain active voice and data
communication between its main offices in Bangalore, the offices of its clients, and its other software development facilities.
Although the company maintains redundant software development facilities and satellite communications links, any
significant loss of the company’s ability to transmit voice and data through satellite and telephone communications would
have a material adverse effect on the company’s results of operations and financial condition.
3.14 Competition
The market for IT services is highly competitive. Competitors include IT services companies, large international accounting
firms and their consulting affiliates, systems consulting and integration firms, temporary employment agencies, other
technology companies and client in-house MIS departments. Competitors include international firms as well as national,
108
regional and local firms located in the United States, Europe and India. The company expects that future competition will
increasingly include firms with operations in other countries, potentially including countries with lower personnel costs
than those prevailing in India. Historically, one of the company’s key competitive advantages has been a cost advantage
relative to service providers in the United States and Europe. Since wage costs in India are presently increasing at a faster
rate than those in the United States, the company’s ability to compete effectively will become increasingly dependent on its
reputation, the quality of its services, and its expertise in specific markets. The company’s ability to retain its existing
clients and win new clients may also be impacted by any reduction in prices of services by competitors with a view to take
advantage of the economic downturn in the U.S. Many of the company’s competitors have significantly greater financial,
technical and marketing resources and generate greater revenue than the company, and there can be no assurance that the
company will be able to compete successfully with such competitors and will not lose existing clients to such competitors.
The company believes that its ability to compete also depends in part on a number of factors outside its control, including
the ability of its competitors to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled IT professionals, the price at which its
competitors offer comparable services, and the extent of its competitors’ responsiveness to client needs.
3.15 Dependence on key personnel
The company’s success depends to a significant degree upon continued contributions by members of the company’s senior
management and other key research and development and sales and marketing personnel. The company generally does
not enter into employment agreements with its senior management and other key personnel that provide for substantial
restrictions on such persons leaving the company. The loss of any of such persons could have a material adverse effect on
the company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.
3.16 Potential liability to clients; risk of exceeding insurance coverage
Many of the company’s contracts involve projects that are critical to the operations of its clients’ businesses and provide
benefits that may be difficult to quantify. Any failure in a client’s system could result in a claim for substantial damages
against the company, regardless of the company’s responsibility for such failure. Although the company attempts to limit
its contractual liability for damages arising from negligent acts, errors, mistakes or omissions in rendering its services,
there can be no assurance the limitations of liability set forth in its service contracts will be enforceable in all instances or
will otherwise protect the company from liability for damages. The company maintains general liability insurance coverage,
including coverage for errors or omissions; however, there can be no assurance that such coverage will continue to be
available on reasonable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims, or that the
insurer will not disclaim coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against the
company that exceed available insurance coverage or changes in the company’s insurance policies, including premium
increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could adversely affect the company’s results
of operations and financial condition.
3.17 Risks associated with possible acquisitions
The company intends to evaluate potential acquisitions on an ongoing basis. As of the date, however, the company has no
understanding, commitment or agreement with respect to any material future acquisition. Since the company has not
made any acquisitions in the past, there can be no assurance that the company will be able to identify suitable acquisition
candidates available for sale at reasonable prices, consummate any acquisition, or successfully integrate any acquired
business into the company’s operations. Further, acquisitions may involve a number of special risks, including diversion of
management’s attention, failure to retain key acquired personnel and clients, unanticipated events or circumstances, legal
liabilities and amortization of acquired intangible assets, some or all of which could have a material adverse effect on the
company’s results of operations and financial condition. Under Indian law, except in certain limited circumstances, the
company may not make any acquisition of, or investment in, a non-Indian company without RBI and, in most cases,
Government of India approval. Even if the company does encounter an attractive acquisition candidate, there can be no
assurance that RBI and, if required, Government of India approval can be obtained.
3.18 Risks associated with strategic investments
The company makes strategic investments in new technology start-ups in order to gain experience in niche technologies.
The company had invested an aggregate amount of $ 5.9 million in strategic investments in fiscal 2001. However, there
can be no assurance that the company will be successful in its investments and will benefit from such investments. The loss
of any of such investments could have a material adverse effect on the company’s business, financial condition and results
of operations. In fiscal 2001, the company provided for the value of its investments in EC Cubed Inc. and Alpha Thinx
Mobile Services AG, in the amounts of $ 3 million and $ 480,300, respectively.
3.19 Risks related to software product sales
In fiscal 2001, the company derived 2.5% of its total revenue from the sale of software products. The development of the
company’s software products requires significant investments. The markets for the company’s primary software product
are competitive and currently located in developing countries, and there can be no assurance that such a product will
continue to be commercially successful. In addition, there can be no assurance that any new products developed by the
company will be commercially successful or that the costs of developing such new products will be recouped. A decrease
in the company’s product revenues or margins could adversely affect the company’s results of operations and financial
109
condition. Additionally, software product revenues typically occur in periods subsequent to the periods in which the costs
are incurred for development of such products. There can be no assurance that such delayed revenues will not cause
periodic fluctuations of the company’s results of operations and financial condition.
3.20 Restrictions on exercise of preemptive rights by ADS holders
Under the Indian Companies Act, 1956 (“Indian Companies Act”), a company incorporated in India must offer its holders
of equity shares preemptive rights to subscribe and pay for a proportionate number of shares to maintain their existing
ownership percentages prior to the issuance of any new equity shares, unless such preemptive rights have been waived by
three-fourths of the company’s shareholders. U.S. holders of ADSs may be unable to exercise preemptive rights for equity
shares underlying ADSs unless a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”),
is effective with respect to such rights or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is available.
The company’s decision to file a registration statement will depend on the costs and potential liabilities associated with any
such registration statement as well as the perceived benefits of enabling the holders of ADSs to exercise their preemptive
rights and any other factors the company considers appropriate at the time. No assurance can be given that the company
would file a registration statement under these circumstances. If the company issues any such securities in future, such
securities may be issued to the Depositary, which may sell such securities for the benefit of the holders of the ADSs. There
can be no assurance as to the value, if any, the Depositary would receive upon the sale of such securities. To the extent that
holders of ADSs are unable to exercise preemptive rights granted in respect of the equity shares represented by their ADSs,
their proportional interests in the company would be reduced.
3.21 Intellectual property rights
The company relies upon a combination of non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements and copyright, trade
secrets and trademark laws to protect its proprietary rights. Ownership of software and associated deliverables created for
clients is generally retained by or assigned to the client, and the company does not retain an interest in such software and
deliverables. The company also develops foundation and application software products, or software “tools”, which are
licensed to clients and remain the property of the company. The company has obtained registration of INFOSYS as a
trademark in India and the United States, and does not have any patents or registered copyrights in the United States. The
company currently requires its IT professionals to enter into non-disclosure and assignment of rights agreements to limit
use of, access to, and distribution of its proprietary information. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the
company in this regard will be adequate to deter misappropriation of proprietary information or that the company will be
able to detect unauthorized use and take appropriate steps to enforce its intellectual property rights.
Although the company believes that its services and products do not infringe upon the intellectual property rights of
others, there can be no assurance that such a claim will not be asserted against the company in future. Assertion of such
claims against the company could result in litigation, and there can be no assurance that the company would be able to
prevail in such litigation or be able to obtain a license for the use of any infringed intellectual property from a third party
on commercially reasonable terms. There can be no assurance that the company will be able to protect such licenses from
infringement or misuse, or prevent infringement claims against the company in connection with its licensing efforts. The
company expects that the risk of infringement claims against the company will increase if more of the company’s competitors
are able to obtain patents for software products and processes. Any such claims, regardless of their outcome, could result
in substantial cost to the company and divert management’s attention from the company’s operations. Any infringement
claim or litigation against the company could, therefore, have a material adverse effect on the company’s results of operations
and financial condition.
3.22 Control by principal shareholders, officers and directors; anti-takeover provisions
The company’s officers and directors, together with members of their immediate families, in the aggregate, beneficially
own approximately 24.9% of the company’s issued equity shares. As a result, such persons, acting together, will likely still
have the ability to exercise significant control over most matters requiring approval by the shareholders of the company,
including the election and removal of directors and significant corporate transactions. Such control by the company’s
officers and directors could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of the company, impede a merger, consolidation,
takeover or other business combination involving the company, or discourage a potential acquiror from making a tender
offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.
The Indian Companies Act and the company’s Articles of Association (the “Articles”) require that: (i) at least two-thirds of
the company’s directors shall serve for a specified term and shall be subject to re-election by the company’s shareholders at
the expiration of such terms; and (ii) at least one-third of the company’s directors who are subject to re-election shall be up
for re-election at each annual meeting of the company’s shareholders. In addition, the company’s Articles provide that
Mr. N. R. Narayana Murthy, one of the company’s principal founders and its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer, shall serve as the company’s Chairman of the Board and shall not be subject to re-election as long as he and his
relatives, own at least 5% of the company’s outstanding equity securities. Furthermore, any amendment to the company’s
Articles would require the affirmative vote of three-fourths of the company’s shareholders. Finally, foreign investment in
Indian companies is highly regulated. These provisions could delay, defer or prevent a change in control of the company,
impede a business combination involving the company or discourage a potential acquiror from attempting to obtain
control of the company.
110
Report of the audit committee
To the members of Infosys Technologies Limited
In connection with the March 31, 2001 financial statements prepared as per US GAAP, the audit committee: (1) reviewed and discussed the
audited financial statements with management; (2) discussed with the auditors the matters required by Statement on Auditing Standards
No. 61; and (3) reviewed and discussed with the auditors the matters required by Independence Standards Board Statement No. 1. Based
upon these reviews and discussions, the audit committee recommended to the board of directors that the audited financial statements be
included in the Annual Report on Form 20-F filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States of America.
Deepak M. Satwalekar Dr. Omkar Goswami

Chairman, Audit Committee Member, Audit Committee
Bangalore Sen. Larry L Pressler Prof. Marti G Subrahmanyam

April 10, 2001 Member, Audit Committee Member, Audit Committee
Report of management
The management is responsible for preparing the company’s financial statements and related information that appears in this
Annual Report. The management believes that the financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions, and
reasonably present the company’s financial condition and results of operations in conformity with United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles. The management has included, in the company’s financial statements, amounts that are based on estimates
and judgments, which it believes are reasonable under the circumstances.
The company maintains a system of internal procedures and controls intended to provide reasonable assurance, at appropriate
cost, that transactions are executed in accordance with company authorization and are properly recorded and reported in the
financial statements, and that assets are adequately safeguarded.
KPMG audits the company’s financial statements in accordance with the generally accepted auditing standards and provides an
objective, independent review of the company’s internal controls and the fairness of its reported financial condition and results of
operations.
The board of directors of Infosys has appointed an audit committee composed of outside directors. The committee meets with the
management, internal auditors, and the independent auditors to review internal accounting controls and accounting, auditing,
and financial reporting matters.
T. V. Mohandas Pai Nandan M. Nilekani N. R. Narayana Murthy

Bangalore Director – Finance & Administration Managing Director, President Chairman
April 11, 2001 and Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer
111
Independent auditors’ report
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Infosys Technologies Limited as of March 31, 2001 and 2000, and the
related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-
year period ended March 31, 2001. These financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require
that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Infosys
Technologies Limited as of March 31, 2001 and 2000, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in
the three-year period ended March 31, 2001, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
As explained in Note 1.3 in the accompanying notes to the financial statements, the accounts of Infosys Technologies Limited’s
wholly owned subsidiary, Yantra Corporation, which were consolidated with the financial statements of the company prior to
April 1, 1998, were accounted for by the equity method in fiscal 1999.
Bangalore KPMG
April 11, 2001
112
Balance sheets as of March 31
2001 2000
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents $ 124,084,245 $ 116,599,486
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowances 64,942,062 31,233,515
Deferred tax assets 1,265,142 –
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 16,452,863 11,256,295
Total current assets 206,744,312 159,089,296
Property, plant and equipment, net 119,773,030 47,554,772
Deferred tax assets 2,070,428 2,566,266
Investments 5,577,393 3,177,938
Advance income taxes 180,113 –
Other assets 8,002,543 6,894,598
TOTAL ASSETS $ 342,347,819 $ 219,282,870
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable $ 28,082 $ 976,840
Client deposits 1,217,737 425,724
Other accrued liabilities 21,830,484 13,835,635
Income taxes payable – 1,878,977
Unearned revenue 7,479,815 4,029,173
Total current liabilities 30,556,118 21,146,349
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common stock, $ 0.16 par value;
100,000,000 equity shares authorized, Issued and outstanding –
66,158,117 and 66,150,700 as of 2001 and 2000, respectively 8,594,106 8,593,510
Additional paid-in capital 122,017,518 121,506,726
Accumulated other comprehensive income (28,664,972) (14,137,933)
Deferred stock compensation (12,517,018) (17,598,813)
Retained earnings 222,362,067 99,773,031
Total stockholders’ equity 311,791,701 198,136,521
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $ 342,347,819 $ 219,282,870
See accompanying notes to financial statements
Assets – 2001 Liabilities and stockholders’ equity – 2001
113
Statements of income for the years ended March 31
2001 2000 1999
REVENUES $ 413,850,510 $ 203,443,754 $ 120,955,226

Cost of revenues 213,613,744 111,080,546 65,331,006
Gross profit 200,236,766 92,363,208 55,624,220
OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling and marketing expenses 20,682,776 9,643,970 4,943,599
General and administrative expenses 36,957,609 17,102,550 11,255,456
Amortization of stock compensation expense 5,081,795 5,117,635 3,645,576
Compensation arising from stock split – – 12,906,962
Total operating expenses 62,722,180 31,864,155 32,751,593
Operating income 137,514,586 60,499,053 22,872,627

Equity in loss of deconsolidated subsidiary – – (2,085,887)
Other income, net 9,505,343 9,038,792 1,536,998
Income before income taxes 147,019,929 69,537,845 22,323,738

Provision for income taxes 15,071,825 8,193,317 4,877,650
Net income $ 131,948,104 $61,344,528 $17,446,088
EARNINGS PER EQUITY SHARE

Basic $ 2.01 $ 0.93 $ 0.28
Diluted $ 1.98 $ 0.93 $ 0.28
Weighted equity shares used in computing
earnings per equity share
Basic 65,771,256 65,659,625 61,378,850
Diluted 66,714,739 65,863,990 61,507,380
114
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income
Common stock Additional Comprehensive Accumulated Deferred Loan to trust Retained Total
Shares Par value paid-in capital income other stock earnings stockholders’
comprehensive compensation equity
income
Balance as of March 31, 1998 64,068,800 $ 4,545,811 $ 24,415,920 $ (7,042,229) $ (7,831,445) $ (936,365) $ 27,994,268) $ 41,145,960)
Stock split – 3,800,949 –) –) –) –) (3,800,949) –)

Cash dividends declared – – –) –) –) –) (3,152,863) (3,152,863)
Common stock issued 2,070,000 245,377 70,134,623) –) –) –) –) 70,380,000)
ADR issue expenses – – (4,108,924) –) –) –) –) (4,108,924)
Compensation related to
stock option grants – – 30,407,892) –) (30,407,892) –) –) –)
Amortization of compensation
related to stock option grants – – –) –) 16,552,538) –) –) 16,552,538)
Comprehensive income
Net income – – –) $17,446,088) –) –) –) 17,446,088) 17,446,088)
Other comprehensive income
Translation adjustment – – –) (2,058,433) (2,058,433) –) –) –) (2,058,433)
Comprehensive income – – –) $15,387,655) –) –) –) –) –)
Adjustment on deconsolidation of subsidiary – – –) –) –) –) 2,468,831) 2,468,831)
Repayment of loan to trust – – –) –) –) 936,365) –) 936,365)
Balance as of March 31, 1999 66,138,800 8,592,137 120,849,511 (9,100,662) (21,686,799) –) 40,955,375) 139,609,562)
Cash dividends declared – – –) –) –) –) (2,526,872) (2,526,872)
Common stock issued 11,900 1,373 405,489) –) –) –) –) 406,862)
ADR issue expenses – – (777,923) –) –) –) –) (777,923)
Compensation related to stock option grants – – 1,029,649) –) (1,029,649) –) –) –)
Amortization of compensation related to
stock option grants – – –)) –) 5,117,635) –) –) 5,117,635)
Net income – – –)) $ 61,344,528) –) –) –) 61,344,528) 61,344,528)
Translation adjustment – – –)) (5,037,271) (5,037,271) –) –) –) (5,037,271)
Comprehensive income – – –)) $ 56,307,257) –) –) –) –) –)
Balance as of March 31, 2000 66,150,700 $8,593,510 $121,506,726)) $(14,137,933) $(17,598,813) –) $99,773,031) $198,136,521)
115
116
Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income
Common stock Additional Comprehensive Accumulated Deferred Loan to trust Retained Total
Shares Par value paid-in capital income other stock earnings stockholders’
comprehensive compensation equity
income
Balance as of March 31, 2000 66,150,700 $8,593,510 $121,506,726 $(14,137,933) $(17,598,813) – $99,773,031 $198,136,521
Cash dividends declared – – – –) –)) – (9,359,068) (9,359,068)

Common stock issued 7,417 596 510,792 –) –)) – –) 511,388
Amortization of compensation
related to stock option grants – – – –) 5,081,795 – –) 5,081,795
Net income – – – $ 131,948,104 –) – – 131,948,104 131,948,104
Translation adjustment – – – (14,527,039) (14,527,039) – – –) (14,527,039)
Comprehensive income – – – $ 117,421,065 –) – – –) –)
Balance as of March 31, 2001 66,158,117 $8,594,106 $122,017,518 $(28,664,972) $(12,517,018) – $222,362,067 $311,791,701
Statements of cash flows for the years ended March 31
2001 2000 1999

OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income $131,948,104) $61,344,528) $17,446,088)
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities
(Gain)/loss on sale of property, plant and equipment (20,053) (20,153) –)
Depreciation 24,527,867) 12,268,169) 8,521,009)
Deferred tax expense / (benefit) (769,304) (850,891) (625,427)
Gain on sale of investment in deconsolidated subsidiary –) –) (620,958)
Amortization of deferred stock compensation expense 5,081,795) 5,117,635 16,552,538)
Loss relating to deconsolidated subsidiary –) –) 2,085,887)
Provision for investments 3,480,300) –) –)
Changes in assets and liabilities
Trade accounts receivable (33,708,547) (11,176,837) (10,113,425)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (2,218,954) (2,390,039) (2,035,203)
Income taxes (2,059,090) 923,180) 1,492,766)
Accounts payable (948,758) 901,535) (24,459)
Client deposits 792,013) 407,204) (171,653)
Unearned revenue 3,450,642) (569,439) 4,598,612)
Other accrued liabilities 7,957,303) 5,435,835) 3,015,104)
Net cash provided by operating activities 137,513,318) 71,390,727) 40,120,879)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Expenditure on property, plant and equipment (96,775,745) (35,926,030) (16,123,557)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 49,673) 23,555) 5,704)
Loans to employees (4,085,559) (6,828,525) (2,181,715)
Proceeds from sale of investment in deconsolidated subsidiary –) –) 1,500,000)
Purchase of investments (5,879,755) (3,000,000) (177,576)
Net cash used in investing activities (106,691,386) (45,731,000) (16,977,144)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issuance of equity shares 511,388) 406,862) 70,380,000)
ADR issue expenses –) (777,923) (4,108,924)
Payment of cash dividends (9,321,522) (2,526,872) (2,371,673)
Loan to trust –) –) 936,365)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities (8,810,134) (2,897,933) 64,835,768)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash (14,527,039) (5,037,271) (2,058,433)
Effect of deconsolidation on cash –) –) (2,465,372)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents during the year 7,484,759) 17,724,523) 83,455,698)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 116,599,486) 98,874,963) 15,419,265)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year $124,084,245) $116,599,486) $98,874,963)
Supplementary information:
Cash paid towards taxes $16,950,802) $7,270,137) $3,364,318)
117
Notes to Financial Statements
1 Company overview and significant accounting policies
1.1 Company overview
Infosys Technologies Limited (“Infosys” or the “company”), a publicly held company is an information technology (“IT”)
consulting and service provider, providing end-to-end consulting for global corporations. The company has partnered with
several Fortune 500 and emerging companies in building their next generation information infrastructure for competitive
advantage. Infosys’ portfolio of services includes e-strategy consulting and solutions, maintenance and re-engineering services,
large application development and enterprise integration services. Infosys also has product co-development initiatives with
numerous communication and Internet infrastructure companies that are creating the building blocks for the digital economy.
In addition, the company develops and markets certain software products. Headquartered in Bangalore, India, the company
has 16 state-of-the-art offshore software development facilities located throughout India, six proximity development centers
in the UK and the U.S. and one global development center in Canada, that enable it to provide high quality, cost-effective
services to clients in a resource-constrained environment. The company also maintains offices in North America,
Europe and Asia.
1.2 Basis of preparation of financial statements
The accompanying financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles
(“GAAP”). All amounts are stated in U.S. dollars, except as otherwise specified.
1.3 Principles of consolidation
The financial statements of the company were consolidated with the accounts of its wholly owned subsidiary, Yantra
Corporation (“Yantra”) during fiscal 1998. On October 20, 1998, the company’s voting control of Yantra declined to
approximately 47%. Accordingly, the company followed the equity method of accounting for Yantra in fiscal 1999. On
June 14, 1999, Yantra sold Series C Convertible Preferred Stock amounting to $ 15 million to unrelated existing and new
investors, reducing the company’s voting control to approximately 25%. In July 2000, Yantra sold Series D Convertible
Preferred Stock amounting to $ 40 million, to unrelated existing and new investors, further reducing the company’s voting
control to approximately 16%.
The company owns 63% of the outstanding common shares of Yantra, but has no financial obligations or commitments to
Yantra and does not intend to provide Yantra with financial support. Accordingly, the company recognized no losses of
Yantra after October 20, 1998. The excess of the company’s previously recognized losses over the basis of its investments in
Yantra as of October 20, 1998 were credited to retained earnings.
Yantra was incorporated in the United States in fiscal 1996 for the development of software products in the retail and
distribution areas.
1.4 Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities on the date of the
financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. Examples of estimates include
accounting for contract costs expected to be incurred to complete software development, allowance for uncollectible accounts
receivable, future obligations under employee benefit plans and the useful lives of property, plant and equipment. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.
1.5 Revenue recognition
The company derives its revenues primarily from software services and also from the licensing of software products. Revenue
on time-and-material contracts is recognized as the related costs are incurred. Revenue from fixed-price, fixed-time frame
contracts are recognized upon the achievement of specified milestones identified in the related contracts, as per the percentage-
of-completion method. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts are recorded in the period in which such
losses become probable based on the current contract estimates. The company provides its clients with a fixed-period
warranty on all its fixed-price, fixed-time frame contracts. Costs associated with the support services are accrued at the time
related revenues are recorded.
Revenue from licensing of software products is recognized upon shipment of products and fulfillment of acceptance terms,
if any, provided that no significant vendor obligations remain and the collection of the related receivable is probable. When
the company receives advances for software products, such amounts are reported as client deposits until all conditions for
revenue recognition are met. Maintenance revenue is deferred and recognized ratably over the term of the underlying
maintenance agreement, generally 12 months. Revenue from client training, support and other services arising due to the
sale of software products is recognized as the services are performed.
1.6 Cash and cash equivalents
The company considers all highly liquid investments and deposits with a remaining maturity at the date of purchase /
investment of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash, cash on deposit with
banks, marketable securities and deposits with corporations.
118
1.7 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. The company depreciates property, plant
and equipment over their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives of assets are as
follows:
Buildings 15 years
Furniture and fixtures 5 years
Computer equipment 2-5 years
Plant and equipment 5 years
Vehicles 5 years
The cost of software purchased for use in software development and services is charged to the cost of revenues at the time
of acquisition. The amount of third party software expensed during fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999 was $ 6,979,492, $ 3,816,840
and $ 3,538,590, respectively.
Deposits paid towards the acquisition of property, plant and equipment outstanding at each balance sheet date and the cost
of property, plant and equipment not put to use before such date are disclosed under “Capital work-in-progress”.
1.8 Impairment of long-lived assets
The company evaluates the recoverability of its long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles, if any, whenever
events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets
to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows
expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is
measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed
are reported at the lower of the carrying value or the fair value less the cost to sell.
1.9 Research and development
Research and development costs are expensed as incurred. Software product development costs are expensed as incurred
until technological feasibility is achieved. Software product development costs incurred subsequent to achieving technological
feasibility are not significant and are expensed as incurred.
1.10 Foreign currency translation
The accompanying financial statements are reported in U.S. dollars. The functional currency of the company is the Indian
rupee (“Rs.”). The translation of Rs. to U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using the exchange rate in
effect at the balance sheet date, and for revenue and expense accounts using a monthly average exchange rate for the
respective periods. The gains or losses resulting from such translation are reported as “Other comprehensive income”, a
separate component of stockholders’ equity. The method for translating expenses of overseas operations depends upon
the funds used. If the payment is made from a rupee denominated bank account, the exchange rate prevailing on the date
of the payment would apply. If the payment is made from a foreign currency, i.e., non-rupee denominated account, the
translation into rupees is performed at the average monthly exchange rate.
1.11 Foreign currency transactions
The company generally enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to limit the effect of exchange rate changes on its
foreign currency receivables. Gains and losses on these contracts are recognized as income or expense in the statements of
income as incurred, over the life of the contract.
1.12 Earnings per share
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 128, Earnings Per Share, basic earnings per
share are computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings
per share is computed using the weighted average number of common and dilutive common equivalent shares outstanding
during the period, using the treasury stock method for options and warrants, except where the result would be anti-dilutive.
1.13 Income taxes
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for
the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets
and liabilities, and their respective tax bases and operating loss carry-forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are
expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as
income in the period that includes the enactment date. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced, if necessary, by
a valuation allowance for any tax benefits of which future realization is uncertain.
1.14 Fair value of financial instruments
The carrying amounts reflected in the balance sheets for cash, cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable
approximate their respective fair values due to the short maturities of these instruments.
119
1.15 Concentration of risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash
equivalents, trade accounts receivable, investment securities and hedging instruments. By their nature, all such financial
instruments involve risk including the credit risk of non-performance by counterparties. In management’s opinion, as of
March 31, 2001 and 2000, there was no significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance of the counterparties to
these financial instruments, other than the amounts already provided for in the financial statements. Exposure to credit
risk is managed through credit approvals, establishing credit limits and monitoring procedures. The company’s cash
resources are invested with corporations, financial institutions and banks with high investment grade credit ratings.
Limitations are established by the company as to the maximum amount of cash that may be invested with any such single
entity.
1.16 Retirement benefits to employees
1.16.1 Gratuity
In accordance with Indian law, the company provides for gratuity, a defined benefit retirement plan (the “Gratuity Plan”)
covering eligible employees. The Gratuity Plan provides a lump sum payment to vested employees at retirement, death,
incapacitation or termination of employment of an amount based on the respective employee’s salary and the years of
employment with the company. The company established the Infosys Technologies Limited Employees’ Group Gratuity
Fund Trust (the “Gratuity Fund Trust”) on April 1, 1997. Liabilities with regard to the Gratuity Plan are determined by
actuarial valuation, based upon which the company contributes to the Gratuity Fund Trust. Trustees administer the
contributions made to the Gratuity Fund Trust. The funds contributed to the Gratuity Fund Trust are invested in specific
securities as mandated by the law and generally consist of federal and state government bonds and the debt instruments of
government-owned corporations.
1.16.2 Superannuation
Apart from being covered under the Gratuity Plan described above, certain employees of the company are also participants
in a defined contribution plan maintained by the company. The plan is termed the superannuation plan (the “plan”) to
which the company makes monthly contributions based on a specified percentage of each covered employee’s salary. The
company has no further obligations under the plan beyond its monthly contributions.
1.16.3 Provident fund
In addition to the above benefits, eligible employees receive benefits from a provident fund, which is a defined contribution
plan. Both the employee and the company make monthly contributions to the plan, each equal to a specified percentage of
each covered employee’s salary. The company established a provident fund trust in August 1996, to which a part of the
contributions are made each month. The remainder of the contributions is made to the Government’s provident fund. The
company has no further obligations under provident fund beyond its monthly contributions.
1.17 Investments
Investments where the company controls between 20% and 50% of the voting interest are accounted for using the equity
method. Investment securities in which the company controls less than 20% voting interest are currently classified as
“Available-for-sale securities”.
Investment securities designated as “available-for-sale” are carried at their fair value. Fair value is based on quoted market
prices. Unquoted securities are carried at cost, adjusted for declines in value judged to be other than temporary. Unrealized
gains and losses, net of deferred income taxes are reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. Realized gains
and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary on “Available-for-sale” securities are included in the
statements of income. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method. Interest and dividend
income is recognized when earned.
1.18 Stock-based compensation
The company uses the intrinsic value-based method of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees, to account for its employee stock-based compensation plan. The company has therefore
adopted the proforma disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.
1.19 Dividends
Dividend on common stock and the related dividend tax are recorded as a liability on declaration.
120
2 Notes to the Financial Statements
2.1 Cash and cash equivalents
The cost and fair values for cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively are as follows:
2001 2000
Cost and fair values
Cash and bank deposits $ 82,702,111 $ 99,035,223
Deposits with corporations 41,382,134 17,564,263
$ 124,084,245 $ 116,599,486
2.2 Trade accounts receivable
Trade accounts receivable, as of March 31, 2001 and 2000, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $ 3,902,996 and
$ 507,487, respectively amounted to $ 64,942,062 and $ 31,233,515, respectively. The age profile of trade accounts receivable
is given below.
in %
Period (in days) 2001 2000
0 – 30 69.2 64.7
31 – 60 26.6 31.8
61 – 90 1.7 1.8
More than 90 2.5 1.7
100.0 100.0
Trade accounts receivable include accounts receivable from Yantra amounting to $ 214,347 and Nil as of March 31, 2001
and 2000, respectively.
2.3 Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
2001 2000
Rent deposits $ 2,484,794 $ 1,798,738
Deposits with government organizations 945,189 721,476
Loans to employees 8,091,866 5,114,253
Prepaid expenses 4,349,913 3,602,334
Costs in excess of billings 503,694 –
Other advances 77,407 19,494
$ 16,452,863 $ 11,256,295
Other advances represent advance payments to vendors for the supply of goods and rendering of services. Deposits with
government organizations relate principally to leased telephone lines and electricity supplies. Costs in excess of billings
represent costs incurred on fixed price contracts in respect of which milestones are yet to be achieved.
2.4 Property, plant and equipment – net
Property, plant and equipment consist of the following:
2001 2000
Land $ 7,865,351 $ 4,833,786
Buildings 33,871,448 13,509,409
Furniture and fixtures 21,579,707 9,156,208
Computer equipment 48,098,099 25,742,780
Plant and equipment 24,064,927 11,871,138
Vehicles 75,537 31,292
Capital work-in-progress 36,651,724 13,064,301
172,206,793 78,208,914
Accumulated depreciation (52,433,763) (30,654,142)
$ 119,773,030 $ 47,554,772
Depreciation expense amounted to $ 24,527,867, $ 12,268,169 and $ 8,521,009 for fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999,
respectively.
121
2.5 Investments
The amortized cost and fair values of available-for-sale securities by major investment type and class of investment are as follows:
Amortized cost Fair value
As of March 31, 2001
M-Commerce Ventures Pte Ltd – 70 units, each unit representing 1 Ordinary Share
of S$1 each at par and 9 Redeemable Preference Shares of S$1 each at par,
with a premium of $1,110 per Redeemable Preference Share $399,485 $399,485
Asia Net Media BVI Limited – 30,000,000 Ordinary Shares, at
$0.05 each, fully paid, par value $0.01 each 1,500,000 1,500,000
EC Cubed Inc. – 1,300,108 Series D Convertible Preferred Stock,
at $2.3075 each, fully paid, par value $0.0001 each – –
Alpha Thinx Mobile Services AG - 27,790 Bearer Shares,
at 20 each, fully paid, par value 1 each – –
CiDRA Corporation – 33,333 Series D Convertible Preferred Stock,
at $90 each, fully paid, par value $0.01 each 2,999,970 2,999,970
JASDIC Park Company – 480 Common Stock,
at ¥ 50,000 each, fully paid, par value ¥50,000 each 177,576 177,576
PurpleYogi Inc. – 276,243 Series D Convertible Preferred Stock,
at $1.81 each fully paid, par value $0.001 each 500,000 500,000
Others 362 362
$5,577,393 $5,577,393
As of March 31, 2000
EC Cubed Inc. – 1,300,108 Series D Convertible Preferred Stock,
at $2.3075 each, fully paid, par value $0.0001 each $3,000,000 $3,000,000
JASDIC Park Company – 480 Common Stock,
at ¥ 50,000 each, fully paid, par value ¥50,000 each 177,576 177,576
Others 362 362
$3,177,938 $3,177,938
During the year ended March 31, 2001, EC Cubed Inc. and Alpha Thinx Mobile Services AG (“Alpha Thinx”), two companies in
which Infosys had made strategic investments, filed for liquidation. Consequently, the company made a provision for its entire
investment in EC Cubed Inc. and Alpha Thinx in the amounts of $ 3,000,000 and $ 480,300, respectively, as there was a diminution
in the value of this investment that is considered other than temporary. EC Cubed Inc. and Alpha Thinx are unlisted companies.
2.6 Other assets
Other assets mainly represent the non-current portion of loans to employees.
2.7 Related parties
The company grants loans to employees for acquiring assets such as property and cars. Such loans are repayable over fixed
periods ranging from 1 to 100 months. The annual rates of interest at which the loans have been made to employees vary
between 0% through 4%. No loans have been made to employees in connection with equity issues. The loans are generally
secured by the assets acquired by the employees. As of March 31, 2001 and 2000, amounts receivable from officers amounting
to $ 227,121 and $ 309,835, respectively, are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets, and other assets in the
accompanying balance sheets.
The required repayments of loans by employees are as detailed below.
2001 2000
2001 – $ 5,114,252
2002 $ 8,091,866 1,887,808
2003 2,517,809 1,383,397
2004 1,718,884 861,752
2005 1,033,107 696,581
2006 800,198 –
Thereafter 1,932,545 2,065,061
$ 16,094,409 $ 12,008,851
The estimated fair values of related party receivables amounted to $ 12,465,374 and $ 8,959,996 as of March 31, 2001 and
2000, respectively. These amounts have been determined using available market information and appropriate valuation
methodologies. Considerable judgement is required to develop these estimates of fair value. Consequently, these estimates
are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the company could realize in the market.
122
2.8 Other accrued liabilities
Other accrued liabilities comprise the following:
2001 2000
Accrued compensation to staff $ 12,332,869 $ 7,747,965
Accrued dividends 103,418 65,872
Provision for post sales client support 1,578,859 1,265,849
Employee withholding taxes payable 25,000 1,530,832
Others 7,790,338 3,225,117
$ 21,830,484 $ 13,835,635
2.9 Employee post-retirement benefits
2.9.1 Gratuity
The following tables set out the funded status of the Gratuity Plan and the amounts recognized in the company’s financial
statements in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999.
2001 2000 1999
Change in benefit obligations
Benefit obligations at the beginning of the year $ 11,043,208 $ 10,551,069 $ 1,804,504
Effect of changes in assumptions used – (2,142,149) 7,370,968
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss (329,928) (368,548) –
Service cost 2,627,599 3,418,688 657,328
Interest cost 1,183,461 939,603 906,157
Benefits paid (184,247) (128,803) (73,983)
Effect of exchange rate changes (758,121) (1,226,652) (113,905)
Benefit obligations at the end of the year $ 13,581,972 $ 11,043,208 $ 10,551,069
Change in plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at the beginning of the year $ 4,375,821 $ 2,497,335 $ 680,499
Effect of exchange rate changes (468,275) (134,018) (48,977)
Actual return on plan assets 1,061,611 404,526 179,004
Employer contributions 5,362,995 1,736,781 1,760,792
Benefits paid (184,247) (128,803) (73,983)
Plan assets at the end of the year $ 10,147,905 $ 4,375,821 $ 2,497,335
Funded status $ (3,434,067) $ (6,667,387) $ (8,053,734)
Excess of actual return over estimated return on plan assets 301,791 93,716 (41,723)
Unrecognized transitional obligation 596,106 694,446 830,826
Unrecognized actuarial cost 4,216,291 3,141,732 7,252,766
(Accrued) / prepaid benefit $ 1,680,121 $ (2,737,493) $ (11,865)
Net gratuity cost for fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999 comprises the following components:
2001 2000 1999
Service cost $ 2,627,599 $ 3,418,688 $ 657,328
Interest cost 1,183,461 939,603 906,157
Expected return on assets (759,820) (310,810) (143,038)
Amortization of unrecognized transitional obligation 55,127 58,245 63,910
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial loss 329,928 368,548 –
Net gratuity cost $ 3,436,295 $ 4,474,274 $ 1,484,357
The assumptions used in accounting for the Gratuity Plan in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999 are set out below.
2001 2000 1999
Discount rate 10% 10% 10%
Rate of increase in compensation levels 9% 9% 12%
Rate of return on plan assets 10% 10% 10%
The company assesses these assumptions with its projected long-term plans of growth and prevalent industry standards.
123
2.9.2 Superannuation
The company contributed $ 796,739, $ 244,248 and $ 145,051 to the superannuation plan in fiscal 2001, 2000 and
1999, respectively.
2.9.3 Provident fund
The company contributed $ 2,339,794, $ 1,198,772 and $ 812,117 to the provident fund in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999,
respectively.
2.10 Stockholders’ equity
The company has only one class of capital stock referred to herein as equity shares. In fiscal 1999, the board of directors
authorized a two-for-one stock split of the company’s equity shares effected in the form of a stock dividend. Also, in
November 1999, the board of directors authorized a two-for-one stock split of the company’s equity shares, whereby each
issued and outstanding equity share, par value $ 0.32 each, was split into two equity shares, par value $ 0.16 each. All
references in the financial statements to number of shares, per share amounts and market prices of the company’s equity
shares have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock splits.
2.11 Equity shares
2.11.1 Voting
Each holder of equity shares is entitled to one vote per share.
2.11.2 Dividends
Should the company declare and pay dividends, such dividends will be paid in rupees. The company paid cash dividends
of $ 9,321,522 and $ 2,526,872 during fiscal 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Indian law mandates that any dividend be declared out of distributable profits only after the transfer of a specified percentage
of net income computed in accordance with current regulations to a general reserve. Moreover, the remittance of dividends
outside India is governed by Indian law on foreign exchange and is subject to applicable taxes.
2.11.3 Liquidation
In the event of a liquidation of the company, the holders of common stock shall be entitled to receive any of the remaining
assets of the company, after distribution of all preferential amounts. The amounts will be in proportion to the number of
equity shares held by the stockholders.
2.11.4 Stock options
There are no voting, dividend or liquidation rights to the holders of warrants issued under the company’s stock option plan.
2.12 Other income, net
Other income, net, consists of the following:
2001 2000 1999
Interest income and others $ 8,526,635 $ 5,729,653 $ 916,040
Gain on sale of investment in subsidiary – – 620,958
Income from sale of special import licenses 14,800 426,407 –
Exchange gains 4,444,208 2,882,732 –
Provision for investments (3,480,300) – –
$ 9,505,343 $ 9,038,792 $ 1,536,998
2.13 Operating leases
The company has various operating leases for office buildings that are renewable on a periodic basis. Rental expense for
operating leases in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $ 3,689,822, $ 2,387,334 and $ 1,770,413, respectively. The operating
leases can be renewed or canceled at the company’s option.
The company leases some of its office space under non-cancelable operating leases for periods ranging between three
through ten years. The schedule of future minimum rental payments in respect of these leases is set out below.
Year ending March 31,
2002 $ 1,568,814
2003 1,615,933
2004 1,725,610
2005 1,451,912
2006 1,159,711
Thereafter 3,092,905
$ 10,614,885
124
2.14 Research and development
General and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of income include research and development expenses
of $ 3,610,550, $ 1,904,123 and $ 2,819,326 for fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
2.15 Employees’ Stock Offer Plans (“ESOP”)
1994 Employees Stock Offer Plan (the “1994 Plan”): In September 1994, the company established the 1994 Plan, which
provided for the issuance of 6,000,000 warrants (as adjusted for the company’s 2-for-1 stock split by means of a stock
dividend in fiscal 1998 and 1999 and a 2-for-1 stock split in fiscal 2000) to eligible employees. The warrants were issued
to an employee welfare trust (the “Trust”) at Rs.0.50 each and were purchased by the Trust using the proceeds of a loan
obtained from the company. The Trust holds the warrants and transfers them to eligible employees at Rs.0.50 each. Each
warrant entitles the holder to purchase one of the company’s equity shares at a price of Rs.50 per share. The warrants and
the equity shares received upon the exercise of warrants are subject to a five-year aggregate vesting period from the date of
issue of warrants to employees. The warrants expire upon the earlier of five years from the date of issue or September
1999. The fair market value of each warrant is the market price of the underlying equity shares on the date of the grant.
In 1997, in anticipation of a share dividend to be declared by the company, the Trust exercised all warrants held by it and
converted them into equity shares with the proceeds of a loan obtained from the company. In connection with the warrant
exercise and the share dividend, on an adjusted basis, 3,011,200 equity shares were issued to employees of the company
who exercised stock purchase rights and 2,988,800 equity shares were issued to the Trust for future issuance to employees
pursuant to the 1994 Plan. Following such exercise, there were no longer any rights to purchase equity shares from the
company in connection with the 1994 Plan. Only equity shares held by the Trust remained for future issues to employees,
subject to vesting provisions. The equity shares acquired upon the exercise of the warrants vest entirely on completion of
five years of service. The warrant holders were entitled to exercise early, but the shares received are subject to the five-year
vesting period. As of March 31, 2001, the company’s outstanding equity shares included 587,400 equity shares held by
the Trust of which 330,000 equity shares were allotted to employees, subject to vesting provisions and are included in the
earnings per share calculation. The remaining 257,400 equity shares were not considered outstanding for purposes of
calculating earnings per share. The warrants allotted and the underlying equity shares are not subject to any repurchase
obligations by the company.
The company has elected to use the intrinsic value-based method of APB 25 to account for its employee stock-based
compensation plan. Accordingly, in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, the company recorded deferred compensation of Nil,
$ 1,029,649 and $ 30,407,892, respectively for the difference, on the grant date, between the exercise price and the fair
value as determined by quoted market prices of the common stock underlying the warrants. The deferred compensation
is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the warrants/equity shares.
In fiscal 1999, the company declared a stock split of two equity shares for each equity share outstanding to all its stockholders
including participants in the 1994 Plan in the form of a stock dividend and consequently recognized an accelerated
compensation charge at the time of the stock dividend amounting to $ 12,906,962.
1998 Employees Stock Offer Plan (the “1998 Plan”): The company’s 1998 Plan provides for the grant of non-statutory stock
options and incentive stock options to employees of the company. The establishment of the 1998 Plan was approved by
the board of directors in December 1997 and by the stockholders in January 1998. The Government of India has approved
the 1998 Plan, subject to a limit of 1,470,000 equity shares representing 2,940,000 American Depositary Shares (“ADS”)
to be issued under the 1998 Plan. Unless terminated sooner, the 1998 Plan will terminate automatically in January 2008.
All options under the 1998 Plan will be exercisable for equity shares represented by ADSs. The 1998 Plan is administered
by a compensation committee comprising five members, all of who are independent directors on the board of directors.
All options under the 1998 Plan are exercisable for equity shares represented by ADSs.
1999 Employees Stock Offer Plan (the “1999 Plan”): In fiscal 2000, the company instituted the 1999 Plan. The stockholders
and the board of directors approved the 1999 Plan in June 1999. The 1999 Plan provides for the issue of 6,600,000 equity
shares to employees. The 1999 Plan is administered by a compensation committee comprising five members, all of who
are independent directors on the board of directors. Under the 1999 Plan, options will be issued to employees at an
exercise price, which shall not be less than the Fair Market Value (“FMV”). Under the 1999 Plan, options may also be
issued to employees at exercise prices that are less than FMV only if specifically approved by the members of the company
in a general meeting.
The company adopted the proforma disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation. Had
compensation cost for the company’s stock-based compensation plan been determined in a manner consistent with the fair
value approach described in SFAS No. 123, the company’s net income and basic earnings per share as reported would have
reduced to the proforma amounts indicated below.
2001 2000 1999
Net income As reported $ 131,948,104 $ 61,344,528 $ 17,446,088
Adjusted proforma $ 99,690,666 $ 54,649,727 $ 16,905,336
Basic earnings per share As reported $ 2.01 $ 0.93 $ 0.28
Adjusted proforma $ 1.52 $ 0.83 $ 0.27
125
2.15 Employees’ Stock Offer Plans (“ESOP”) (continued)
The fair value of each warrant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions:
2001 2000 1999
Dividend yield % 0.1% 0.1% 0.1%
Expected life 5 years 5 years 5 years
Risk free interest rate 10.8% 10.8% 10.8%
Volatility 44.0% 44.0% 44.0%
The activity in the warrants/equity shares of the 1994, 1998 and 1999 Employees Stock Offer Plans in fiscal 2001, 2000
and 1999 are set out below.
2001 2000 1999
Shares arising Weighted Shares Weighted Shares Weighted
out of options average arising average arising average
exercise out of exercise out of exercise
price options price options price
1994 Option plan:
Outstanding at the
beginning of the year 341,400 – 328,000 – 1,037,200 –
Granted – – 30,000 $ 1.15 1,984,400 $ 0.59
Forfeited (10,600) $ 1.15 (16,600) $ 1.15 (36,400) $ 0.59
Exercised (800) $ 1.15 – – (2,657,200) $ 0.59
Outstanding at the
end of the year 330,000 – 341,400 – 328,000 –
Exercisable at the end of the year – – – – – –
Weighted-average fair value of
grants during the period at
less than market – $ 35.48 $ 18.43
1998 Option plan:
Outstanding at the
beginning of the year 344,750 – 213,000 – – –
Granted 482,420 $ 230.88 147,150 $ 228.60 213,000 $ 34.00
Forfeited (38,200) $ 172.58 (3,500) $ 34.00 – –
Exercised (6,217) $ 53.82 (11,900) $ 34.00 – –
Outstanding at the
end of the year 782,753 – 344,750 – 213,000 –
Exercisable at the
end of the year 55,558 – 18,100 – – –
grants during the year $ 230.88 $ 228.60 $ 34.00
1999 Option plan:
Outstanding at the beginning
of the year 1,006,800 – – – – –
Granted 1,957,830 $ 136.68 1,014,500 $ 99.12 – –
Forfeited (169,450) $ 110.06 (7,700) $ 127.98 – –
Exercised (1,200) $ 89.98 – – – –
Outstanding at the
end of the year 2,793,980 – 1,006,800 – – –
Exercisable at the
end of the year 93,400 – – – – –
grants during the year $ 136.68 $ 99.12 –
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2001:
Outstanding Exercisable
Range of Number of Weighted Weighted Number of Weighted
exercise Price shares arising average average shares arising average
out of options remaining exercise out of options exercise
contractual life price price
$ 1.15 - $ 304.04 3,906,733 2.20 years $ 129.89 148,958 $ 141.77
126
2.16 Income taxes
The provision for income taxes comprises:
2001 2000 1999
Current taxes
Domestic taxes $ 5,315,961 $ 2,505,952 $ 777,351
Foreign taxes 10,525,168 6,538,256 4,725,726
15,841,129 9,044,208 5,503,077
Deferred taxes
Domestic taxes (769,304) (850,891) (625,427)
Foreign taxes – – –
(769,304) (850,891) (625,427)
Aggregate taxes $ 15,071,825 $ 8,193,317 $ 4,877,650
The tax effects of significant temporary differences that resulted in deferred tax assets and liabilities and a description of the
financial statement items that created these differences are as follows:
2001 2000 1999
Deferred tax assets:
Property, plant and equipment $ 1,519,016 $ 2,480,883 $ 2,315,375
Accounts receivable 1,587,629 110,000 –
Investments 1,598,712 – –
Others 217,842 85,383 –
4,923,199 2,676,266 2,315,375
Less: Valuation allowance (1,587,629) (110,000) (600,000)
Net deferred tax assets $ 3,335,570 $ 2,566,266 $ 1,715,375
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some
portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent
upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which the temporary differences become deductible.
Management considers the scheduled reversal of the projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in
making this assessment. Based on the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the
periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes that it is more likely than not the company
will realize the benefits of those deductible differences, net of the existing valuation differences at March 31, 2001. The
amount of the deferred tax assets considered realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if estimates of future
taxable income during the carry forward period are reduced.
All deferred tax expenses / (benefits) are allocated to the continuing operations of the company.
A reconciliation of the income tax provision to the amount computed by applying the statutory income tax rate to the
income before provision for income taxes is summarized below.
2001 2000 1999
Net income before taxes $ 147,019,929 $ 69,537,845 $ 22,323,738
Enacted tax rates in India 39.55% 38.50% 35.00%
Computed expected tax expense 58,146,382 26,772,070 7,813,308
Less: Tax effect due to non-taxable export income (57,334,527) (24,019,942) (7,680,942)
Others 3,437,865 (1,121,972) 19,558
Effect of tax rate change (8,077) (29,771) –
Effect of prior period tax adjustments 305,014 54,676 –
Provision for Indian income tax 4,546,657 1,655,061 151,924
Effect of tax on foreign income 10,525,168 6,538,256 3,701,898
Effect of prior period foreign tax adjustments – – 1,023,828
Aggregate taxes $ 15,071,825 $ 8,193,317 $ 4,877,650
The provision for foreign taxes is due to income taxes payable overseas, principally in the United States of America. The
company benefits from certain significant tax incentives provided to software firms under Indian tax laws. These incentives
presently include: (i) an exemption from payment of Indian corporate income taxes for a period of ten consecutive years
of operation of software development facilities designated as “Software Technology Parks” (the “STP Tax Holiday”); and (ii)
a tax deduction for profits derived from exporting computer software (the “Export Deduction”). All but one of the company’s
software development facilities are located in a designated Software Technology Park (“STP”). The Government of India
has recently amended the tax incentives available to companies set up in designated STPs. The period of the STP tax
127
holiday available to such companies is restricted to 10 consecutive years beginning from the financial year when the unit
started producing computer software or March 31, 2000, whichever is earlier. Additionally, the export deduction will be
phased out equally over a period of five years starting from fiscal 2000.
2.17 Earnings per share
The following is a reconciliation of the equity shares used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per equity share:
2001 2000 1999
Basic earnings per equity share – weighted
average number of common shares outstanding
excluding unallocated shares of ESOP 65,771,256 65,659,625 61,378,850
Effect of dilutive common equivalent shares
– stock options outstanding 943,483 204,365 128,530
Diluted earnings per equity share –
weighted average number of common
shares and common equivalent shares outstanding 66,714,739 65,863,990 61,507,380
2.18 Financial instruments
Foreign exchange forward contracts
The company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to offset the foreign currency risk arising from the accounts
receivable denominated in currencies other than the Indian rupee, primarily the U.S. dollar. The counter party to the
company’s foreign currency forward contracts is generally a bank. Management believes that the risks or economic
consequences of non-performance by the counter party are not material to its financial position or results of operations.
There were no significant foreign exchange gains and losses on foreign exchange forward contracts during fiscal 2001,
2000 and 1999. As of March 31, 2001 and 2000, the company had open foreign exchange forward contracts in the
amounts of $ 20,000,000 and Nil, respectively.
2.19 Segment reporting
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, establishes standards for the way that
public business enterprises report information about operating segments and related disclosures about products and
services, geographic areas, and major customers. The company’s operations predominantly relate to providing IT solutions,
delivered to customers located globally, across various industry segments. In the previous year, the company provided
segmental disclosures based on the geographical segment. However, in the current fiscal year, the Chief Operating Decision
Maker evaluates the company’s performance and allocates resources based on an analysis of various performance indicators
by industry classes and geographic segmentation of customers. Accordingly, revenues represented along industry classes
comprise the principal basis of segmental information set out in these financial statements. Secondary segmental reporting
is performed on the basis of the geographical location of customers. The accounting principles consistently used in the
preparation of the financial statements are consistently applied to record revenue and expenditure in individual segments,
and are as set out in the summary of significant accounting policies.
Industry segments for the company are primarily financial services comprising enterprises providing banking finance and
insurance services, manufacturing enterprises, enterprises in the telecommunications (“telecom”) and retail industries, and
others such as utilities, transportation and logistics companies.
Revenue in relation to segments is categorized based on items that are individually identifiable to that segment, while
expenditure is categorized in relation to the associated turnover of the segment. Certain expenses such as depreciation,
which form a significant component of total expenses, are not specifically allocable to specific segments as the underlying
services are used interchangeably. Management believes that it is not practical to provide segment disclosures relating to
those costs and expenses, and accordingly these expenses are separately disclosed as “unallocated” and adjusted only
against the total income of the company.
Geographic segmentation is driven based on the location of the respective client. North America comprises the United
States of America, Canada and Mexico; Europe includes continental Europe (both the east and the west), Ireland and the
United Kingdom; and the Rest of the World comprising all other places except those mentioned above and India.
Fixed assets used in the company’s business are not identified to any of the reportable segments, as these are used
interchangeably between segments. Management believes that it is currently not practicable to provide segment disclosures
relating to total assets and liabilities since a meaningful segregation of the available data is onerous.
Geographical information on revenue and industry revenue information is collated based on individual customers invoiced
or in relation to which the revenue is otherwise recognized.
128
2.19.1 Industry segments
Year ended March 31, 2001 (in $)
Financial Manufacturing Telecom Retail Others Total
services
Revenues 139,616,739 74,004,867 76,412,722 37,684,446 86,131,736 413,850,510
Identifiable operating expenses 49,021,150 28,363,069 19,219,376 11,893,574 26,233,048 134,730,217
Allocated expenses 38,589,808 19,736,596 20,423,026 10,057,009 23,189,607 111,996,046
Segmental operating income 52,005,781 25,905,202 36,770,320 15,733,863 36,709,081 167,124,247
Unallocable expenses 29,609,661
Operating income 137,514,586
Other income (expense), net 9,505,343
Net income before taxes 147,019,929
services
Revenues 61,153,566 46,770,389 31,248,637 21,637,626 42,633,536 203,443,754
services
Revenues 28,194,176 29,715,264 17,205,400 16,614,712 29,225,674 120,955,226
Equity in loss of deconsolidated subsidiary (2,085,887)
129
2.19 Segment reporting (continued)
2.19.2 Geographic segments
North America Europe India Rest of the Total
World
Revenues 304,242,537 77,892,656 5,778,286 25,937,031 413,850,510
Identifiable operating expenses 96,358,758 27,210,316 1,943,571 9,217,572 134,730,217
Allocated expenses 82,053,059 20,951,885 1,866,259 7,124,843 111,996,046
Segmental operating income 125,830,720 29,730,455 1,968,456 9,594,616 167,124,247
World
Revenues 158,723,649 30,064,939 2,912,091 11,743,075 203,443,754
Identifiable operating expenses 54,672,143 12,722,875 913,895 4,513,413 72,822,326
Allocated expenses 40,875,291 7,759,319 1,061,766 3,040,194 52,736,570
Segmental operating income 63,176,215 9,582,745 936,430 4,189,468 77,884,858
World
Revenues 99,203,989 11,302,791 2,051,492 8,396,954 120,955,226
Identifiable operating expenses 33,730,337 4,539,059 695,267 3,155,585 42,120,248
Allocated expenses 25,127,762 2,879,857 670,851 2,210,256 30,888,726
Segmental operating income 40,345,890 3,883,875 685,374 3,031,113 47,946,252
Equity in loss of deconsolidated subsidiary (2,085,887)
2.19.3 Significant clients
No clients individually accounted for more than 10% of the revenues in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
2.20 Commitments and contingencies
The company has outstanding performance guarantees for various statutory purposes totaling $ 1,126,611, $ 1,207,110
and $ 760,329 as of March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. These guarantees are generally provided to governmental
agencies.
2.21 Litigation
The company is subject to legal proceedings and claims, which have arisen, in the ordinary course of its business. These
actions, when ultimately concluded and determined, will not, in the opinion of management, have a material effect on the
results of operations or the financial position of the company.
2.22 Post balance sheet date events
The board of directors of the company declared a dividend of $ 10,656,913 at their meeting held on April 11, 2001.
Dividend taxes payable on the same amount to $ 1,087,005.
2.23 Non-monetary transaction
In fiscal 2001, the company transferred certain Intellectual Property Rights (“IPR”) that it had developed and owned in a
product called Onscan to OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly Onscan Inc). Onscan is a comprehensive web-enabled wireless
130
notification product. In exchange for the transfer, the company received consideration in the form of securities including
100,000 Common Stock, par value $ 0.001 each, 100,000 Series A Voting Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $ 0.001
each and 4,400,000 Series A Nonvoting Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $ 0.001 each. Convertible Preferred Stock
is convertible into Common Stock automatically upon the closing of an Initial Public Offering by Onscan Inc. As of
March 31, 2001, the company’s controlling interest in OnMobile Systems Inc. was approximately 12%. The transfer was
recorded at historic cost and, accordingly, no gain was recognized on this transaction as of the date of transfer of the IPR.
2.24 Recent accounting pronouncements
Effective April 1, 2001, Infosys adopted SFAS 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities as amended,
when the pronouncement became effective for companies with fiscal year ending March 31, 2001. SFAS 133 will change
the accounting treatment of derivative contracts (including foreign exchange contracts) that are employed to manage risks.
It establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments
embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities. All derivatives, whether designated in hedging relationships or
not, are required to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value. The accounting treatment of changes in fair value is
dependent upon whether or not a derivative instrument is designated as a hedge and if so, the type of hedge. If the
derivative is designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item
attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective
portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in
the income statement when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow
hedges are recognized in earnings. The company observes that the net amount reflected in current earnings under the new
rules will be substantially similar to the amounts under existing accounting practice.
131
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
o Registration statement pursuant to section 12(b) or (g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
x Annual Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2001
o Transition Report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the Transition period from ______to ________
Commission File Number 333-72195
INFOSYS TECHNOLOGIES LIMITED

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
Not Applicable
(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)
Bangalore, Karnataka, India

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
Electronics City, Hosur Road,

Bangalore, Karnataka
India 561 229
+91-80-852-0261
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
None Not Applicable
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
American Depositary Shares,

each represented by one-half of one Equity Share, par value Rs. 5 per share.
(Title of class)
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
Not Applicable
(Title of class)
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close
of the period covered by the Annual Report – 66,158,117 Equity Shares
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90
days.
Yes ...................... No ...........x...........
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 ...................... Item 18 ...........x...........
132
Currency of Presentation and Certain Defined Terms
Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to the “company” or to “Infosys” are to Infosys Technologies Limited, a
limited liability company organized under the laws of the Republic of India. References to “U.S.” or “United States” are to the
United States of America, its territories and its possessions. References to “India” are to the Republic of India. Yantra Corporation,
a Delaware Corporation (“Yantra”), in which the company holds a minority interest, is considered a subsidiary of the company for
purposes of Indian GAAP. “Infosys” is a registered trademark of the company in the United States and India. All other trademarks
or tradenames used in this Annual Report on Form 20-F (“Annual Report”) are the property of their respective owners.
In this Annual Report, references to “$ ” or “dollars” or “U.S. dollars” are to the legal currency of the United States and references
to “Rs.” or “rupees” or “Indian rupees”” are to the legal currency of India. The company’s financial statements are presented in
Indian rupees and translated into U.S. dollars and are prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting
principles (“U.S. GAAP”). References to “Indian GAAP” are to Indian generally accepted accounting principles. Except as otherwise
specified, financial information is presented in dollars. References to a particular “fiscal” year are to the company’s fiscal year
ended March 31 of such year.
Unless otherwise specified herein, financial information has been converted into dollars at the noon buying rate in New York City
for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank (the “Noon Buying Rate”)
on March 31, 2001, which was Rs. 46.66 per $ 1.00. For the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations
of certain Indian rupee amounts into U.S. dollars which should not be construed as a representation that such Indian rupee or
U.S. dollar amounts referred to herein could have been, or could be, converted to U.S. dollars or Indian rupees, as the case may
be, at any particular rate, the rates stated below, or at all. Any discrepancies in any table between totals and sums of the amounts
listed are due to rounding. For historical information regarding rates of exchange between Indian rupees and U.S. dollars, see
“Key Information – Exchange rates”.
Forward-Looking Statements May Prove Inaccurate

In addition to historical information, this Annual Report contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The
forward-looking statements contained herein are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ
materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that might cause such a difference include, but are not
limited to, those discussed in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations” and ELSEWHERE in this report. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements,
which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date hereof. In addition, Readers should carefully review the other information
in this Annual Report and in the company’s periodic reports and other documents filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”) from time to time.
133
Part I
Item 1. Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
Not applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
Not applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
3.A.1 & 2 Selected financial data
This information is set forth under the caption “Summary of selected consolidated financial data” on page 98 of the Infosys
Annual Report for fiscal 2001 and is incorporated herein by reference.
3.A.3 Exchange rates
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the Indian rupee and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar equivalent of the
Indian rupee price of the equity shares on the Indian stock exchanges and, as a result may affect the market price of the
ADSs in the United States, and vice versa. Such fluctuations will also affect the U.S. dollar conversion by the Depositary of
any cash dividends paid in Indian rupees on the equity shares represented by the ADSs. The following table sets forth, for
the fiscal years indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rates between Indian rupees and U.S. dollars based
on the Noon Buying Rate:
Fiscal year ended March 31, Period end 1 Average 1, 2 High Low
19953 31.43 31.38 31.90 31.37
1996 34.35 33.47 38.05 31.36
1997 35.88 35.70 36.85 34.15
1998 39.53 37.37 40.40 35.71
1999 42.35 42.10 43.68 39.25
2000 43.65 43.46 43.68 42.84
2001 46.66 45.81 46.95 43.56
1
The Noon Buying Rate at each period end and the average rate for each period differed from the exchange rates used in the
preparation of the company’s consolidated financial statements.
2
Represents the average of the Noon Buying Rate on the last day of each month during the period.
3
From March 1, 1992 through August 19, 1994, the rupee was not permitted to fully float and convert on the current
account. Instead, a dual exchange rate mechanism made the rupee partially convertible by permitting conversion of 60% of
the foreign exchange received on a trade or revenue account at a market-determined rate and the remaining 40% at the
official Government of India rate.
4
The high and low exchange rates for the previous six months are as follows:
Month High Low

October 2000 Rs. 46.85 Rs. 46.05
November 2000 46.95 46.62
December 2000 46.95 46.69
January 2001 46.78 46.39
February 2001 46.66 46.41
March 2001 46.75 46.53
3.B Capitalization and indebtedness

Not applicable.
3.C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds
Not applicable.
134
3.D Risk factors
This information is set forth under the caption “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of
operations” on pages 99 through 110 of the Infosys Annual Report for fiscal 2001 and such information is incorporated
herein by reference.
Item 4. Information on the Company

4.A History and development of the company
4.A.1 Company overview
Infosys was originally incorporated as Infosys Consultants Private Limited on July 2, 1981, as a private limited company
under the Companies Act, 1956 (“Indian Companies Act”), of the Republic of India. The name of the company was changed
to Infosys Technologies Private Limited in April 1992 and subsequently to Infosys Technologies Limited in June 1992 when
it became a public limited company. Information about the registered office of the company is disclosed on the cover page
to this Form 20-F. The name and address of the agent for service in the United States is CT Corporation 1350 Treat Blvd,
Suite 100 Walnut Creek, CA. 94596.
The company, one of India’s leading information technology (“IT”) services companies, utilizes an extensive non-U.S. based
(“offshore”) infrastructure to provide managed software solutions to clients worldwide. Headquartered in Bangalore, India,
the company has sixteen state-of-the-art offshore software development facilities located throughout India and one global
development center in Canada that enable it to provide high-quality, cost-effective services to clients in a resource-constrained
environment. The company has also set-up Proximity Development Centers (PDCs) at Croydon in the United Kingdom,
Boston, Chicago, Fremont, New Jersey and Phoenix in the United States. These centers will further help Infosys in addressing
the requirements of its clients with increased promptness. The company’s services, which are offered on either a fixed-price,
fixed-time frame or a time-and-materials basis, include custom software development, maintenance, re-engineering services,
e-commerce and Internet consulting as well as dedicated offshore software development centers (“OSDCs”) for certain
clients. In each of its service offerings, the company assumes full project management responsibility in order to strengthen
client relationships, offer higher value-added services and enhance its profitability. In addition, the company develops and
markets certain company-owned software products. As a result of its extensive network of offshore software development
facilities, its quality systems, its disciplined processes and its significant investment in people, the company has built a
platform from which it has been able to achieve significant growth to date.
The company’s initial public offering (“IPO”) was in February 1993 on the Bangalore Stock Exchange and raised approximately
$ 4.4 million in gross aggregate proceeds. To further fund its capital programs, Infosys raised approximately $ 7.7 million
in gross aggregate proceeds through a private placement of shares in October 1994. These shares were purchased by foreign
institutional investors, mutual funds as well as Indian domestic financial institutions and corporations. Most recently, in
order to partially fund the expansion of its existing Indian facilities and telecommunication infrastructure in Bangalore,
Bhubaneswar, Chennai, Mangalore and Pune and to develop new facilities, the company raised approximately $ 70.38
million in gross aggregate proceeds through its initial U.S. public offering of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) on
March 11, 1999. The company has incurred $ 96.8 million, $ 35.9 million and $ 16.1 million in fiscal 2001, 2000 and
1999 respectively towards capital expenditure. The company intends to spend approximately $ 80 million in capital
expenditure, during fiscal 2002, the majority of which will be utilized in India. This would be funded out of the internal
accruals and existing cash balances of the company.
Through its worldwide sales headquarters in Fremont, California and 24 other sales offices located in the United States,
Canada, the United Kingdom, France, Belgium, Sweden, Germany, U.A.E, Australia, Japan, Hongkong, Argentina and
India, the company markets its services to large IT-intensive businesses. During fiscal 2001, the company derived 73.5% of
its revenues from North America, 18.8% from Europe and 1.4% from India. While the company derives its revenues
primarily from the United States, Infosys maintains a diversified client base, with its largest client representing 7.3% of fiscal
2001 revenues. As of March 31, 2001, the company had approximately 273 clients. This diversified client base is comprised
primarily of Fortune 500 companies, growing Internet companies and other multinational companies. As a result of its
commitment to quality and client service, the company enjoys a high level of repeat business. For fiscal 2001 and 2000,
existing clients from the previous fiscal year generated 84.5% and 87.6%, respectively, of the company’s revenues.
The company was incorporated in 1981 by seven founders who shared a vision to build a world-class IT services organization
based on a deeply-held value system, leadership by example, and continuous innovation. Five of these original founders
remained with the company and, together with other members of the company’s management council, have pursued their
vision by focusing on certain key strategies including: (i) pursuing a world-class operating model; (ii) investing heavily in
human resources; (iii) focusing on managed software solutions; (iv) capitalizing on a well established offshore development
model; (v) maintaining a disciplined focus on business and client mix; and (vi) pursuing growth opportunities. In recognition
of its efforts, the company was voted “The Best Company in India” in the Far Eastern Economic Review 2000 poll, was voted
the “Best Employer of India” by the Business Today-Hewitt Study in a survey of over 150 companies in 2000, was voted the
“Best Regional Software House” by Financial Technology Asia magazine, was the first recipient of the National Award for
Excellence in Corporate Governance instituted by the Ministry of Finance, Government of India and sponsored by the UTI
Institute of Capital Markets and was awarded the Silver Shield in each of the last six years by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India as the Indian company with the best presented financial statements by a non-financial company.
Management believes that this reputation for leadership and innovation and the recognition it has received has been and
will continue to be a key competitive advantage, particularly in attracting and retaining the highest quality IT professionals.
135
4.B Business overview
4.B.1 Industry overview
In today’s increasingly competitive business environment, companies have become dependent on IT not only for efficiency in
day-to-day operations, but also as a strategic tool for re-engineering business processes, restructuring organizations and for
reacting quickly to competitive, regulatory and technological changes. For these reasons, IT capabilities are particularly critical
in certain vertical markets that are undergoing rapid deregulation and globalization like financial services, utilities and
telecommunications. As corporations are becoming increasingly reliant on their IT systems, the technological challenges of
managing such systems have increased. IS departments must not only implement new systems based on technologies such as
Internet and client / server systems, but maintain and update legacy systems to work with the latest software and hardware.
With the Year 2000 conversion completed, corporations are now focussing on using the latest technologies available to
revise their business models to take advantage of the Internet, integrating operations, streamlining customer supply chains
and meeting customer needs. This focus is increasingly driving corporate IT spending plans. According to the 1999 NASSCOM-
McKinsey Study™ on “Indian I. T. Strategies”, the total market for IT products and services is expected to grow from $ 461
billion in 1998 to $ 1.92 trillion by 2008. India’s share of the relevant market will grow to nearly $ 87 billion by 2008.
The need to outsource is particularly acute for companies whose IT staff lacks the requisite skill set and project management
capabilities to implement new technologies, yet are reluctant to work solely with outdated technology. As a result, such
companies seek third-party IT service providers to implement new technology and support existing legacy systems.
Additionally, in many cases, businesses are being forced to outsource IT projects due to the difficulty and expense of
recruiting and training sufficient IT staff in a resource-constrained environment. Outsourcing enables businesses to minimize
the risks and reduce the time-to-completion of large IT projects by shifting some or all of their IT responsibilities to capable
service organizations. Outsourcing has most recently been necessitated by the rapid proliferation of the Internet and related
technologies, as well as the need to restructure business operations to allow for a faster response to changes in the economy
and customer requirements.
The recent advances in telecommunications and the growing acceptance of telecommuting, has led to the globalization of
the market for IT services. It is now well accepted that remote offshore software development and maintenance is possible
if the offshore facilities leverage world-class physical and technological infrastructure, quality processes, project management
methodologies, and data communications infrastructure to provide video conferencing, Internet/e-mail connectivity and
remote computer access. By outsourcing software development and maintenance projects to offshore IT service providers,
establishing overseas facilities, or entering into joint ventures with foreign partners, companies have been able to access
skilled IT professionals in lower cost environments with a large population of English-speaking technical talent.
India: A source for software services. According to a survey of U.S. software service vendors conducted by the World Bank,
India is the leading offshore destination for companies seeking to outsource software development or IT projects. India’s
National Association of Software and Service Companies (“NASSCOM”) estimates that India’s export revenue from software,
including software services, was approximately $ 6.3 billion in fiscal 2001 and will reach $ 8.5 billion by fiscal 2002.
There are three key factors contributing to this rapid growth of India’s software market. First, India has a large, skilled labor
pool that is available at a relatively low labor cost. With over four million engineers, India ranks second only to the United
States as the country with the largest population of English-speaking technical personnel. According to NASSCOM, the
number of software professionals employed by the Indian software industry was around 280,000 in 1999 compared to
160,000 in 1996-97. India has more than 1,904 educational institutions, including engineering colleges, technical institutes
and polytechnics, that train more than 73,580 people annually. According to the 1999 Nasscom-McKinsey™ report on
“Indian I.T. Strategies”, India will require a minimum of 2.2 million IT workers by 2008. This sizable pool of IT talent in
India is available to companies worldwide. According to Software Productivity Research, the average annual wage for
software professionals in India is approximately 15% of the average U.S. rate. Although wages in India are rising faster than
in the United States, the labor rate differential is anticipated to remain a competitive advantage for Indian companies in the
foreseeable future.
A second key factor driving the Indian software market is the capability of Indian IT firms to produce high-quality software
deliverables. A NASSCOM analysis of international quality standards of the top 300 Indian software companies undertaken
in December 1999, showed that 145 had already acquired ISO 9000 or SEI Level 2 equivalent certification, with an
additional 135 anticipated to acquire such certification by December 2001. These capabilities have led to the recognition of
India’s IT talent by companies worldwide. To take advantage of India’s high-quality IT services at attractive prices, companies
worldwide have outsourced their software services needs to India unrestrained by distances or transportation limitations
that often handicap Indian manufacturing firms. In fact, the 10 to 12 hour time difference between India and its largest
market, the United States, allows work to be carried on by teams spanning both countries on a 24-hour basis, shortening
cycle times and improving productivity and service quality.
The final factor driving the Indian software industry is the recognition by successive Indian governments in recent times of
the importance of the IT sector in the Indian economy. In 1991, the Government of India introduced a number of measures
to liberalize the economy and thus addressed the economic difficulties that India had been facing. These measures included
policies to stimulate investment in infrastructure industries and the growing Indian software industry. This commitment to
the software sector has been and continues to be pursued by each successive government since 1991. For example, in
October 1999, the Government of India, established, the Ministry of Information Technology (MIT). In addition to promoting
136
the use and diffusion of IT, the MIT will also encourage the adoption of streamlined procedures to promote the construction
of India’s telecommunication infrastructure. In addition, software firms benefit from a variety of incentives, such as relief
from import duties on hardware, a tax deduction for income derived from software exports, and infrastructure support for
companies operating in Software Technology Parks.
4.B.2 Strategy
4.B.2.1 Business strategy
The company’s vision is to become a globally respected corporation providing best-of-breed solutions employing best-in-
class professionals. In order to achieve this goal, the company focuses on the following key elements of its business strategy:
Pursue world-class operating model. The management believes that one of the most critical contributing factors to the company’s
success has been its commitment to pursue high-quality standards in all aspects of its business, including deliverables to the
customers, human resource management, investor relations, planning, finance, physical and technological infrastructure,
sales and marketing. In its services and operations, the company achieves quality through rigorous adherence to highly
evolved processes, including a detailed approach to planning and execution, multi-level testing and careful tracking and
analysis of quality control. The company is certified under the ISO 9001 and TickIT quality standards. In addition, the
company has been certified at Level 5 of the Capability Maturity Model, a software-specific quality management model
developed by the Software Engineering Institute at Carnegie Mellon University. This model defines five levels of process
maturity for a software organization. Certification to Level 5 has been achieved by only around 19 companies worldwide
assessed under the Capability Maturity Model. The company has also launched the Infosys Excellence Initiative (“IEI”) to
address the challenges of the future, and to ensure performance improvement in an integrated manner. The IEI is an umbrella
for all quality initiatives within the company, which includes different aspects of the company. This includes sustaining and
leveraging CMM Level 5 for delivery processes, the Malcolm Balridge National Quality Award framework for organizational
management processes, and Six sigma Cross Functional Process Mapping (“CFPM”) techniques for improving cross-functional
processes. The Malcolm Balridge National Quality Award framework will focus on the overall assessment of the company’s
business and integration of all its business activities. However, given that Infosys is not a U.S. registered company, it is not
eligible for the Malcolm Balridge National Quality Award. Six sigma CFPM techniques are being used to improve customer
relationship management, customer order management, talent deployment, and other cross-functional processes.
Infosys also adheres to high-quality standards in its investor relations. For example, the company was one of the first
public Indian companies to adopt U.S. GAAP reporting in fiscal 1995 and quarterly-audited Indian financial statements
in fiscal 1998.
Invest heavily in human resources. The company believes that its continued success will depend upon its ability to recruit,
train, deploy and retain highly talented IT professionals. Even as the field of software engineering has been attracting the
best and brightest Indian students, management believes the company has become, for Indian engineering graduates, one
of the most sought after employers. The company focuses its recruiting efforts on the top 20% of the students from the
engineering departments of Indian universities and uses a series of tests and interviews to identify the best applicants. In an
effort to attract the most highly qualified candidates, the company has spent significant resources in creating a quality work
environment. For example, its main facility in Bangalore, which spans approximately fifty acres, encompasses not only
882,500 sq. ft. of office space but also 655,000 sq. ft. of landscaping, three cafeterias, sports facilities such as a miniature
golf course, tennis courts, a basketball court, an outdoor swimming pool, meditation and health club, aerobics hall and
gymnasium with steam and sauna facilities, outdoor sitting area, amphitheater, a theater and library. Through this campus-
like environment, the company fosters a collegial atmosphere and informal culture, which is further promoted by its “open
door” operating philosophy where communication and ideas flow freely irrespective of title or tenure. The company also
offers its IT professionals challenging assignments, competitive salaries and benefits and one of the first stock option plans
adopted by a public Indian company. In recognition of its efforts, the company was voted the “Best Employer of India” by
the Business Today-Hewitt Study in a survey of over 150 companies in 2000. In addition, the company invests heavily in
training, including 14 week training sessions for newly recruited IT professionals as well as a variety of two-week continuing
education courses in technology and management skills conducted by a 58-person faculty. The company recently established
the “Infosys Leadership Institute” in Mysore, India, to help manage the company’s growth, to prepare employees to face the
complexities of the rapidly changing marketplace and to influence work culture by instilling leadership qualities. The
Infosys Leadership Institute campus in Mysore, India is expected to house classrooms, a business center, conference rooms,
and a library. It is expected to train approximately 1000 employees annually. As a result of this high level of investment in
its people, management believes that the company has become one of the most attractive employers for Indian software
professionals and that its attrition rate is significantly below the industry average.
Focus on managed software solutions. Since its inception, the company has dedicated itself to providing managed software
solutions, many of which are offered on a fixed-price, fixed-time frame basis. By taking full project management responsibility
in every project, the company provides its clients high-quality, cost-effective solutions with low risk. Such services offer the
company the opportunity to build client confidence with the potential benefit of enhanced margins. Management believes
that by demonstrating its ability to manage and successfully execute large projects, the company is better positioned to
become a long-term partner to its clients for all of their software needs. In addition, by retaining project management
responsibility, the company accumulates significant industry expertise and continues to develop and refine its software
development tools and proprietary methodologies.
137
Capitalize on a well-established offshore development model. As one of the pioneers of the offshore software development
model, the company has made significant investments in its infrastructure and has developed the advanced processes and
expertise necessary to manage and successfully execute projects in multiple locations with seamless integration. The company
has high levels of project management skills and rigid controls as evidenced by its Level 5 Capability Maturity Model
certification. This commitment to quality allows the company to successfully execute approximately 66% of its project
work in India while maintaining a high level of client satisfaction. These capabilities not only provide significant cost
advantages but also shorten the time to deliver a solution to the client. With significant investments in offshore software
development facilities, plans to expand its available facilities significantly and plans to hire additional IT professionals, the
company believes that it is well-positioned to serve clients globally in a resource-constrained environment.
Maintain disciplined focus on business and client mix. The company provides a wide range of software services and
maintains a disciplined focus on its business mix in an effort to avoid service or client concentration. Beginning in fiscal
1996, the company aggressively sought to minimize its client concentration and to accept as clients only those that met
strict guidelines for overall revenue potential and profitability. In fiscal 2001 and 2000, the company’s largest client accounted
for 7.3% and 7.2%, respectively, of revenues and its five largest clients accounted for 26.0% and 30.2%, respectively, of
revenues. This balance is key to ensuring that the technology skill sets of the company’s IT professionals remain diversified.
Such diversification is critical not only in providing the company the flexibility to adapt to changing market conditions but
also in attracting and retaining highly skilled professionals who seek the opportunity to continue to learn new technologies.
4.B.2.2 Growth strategy
From fiscal 1997 to fiscal 2001, the company experienced compounded annual revenue and net income growth rates of
79.8% and 97.7%, respectively, and grew from approximately 1,405 IT professionals to approximately 8,656. The following
are the key elements of the company’s growth strategy:
Broaden service offerings. To meet all of its clients’ IT needs, the company strives to offer a comprehensive range of services
by continuously evaluating new and emerging technologies. As a full-service provider, the company believes that it can
increase its revenues from existing clients as well as attract new clients. Toward this end, the company has opportunistically
expanded its services beyond its core development, maintenance and re-engineering services. For example, the company
has recently begun initiatives to develop practices focused on packaged applications implementation, e-commerce and
Internet/intranet services. E-commerce and Internet / intranet services constituted 28.4% and packaged application
implementation constituted 7.2% during fiscal 2001.
Increase business with existing clients. In fiscal 2001, the company provided software services for more than 270 clients in the
United States, Europe, Australia, Asia and Japan. A key objective of the company’s growth strategy is to expand the nature
and scope of its engagements with existing clients both by increasing the volume of its projects and by expanding the
breadth of services offered. Establishing broad, long-term relationships potentially increases the quality and efficiency of the
company’s service to a particular client since each project performed for a client increases the company’s understanding of
the client’s systems, requirements and business practices. For the same reason, establishing broad, long-term relationships
with a client also reduces the company’s marketing costs, increases the client’s reliance on the company and creates barriers
to entry for competitors. The company seeks to foster such relationships by delivering high-quality services on time and on
budget and, over the course of a relationship, by increasing the integration of its services with the client’s internal IT
operations. To date, this approach has been highly effective. Despite the company’s high rate of growth during the last few
years, over 84% of revenues in both fiscal 2001 and 2000 were generated from companies who were clients in the prior
fiscal year.
Develop new clients. The company pursues several new client development strategies. First, the company offers a broad array
of managed software solutions that provide an initial entry into a new client. Second, Infosys believes that it can leverage the
industry-specific expertise it has developed in key vertical markets (financial services, manufacturing and distribution,
retail, telecommunications and technology) to further develop its portfolio of clients in these targeted markets. This vertical
market orientation continues to help Infosys design and develop re-usable software tools and processes which have specific
applications to clients in these markets and which can improve the company’s efficiency and productivity. Finally, the
company intends to expand its global sales and marketing infrastructure by hiring new sales and marketing personnel,
opening additional regional sales offices and increasing its marketing expenditures. Infosys currently maintains sales and
marketing offices in 25 locations and intends to add new offices in North America, Europe and Asia. The management
believes that increasing the company’s geographic presence will enhance its ability to establish and support new client
relationships.
Increase revenue per IT professional. To increase its revenue per IT professional, the company continually focuses on building
expertise in vertical markets, refining its software development tools and methodologies, and storing and disseminating
experiential knowledge in order to improve efficiency and productivity. Additionally, to enhance productivity per IT
professional, Infosys continually monitors client accounts for profitability and seeks to focus on select new clients and on
those existing client relationships that have the potential for high long-term profitability. The company’s policy is to decline
or discontinue projects that do not offer the potential to meet its profitability targets. From fiscal 1997 through 2001, the
company’s blended per capita revenues grew at a compounded rate of 20.2%. Finally, the company is seeking to increase the
proportion of projects that are undertaken on a fixed-price, fixed-time frame rather than a time-and-materials basis. The
management believes that effectively structured fixed-price, fixed-time frame projects benefit the client by reducing the
client’s risk, while offering the company the potential benefit of enhanced margins for projects that are performed efficiently.
138
Expand and diversify base of IT professionals. Management believes that a critical element of the company’s growth strategy
is its ability to increase its base of IT professionals. To address this issue, the company plans to build new software development
facilities in locations where it can access local pools of talent as well as increase the number of professionals employed at its
existing locations. In addition, the company looks at other fields of expertise, such as business school graduates and
accountants, for recruiting. Accordingly, the company has approved plans to expand its facilities in Bangalore, Bhubaneswar,
Chennai, Mangalore, Pune, Hyderabad, Mysore and Mohali all in India. The company has also established Proximity
Development Centers (PDCs) in Boston, Chicago, Fremont, New Jersey, Phoenix all in the United States, Croydon in the
United Kingdom and Global Development Center (GDC) in Toronto, Canada. These PDCs and GDCs will further help
Infosys in addressing the requirements of its clients with increased promptness. The company is also contemplating addition
of facilities in the United States, Europe and Asia.
Pursue selective strategic acquisitions. The company believes that pursuing selective acquisitions of IT services and software
applications firms could potentially expand the company’s technical expertise, facilitate expansion into new vertical markets
and increase its client base. Although no acquisitions are currently being contemplated, the company anticipates that it will
seek to identify and acquire companies that have well-developed applications in vertical markets, extensive client bases,
proprietary technical expertise, or other strengths that would complement the company’s business.
4.B.2.3 The Infosys offshore development model
The Indian offshore development model became popular in the mid-1990’s as a method of dividing software project activities
between a service provider’s offshore software development facility and a client’s on-site location. This model contains many
features that are attractive to IT consumers who are primarily located in the United States, Europe and Japan, including: (i)
access to a large pool of highly skilled, English-speaking IT professionals; (ii) relatively low labor costs of IT professionals
offshore; (iii) the ability to provide high-quality IT services at internationally recognized standards; (iv) the capability to
work on specific projects on a 24-hour basis by exploiting time zone differences between India and client sites; and (v) the
ability to accelerate the delivery time of larger projects by parallel processing different phases of a project’s development.
As one of the pioneers of the offshore development model, Infosys has a long history of successfully executing projects
between its clients’ sites in North America, Europe and Asia and the company’s offshore software development facilities in
India. In a typical software development or re-engineering assignment, the company assigns a small team of two to five IT
professionals to visit a client’s site and determine the scope and requirements of the project. Once the initial specifications
of the engagement have been established, the project managers return to India to supervise a much larger team of 10 to 50
IT professionals dedicated to the development of the required software or system. A small team remains at the client’s site to
track changes in scope and address new requirements as the project progresses. The client’s systems are then linked via
satellite to the company’s facilities enabling simultaneous processing in as many as four offshore software development
facilities. Once the development stage of the assignment is completed and tested in India, a team returns to the client’s site
to install the newly developed software or system and ensure its functionality. At this phase of the engagement, the company
will often enter into an ongoing agreement to provide the client with comprehensive maintenance services from one of its
offshore software development facilities. In contrast to development projects, a typical maintenance assignment requires a
larger team of 10 to 20 IT professionals to travel to the client’s site to gain a thorough understanding of all aspects of the
client’s system. The majority of the maintenance team subsequently returns to the offshore software development facility,
where it assumes full responsibility for day-to-day maintenance of the client’s system, while coordinating with a few
maintenance professionals who remain stationed at the client’s site. By pursuing this model, the company completes
approximately 66% of its project work at its offshore software development facilities in India.
The company’s project management techniques, risk management processes and quality control measures enable it to
complete projects seamlessly across multiple locations with a high level of client satisfaction. Certified under ISO 9001,
TickIT and at Level 5 of the Capability Maturity Model, the company rigorously adheres to highly evolved processes. These
processes govern all aspects of the software product life cycle, from requirements to testing and maintenance. The company
seeks to prevent defects through its quality program, which includes obtaining early sign off on acceptance test scripts,
project specifications and design documents, assigning software quality advisors to help each team set up appropriate
processes for each project and adhering to a multi-level testing strategy. Defects are documented, measured, tracked and
analyzed, and feedback is provided to the project manager. The company compiles metrics for not only defect density and
size, but also actual effort as compared to project estimates, adherence to schedule and productivity. Frequent internal and
external audits are conducted to assure compliance with procedures. All of these procedures have been continuously
refined throughout the company’s history of providing its clients with offshore software development services.
In addition to the processes and methodologies necessary to successfully execute the offshore model, the company has
invested significant resources in its infrastructure to ensure uninterrupted service to its clients. The company has invested
in redundant infrastructure with “warm” backup sites. The network architecture, designed and implemented with diversified
telecommunication capabilities (multiple service providers with a mix of satellite and fiber links) with alternate routings,
provides clients with high service levels. Additionally, the company utilizes two telecommunications carriers in India and
has installed in its principal facilities multiple international satellite links connecting the development centers in India with
international network hubs in Fremont, California, Quincy, Massachusetts, Croydon, UK and Tokyo, Japan. A different
ocean cable connecting Europe and the United States serves each of these hubs. Within India, the company has high-speed
links interconnecting the development centers to the Corporate headquarters in Bangalore.
139
4.B.3 Service offerings and products
The company’s services include software development, maintenance and re-engineering services, e-commerce and Internet/
intranet consulting as well as dedicated OSDCs for certain clients. In each of its service offerings the company assumes full
project management responsibility for each project it undertakes rather than providing supplemental personnel to work
under a client’s supervision. In addition to its IT services, the company also markets its own product-FINACLE™, which is
a banking branch automation product.
4.B.3.1 Software development
The company provides turnkey software development, typically pursuant to fixed-price, fixed-time frame contracts. The
projects vary in size and may involve the development of new applications or new functions for existing software applications.
Each development project typically involves all aspects of the software development process, including definition, prototyping,
design, pilots, programming, testing, installation and maintenance. In the early stage of a development project, Infosys
personnel often work at a client’s site to help determine project definition and to estimate the scope and cost of the project.
Infosys then performs design review, software programming, program testing, module testing, integration and volume
testing, primarily at its own facilities in India. For example, for one of the world’s leading risk management and consulting
organizations, the company partnered in providing knowledgeable, flexible and innovative solutions by leveraging the
latest Internet technologies. The engagements included working on the design, development and deployment of the client’s
core US commercial brokerage Policy Management System and Risk Management system for global risk managers. Infosys’
partnering helped the client to improve its technical proficiency.
4.B.3.2 Software maintenance
The company provides maintenance services for large legacy software systems. Maintenance services include minor and
major modifications and enhancements and production support. Such systems are either mainframe-based or client/server
and are typically essential to a client’s business, though over time they become progressively more difficult and costly for the
client’s internal IT department to maintain. By outsourcing the maintenance responsibilities to Infosys, clients can control
costs and free their IT departments for other work. The company’s IT professionals take an engineering approach to software
maintenance, focusing on the long-term functionality and stability of the client’s overall system and attempting to avoid
problems stemming from “quick-fix” solutions. The company performs most of the maintenance work at its own facilities
using satellite-based links to the client’s system. In addition, the company maintains a small team at the client’s facility to
coordinate support functions. Infosys was a pioneer in managing time-zone differences between India and the United States
to provide near 24-hour maintenance services. As an example, a leading provider of health and retirement benefit plans and
financial services was facing difficulties balancing its need to maintain existing systems while simultaneously working on its
new Internet initiative. Infosys assumed the maintenance responsibilities of the client in a significantly short time frame and
provided substantial cost benefits by utilizing its global delivery model.
4.B.3.3 Software re-engineering
The company’s re-engineering services assist clients in migrating to new technologies while extending the life cycle of
existing systems that are rich in functionality. Projects include re-engineering software to migrate applications from mainframe
to client/server architectures, to extend existing applications to the Internet, to migrate from existing operating systems to
UNIX or Windows NT, or to update from a non-relational to a relational database technology. For companies with extensive
proprietary software applications, implementing such technologies may require rewriting and testing millions of lines of
software code. As with its other services, the company has developed proven methodologies that govern the planning,
execution and testing of the software re-engineering process. For instance, Infosys re-engineered the on-line analytical
processing system of a leading computer manufacturing firm by changing the legacy systems to the new generation systems.
Infosys ensured that the client had more robust systems for better transaction processing and decision support.
4.B.3.4 Dedicated offshore software development centers (“OSDCs”)
The company has pioneered the concept of dedicated OSDCs in which a software development team that is dedicated to a
single client uses technology, tools, processes and methodologies unique to that client. Each dedicated OSDC is located at
a company facility in India and is staffed and managed by the company. Once the project priorities are established by the
client, the company, in conjunction with the client’s IT department, manages the execution of the project. By focusing on a
single client over an extended time frame, the dedicated OSDC team gains a deeper understanding of the client’s business
and technology and can begin to function as a virtual extension of the client’s software team.
4.B.3.5 New services
The company is also focussed in certain emerging new service areas such as Internet consulting, which includes the
development of e-commerce and Internet/intranet solutions. For example, an online marketplace for carriers, shippers and
private fleet owners, was merging with a “bricks-and-mortar” subsidiary of a Fortune 500 company. Infosys helped build the
integrated business plan for a new combined online business and laid out a road map for IT initiatives to realize benefits
from this merger. Further, Infosys also worked on developing the core applications offered as part of the marketplace.
4.B.3.6 Software products
In addition to the IT services described above, the company develops and markets certain proprietary software applications
for the banking industry. The company offers a suite of robust solutions under an umbrella brand “Infosys Enterprise
140
Banking E-Platform”. This suite is comprised of FINACLE™, the core banking solution, BankAway™, the Internet banking
solution, and PayAway™, the universal bill presentment and payment solution. This suite has been deployed by over 42
banks in 15 countries. FINACLE™ is a fully web enabled, integrated core banking solution that addresses the retail,
corporate and trade finance activities of a bank. Features include workflow capability to map the business process in the
bank and a tool kit to extend and integrate the application with surround applications and support for true 24x7x365
capability. FINACLE™ is the core banking solution of choice for banks across the world. BankAway™ is an Internet
banking solution which, in addition to addressing routine banking transactions, offers value added features such as internal
shopping mall, external shopping gateway, support for electronic bill presentment and payment, Corporate Limits Enquiry,
Letter of Credit and Bank Guarantee. BankAway™ also allows customers of the bank to access their accounts or receive
alerts on their banking transactions through any WAP or SMS enabled devices. BankAway™ has been recognised by Meridien
Research, USA as one of the top 10 Internet banking solutions in the world, and is the only solution from the Asia Pacific
region in this list. PayAway™ is a universal bill presentment and payment solution that supports both business-to-consumer
and business-to-business payment requirements of the customers of the banks.
4.B.4 Markets and sales revenue
The company markets its services primarily to large IT-intensive organizations in North America, Europe, and Japan. The
company focuses on certain market segments, including financial services, manufacturing and distribution, retail,
telecommunications and technology. The company provides a wide range of IT services and maintains a disciplined focus
on its business mix in an effort to avoid service or client concentration. Beginning in fiscal 1996, the company aggressively
sought to minimize its client concentration and to accept as clients only those that met strict guidelines for overall revenue
potential and profitability. For fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, the company’s largest client accounted for 7.3%, 7.2% and
6.4%, respectively, of revenues. Revenues for the last three fiscal years by geographic area are as follows:
Year ended March 31, 2001 2000 1999
North America $304,242,537 $158,723,649 $99,203,989
Europe 77,892,656 30,064,939 11,302,791
India 5,778,286 2,912,091 2,051,492
Rest of the world 25,937,031 11,743,075 8,396,954
$413,850,510 $203,443,754 $120,955,226
4.B.5 Sales and marketing

The company sells and markets its services and products from 25 sales offices located in thirteen countries. In the United
States, the company presently has sales offices located in Atlanta, Boston, Chicago, Dallas, Detroit, Fremont, Los Angeles,
New York and Seattle. Additionally, the company’s international sales offices are located in Argentina, Canada, Belgium,
France, Sweden, Germany, Australia, Japan, U.A.E, Hong Kong and India. With its global sales headquarters in Fremont,
California and its corporate marketing group in Bangalore, India, the company targets its sales and marketing efforts towards
IT-intensive organizations in North America, Europe and Japan. As of March 31, 2001, the company had 84 sales and
marketing employees outside of India. To continue this focus on countries with sophisticated IT services needs, the company
intends to expand its global sales and marketing infrastructure by opening additional regional sales and marketing offices in
North America and Europe.
From its offices located around the world, the company’s sales professionals contact prospective clients in developed markets
and position the company as a leading IT services provider with operations in India. In many cases, potential clients in their
search for offshore IT service providers submit a request for proposal from leading Indian software firms, including the
company. The company’s superior management team, quality of work, competence of its IT professionals, and competitive
prices are often cited as reasons for the award of competitive contracts. In addition, the company’s impressive client references
and endorsements as well as its willingness to participate in trade shows and speaking engagements, have helped the
company to generate greater awareness for its services. The company believes that its NASDAQ listing and its profile as a
public company in the United States will further enhance its corporate marketing efforts. The company has focused its sales
and marketing efforts on expanding the scope and depth of its relationships with existing clients. Although initially the
company may only provide one service to a client, the company seeks to convince the client to expand and diversify the
type of services the client outsources to the company. As a result, the company strengthens its relationships with its clients
by closely integrating its services with its clients’ IT operations. The success of this targeted strategy is reflected in the
company’s high rate of repeat business. Over 84% of the company’s revenues in each of the last two fiscal years were
generated from pre-existing clients.
4.B.6 Competition
The market for IT services is highly competitive. Competitors include IT services companies, large international accounting
firms and their consulting affiliates, systems consulting and integration firms, temporary employment agencies, other
technology companies and client in-house MIS departments. Competitors include international firms as well as national,
regional and local firms located in the United States, Europe and India. The company expects that future competition will
increasingly include firms with operations in other countries, potentially including countries with lower personnel costs
than those prevailing in India. Part of the company’s competitive advantage has historically been a cost advantage relative to
service providers in the United States and Europe. Since wage costs in India are presently increasing at a faster rate than
141
those in the United States, the company’s ability to compete effectively will become increasingly dependent on its reputation,
the quality of its services and its expertise in specific markets. Many of the company’s competitors have significantly greater
financial, technical and marketing resources and generate greater revenue than the company, and there can be no assurance
that the company will be able to compete successfully with such competitors and will not lose existing clients to such
competitors. The company believes that its ability to compete also depends in part on a number of factors outside its
control, including the ability of its competitors to attract, train, motivate and retain highly skilled IT professionals, the price
at which its competitors offer comparable services and the extent of its competitors’ responsiveness to client needs.
4.B.7 Intellectual property
Ownership of software and associated deliverables created for clients is generally retained by or assigned to the client, and
the company does not retain an interest in such software or deliverables. The company also develops software products and
software tools which are licensed to clients and remain the property of the company. The company relies upon a combination
of non-disclosure and other contractual arrangements and copyright, trade secret and trademark laws to protect its proprietary
rights in technology. The company currently requires its IT professionals to enter into non-disclosure and assignment of
rights agreements to limit use of, access to and distribution of its proprietary information. The source code for the company’s
proprietary software is generally protected as trade secrets and as unpublished copyrighted works. The company has
obtained registration of “INFOSYS” as a trademark in India and in the United States. The company does not have any
patents or registered copyrights in the United States. The company generally applies for trademarks and service marks to
identify its various service and product offerings.
The laws of India may not, under some circumstances, permit the protection of the company’s proprietary rights in the same
manner or to the same extent as the laws of the United States. India is a member of the Berne Convention and the Universal
Copyright Convention, as revised at Paris (1971), both international treaties. As a member of the Berne Convention, the
Government of India has agreed to extend copyright protection under its domestic laws to foreign works, including works
created or produced in the United States. The company believes that laws, rules, regulations and treaties in effect in the
United States and India are adequate to protect it from misappropriation or unauthorized use of its copyrights. However,
there can be no assurance that such laws will not change in ways that may prevent or restrict the protection of the company’s
proprietary rights. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the company to protect its proprietary rights will be
adequate to deter misappropriation of any of its proprietary information or that the company will be able to detect unauthorized
use and take appropriate steps to enforce its intellectual property rights.
Although the company believes that its services and products do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others,
there can be no assurance that such a claim will not be asserted against the company in future. Assertion of such claims
against the company could result in litigation, and there is no assurance that the company would prevail in such litigation
or be able to obtain a license for the use of any infringed intellectual property from a third party on commercially reasonable
terms. There can be no assurance that the company will be able to protect such licenses from infringement or misuse, or
prevent infringement claims against the company in connection with its licensing efforts. The company expects that the risk
of infringement claims against the company will increase if more of the company’s competitors are able to obtain patents for
software products and processes. Any such claims, regardless of their outcome, could result in substantial cost to the
company and divert management’s attention from the company’s operations. Any infringement claim or litigation against
the company could, therefore, have a material adverse effect on the company’s results of operations and financial condition.
4.B.8 Government of India incentives and regulation.
The company benefits from a variety of incentives given to software firms in India, such as relief from import duties on
hardware, a tax exemption for income derived from software exports, and tax holidays and infrastructure support for
companies, such as Infosys, operating in specially designated “Software Technology Parks”. There can be no assurance that
these incentives will continue in future. Further, there is a risk that changes in tax rates or laws affecting foreign investment,
currency exchange rates or other regulations will render the Government of India’s regulatory scheme less favorable to the
company and could adversely affect the market price of the company’s equity shares and its ADSs. Should the regulations
and incentives promulgated by the Government of India become less favorable to the company, the company’s results of
operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
4.C Organizational structure
The company holds a minority interest in Yantra and OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly Onscan Inc.), and is a joint venture
member of the JASDIC Park Company (“JASDIC”) which is an Indo-Japanese consortium founded by Kenichi Ohmae.
Yantra’s primary objectives are to develop, sell and support software products in the retail and distribution areas. When
Infosys established Yantra, it transferred the intellectual property rights in EAGLE (subsequently known as WMSYantra), a
software solution for warehouse management, to Yantra, for shares of common stock of Yantra. Subsequently, in September
1998, Yantra raised working capital funds from the company and U.S. venture capitalists through a private placement of its
convertible preferred stock. In the third quarter of fiscal 1999, the company sold 1,363,637 shares of Yantra’s preferred
stock held by it to a U.S. venture capital fund based in Boston. As a result of this sale, the company reduced its economic
interest in Yantra to less than one-half of the voting stock of Yantra. The company continues to own a majority of the
outstanding common stock in Yantra but has no financial obligations or commitments to Yantra and does not intend to
provide it with financial support, and therefore does not recognize Yantra’s performance in financial statements after
142
October 20, 1998. On June 14, 1999, Yantra sold Series C Convertible Preferred Stock for an aggregate purchase price of
$ 15 million to various existing and new investors. Additionally, during the current year, Yantra raised $40 million in
venture financing from various investors. This reduced Infosys’ economic interest in Yantra to approximately 16%. During
the year, Yantra announced a broad strategic alliance with Accenture (formerly Andersen Consulting) to provide supply
chain solutions through PureEcommerce, a fully web-enabled application that manages, tracks and executes complex
customer transactions across a company’s extended supply chain.
OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly Onscan Inc.) is a wireless solutions provider to enterprises and wireless carriers around
the world. OnMobile Systems Inc. (“OnMobile”) offers platforms, applications and professional services to deliver end-to-
end wireless solutions. The OnMobile solution allows wireless carriers to provide innovative services to their customers and
enterprises to deploy applications targeted towards their mobile workforce. During the year, Infosys transferred the intellectual
property rights in the Onscan product – a web-enabled notification product to OnMobile. The product was transferred for
a gross consideration of $ 2 million, received in the form of common, preferred voting and preferred non-voting stock of
OnMobile. OnMobile also closed a $ 12 million venture financing round with various investors. During the year, Onscan
Inc. changed its name to OnMobile Systems Inc. The change reflects the increased portfolio of wireless products and
services and best symbolizes its vision to bring depth of experience in systems integration and application development and
in building robust, scalable, carrier-grade products to worldwide telecommunications carriers.
JASDIC was formed as a consortium of several Japanese companies and three Indian companies, including Infosys. JASDIC’s
primary objectives are to provide high-quality software services from India to the Japanese market. During fiscal 1999, the
company invested 24 million Yen equivalent to $ 0.18 million in JASDIC with the purpose of promoting the company’s
strategy of diversifying its geographic customer base.
The company has made strategic investments in several companies in an aggregate amount of $5.9 million during the year
ended March 31, 2001. The table on page 122 of this Annual Report sets forth the information relating to the company’s
investments made during the year.
4.D Property, plants and equipment
The company’s principal campus situated at Electronics City, Bangalore, India, is owned by Infosys and consists of its
corporate office and three software development facilities – “KEC”, “Infosys Park I” and “Infosys Park II”. This campus is
known as Infosys City and currently housing over 4,500 employees. The campus consists of approximately 2,158,400
square feet of land with 655,000 square feet of landscaped area, 882,500 square feet of buildings with 104 conference
rooms, customer suites, and a world-class conference room with a video-wall made up of 4x10 cubes with the capacity to
simultaneously video conference 24 locations across the globe. An additional 435,000 square feet of buildings are under
construction to house an additional 2,400 employees.
The Infosys City campus includes leisure infrastructure, including 3 cafeterias, sports facilities such as tennis courts, a
miniature golf course, a basketball court, an outdoor swimming pool with an attached hot tub, meditation and health club,
aerobics hall and a gymnasium with steam and sauna facilities. The technological infrastructure at the Infosys City campus
includes over a 10,000 networked workstations, several Windows NT, Windows 2000, UNIX systems from HP, IBM, SUN,
COMPAQ, ACER and DELL, several midrange systems, multi-point video-conferencing facilities, and a high speed
communication backbone. The campus also has an Education and Research block consisting of 115,000 square feet of
buildings housing a state-of-art library, six class rooms and six training rooms with video-conferencing, computer-based
learning and audio-visual aids, and over 70 faculty rooms.
As part of its strategy to provide high-quality services to its clients, the company has a detailed facility management plan.
First, the company seeks to provide its Indian IT professionals with facilities that are comparable to those used by software
companies in the United States and Europe. Second, the company seeks to establish facilities near large sources of technical
talent. Third, the company equips its facilities to minimize vulnerability to interruptions in local utility and telecommunication
services.
The company acquired the land where its corporate headquarters are located from the State of Karnataka in 1993 and has
subsequently acquired parcels for various other offices, pursuant to certain lease cum sale agreements (the “Conditional
Purchase Agreements”), which are used by the State of Karnataka to make land available to private companies for specific
purposes. Under the Conditional Purchase Agreements, property is sold subject to a long-term (typically 25-year), rental-
free lease which transfers ownership to the buyer at the end of the period provided that the buyer uses the land for specified
purposes. The Conditional Purchase Agreements require the company to use the various parcels for software development
facilities. Typically, the company pays 99% of the purchase price at the time the agreement is signed and pays the remaining
1% when the term is concluded.
The company has its worldwide sales headquarters in Fremont, California and branch sales offices in Atlanta, Bangalore,
Beunos Aires, Boston, Brussels, Chennai, Chicago, Dallas, Detroit, Frankfurt, Hongkong, London, Los Angeles, Melbourne,
Mumbai, New Delhi, New York, Paris, Seattle, Stockholm, Sharjah, Sydney, Tokyo and Toronto. All sales offices, except the
Mumbai office and one of the Bangalore offices are in leased facilities.
The company plans to expand its facilities to meet its anticipated growth. Currently, the company is expanding its software
facilities in Bangalore, Bhubaneswar, Chennai, Mangalore, Hyderabad, Mysore, Mohali and Pune. The table on the following
143
page sets forth certain information as of March 31, 2001 relating to the company’s principal facilities and proposed
developments:
Location Approximate Ownership Type of facility
sq.ft.
Bangalore, India 322,5001 Conditional Software development facility

(Plots 45, 46, Electronics City) purchase
Bangalore, India 400,0002 Conditional Software
(Plots 4/1, 4/2, 4/3, 4/4, 26/1, 26/2, purchase development facility
97C, 97D and 97E, Electronics City)
Bangalore, India 160,0003 Conditional Corporate headquarters,
(Plots 44 and 97A, Electronics City) purchase software development facility
Bangalore, India —4 Conditional Proposed software
(Survey No. 8 and 9, Electronics City) purchase development facility
Bangalore, India —5 Owned Proposed software
(Survey No. 26/3, 26/4, 26/5, 26/6, Electronics City) development facility
Bangalore, India (Dickenson Road) 7,000 Owned Office premises
Bangalore, India (BTM Layout) 11,300 Leased Software development facility
Bangalore, India (Koramangala) 22,000 Leased Software development facility
Bangalore, India (J. P. Nagar, Phase II) —6 Owned Proposed office premises
Bangalore, India (J. P. Nagar, Phase III) 59,500 Leased Software development facility
Bangalore, India (Adarsh Gardens) 78,700 Owned Employee residence flats
and guesthouses
Hyderabad, India (Cyber Tower, Hi-TEC City) 15,000 Leased Software development facility
Hyderabad, India (Manikonda Village) —7 Conditional Proposed software development
Purchase facility
Mangalore, India (Kottara) 198,0008 Owned Software development facility
Mangalore, India 5,100 Owned Guesthouses
Mohali, Punjab, India 21,000 Leased Software development facility
Mumbai, India (Nariman Point) 1,200 Owned Sales and marketing office
Mumbai, India (Santa Cruz) 13,600 Owned Guesthouses
Mysore, India 9,000 Leased Software development facility
Mysore, India (Hebbal, Electronics City) —9 Conditional Proposed software development
Purchase facility and Leadership Institute
Pune, India (Hinjewadi) 202,70010 Conditional Software development facility
purchase
Pune, India 3,300 Owned Employee residence flats
Bhubaneswar, India (Nayapalli) 52,900 Leased Software development facility
Bhubaneswar, India (Export Promotion Industrial Park) 86,00011 Conditional Proposed software development
purchase facility
Bhubaneswar, India —12 Conditional Proposed software
(S/2, Jayadev Vihar Mouza) purchase development facility
Chennai, India 26,600 Leased Software development facility
Chennai, India (Sholinganallur) 80,00013 Conditional Proposed software development
purchase facility
Delhi, India 2,500 Leased Sales and marketing office
Fremont, California 17,700 Leased Worldwide sales headquarters
& proximity development center
London, U. K. 10,000 Leased Global development center
Dallas 6,000 Leased Sales and marketing office
Phoenix 4,000 Leased Proximity development center
New Jersey 17,000 Leased Proximity development center
Chicago 17,000 Leased Proximity development center
Toronto, Canada 20,500 Leased Global development center
Boston, Massachusetts 7,400 Leased Proximity development center
1
Total land parcel is 435,600 square feet.
2
Total land parcel is 753,161 square feet. 135,500 square feet of buildings are under construction.
3 Total land parcel is 220,000 square feet.
4
The company has not yet determined the aggregate square feet of the proposed development. The land parcel is approximately
435,600 square feet.
5
144
6
16,500 square feet.
7 Total land parcel is 1,306,800 square feet. 273,000 square feet of buildings are under construction.
8
Total land parcel is 119,790 square feet.
9
Total land parcel is 9,452,956 square feet. 354,000 square feet of buildings are under construction.
10
Total land parcel is 1,089,000 square feet. 388,280 square feet of buildings are under construction.
11 Total land parcel is 1,089,000 square feet. 103,000 square feet of buildings are under construction.
12
293,333 square feet.
13
Material plans to construct, expand and improve facilities
The company intends to create new software development facilities in various places in India partly to shift the operations
which are in the existing leased facilities and partly to expand the existing capacities to provide for the growth in business.
Such expansions are planned in Bangalore, Bhubaneswar, Chennai, Mysore, Mangalore, Hyderabad, Mohali and Pune, all in
India. Most of these facilities would be operational in the next 12 to 18 months. As of March 31, 2001, the company had
contractual commitments for capital expenditure of $ 34.0 million. The company intends to spend approximately $ 80.0
million on various capital expenditures during fiscal 2002 which will be financed from internal accruals and existing cash
balances of the company. In the opinion of the company, the working capital is sufficient for the company’s present
requirements.
Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

5.A Operating results
operations” on pages 99 through 110 of the Infosys Annual Report for fiscal 2001 and such information is hereby incorporated
herein by reference.
Investment in Yantra Corporation
Up to October 20, 1998, the company owned a majority of the voting stock of Yantra. Consequently, all of Yantra’s operating
losses through October 20, 1998 were recognized in the company’s consolidated financial statements. For fiscal 1998 and
fiscal 1999, Yantra’s losses recognized in the company’s financial statements were $ 1.6 million and $ 2.0 million, respectively.
On October 20, 1998, the company sold a portion of Yantra’s shares held by it, thereby reducing its interest to less than
one-half of the voting stock of Yantra. The company continues to own all of the outstanding common stock of Yantra but has
no financial obligations or commitments to Yantra and does not intend to provide Yantra with financial support. Accordingly,
Yantra’s results subsequent to October 20, 1998 were not recognized in the company’s financial statements under U.S. GAAP.
Yantra’s revenues were $ 1.3 million and $ 2.0 million for fiscal 1998 and for the period ended October 20, 1998, respectively,
while gross profits were $ 574,000 and $ 546,000, respectively, for these same periods. Yantra’s revenues were 1.9% and
2.3% of the company’s revenues for fiscal 1998 and for the period ended October 20, 1998, respectively. Its gross profits were
2.0% and 1.4% of the company’s gross profits for these same periods. Yantra currently provides e-commerce operations
solutions through PureEcommerce, a scalable web-based solution that facilitates real-time transaction management across
the extraprise. On June 14, 1999, Yantra sold Series C Convertible Preferred Stock in the amount of $ 15 million to unrelated
existing and new investors, further reducing the company’s voting control to approximately 25%. During the fiscal year
ended March 31, 2001, Yantra raised $40 million in venture financings from various investors. This reduced Infosys’ economic
interest in Yantra to approximately 16%. During the year, Yantra announced a broad strategic alliance with Accenture (formerly
Andersen Consulting) to provide supply chain solutions through PureEcommerce, a fully web-enabled application that
manages, tracks and executes complex customer transactions across a company’s extended supply chain.
5.B Liquidity and capital resources
operations” on pages 99 through 110 of the Infosys Annual Report for fiscal 2001 and is incorporated herein by reference.
5.C Research and development, patents and licences, etc.

The company has committed and expects to continue to commit in the future, a material portion of resources to research
and development. Research and development efforts are focused on development and refinement of methodologies, tools
and techniques, implementation of metrics, improvement in estimation process, and the adoption of new technologies. The
company’s research and development expenses in fiscal 2001, 2000, and 1999 were $ 3.6 million, $ 1.9 million and
$ 2.8 million, respectively which amounts to approximately 0.9%, 0.9% and 2.3% of total revenues, respectively.
5.D Trend information
5.D.1 Management’s Discussion and Analysis
145
5.D.2 Business Outlook for Fiscal 2002
The company believes that the economic slowdown in the U.S. may affect its revenue growth and operating results for
fiscal 2002. There are indications that the economic slowdown in the U.S. has impacted the growth prospects of companies
that operate in some industry segments including the insurance, banking and financial services and telecom segments.
Consequently, these companies may cut their IT spending or postpone decisions regarding new expenditure with respect to
IT spending. Based on currently available information, the company expects its business outlook for the quarter ending
June 30, 2001 and the fiscal year ending March 31, 2002 to be as follows:
Quarter ending June 30, 2001
• Net revenue is expected to be in the range of $ 123 million to $ 125 million
• Earnings per ADS is expected to be in the range of $ 0.28 to $ 0.29
Fiscal year ending March 31, 2002
• Net revenue is expected to be in the range of $ 530 million to $ 545 million
• Earnings per ADS is expected to be in the range of $ 1.24 to $ 1.27
The above mentioned expectations and projections regarding the future performance of the company are forward-looking
statements. These expectations and projections are based on currently available economic and financial information along
with the company’s operating plans and are subject to future uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially
from those that may be indicated by these statements. The company does not undertake to update any forward-looking
statement that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the company.
Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees

6.A Directors and senior management
The directors and executive officers of the company, their respective ages as of March 31, 2001, and their respective
positions with the company are as follows:
Name Age Position
N. R. Narayana Murthy 54 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Nandan M. Nilekani 4 45 Managing Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
1, 2
Deepak Satwalekar 52 Non-executive director
2,3
Ramesh Vangal 44 Non-executive director
Marti G. Subrahmanyam, Prof. 1, 2 54 Non-executive director
Philip Yeo 1, 3, 4 55 Non-executive director
1, 3
Jitendra Vir Singh, Prof. 47 Non-executive director
1, 2
Omkar Goswami, Dr. 44 Non-executive director
Larry Pressler, Sen. 2, 3 58 Non-executive director
Rama Bijapurkar 2,4 44 Non-executive director
Gopalakrishnan S. 45 Deputy Managing Director – Customer Service & Technology
4
Dinesh K. 46 Director – Human Resources Development, Information Systems,
Quality & Productivity and Communication Design Group
Shibulal S. D. 4 46 Director – Customer Delivery
Mohandas Pai T. V. 42 Director – Administration and Facilities and Chief Financial Officer
Phaneesh Murthy 37 Director – Head of Sales and Marketing and Communications Products Services
Srinath Batni 46 Director – Delivery – West North America
Ajay Dubey 43 Vice President – Delivery – Europe
Balasubramanian P., Dr. 51 Senior Vice President – Domain Competency Group
Balakrishnan V. 36 Vice President – Finance and Company Secretary
Basab Pradhan 35 Regional Manager and Vice President – Sales – West North America
Deepak Sinha, Gp. Capt. (Retd.) 53 Associate Vice President – Computers & Communications Division
Girish Vaidya 50 Senior Vice President – Banking Business Unit
Hema Ravichandar 39 Senior Vice President – Human Resources Development
Jan DeSmet 42 Vice President – Infosys Business Consulting Services
Mohan Sekhar 39 Vice President – Head Delivery – North East and Canada
Prabhu M. S. S., Dr. 53 Senior Vice President – Engineering Services and Consultancy Practice
Rajiv Kuchhal 35 Associate Vice President – Communication & Product Services –
Nortel and PCC, Development Center – Mohali
Sobha Meera P. R. 33 Regional Manager and Vice President – Sales – Canada & East North America
Satyendra Kumar 48 Vice President and Head – Quality
1 2
Member of the Compensation Committee Member of the Audit Committee
3 Member of the Nomination Committee 4 Member of the Investor Grievance Committee
146
N. R. Narayana Murthy has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Infosys since 1981, when he
founded the company with six software professionals. Mr. Murthy also served as Managing Director of Infosys until
February 1999. While at Infosys, from 1992 to 1994, Mr. Murthy also served as the President of the National Association of
Software and Service Companies (“NASSCOM”). Mr. Murthy is on the Governing Council of the National Information
Technology Task Force of India and was voted “IT Man of the Year” for 1996 by Dataquest India. In 1998, Mr. Murthy was
awarded the prestigious J.R.D. Tata Corporate Leadership Award. Since 1998, Mr. Murthy has served as a director of ICICI
Ltd. and as a director of Videsh Sanchar Nigam Ltd. (“VSNL”) and since 1999 he has served as a director of India Growth
Fund, New York. Since December 2000, he has served as a Director on the Board of the Reserve Bank of India, and since
January 2001 as the Chairman of the Bangalore International Airport Limited. He is a Fellow of the All India Management
Association (“AIMA”) and the Computer Society of India (“CSI”). Mr. Murthy received a B.E. in Electrical Engineering from
the University of Mysore and a M.Tech. from the Indian Institute of Technology (“IIT”) Kanpur.
Nandan M. Nilekani is a co-founder of Infosys and has served as a director since 1981, Head – Marketing and Sales of Infosys
since 1987, Head – Banking Business Unit since 1997 and Managing Director, President and Chief Operating Officer since
February 1999. From 1981 to 1987, Mr. Nilekani was in the United States managing the marketing and development efforts
of Infosys. Mr. Nilekani is a co-founder of NASSCOM and received a B.Tech. in Electrical Engineering from IIT Bombay.
Deepak M. Satwalekar has served as a director of Infosys since October 1997. He is the Managing Director of HDFC Standard Life
Assurance Company Limited. From 1993 to 2000 he was Managing Director of Housing Development Finance Corporation
Ltd., and was Deputy Managing Director between 1990 and 1993. He was a member of the Managing Committee of the
Bombay Chamber of Commerce and Industry from 1996 to 1998. Mr. Satwalekar was also a Member of the Economic Affairs
Committee of the Indo-American Chamber of Commerce from 1993 to 1994 and 1996 to 1997. He is a director of Tata Housing
Development Corporation Ltd., HDFC Ltd., HDFC Bank Ltd., HDFC Holdings Ltd., HDFC Investments Ltd., Indian Opportunities
Fund (Mauritius) Ltd., Maruti Countrywide Auto Financial Service Ltd., Mahindra Holidays & Resorts India Ltd., SchoolNet
India Ltd., Tube Investments of India Ltd., Chemplast Sanmar Ltd. and Templeton Asset Management India Private Ltd.
Mr. Satwalekar received a B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering from IIT Bombay and an M.B.A. from the American University.
Prof. Marti G. Subrahmanyam has served as a director of Infosys since April 1998. He has served as the Charles E. Merrill
Professor of Finance and Economics at the Stern School of Business at New York University since 1991 and has been a visiting
professor at leading academic institutions in England, France, Germany and India including at INSEAD and Chruchill College,
Cambridge University. He is a director of ICICI Ltd., Aventine Investment Management Inc., Nippon Performance Fund Ltd.,
Indiaserver.com Inc., SpeedMerchant.com Inc., Usha Communications Inc., RMAS Ltd., Nomura Asset Management Inc.,
Nexgen Financial Holdings Ltd. and Deutsche Software India Ltd. Prof. Subrahmanyam has written several books and published
numerous articles in the areas of finance and economics. He currently serves as an Associate Editor of the Journal of Banking and
Finance, Journal of Finance, Management Science, Journal of Derivatives, Journal of International Finance and Accounting, and Japan
and the World Economy. Prof. Subrahmanyam received a B.Tech. from IIT Madras, a Diploma in Business Administration, from
IIM Ahmedabad and a Ph.D. in Finance and Economics from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Ramesh Vangal has served as a director of Infosys since 1997. He has served as the President of Seagram Asia Pacific since
1998 and is currently the Chairman of Seagram India Ltd., Seagram Asia Pacific Ltd., Asia Net Media BVI Ltd., BL.com, and
is a director in Indo Bio Care, CEBECO India, Kirin Seagram, Agro Biochem (India) Pvt. Ltd., and Arudra Nemara Developers
Pvt. Ltd. From 1994 to 1997, he was a member of the Worldwide Operating Council of PepsiCo and was President of
PepsiCo Foods International, Asia Pacific. From 1985 to 1994, he served in various management capacities for PepsiCo.
Mr. Vangal received a B.Tech. from IIT Bombay and a M.Sc. in Business from the London Business School. He also holds a
Certificate Diploma, Accounting and Finance from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.
Philip Yeo has served as a director of Infosys since October 1999. Mr. Yeo has served as the Executive Chairman of the Singapore
Economic Development Board since January 1986 and as Deputy Chairman of Singapore’s National Science and Technology
Board since June 1999. He is also the Chairman of the Institute for Molecular & Cell Biology, Pidemco Land and Singapore
Aerospace Manufacturing and is a Board member in INSEAD, Paris. Mr. Yeo was the first Chairman of Singapore’s National
Computer Board from 1981 to 1987. Mr. Yeo joined the Administrative Service in 1970 and served in the Ministry of Defence
where he held several appointments including the appointment of Permanent Secretary for logistics, technology research &
development and defence industries upto January 1986. He retired from the Administrative Service on March 31, 1999. Mr. Yeo
graduated in 1970 in Applied Science (Industrial Engineering) from the University of Toronto, Canada under a Colombo Plan
Scholarship. He later obtained a Master of Science (Systems Engineering) from the University of Singapore in 1974. In 1976, he
obtained a Master in Business Administration from Harvard University, under a Fulbright scholarship. He is the recipient of
many international awards, and was conferred an Honorary Doctorate in Engineering from the University of Toronto.
Prof. Jitendra Vir Singh has served as a Director of Infosys since October 10, 2000. He is the Vice Dean, International Academic
Affairs at the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, since 1998. Earlier, Prof. Singh was Director of the Emerging
Economies Program at Wharton from 1996 to 1998. From 1991 to 1995, he was Research Director, Entrepreneurship at the
Sol C. Snider Entrepreneurial Center at Wharton. Prof. Singh has been a faculty member at Wharton since 1987. Prior to that,
he was an Associate Professor in the Rotman School of Business, University of Toronto in Canada. Prof. Singh received his
Ph.D. from Stanford Business School in 1983. In 1991, he received an M.A. (h.c.) from University of Pennsylvania. He
received his B.Sc. from Lucknow University in India in 1972. Prof. Singh received his MBA from the Indian Institute of
Management, Ahmedabad, India in 1975. Prof. Singh serves as advisor for several high technology startup firms, including,
147
San Francisco based Esurance Inc., an integrated online insurance company and Seattle based vCustomer Corporation,
which, provides online customer support to e-commerce firms. He is also on the advisory board of EurIndia, a London based
marketing accelerator for small Indian software companies and other high tech firms in India and the US.
Dr. Omkar Goswami has served as a Director of Infosys since November 13, 2000. He has been working as Senior Consultant
and Chief Economist to the Confederation of Indian Industry since August 1998. Prior to that, from March 1997 through
July 1998, Dr. Goswami was the Editor of Business India magazine, from March 1997 through July 1998. Prior to that, from
1981 to 1997, he was a research professor at Oxford University, Delhi School of Economics, Harvard, Tufts, Jawaharlal
Nehru University, Rutgers University and the Indian Statistical Institute, New Delhi. Dr. Goswami has served on several
government committees. Dr. Goswami has also been a consultant to the World Bank, IMF, the Asian Development Bank and
the OECD. Dr. Goswami received his Masters in Economics from the Delhi School of Economics in 1978 and his D.Phil.
(Ph.D.) from Balliol College, Oxford in 1982.
Senator Larry Pressler has served as a Director of Infosys since January 9, 2001. He is a Senior Partner in the Washington,
D.C. law firm of O’Connor & Hannan LLP, and chairs the law firm’s Telecommunications and Business Group. Prior to that,
from 1974 to 1997, he was Member of U.S. Congress, with 18 years in the U.S. Senate. He was Chairman of the Senate
Commerce, Science and Transportation Committee and was the author of the Telecommunications Act of 1996 among
others. He has also worked with McKinsey & Company, and spent three years as a government lawyer in the U.S. State
Department Legal Advisor’s Office. Senator Pressler is a Vietnam veteran (U.S. Army) and was awarded Vietnam Service
Medals. Senator Pressler is a former Rhodes Scholar and graduate of Oxford University and Harvard Law School. Currently,
Senator Pressler serves on the Boards of Directors of Global Light Telecommunications Inc., American Technologies Group,
Philadelphia Stock Exchange Board of Governors, Customerlinx and L&T Trade.com Ltd. Senator Pressler also serves on
the Boards of Advisors of several companies in the pharmaceutical, telecommunications, and financial sectors.
Rama Bijapurkar has served as a Director of Infosys since March 29, 2001. She is a recognized leader on marketing strategy and
consumer related issues in India and runs a strategic marketing consulting practice working across a wide range of sectors,
helping organizations with their marketing strategies. Prior to that, from 1995 to 1997, Ms. Bijapurkar worked with McKinsey
and Company as a Senior Marketing Consultant. From 1989 to 1995 she was the Deputy Managing Director of MARG and
worked between 1982 and 1987 with MODE Services, which she co-founded. In addition, she is a visiting faculty at IIM
Ahmedabad. She is an alumna of IIM Ahmedabad and holds an Honors degree in Physics from the Delhi University. Ms.
Bijapurkar serves on the Boards of Titan Watches Ltd., Godrej Consumer Products Ltd., Ideasnyou.com Ltd. and CRISIL Ltd.
S. Gopalakrishnan is a co-founder of Infosys and has served as a director from 1981 to 1987. From 1987 to 1994, he was
Technical Vice President and managed all projects at the US-based KSA/Infosys, a former joint venture between the company
and Kurt Salmon Associates. From 1994 to date he has served as a director of Infosys. Mr. Gopalakrishnan was head of
Technical Support Services from 1994 to 1996, Head – Client Delivery and Technology of Infosys from 1996 to 1999 and
has served as Head – Customer Service & Technology from 1999 to date. Mr. Gopalakrishnan received an M.Sc. in Physics
and an M.Tech. in Computer Science from IIT Madras. Mr. Gopalakrishnan is a director in Yantra Corporation.
K. Dinesh is a co-founder of Infosys and has served as a director since 1985. He has served as Head – Quality, Productivity
and MIS of Infosys since 1996. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Dinesh served in various project management capacities and was
responsible for worldwide software development efforts for Infosys. From 1981 to 1990, he managed projects for Infosys in
the United States. Mr. Dinesh received an M.Sc. degree in Mathematics from Bangalore University.
S. D. Shibulal is a co-founder of Infosys and has served as a director from 1984 to 1991 and since 1997. He has served as
Head – Manufacturing, Distribution and Year 2000 Business Unit, and Head – Internet and Intranet Business Unit of
Infosys since 1998. From 1991 to 1996, Mr. Shibulal was on sabbatical from Infosys and served as Senior Information
Resource Manager at Sun Microsystems Inc. From 1981 to 1991, he worked for Infosys in the United States on projects in
the retail and manufacturing industries. Mr. Shibulal received an M.Sc. in Physics from the University of Kerala and an M.S.
in Computer Science from Boston University.
T. V. Mohandas Pai has served as Director of Infosys since May 27, 2000. From 1996 to 2000 he was Senior Vice President,
Head – Finance and Administration and Chief Financial Officer of Infosys. From 1994 to 1996, he served as Vice President
of Finance at Infosys. From 1988 to 1994, Mr. Pai was Executive Director of Prakash Leasing Ltd. Mr. Pai received a B.Com.
from St. Joseph’s College of Commerce, Bangalore and an LL.B. from the University Law College, Bangalore. Mr. Pai is a
Fellow Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
Phaneesh Murthy has served as Director of Infosys since May 27, 2000. From 1996 to 1999 he served as Senior Vice President
and Head – Worldwide Sales of Infosys. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Murthy was a Marketing Manager for Infosys based in the
United States. From 1987 to 1992, he worked in sales and marketing for Sonata Software Ltd. Mr. Murthy received a B.Tech.
in Mechanical Engineering from IIT Madras and a post graduate diploma in business administration from IIM Ahmedabad.
Srinath Batni has served as Director of Infosys since May 27, 2000. From 1996 to 2000 he has served as Senior Vice
President and Head – Retail and Telecommunications Business Unit of Infosys. After joining Infosys in 1992, Mr. Batni was
a Project Manager. From 1990 to 1992, he was Manager of Technical Support for PSI Bull, an Indian software development
subsidiary of Bull, S.A., a French company. Mr. Batni received a B.E. in Mechanical Engineering from Mysore University and
an M.E. in Mechanical Engineering from the Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore.
Ajay Dubey has served as Vice President – Financial Services and Transportation Business Unit of Infosys since April 1999.
From 1995 to 1999, he was an Associate Vice President working in the Financial Services and Transportation Business Unit.
148
He joined the company in 1993 as a Senior project manager. From 1990 to 1993, he served as a Technical Team leader in
ANZ Grindlays, New Zealand. Mr. Dubey received a B.Tech. from IIT Kanpur in 1980.
Dr. P. Balasubramanian has served as Senior Vice President and Head – Domain Competency Group since 1999. Prior to
that, from 1995 to 1999 he was Senior Vice President and Head - Financial Services and Transportation Business Unit of
Infosys. From 1989 to 1992, Dr. Balasubramanian was Chief Executive Officer and Technical Director of Hitek Software
Engineers Ltd. (“Hitek”), Jamaica, West Indies. From 1992 to 1994, he was a Technical Director of Hitek. From 1986 to
1989, Dr. Balasubramanian was Chief Executive Officer of Cholamandalam Software Ltd., Chennai. Dr. Balasubramanian
has been invited as guest faculty to several executive training programs in India as well as at the University of West Indies.
Dr. Balasubramanian received a B.Tech. and M.Tech. from IIT Madras and a Ph.D. in Operations Research and Financial
Management from Purdue University.
V. Balakrishnan has served as Vice President – Finance and Company Secretary since April 25, 2001. Prior to that, from 1999
to January 2001, he was Associate Vice President – Finance. In January 2001, he took over additional responsibility as
Company Secretary. After joining Infosys in 1991, he has served in various capacities in the Finance department of the
company. Prior to joining Infosys, he was Senior Accounts Executive for Amco Batteries Ltd., Mr. Balakrishnan received a B.Sc.
from the University of Madras and is an Associate Member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, a Member of the
Institute of Company Secretaries of India and an Associate Member of the Institute of Cost & Works Accountants of India.
Basab Pradhan has served as Regional Manager since 1998. After joining Infosys in 1994, Basab served in various capacities
for the company, including as Business Development Manager between 1995-98. Prior to joining Infosys, he was Area Sales
Manager for Lipton India Ltd. Basab received a B.Tech. in Mechanical Engineering from IIT Kanpur in 1987 and a Post
Graduate Diploma in Management from IIM Ahmedabad in 1989.
Group Captain (Retd.) Deepak Sinha has served as Associate Vice President and Head – Computer and Communications
Division (“CCD”) since April 25, 2001. Prior to that, from April 1998 to April 2001, he has served as Senior Manager and
Head – CCD. Prior to joining Infosys, he was Director - IMMOLS Project for the Indian Air Force. Group Captain (Retd.)
Sinha received a B. Tech from IIT Kharagpur in 1968.
Girish Vaidya has served as Senior Vice President and Head – Banking Business Unit of Infosys since April 1999. Prior to
that, Mr. Vaidya was Director and Head – Operations India for ANZ Grindlays with whom he had been since 1975. Mr. Vaidya
received a B.E. from S.P College of Engineering, Mumbai in 1973 and a Post Graduate Diploma in Management from IIM
Calcutta in 1975.
Hema Ravichandar has served as Senior Vice President and Head – Human Resources of Infosys since 1998. From 1996 to
1998, Ms. Ravichandar was an independent consultant. From 1992 to 1995, she served as Head – Human Resources at
Infosys. From 1983 to 1992, Ms. Ravichandar was Deputy Manager – Human Resource Development at Motor Industries
Company Ltd. Ms. Ravichandar received a B.A. in Economics and a Post Graduate Diploma in Management from IIM Ahmedabad.
Jan DeSmet has served as Vice President – Consulting Services and Head – Strategic Business Unit since January 1999 and
is currently Vice President – Business Consulting Services. From 1996 to 1998, Mr. DeSmet was Senior Principal with
Diamond Technology Partners in Chicago. Mr. DeSmet received a M.B.A from the University of Dallas in 1982.
Mohan Sekhar has served as Vice President and Head – Delivery, North East United States and Canada since April 25, 2001.
Prior to that, from April 1999 to April 2001, he has served as Associate Vice President and Head – Delivery. Prior to that,
from 1998 to 1999, he served as a Senior Project Manager in the Manufacturing, Distribution and Year 2000 Business Unit.
From 1986 to 1998 he worked for Cap Gemini America and AT&T in New Jersey in various capacities in the Voice,
Telephony and Networking services. Mohan received a B.E. in Mechanical Engineering from Bangalore University and a
M.S. in Computer Science from New Jersey Institute of Technology, New Jersey, USA.
Dr. M. S. S. Prabhu has served as Senior Vice President and Head – Engineering Services Business Unit of Infosys since 1997.
From 1994 to 1997, Dr. Prabhu served as head of CAD/CAM group at Tata Consultancy Services. From 1972 to 1994, he
served in various capacities for the Indian Satellite Research Organization. Dr. Prabhu received a B.E. in Civil Engineering
from Bangalore University and a Ph.D. in Aeronautical Engineering from Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore.
Rajiv Kuchhal has served as Associate Vice President of Infosys since 1998 and Head – Nortel OSDC Business Unit of Infosys
since April 1998. From 1990 to 1998, Mr. Kuchhal served in various capacities for the company, including projects relating
to an electronic telex interface and management of the Nortel OSDC before it became a separate business unit. Mr. Kuchhal
received a B.Tech. in Electrical and Electronics Engineering from IIT Delhi.
Sobha Meera P. R. has served as Regional Manager – Canada & East North America since 1998. After joining Infosys in 1995
Ms. Meera served as Branch Manager between 1995 and 1998. Prior to joining Infosys, she worked in various Sales &
Marketing positions for HCL Ltd. & Sonata Software Ltd. Ms. Meera received her Post Graduate Diploma in Management
from IIM Ahmedabad in 1995 and a B.E. from Osmania University in 1989.
Satyendra Kumar has served as Vice President and Head – Quality since September 2000. Prior to that, from 1998 to August
2000, he was Head of Quality at IMR Global, Bangalore. From 1995 to 1998 he worked as the Deputy Chief Executive for
Tata Quality Management Services from 1996 to 1998. He has been a software quality consultant for several companies and
is also a registered TickIT auditor and an ISO lead auditor. Kumar has a post graduate degree in Electronics from Delhi
University.
149
6.B Compensation
In fiscal 2001, the company’s eight non-employee directors were paid an aggregate of $ 127,123. Directors who are also
employees of the company do not receive any additional compensation for their service on the board of directors. Directors
are also reimbursed for certain expenses in connection with their attendance at the board and the committee meetings.
The table below sets forth the compensation for the officers and directors of the company, for the fiscal year ended
March 31, 2001.
Annual compensation awards Stock options
Name Salary Bonus Other No. of Grant No. of Grant Expiration Amount
annual options price options price date accrued
compen granted granted for long-
-sation during the during the term
year (1999 year (1998 benefits
ESOP) ESOP)
N. R. Narayana Murthy $18,431 – $14,284 – – – – – $5,863

Nandan M. Nilekani 18,431 – 16,876 – – – – – 5,863
Gopalakrishnan S. 18,431 – 14,302 – – – – – 5,863
Dinesh K. 18,431 – 16,951 – – – – – 5,863
Shibulal S. D. 18,431 – 14,292 – – – – – 5,863
Deepak M. Satwalekar – – 25,000 – – – – – –
Ramesh Vangal – – 25,000 – – – – – –
Marti G. Subrahmanyam, Prof. – – 25,000 – – – – – –
Philip Yeo – – 25,000 – – – – – –
Jitendra Vir Singh, Prof. – – 11,849 – – – – – –
Omkar Goswami, Dr. – – 9,521 – – – – – –
Larry Pressler, Sen. – – 5,616 – – – – – –
Rama Bijapurkar – – 205 – – – – – –
Mohandas Pai T. V. 20,820 – 8,918 10,000 $122.72 – – February 26, 2010 6,623
Phaneesh Murthy 249,568 165,000 2,589 – – 20,000 $98.25 February 26, 2010 –
Srinath Batni 18,709 – 7,802 5,500 122.72 2,000 98.25 February 26, 2010 5,951
Ajay Dubey 10,309 – 11,340 2,610 122.72 780 98.25 February 26, 2010 3,279
Basab Pradhan 120,000 64,400 760 – – 12,000 98.25 February 26, 2010 –
Balasubramaniam P., Dr. 15,314 – 18,874 3,000 122.72 – – February 26, 2010 4,871
Balakrishnan V. 11,363 – 13,694 6,000 122.72 – – February 26, 2010 3,615
Deepak Sinha, Gp. Capt. (Retd.) 6,166 1,008 13,901 2,550 122.72 900 98.25 February 26, 2010 1,962
Girish Vaidya 16,567 – 18,997 5,310 122.72 1,380 98.25 February 26, 2010 5,270
Hema Ravichandar 12,102 – 14,001 2,200 122.72 2,400 98.25 February 26, 2010 3,850
Jan DeSmet 181,500 41,250 – – – 6,000 98.25 February 26, 2010 –
Mohan Sekhar 9,294 – 13,344 4,800 122.72 2,400 98.25 February 26, 2010 2,957
Prabhu M. S. S., Dr. 29,961 – 14,905 3,000 122.72 – – February 26, 2010 4,601
Rajiv Kuchhal 9,064 – 13,212 1,000 122.72 – – February 26, 2010 2,883
Satyendra Kumar* 5,052 – 13,583 3,000 156.18 – – October 10, 2009 1,607
Sobha Meera P. R. 120,000 68,250 3,013 – – 12,000 98.25 February 26, 2010 –
* Employed for part of the year
6.C.1 Board practices

Name Expiration of current Term of office
term of office
N. R. Narayana Murthy April 30, 2002 5 years 1 Deepak Satwalekar Retirement by rotation
Nandan M. Nilekani April 30, 2002 5 years 2 Ramesh Vangal Retirement by rotation
Gopalakrishnan S. October 17, 2004 5 years 2 Marti G. Subramanyam, Prof. Retirement by rotation
2
Dinesh K. April 30, 2002 5 years Philip Yeo Retirement by rotation
2
Shibulal S. D. April 30, 2002 5 years Jitendra Vir Singh, Prof. Retirement by rotation
Mohandas Pai T. V. June 2, 2001 5 years 2, 3 Omkar Goswami, Dr. Retirement by rotation
Phaneesh Murthy June 2, 2001 5 years 2, 4 Larry Pressler, Sen. Retirement by rotation
Srinath Batni June 2, 2001 5 years 2, 5 Rama Bijapurkar Retirement by rotation
1
Mr. N. R. Narayana Murthy is not liable to retire by rotation so long as he controls 5% of the voting in Infosys together by himself and with his family members.
2
The period of appointment as an executive director is for five years. However, these directors customarily retire by rotation once in three years and are to be
re-elected by the stockholders.
3
Mr. T. V. Mohandas Pai was appointed as Director by the board for a term of five years ending on May 26, 2005 and his appointment has been recommended
for the approval of the stockholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting and forms part of the Items of Special Business of the Notice to the stockholders,
which is attached as an exhibit to this Form 20-F.
4
Mr. Phaneesh Murthy was appointed as Director by the board for a term of five years ending on May 26, 2005 and his appointment has been recommended
for the approval of the stockholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting and forms part of the Items of Special Business of the Notice to the stockholders,
5
Mr. Srinath Batni was appointed as Director by the board for a term of five years ending on May 26, 2005 and his appointment has been recommended for
the approval of the stockholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting and forms part of the Items of Special Business of the Notice to the stockholders,
6
The board constantly evaluates the contribution of its members, and recommends to stockholders their re-appointment periodically as per statute. The
Indian Companies Act mandates that two-thirds of the members of the board should retire by rotation, of which, one-third of such members should retire
every year, and qualifies the retiring members for re-appointment. However all the directors of the company customarily retire by rotation. The executive
directors are appointed by the stockholders for a maximum period of five years at one time but are eligible for re-appointment upon completion of their term.
The nominations committee of the board, composed entirely of independent directors, recommends such appointment / re-appointment. However, the
150
membership term is limited by the retirement age for members. The board has adopted a retirement policy for its members. Under this policy, the maximum
age of retirement of executive directors, including the CEO, is 60 years, which is the age of superannuation for the employees of the company. Their
continuation as members of the board upon superannuation / retirement is determined by the nominations committee. The age limit for retirement from the
board is 65 years. The directors’ contracts do not contain material severance packages.
6.C.2 Employment contracts

Under the Indian Companies Act, the company’s stockholders must approve the salary, bonus and benefits of all employee
directors at an Annual General Meeting of stockholders. Each employee director of the company has signed an agreement
containing the terms and conditions of employment, including a monthly salary, performance bonus and benefits including
vacation, medical reimbursement and pension fund contributions. These agreements are made for a five year period, but
either the company or the employee director may terminate the agreement upon six months notice to the other party.
6.C.3 Board committee information
The details relating to the company’s audit committee and remuneration committee, including the names of committee
members and a summary of the terms of reference under which the committee operates is on pages 47 through 48 of the
Infosys Annual Report for fiscal 2001 and is incorporated herein by reference.
6.D Employees
As of March 31, 2001, the company had approximately 9,830 employees, including approximately 8,660 IT professionals,
up from approximately 5,390 employees and approximately 4,625 IT professionals, respectively, as of March 31, 2000 and
approximately 3,770 employees and approximately 3,160 IT professionals respectively as of March 31, 1999. The company
invests heavily in its programs to recruit, train and retain qualified employees, and management believes the company has
established a reputation as one of the most preferred employers for software engineers in India.
The company focuses its recruiting efforts on the top 20% of students from engineering departments of Indian schools and
relies on a rigorous selection process involving a series of tests and interviews to identify the best applicants. Because the
company emphasizes flexibility and innovation, applicants are selected on the basis of their ability to learn as well as their
academic achievement, conceptual knowledge and their temperament for, and fit with, the company’s culture. The company’s
reputation as a premier employer enables it to select from a large pool of qualified applicants. For example, in fiscal 2001,
the company received approximately 385,200 job applications, tested approximately 49,100 interviewed approximately
20,800 and extended job offers to approximately 7,650, of whom approximately 6,100 accepted. The company seeks to
attract and motivate IT professionals by offering: an entrepreneurial environment that empowers IT professionals; programs
that recognize and reward performance; challenging assignments; a continuous updating of skills; and a culture that emphasizes
openness, integrity and respect for the employee. IT professionals receive competitive salaries and benefits and are eligible
to participate in the company’s stock option plans. In addition, the company spends significant resources on training and
continuing education. To conduct training, the company employs a 58-person faculty, including 39 with doctorate or
master’s degrees. The faculty conducts three-month training sessions for new recruits and a variety of two-week continuing
education courses in technology and management skills.
At any given time, approximately 34% of the company’s IT professionals are working on-site at client facilities in the United
States and elsewhere while the balance are working offshore in India. On average, approximately 1,570, 980 and 530 of the
company’s IT professionals worked on-site in the United States and elsewhere per month in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999,
respectively. On average, approximately 7,086, 3,100 and 2,630 of the company’s IT professionals and support staff
worked offshore in India per month in fiscal 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.
The company’s professionals that work on-site at client facilities in the United States on temporary and extended assignments
are typically required to obtain visas. As of March 31, 2001, substantially all of the company’s personnel in the United States
were working pursuant to H-1B visas (1,090 persons) or L-1 visas (292 persons). Both H-1B and L-1 visas require that
recipients meet certain education requirements; however, only employees who have worked for the company for at least
one year are eligible to obtain L-1 visas. The company is generally able to obtain H-1B and L-1 visas within two to four
months of applying for such visas, which remain valid for three years. Although there is no limit to new L-1 petitions, there
is a limit to the number of new H-1B petitions that the United States Immigration and Naturalization Service may approve
in any government fiscal year. In the years in which this limit is reached, the company may be unable to obtain H-1B visas
necessary to bring critical Indian IT professionals to the United States on an extended basis. The H-1B limit was reached in
March 2000 by the U.S. Government for its fiscal year ending September 30, 2000 and in May 1999 for its fiscal year
ending September 30, 1999. The H-1B limit had recently been increased to 195,000 for the next two years ending September
30, 2002. The limit is yet to be reached for the year ending September 30, 2001. The company planned for the H-1B limit
being reached prior to the end of the U.S. Government’s current fiscal year primarily by forecasting its annual needs for such
visas early in the U.S. Government’s fiscal year and applying for such visas as soon as practicable. In addition, the company
utilizes L-1 visas whenever available and redeploys existing H-1B visa holders in order to minimize the number of new
H-1B visas needed by the company. While the company anticipated that such limit would be reached prior to the end of the
U.S. government’s fiscal year and has made efforts to plan accordingly, there can be no assurance that the company will
continue to be able to obtain a sufficient number of H-1B visas.
The market for hiring software professionals is highly competitive. Competing employers include multinational corporations
that perform software development in India through subsidiaries and joint ventures with Indian companies; a number of
well-known Indian IT services and software product companies; and a large number of small and medium regional companies,
many with affiliates or parent companies in the United States and Europe.
151
6.E.1 Share ownership (As of March 31, 2001)
The following table sets forth the options to purchase securities, granted to executive officers and directors, that were
outstanding as of March 31, 2001.
Class of securities Total securities Exercise price1 Expiration dates
Equity shares 153,720 $107.07 Nov 2003-Feb 2010
American Depositary Shares 320,260 $36.26 Mar 2003-Feb 2010
1
Weighted Average Exercise Price
The following table sets forth for each director and executive officer, the total number of equity shares, ADSs and Options
to purchase equity shares and ADSs held as of March 31, 2001.
Name Shares % of shares Shares Exercise Expiration

beneficially beneficially underlying price
owned owned options
granted
N. R. Narayana Murthy 1 4,906,400 7.42 – – –
Nandan M. Nilekani 1 3,331,900 5.04 – – –
Dinesh K.1 2,333,400 3.52 – – –
Gopalakrishnan S. 1 3,180,000 4.81 – – –
Shibulal S. D. 1 2,118,500 3.20 – – –
Mohandas Pai T. V. 2 – – – – –
Phaneesh Murthy 2 – – – – –
Srinath Batni 2 – – – – –
Deepak Satwalekar – – – – –
Ramesh Vangal 2 – – – – –
Marti G. Subrahmanyam, Prof. 2 – – – – –
Philip Yeo – – – – –
Jitendra Vir Singh, Prof. – – – – –
Omkar Goswami, Dr. – – – – –
Larry Pressler, Sen. – – – – –
Rama Bijapurkar – – – – –
Ajay Dubey 2 – – – – –
Balasubramanian P., Dr. 2 – – – – –
Balakrishnan V. 2 – – – – –
Basab Pradhan 2 – – – – –
Deepak Sinha, Gp. Capt. (Retd.) 2 – – – – –
Girish Vaidya 2 – – – – –
Hema Ravichandar 2 – – – – –
Jan DeSmet 2 – – – – –
Mohan Sekhar 2 – – – – –
Prabhu M. S. S., Dr. 2 – – – – –
Rajiv Kuchhal 2 – – – – –
Satyendra Kumar 2 – – – – –
Sobha Meera P. R. 2 – – – – –
1
Number of shares and percentage ownership is based on 66,158,117 equity shares outstanding as of March 31, 2001.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the SEC and includes voting and investment power with
respect to such shares. Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31,
2001 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of
computing the percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned
for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. All information with respect to the beneficial
ownership of any principal shareholder has been furnished by such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated below, the
company believes that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares
shown as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The shares beneficially owned by the
directors include the equity shares owned by their family members to which such directors disclaim beneficial ownership.
2
Hold less than one percent of the class of shares and individual share ownership has not previously been disclosed to
shareholders or otherwise made public.
152
6. E. 2 Option plans
The company has three Option plans in operation – the 1994 Employee Stock Offer Plan, the 1998 Stock Option Plan and
the 1999 Stock Option Plan – a description of which is provided below:
1994 Employees Stock Offer Plan. In September 1994, the company established the Employees Stock Offer Plan (“ESOP”)
which provides for the issuance of 6,000,000 warrants (as adjusted to reflect the company’s 2-for-1 stock split by means of
a stock dividend in fiscal 1998 and 1999 and a 2-for-1 stock split in fiscal 2000) to eligible employees. The warrants were
issued to an employee welfare trust (“Trust”) at Rs. 0.50 each. The warrants were purchased by the Trust using the proceeds
of a loan obtained from the company. The Trust holds the warrants and transfers them to eligible employees. The warrants
are transferred to employees at Rs. 0.50 each and each warrant entitles the holder to purchase one of the company’s equity
shares at a price of Rs. 50 per share. The warrants and the equity shares received upon the exercise of warrants are subject
to a five-year aggregate vesting period from the date of issue of warrants to employees. The warrants expire upon the earlier
of five years from the date of issue or September 1999.
In 1997, in anticipation of a share dividend to be declared by the company, the Trust exercised all warrants held by it and
converted them into equity shares with the proceeds of a loan obtained from the company. In connection with the warrant
exercise and the share dividend, on an adjusted basis, 3,011,200 equity shares were issued to employees of the company
who exercised stock purchase rights and 2,988,800 equity shares were issued to the Trust for future issuance to employees
pursuant to the ESOP. Following such exercise, there were no longer any rights to purchase equity shares from the company
in connection with the ESOP. Only equity shares held by the Trust remained for future issues to employees, subject to
vesting provisions. The equity shares acquired upon the exercise of the warrants vests 100% upon the completion of five
years of service. The warrant holders were entitled to exercise early, but the shares received are subject to the five year
vesting period. As of March 31, 2001, the company’s outstanding equity shares included 587,400 equity shares held by the
Trust of which 330,000 equity shares were allotted to employees, subject to vesting provisions and have been included in
the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share. The remaining 257,400 equity shares were not considered outstanding
for purposes of calculating diluted earnings per share calculations. The warrants allotted and the underlying equity shares
are not subject to any repurchase obligations by the company.
The company has elected to use the intrinsic value-based method of APB Opinion No. 25 to account for its employee stock-
based compensation plan. During the years ended March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, the company recorded deferred
compensation of Nil, $ 1,029,649 and $ 30,407,892, respectively, for the difference, on the grant date, between the exercise
price and the fair value as determined by quoted market prices of the common stock underlying the warrants. The deferred
compensation is amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the warrants/equity shares.
In fiscal 1998, the company declared a stock split of two equity shares for each equity share outstanding in the form of a
stock dividend to all its shareholders including participants in the ESOP. Under the terms of the ESOP, the additional equity
shares issued to ESOP participants as a result of the stock dividend were not subject to vesting. Consequently, the amortization
of deferred stock compensation of $ 1,519,739 relating to these shares was accelerated at the time of the stock dividend.
Similarly, in fiscal 1999, the company declared a stock split of two equity shares for each equity share outstanding to all its
shareholders including participants in the ESOP in the form of a stock dividend and consequently recognized an accelerated
compensation charge at the time of the stock dividend amounting to $ 12,906,962.
1998 Stock Option Plan. The company’s 1998 Stock Option Plan (“1998 Plan”) provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock
options and incentive stock options [within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the “Internal Revenue Code”)], to employees of the company. The establishment of the 1998 Plan was approved by the
board of directors in December 1997 and by the shareholders in January 1998. The Government of India has approved the
1998 Plan, subject to maximum limit of 1,470,000 equity shares issuable under the 1998 Plan. A total of 1,600,000 equity
shares are currently reserved for issuance pursuant to the 1998 Plan. Unless terminated sooner, the 1998 Plan will terminate
automatically in January 2008. All options under the 1998 Plan will be exercisable for ADSs represented by ADRs.
The 1998 Plan is administered by the compensation committee of the Board (the “Committee”). The Committee has the
power to determine the terms of the options granted, including the exercise price, the number of ADSs subject to each
option, the exercisability thereof, and the form of consideration payable upon such exercise. In addition, the Committee has
the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 1998 Plan, provided that no such action may affect any ADS previously
issued and sold or any option previously granted under the 1998 Plan.
Options granted under the 1998 Plan are not generally transferable by the optionee, and each option is exercisable during
the lifetime of the optionee only by such optionee. Options granted under the 1998 Plan must generally be exercised within
three months of the end of optionee’s status as an employee of the company, but in no event later than the expiration of the
option’s term. In the event of optionee’s termination as a result of death or disability, the vesting and exercisability of the
optionee’s option will accelerate in full and the option must be exercised within 12 months after such optionee’s termination
by death or disability, but in no event later than the expiration of the option’s term. The exercise price of incentive stock
options granted under the 1998 Plan must be at least equal to the fair market value of the ADSs on the date of grant. The
exercise price of nonstatutory stock options granted under the 1998 Plan must be at least equal to 90% of the fair market
value of the ADSs on the date of grant. With respect to any participant who owns stock possessing more than 10% of the
voting power of all classes of the company’s outstanding capital stock, the exercise price of any incentive stock option
granted must equal at least 110% of the fair market value on the grant date and the term of such incentive stock option must
not exceed five years. The term of all other options granted under the 1998 Plan may not exceed 10 years.
153
The 1998 Plan provides that in the event of a merger of the company with or into another corporation, a sale of substantially
all of the company’s assets or a like transaction involving the company, each option shall be assumed or an equivalent option
substituted by the successor corporation. If the outstanding options are not assumed or substituted as described in the
preceding sentence, the vesting and exercisability of each option will accelerate in full.
1999 Stock Option Plan. The company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan (“1999 Plan”) was approved by the shareholders and the
board of directors in June 1999. The 1999 Plan provides for the issue of 6,600,000 equity shares to employees. The 1999
Plan is administered by a compensation committee of the board of directors. Under the 1999 Plan, options will be issued to
employees at an exercise price not less than the Fair Market Value. Fair Market Value means the closing price of the
company’s shares on the stock exchange where there is the highest trading volume on a given date and if the shares are not
traded on that day, the closing price on the next trading day. Under the 1999 Plan, options may also be issued to employees
at exercise prices that are less than Fair Market Value only if specifically approved by the members of the company in a
general meeting.
Options granted under the 1999 Plan are not generally transferable by the optionee, and each option is exercisable during
the lifetime of the optionee only by such optionee. Options granted under the 1999 Plan must generally be exercised within
three months of the end of optionee’s status as an employee of the company, but in no event later than the expiration of the
option’s term. In the event of optionee’s termination as a result of death or disability, the vesting and exercisability of the
optionee’s option will accelerate in full and the option must be exercised within 12 months after such optionee’s termination
by death or disability, but in no event later than the expiration of the option’s term.
The 1999 Plan provides that in the event of a merger of the company with or into another corporation, a sale of substantially
all of the company’s assets or a like transaction involving the company, each option shall be assumed or an equivalent option
substituted by the successor corporation. If the outstanding options are not assumed or substituted as described in the
preceding sentence, the vesting and exercisability of each option will accelerate in full.
Item 7 Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

7.A Major shareholders
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of the equity shares on March 31, 2001
of (i) each person or group known by the company to own beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding equity shares and (ii)
the beneficial ownership of all officers and directors as a group, in each case as reported to Infosys by such persons.
Name of the Class of No of shares % of No of shares % of No of shares % of
beneficial owner security beneficially class beneficially class beneficially class
held 1, 2 held 1, 2 held 1, 2
March 31, 2001 March 31, 2000 March 31, 1999
N. R. Narayana Murthy Equity shares 4,906,400 7.42 4,931,300 7.45 5,047,200 7.63
Nandan M. Nilekani Equity shares 3,331,900 5.04 3,334,900 5.04 3,376,400 5.10
N. S. Raghavan* Equity shares 3,417,360 5.17 3,467,860 5.24 3,531,200 5.33
Unit Trust of India Equity shares 5,546,098 8.38 5,958,497 9.01 5,907,004 8.93
Government of Singapore Equity shares 3,625,402 5.48 2,055,778 3.11 408,800 0.62
Shareholding of all directors and
officers as a group (30 persons)3 16,540,180 24.92
* Ceased to be director of the company effective as of February 7, 2000.
1
Number of shares and percentage ownership is based on 66,158,117 equity shares outstanding as of March 31, 2001.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the SEC and includes voting and investment power with
respect to such shares. Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2001
are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing
the percentage ownership of such person, but are not deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned for the
purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. All information with respect to the beneficial ownership
of any principal shareholder has been furnished by such shareholder and, unless otherwise indicated below, the company
believes that persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all the shares shown
as beneficially owned, subject to community property laws, where applicable. The shares beneficially owned by the
directors include the equity shares owned by their family members to which such directors disclaim beneficial ownership.
2
As adjusted to reflect the company’s 2-for-1 stock dividend in 1998 and 2-for-1 stock split in 2000.
3
40,500 shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2001 by various
officers and directors of the company have been deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person
holding such options for calculating the total shareholding of all directors and officers as a group. Accordingly, the percentage
ownership of the group is based on 66,379,420 equity shares which includes 221,303 options that are currently exercisable
or exercisable by all employees within 60 days of March 31, 2001.
154
The major shareholders of the company do not have a differential voting right in respect of the equity shares of the company.
The company’s American Depositary Shares listed on the NASDAQ National Market® each representing one-half of one
equity share of Rs. 5 par value are registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are held
by approximately 10,100 holders of record in the United States of America (“USA”), as of March 31, 2001.
The company’s equity shares can be held by Foreign Institutional Investors (“FIIs”), Overseas Corporate Bodies (“OCBs”)
and Non-resident Indians (“NRIs”) who are registered with the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”) and the
Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”). As of March 31, 2001, 28.89 % of the company’s equity shares are held by these FIIs, OCBs
and NRIs of which some of them may be residents or bodies corporate registered in the United States of America and
elsewhere. The company is not aware which of these FIIs, OCBs and NRIs hold these equity shares as residents of or bodies
corporates registered in the USA and is not aware of the portion of these equity shares held by these FIIs, OCBs and NRIs in
the USA.
To the best of its knowledge, the company is not owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any government or by any
other corporation. The company is not aware of any arrangement, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in
a change in control of the company.
The above shares are issued and traded within India and is held, directly or indirectly, in the beneficial name of the holders.
7.B Related party transactions
The company had no material transaction with any shareholders owning more than 10% of the equity of the company.
Yantra Corporation
In December 1996, the company transferred all rights, title and interest in and to the WMSYantra (formerly known as
EAGLE) software product to Yantra, then a majority-owned subsidiary of the company. Yantra granted Infosys a non-exclusive
right to reproduce, distribute and service the product to the extent necessary to fulfill the company’s pre-existing contractual
obligations for the product. In consideration for this transaction Infosys received 7,500,000 shares of common stock of
Yantra, which had a fair market value at the time of $ 0.20 per share. In September 1997, the company purchased 2,000,000
shares of Series A Preferred Stock of Yantra at $ 0.75 per share. Certain of the company’s directors or officers are directors of
Yantra. As of March 31, 1998, Mr. Phaneesh Murthy, an executive officer of the company, held options to purchase 100,000
shares of common stock of Yantra at an exercise price of $ 0.10 per share, all of which were granted on September 29, 1997.
Other than Mr. Phaneesh Murthy, none of the company’s directors or officers beneficially owns any shares or options of
Yantra. On October 20, 1998, the company sold 1,363,637 shares of Series A Preferred Stock of Yantra for $ 1.10 per share
to an unaffiliated purchaser. As a result, the company reduced its interest in Yantra to less than one-half of voting stock of
Yantra. On June 14, 1999, Yantra issued Series C Preferred Stock amounting to $ 15.0 million to various existing and new
investors. Sales to Yantra in fiscal 2001 were $ 2.6 million. During fiscal 2001, Yantra raised $40 million in venture financings
from various investors. This reduced Infosys’ economic interest in Yantra to approximately 16%. During the year, Yantra
announced a broad strategic alliance with Accenture (formerly Andersen Consulting) to provide supply chain solutions
through PureEcommerce, a fully web-enabled application that manages, tracks and executes complex customer transactions
across a company’s extended supply chain. As of March 31, 2001, Mr. Phaneesh Murthy, a director of the company holds
74,992 shares of common stock of par value $ 0.01 per share in Yantra, acquired at a purchase price of $ 0.10 per share.
OnMobile Systems Inc.
OnMobile Systems Inc. (formerly Onscan Inc.) is a wireless solutions provider to enterprises and wireless carriers around
the world. OnMobile Systems Inc. (“OnMobile”) offers platforms, applications and professional services to deliver end-to-
end wireless solutions. The OnMobile solution allows wireless carriers to provide innovative services to their customers and
enterprises to deploy applications targeted towards their mobile workforce. During the year, Infosys transferred the intellectual
property rights in the Onscan product – a web – enabled notification product to OnMobile. The product was transferred for
a gross consideration of $ 2 million, received in the form of common, preferred voting and preferred non-voting stock of
OnMobile. OnMobile also closed a $ 12 million venture financing round with various investors.
Mr. S Gopalakrishnan and Mr. S D Shibulal, members of the board of directors of Infosys hold 200,000 and 500,000 shares,
respectively in OnMobile Systems Inc. acquired at a price of $ 0.0435 per share. Mr. V Balakrishnan, Vice President –
Finance and Company Secretary, holds 100,000 options in OnMobile Systems Inc. granted at an exercise price of $ 0.0435
per option.
Mr. S.D. Shibulal is the chairman of the Board of OnMobile Systems Inc. USA and Mr. V. Balakrishnan is one of the directors
of OnMobile Asia Pacific Limited, India, which is the wholly owned subsidiary of OnMobile Systems Inc.
All transactions with the related party concerns are at arms-length, at prevailing market rates.
7.B.1 Employment agreements
The company has entered into agreements with its employee directors containing a monthly salary, performance bonus and
benefits including vacation, medical reimbursement and pension fund contributions. These agreements are made for a five-
year period, but either the company or the employee director may terminate the agreement upon six months notice to the
other party.
155
7.B.2 Loans to employees
Pursuant to an employee loan program, the company grants loans to employees to acquire certain assets such as property,
vehicles or for personal needs. Such loans are made at interest rates ranging from 0% to 4% and are repayable over fixed
periods ranging from one to 100 months. The loans generally are secured by the assets acquired by the employees. As of
March 31, 2001, there were $16 million in loans outstanding to employees, of which $ 227,121 were loans receivable from
executive officers of the company in amounts less than $ 60,000. The largest outstanding loan during fiscal 2001 was a
housing loan for $ 32,216 given to Mr. Satyendra Kumar, Vice President and Head – Quality. The loan, made on January
16, 2001 carried no interest and was outstanding in the amount of $ 31,250 as of March 31, 2001.
7.C Interests of experts and counsel
Not applicable.
Item 8. Financial Information

8.A.1 Consolidated statements and other financial information
The following financial statements of the company and the auditors’ report appearing on pages 112 through 131 of the
Infosys Annual Report for fiscal 2001 are incorporated herein by reference:
Independent auditors’ report.
Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2001 and 2000.
Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.
Statements of Stockholder’s Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years ended March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.
Notes to financial statements.
The Infosys Annual Report for fiscal 2001, except for those portions which are expressly incorporated by reference in this
filing, is furnished for the information of the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be deemed as filed as a part
of this report on Form 20-F.
8.A.2 Legal proceedings
The company, its directors, senior executive officers and affiliates are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings
in any of the jurisdictions where it does business.
8.A.3 Dividends
Dividends
Under Indian law, a corporation pays dividends upon a recommendation by the Board of Directors and approval by a
majority of the shareholders, who have the right to decrease but not increase the amount of the dividend recommended by
the Board of Directors. Under the Indian Companies Act, dividends may be paid out of profits of a company in the year in
which the dividend is declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years. Interim Dividends may also be
paid during a fiscal year out of the undistributed profits of the previous fiscal years. In the last three fiscal years, the
company declared an aggregate of approximately $ 0.42 per equity share (as adjusted to reflect the company’s 2-for-1 stock
split by means of a stock dividend in fiscal 1998 and 1999 and a 2-for-1 stock split in fiscal 2000) in cash dividends
(equivalent to approximately $ 0.21 per ADS). Although the company has no current intention to discontinue dividend
payments, there can be no assurance that any future dividends will be declared or paid or that the amount thereof will not
be decreased. Owners of ADSs will be entitled to receive dividends payable in respect of the equity shares represented by
such ADSs. The equity shares represented by ADSs will rank pari passu with existing equity shares of the company in
respect of dividends. Cash dividends in respect of the equity shares represented by the ADSs will be paid to the Depositary
in rupees and except as otherwise described in the Deposit Agreement dated March 11, 1999 (the “Deposit Agreement”)
will be converted by the Depositary into U.S. dollars and distributed, net of Depositary fees and expenses, to the holders of
such ADSs.
The following table sets forth the annual dividends paid per equity share for each of the years indicated.
Year ended March 31, Dividend paid per equity share 1
Indian rupee $
2001 10.00 0.22
2000 4.50 0.11
1999 3.75 0.09
1998 3.00 0.04
1997 2.75 0.02
1996 2.50 0.02
1
Dividends are retroactively adjusted to reflect the company’s 2-for-1 stock split by means of a stock dividend in fiscal 1998
and 1999 and a 2-for-1 stock split in fiscal 2000.
156
8.B Significant changes
None.
Item 9. The Offer and Listing

9.1 General
The company’s equity shares are traded on The Stock Exchange, Mumbai (“BSE”), the Bangalore Stock Exchange (“BgSE”)
and The National Stock Exchange (“NSE”) in India (“Indian Stock Exchanges”). The company’s American Depositary Shares
as evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) are traded in the U.S. on the NASDAQ National Market® under
the ticker symbol “INFY”. Each equity share of the company is represented by two American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”).
The ADRs evidencing ADSs began trading on the NASDAQ from March 11, 1999 when they were issued by the depositary
Bankers Trust Company (the “Depositary”), pursuant to the Deposit Agreement.
The number of outstanding equity shares in the company, as of March 31, 2001, were 66,158,117. As of March 31, 2001,
there were approximately 10,100 record holders of ADRs evidencing 4,176,234 ADSs (equivalent to 2,088,117 equity
shares). As of March 31, 2001, there were approximately 90,000 record holders of the 66,158,117 equity shares listed and
traded on the stock exchanges in India.
The following table sets forth for the periods indicated the price history of the equity shares and the ADSs on the Indian
Stock Exchanges and the NASDAQ respectively:
Annual high-low price history for previous five years
BSE NSE BgSE NASDAQ
Price per equity Price per equity Price per equity Price per American
share share share Depositary Share
Fiscal Year High Low High Low High Low High Low
2001 $ 239.97 $ 80.41 $ 239.41 $ 80.92 $ 238.66 $ 80.71 $ 284.56 $ 60.13
2000 316.84 29.29 319.57 28.90 320.55 55.24 375.00 19.63
1999 40.73 11.16 40.82 10.84 13.18 7.21 $ 25.00 $ 18.69
1998 11.56 3.54 11.89 3.32 9.85 3.76 – –
1997 $ 4.10 $ 1.67 $ 4.18 $ 1.76 $ 4.08 $ 1.65 – –
Stock price per share have been restated to reflect a two-for-one stock-dividend in fiscal 1998 and 1999 and two-for-one
stock split in 2000.
Source: www.bseindia.com for BSE quotes, The Economic Times for NSE and BgSE quotes and finance.yahoo.com for ADS
quotes.
Quarterly high-low price history for previous two years
BSE NSE BgSE NASDAQ
share share share 1 Depositary Share
Fiscal Year High Low High Low High Low High Low
2001
First quarter $ 239.97 $ 126.47 $ 239.41 $ 124.77 $ 238.66 $ 124.23 $ 284.56 $ 130.74
Second quarter 196.08 137.34 196.49 137.36 197.57 136.79 186.94 96.5
Third quarter 172.06 115.88 172.06 116.00 171.69 115.77 147.25 90.6
Fourth quarter 150.19 80.41 149.16 80.92 152.60 80.71 131.38 60.13
2000
First quarter 44.04 29.29 43.39 28.90 – – 30.63 19.63
Second quarter 91.56 41.69 91.61 41.91 86.32 55.24 73.88 28.69
Third quarter 168.75 78.70 167.35 78.85 168.19 79.49 180.00 65.50
Fourth quarter $ 316.84 $ 130.74 $ 319.57 $ 129.88 $ 320.55 $ 131.89 $ 375.00 $ 133.00
1 The company’s shares were not traded on the BgSE between May 1998 and July 1999.
Stock prices per share have been restated to reflect a two-for-one stock-split in fiscal 2000.
quotes.
157
Monthly high-low price history for previous six months
BSE NSE BgSE NASDAQ
share share share Depositary Share
Month High Low High Low High Low High Low
Oct 2000 $ 165.29 $ 130.75 $ 165.52 $ 131.13 $ 164.99 $ 130.92 $ 137.55 $ 105.13
Nov 2000 171.62 152.58 171.02 152.80 171.25 152.58 147.25 112.00
Dec 2000 164.49 116.00 172.24 116.13 168.30 115.89 141.50 90.06
Jan 2001 150.67 118.05 149.63 118.23 153.08 118.63 131.38 86.13
Feb 2001 147.94 118.78 148.16 118.70 147.51 119.00 123.00 86.75
Mar 2001 $ 135.18 $ 80.35 $ 134.24 $ 80.87 $ 137.03 $ 80.65 $ 92.64 $ 60.13
Stock price per share have been restated to reflect a two-for-one stock-split in fiscal 2000.
quotes.
9.2 Trading practices and procedures on the Indian Stock Exchanges
The Stock Exchange, Mumbai (“BSE”) and the National Stock Exchange (“NSE”) together account for more than 80% of
the total trading volume on the Indian Stock Exchanges. Trading on both of these exchanges is accomplished through
online execution. These two stock exchanges handle over 1,442,000 trades per day. Trading takes place on a five-day fixed
settlement basis on most of the exchanges, including the BSE and NSE. Any outstanding amount at the end of the settlement
period is settled by delivery and payment. However, institutional investors are not permitted to “net out” their transactions
and must trade on a delivery basis only. Beginning, July 2, 2001, the company’s equity shares as well as all other securities
classified by the BSE and NSE as ‘A’ Group securities are required to be traded compulsorily on a rolling settlement basis.
The BSE permits carry forwards of trades in certain securities by non-institutional investors with an associated charge. In
addition, orders can be entered with a specified term of validity that may last until the end of the session, day or settlement
period. Dealers must specify whether orders are for a proprietary account or for a client. The BSE specifies certain margin
requirements for trades executed on the exchange, including margins based on the volume or quantity of exposure that the
broker has on the market, as well as mark-to-market margins payable on a daily basis for all outstanding trades. Trading on
the BSE takes place from 10:00 a.m. to 3:30 p.m. on all weekdays, except holidays. The NSE does not permit carry
forwards of trades. It has separate margin requirements based on the net exposure of the broker on the exchange. The NSE
trades from 9:30 a.m. until 4:00 p.m. on weekdays, except holidays. The NSE and BSE have separate online trading
systems and separate clearing houses. The BSE was closed from March 20 through March 22, 1995, the Governing Board
of the BSE closed the market due to a default of one of the broker members. There have been no closures of the Indian
Stock Exchanges in response to “panic” trading or large fluctuations. The equity shares of the company were not traded on
the BgSE between May 1998 and July 1999 owing to the absence of quotes for trades in the BgSE.
Item 10. Additional Information

10.A Share capital
Not applicable.
10.B Memorandum and Articles of Association
Description of equity shares
Set forth below is a brief summary of the material provisions of the company’s Articles of Association (“AOA”) and the
Indian Companies Act, all as currently in effect. The company is registered under the Indian Companies Act with the
Registrar of Companies, Karnataka, India with Company No. 13115. The following description of the company’s Articles
does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the AOA and Memorandum of Association (“MOA”) of
the company that are included as exhibits to the company’s quarterly report on Form 6-K filed with the Commission on
January 21, 2000 and is incorporated herein by reference.
Share capital
The company’s authorized share capital is 100,000,000 shares, par value Rs. 5 per share. As of March 31, 2001, 66,158,117
equity shares (as adjusted to reflect the company’s stock split in fiscal 2000) were issued and outstanding. The equity
shares are the only class of share capital of the company. There are no convertible debentures or warrants of the company
currently in existence. For the purposes of this Annual Report, “shareholder” means a shareholder who is registered as a
member in the register of members of the company.
Dividends
Under the Indian Companies Act, unless the board of directors of the company (the “board”) recommends the payment of
a dividend, the company has no power to declare a dividend. Similarly, under the AOA, although the shareholders may, at
158
the annual general meeting, approve a dividend in an amount less than that recommended by the board, they cannot
increase the amount of the dividend. Dividends generally are declared as a percentage of the par value of the company’s
shares. The dividend recommended by the board, and subject to the limitations described above, is distributed and paid
to shareholders in proportion to the paid up value of their shares within 30 days of the approval by the shareholders at the
annual general meeting. Pursuant to the company’s AOA, the board has discretion to declare and pay interim dividends
without shareholder approval. Under the Indian Companies Act, dividends can only be paid in cash to the registered
shareholder at a record date fixed on or prior to the annual general meeting or to his order or his banker’s order.
Under the Indian Companies Act, dividends may be paid out of profits of a company in the year in which the dividend is
declared or out of the undistributed profits of previous fiscal years. Interim Dividends may also be paid during a fiscal year
out of the undistributed profits of the previous fiscal years. Before declaring a dividend greater than 10%, a company is
required under the Indian Companies Act to transfer to its reserves a minimum percentage of its profits for that year,
ranging from 2.5% to 10% depending upon the dividend percentage to be declared in such year. The Indian Companies
Act further provides that, in the event of an inadequacy or absence of profits in any year, a dividend may be declared for
such year out of the company’s accumulated profits, subject to the following conditions: (i) the rate of dividend to be
declared shall not exceed 10% of its paid up capital or the average of the rate at which dividends were declared by the
company in the prior five years, whichever is less; (ii) the total amount to be drawn from the accumulated profits earned
in the previous years and transferred to the reserves shall not exceed an amount equivalent to 10% of its paid up capital
and free reserves, and the amount so drawn is to be used first to set off the losses incurred in the fiscal year before any
dividends in respect of preference or equity shares are declared; and (iii) the balance of reserves after withdrawals shall not
fall below 15% of its paid-up capital. A dividend tax of 10.2% of the total dividend declared, distributed or paid after June
1, 2001 is payable by the company.
Bonus shares
In addition to permitting dividends to be paid out of current or retained earnings as described above, the Indian Companies Act
permits the company to distribute an amount transferred from the general reserve or surplus in the company’s profit and loss
account to its shareholders in the form of bonus shares (similar to a stock dividend). The Indian Companies Act also permits
the issuance of bonus shares from a share premium account. Bonus shares are distributed to shareholders in the proportion
recommended by the board. Shareholders of record on a fixed record date are entitled to receive such bonus shares.
Preemptive rights and issue of additional shares
The Indian Companies Act gives shareholders the right to subscribe for new shares in proportion to their respective
existing shareholdings unless otherwise determined by a special resolution passed by a general meeting of the shareholders.
Under the Indian Companies Act, in the event of an issuance of securities, subject to the limitations set forth above, the
company must first offer the new shares to the shareholders on a fixed record date. The offer must include: (i) the right,
exercisable by the shareholders of record, to renounce the shares offered in favor of any other person; and (ii) the number
of shares offered and the period of the offer, which may not be less than 15 days from the date of offer. If the offer is not
accepted it is deemed to have been declined. The board is authorized under the Indian Companies Act to distribute any
new shares not purchased by the preemptive rights holders in the manner that it deems most beneficial to the company.
Annual general meetings of shareholders
The company must convene an annual general meeting of its shareholders within six months after the end of each fiscal
year and may convene an extraordinary general meeting of shareholders when necessary or at the request of a shareholder
or shareholders holding at least 10% of the company’s paid up capital carrying voting rights. The annual general meeting
of the shareholders is generally convened by the company secretary pursuant to a resolution of the board. Written notice
setting out the agenda of the meeting must be given at least 21 days (excluding the days of mailing and receipt) prior to the
date of the general meeting to the shareholders of record. Shareholders who are registered as shareholders on the date of
the general meeting are entitled to attend or vote at such meeting. The Indian Companies (Amendment) Act, 2000 has
made provision for voting on certain matters by a postal ballot in certain circumstances. However, the Department of
Company Affairs, which is the governing agency, is yet to make rules determining the matters which require a postal ballot.
The annual general meeting of shareholders must be held at the registered office of the company or at such other place
within the city in which the registered office is located; meetings other than the annual general meeting may be held at any
other place if so determined by the board. The company’s registered office is located at Electronics City, Hosur Road,
Bangalore, 561 229, Karnataka, India.
The AOA provide that a quorum for a general meeting is the presence of at least five shareholders in person.
Voting rights
At any general meeting, voting is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a shareholder or shareholders present in
person or by proxy holding at least 10% of the total shares entitled to vote on the resolution or by those holding shares
with an aggregate paid up capital of at least Rs. 50,000. Upon a show of hands, every shareholder entitled to vote and
present in person has one vote and, on a poll, every shareholder entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy has
voting rights in proportion to the paid up capital held by such shareholders. The chairman of the board has a deciding vote
in the case of any tie.
159
Any shareholder of the company may appoint a proxy. The instrument appointing a proxy must be delivered to the company
at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. A proxy may not vote except on a poll. A corporate shareholder may appoint an
authorized representative who can vote on behalf of the shareholder, both upon a show of hands and upon a poll. Ordinary
resolutions may be passed by simple majority of those present and voting at any general meeting for which the required
period of notice has been given. However, certain resolutions such as amendments of the AOA and the MOA, commencement
of a new line of business, the waiver of preemptive rights for the issuance of any new shares and a reduction of share capital,
require that votes cast in favor of the resolution (whether by show of hands or poll) are not less than three times the number
of votes, if any, cast against the resolution.
Register of shareholders; record dates; transfer of shares
The company maintains a register of shareholders of the company. For the purpose of determining the shares entitled to
annual dividends, the register is closed for a specified period prior to the annual general meeting. To determine which
shareholders are entitled to certain shareholder rights, the company, pursuant to a board resolution, may close the register
of shareholders. The Indian Companies Act and each of the company’s listing agreements with the Indian Stock Exchanges
require the company to give at least 30 days’ prior notice to the Indian Stock Exchanges and at least seven days’ prior notice
to the public. The Company may not close the register of shareholders for more than 30 consecutive days, and in no event
more than 45 days in a year. Trading of equity shares may, however, continue while the register of shareholders is closed.
Following the introduction of the Depositories Act, 1996, and the repeal of Section 22A of the Securities Contracts (Regulation)
Act, 1956, which enabled companies to refuse to register transfers of shares in certain circumstances, the shares of the
company are freely transferable, subject only to the provisions of Section 111A of the Indian Companies Act. The AOA
currently contain provisions which give the directors discretion to refuse to register a transfer of shares in certain circumstances.
In accordance with the provisions of Section 111A(2) of the Indian Companies Act, the directors may exercise this discretion
if they have sufficient cause to do so. Pursuant to Section 111A(3), if the transfer of shares contravenes any of the provisions
of the Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 or the regulations issued thereunder or the Sick Industrial Companies
(Special Provisions) Act, 1985 or any other similar laws, the Company Law Board (the “CLB”) may, on application made by
the company, a depositary incorporated in India, an investor, the SEBI or certain other parties, direct the rectification of the
register of records. The CLB may, in its discretion, issue an interim order suspending the voting rights attached to the
relevant shares before making or completing its investigation into the alleged contravention. Notwithstanding such
investigation, the rights of a shareholder to transfer the shares will not be restricted.
Under the Indian Companies Act, unless the shares of a company are held in a dematerialised form, a transfer of shares is effected
by an instrument of transfer in the form prescribed by the Indian Companies Act and the rules thereunder together with delivery
of the share certificates. The transfer agent of the company is Karvy Consultants Limited, Bangalore, Karnataka, India.
Takeover Code and Listing Agreement
Under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997 (“the
Takeover Code”), upon the acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding equity shares or voting rights of a publicly listed
Indian company, a purchaser is required to notify the company; and the company and the purchaser are required to notify all
stock exchanges on which the shares of such company are listed. An ADS holder would be subject to these notification
requirements. Upon the acquisition of 15% or more of such shares or voting rights, or a change in control of the company, the
purchaser is required to make an open offer to the other shareholders, offering to purchase at least 20% of all the outstanding
shares of the company at a minimum offer price as determined pursuant to the Takeover Code. Although the Takeover Code
will not apply to the equity shares so long as they are represented by ADSs, holders of ADSs may be required to comply with
the provisions of the Takeover Code only when they convert the ADSs into underlying equity shares.
The company has entered into listing agreements with each of the Indian Stock Exchanges. Clause 40A of each of the listing
agreements provides that if an acquisition of a listed company’s shares results in the acquiror and its associates holding 5%
or more of the company’s outstanding equity shares or voting rights, the acquiror must report its holding to the company
and the relevant stock exchange(s). If an acquisition results in the acquiror and its associates holding equity shares that have
15% or more of the voting rights, then the acquiror must, before acquiring such equity shares, make an offer (in accordance
with Clause 40B of the listing agreements) on a uniform basis to all remaining shareholders of the company to acquire
equity shares that have at least an additional 20% of the voting rights of the total equity shares of the company at a
prescribed price. The acquisition of shares of a company listed on an Indian stock exchange beyond certain threshold
amounts is subject to regulations governing takeovers of Indian companies. Although clauses 40A and 40B and such
regulations will not apply to the equity shares so long as they are represented by ADSs, holders of ADSs may be required to
comply with such notification and disclosure obligations pursuant to the provisions of the Depositary Agreement to be
entered into by such holders, the company and a depositary.
Disclosure of ownership interest
Section 187C of the Indian Companies Act requires beneficial owners of shares of Indian companies who are not holders of
record to declare to the company details of the holder of record and the holder of record to declare details of the beneficial
owner. Any person who fails to make the required declaration within 30 days may be liable for a fine of up to Rs. 1,000 for
each day the declaration is not made. Any lien, promissory note or other collateral agreement created, executed or entered
into with respect to any share by the registered owner thereof, or any hypothecation by the registered owner of any share,
pursuant to which a declaration is required to be made under Section 187C, shall not be enforceable by the beneficial owner
160
or any person claiming through the beneficial owner if such declaration is not made. Failure to comply with Section 187C
will not affect the obligation of the company to register a transfer of shares or to pay any dividends to the registered holder
of any shares pursuant to which such declaration has not been made. While it is unclear under Indian law whether Section
187C applies to holders of ADSs of the company, investors who exchange ADSs for the underlying equity shares of the
company will be subject to the restrictions of Section 187C. Additionally, holders of ADSs may be required to comply with
such notification and disclosure obligations pursuant to the provisions of the Deposit Agreement to be entered into by such
holders, the company and a depositary.
Audit and Annual Report
At least 21 days before the annual general meeting of shareholders, the company must distribute a detailed version of the
company’s audited balance sheet and profit and loss account and the reports of the board and the auditors thereon. Under
the Indian Companies Act, the company must file the balance sheet and annual profit and loss account presented to the
shareholders within 30 days of the conclusion of the annual general meeting with the Registrar of Companies. The company
must also file an annual return containing a list of the company’s shareholders and other company information, within 60
days of the conclusion of the meeting.
Company acquisition of equity shares
Under the Indian Companies Act, the company may not acquire its own equity shares because of the resulting reduction in
the company’s capital. Such a reduction in capital is permitted only in certain circumstances and requires compliance with
specific buy-back regulations, a special resolution passed by the shareholders and approval by the High Court of the state
in which the registered office of the company is situated. A company may, under some circumstances, acquire its own equity
shares without seeking the approval of the High Court. However, a company would have to cancel the shares it has so
acquired within a prescribed time period. A company is not permitted to acquire its own shares for treasury operations. An
acquisition by a company of its own shares that does not rely on an approval of the High Court must comply with prescribed
rules, regulations and conditions of the Indian Companies Act. In addition publicly listed Indian companies must comply
with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buy-back of Securities) Regulations, 1998.
Liquidation rights
Subject to the rights of creditors, employees and the holders of any shares entitled by their terms to preferential repayment
over the equity shares, if any, in the event of the winding-up of the company, the holders of the equity shares are entitled to
be repaid the amounts of paid up capital or credited as paid up on such equity shares. All surplus assets after payments due
to the holders of any preference shares at the commencement of the winding-up shall be paid to holders of equity shares in
proportion to their shareholdings.
Voting rights of deposited equity shares represented by ADSs
Under Indian law, voting of the equity shares is by show of hands unless a poll is demanded by a member or members
present in person or by proxy holding at least one-tenth of the total shares entitled to vote on the resolution or by those
holding an aggregate paid up capital of at least Rs. 50,000. A proxy may not vote except on a poll.
As soon as practicable after receipt of notice pursuant to the Deposit Agreement of any meeting of holders of equity shares
or other deposited securities, the Depositary shall fix a record date for determining the holders entitled to give instructions
for the exercise of voting rights, if any, as provided in the Deposit Agreement and shall mail to the holders a record notice
which shall contain: (i) such information as is contained in such notice of meeting; (ii) a statement that the holders of record
at the close of business on a specified record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable provisions of Indian law and of
the MOA and AOA of the company governing the deposited securities represented by their respective ADSs evidenced by
their respective ADRs; (iii) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given including (a) an
express indication that the Depositary should demand a poll or instruct the chairman of the meeting (the “Chairman”) or a
person designated by the Chairman to demand a poll in the event that a poll is not otherwise demanded pursuant to Indian
law and (b) an express indication that instructions may be given to the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person
designated by the company; and (iv) a statement that if the Depositary does not receive instructions from a holder, such
holder may under certain circumstances be deemed to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a
person designated by the company to vote such deposited securities. Upon the written request of a holder on such record
date, received on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor, insofar
as is practicable and permitted under the applicable provisions of Indian law and of the MOA and AOA of the company
governing the deposited securities, to vote or cause to be voted the amount of deposited securities represented by such
ADSs evidenced by such ADRs in accordance with the instructions set forth in such request. In the event that the Depositary
receives express instructions from holders to demand a poll with respect to any matter to be voted on by holders, the
Depositary may notify the Chairman or a person designated by the Chairman of such instructions and request the Chairman
or such designee to demand a poll with respect to such matters and the company agrees that the Chairman or such designee
will make their reasonable best efforts to so demand a poll at the meeting at which such matters are to be voted on and to
vote such equity shares in accordance with such holders’ instructions; provided, however, that prior to any demand of a poll
or request to demand a poll by the Depositary upon the terms set forth herein, the company is required, at its own expense,
to use its best efforts to obtain and deliver to the Depositary an opinion of Indian counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the
Depositary, stating that such action is in conformity with all applicable laws and regulations and that such demand for a poll
161
by the Depositary or a person designated by the Depositary will not expose the Depositary to any liability to any person.
The Depositary shall not have any obligation to demand a poll or request the demand of a poll if the company shall not
have delivered to the Depositary the local counsel opinion set forth in this paragraph.
The Depositary agrees not to, and shall ensure that the custodian and each of their nominees does not vote, attempt to
exercise the right to vote, or in any way make use of, for purposes of establishing a quorum or otherwise, the equity shares
or other deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by an ADR other than in accordance with such instructions
from the holder or as provided below. The Depositary may not itself exercise any voting discretion over any equity shares.
If the Depositary does not receive instructions from any holder with respect to any of the deposited securities represented
by the ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs on or before the date established by the Depositary for such purpose, such
holder shall be deemed, and the Depositary shall deem such holder, to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary
proxy to a person designated by the company to vote such deposited securities; provided that: (i) no such discretionary
proxy shall be given with respect to any matter as to which the company informs the Depositary (and the company agrees
to provide such information as promptly as practicable in writing) that (a) the company does not wish such proxy given,
(b) substantial opposition exists or (c) the rights of the holders of equity shares will be adversely affected; and (ii) the
Depositary shall not have any obligation to give such discretionary proxy to a person designated by the company if the
company shall not have delivered to the Depositary the local counsel opinion and representation letter set forth in the next
paragraph.
Prior to each request for the delivery of a discretionary proxy upon the terms set forth herein, the company shall, at its own
expense, deliver to the Depositary: (i) an opinion of Indian counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Depositary, stating that
such action is in conformity with all applicable laws and regulations; and (ii) a representation letter from the company
(executed by a senior officer of the company) which (a) designates the person to whom any discretionary proxy should be
given, (b) confirms that the company wishes such discretionary proxy to be given and (c) certifies that the company has
not and shall not request the discretionary proxy to be given as to any matter as to which substantial opposition exists or
which may adversely affect the rights of holders of equity shares.
10.C Material contracts
None.
10.D Exchange controls
Prior to June 1, 2000, foreign investment in the Indian securities, including the acquisition, sale and transfer of securities
in Indian companies, was generally regulated by the Foreign Exchange Regulation Act, 1973 (“FERA”). After June 1, 2000,
foreign investment in and divestment from Indian securities have been regulated by the provisions of the Foreign Exchange
Management Act, 1999 (“FEMA”) and the rules and regulations issued by the Reserve Bank of India thereunder, and the
notifications issued by the Ministry of Finance of the Government of India. A summary of the regulatory environment for
foreign investment is provided below.
Under Section 6 of the FEMA, the Reserve Bank of India has the power to regulate, restrict or prohibit any capital account
transaction, including the transfer or issue of any foreign security by a person resident in India, the purchase of the shares
of any company carrying on trading, commercial or industrial activity in India and the transfer or issue of any security by
a person resident outside India. Pursuant to the above powers, the Reserve Bank of India has promulgated the Foreign
Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of Security by a Person Resident Outside India) Regulations, 2000, hereinafter
the “Transfer of Securities Regulations” and the Foreign Exchange Management (Transfer or Issue of any Foreign Security)
Regulations, 2000, hereinafter the “Foreign Securities Regulations” dealing with the issue, purchase and transfer of securities.
Regulation 5 of the Transfer of Securities Regulations, sets out the conditions under which a person resident outside India,
a Foreign Institutional Investor (“FII”), a Non-Resident Indian (“NRI”) or an Overseas Corporate Body – an overseas
corporate body where at least 60% of the beneficial interest therein is held by NRIs (“OCB”) can purchase the shares of any
company carrying on any trading, commercial or industrial activity in India. Specific approval of the Reserve Bank of India
will have to be obtained for:
(a) any renunciation of rights in the underlying equity shares in favor of a person resident in India; and
(b) the sale of the underlying equity shares by a person resident outside India to a person resident in India.
In such cases, the foreign investor would have to apply to the Reserve Bank of India by submitting Form TS1, which
requires information as to the transferor, the transferee, the shareholding structure of the company whose shares are to be
sold, the proposed price and other information. Exceptions to this requirement of Reserve Bank of India approval include
sales made in the stock market through a registered Indian broker, through a recognized stock exchange in India at the
prevailing market rates, or if the shares are offered in accordance with the terms of an offer under the Securities and
Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997. The proceeds from any sale
of the underlying equity shares by a person resident outside India to a person resident in India may be transferred outside
India after receipt of Reserve Bank of India approval (if required), and the payment of applicable taxes and stamp duties.
Under Regulation 9 of the Transfer of Securities Regulations, a person resident outside India may transfer by way of sale,
the securities of an Indian company to any other person resident outside India only when the transfer is confirmed by the
RBI upon application filed by the transferee. Under Regulation 9, a NRI or an OCB may transfer by way of sale, the
securities of an Indian company to any other person resident outside India only to another NRI or OCB.
162
10.D.1 General
Pursuant to recent changes in Indian policy, and subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions, Indian companies issuing
ADSs are no longer required to obtain approval of the Ministry of Finance or the Reserve Bank of India under the Issue of
Foreign Currency Convertible Bonds and Equity Shares (through Depositary Receipt Mechanism) Scheme, 1993 (the
“1993 Regulation”), as modified from time to time, promulgated by the Government of India. Provided that the issuing
Indian company furnishes full particulars of the ADS offering to the Ministry of Finance and Reserve Bank of India within
30 days following the completion of the offering and furnishes the details of the status of the ADSs to the RBI on a quarterly
basis within 15 days from the close of each calendar quarter. The 1993 Regulation is distinct from other policies or
facilities, as described below, relating to investments in Indian companies by foreign investors. The issuance of ADSs
pursuant to the 1993 Regulation also affords to holders of the ADSs the benefits of Section 115AC of the Indian Income
Tax Act, 1961 for purposes of the application of Indian tax law.
10.D.2 Fungibility of the ADSs
In March 2001, the Reserve Bank of India amended the Transfer of Securities Regulations, 2000 whereby a registered
broker in India may purchase shares of an Indian company which has issued ADSs, on behalf of a person resident outside
India, for the purpose of converting the shares so purchased into ADSs. Such a purchase may be done only with the
permission of the Custodian to the ADS offering of the Indian company. Additionally the shares so purchased for conversion
into ADSs shall not exceed the number of equity shares which were released by the Custodian pursuant to conversions of
ADSs into equity shares under the Depositary Agreement.
10.D.3 Foreign direct investment
In July 1991, the Government of India raised the limit on foreign equity holdings in Indian companies from 40% to 51%
in certain high priority industries. The RBI gives automatic approval for such foreign equity holdings. The Foreign Investment
Promotion Board (the “FIPB”), currently under the Ministry of Industry, was thereafter formed to negotiate with large
foreign companies wishing to make long-term investments in India. Over time, the Government of India has relaxed the
restrictions on foreign investment considerably. Currently, subject to certain exceptions, foreign direct investment by
individuals of Indian nationality or origin residing outside India, or NRIs or OCBs, up to 49% in most sectors of industry
do not require the prior approval of the FIPB. Foreign equity participation in excess of 51% in high priority industries is
currently allowed only with the approval of the FIPB. Proposals involving the public sector and other sensitive areas
require the approval of Cabinet Committee on Economic Affairs. These facilities are designed for direct foreign investments
by non-residents of India who are not NRIs, OCBs or FIIs (“Foreign Direct Investors”). The Department of Industrial Policy
and Promotion, a part of the Ministry of Industry, issued detailed guidelines in January 1997 for consideration of foreign
direct investment proposals by the FIPB (the “Guidelines”). Under the Guidelines, sector specific guidelines for foreign
direct investment and the levels of permitted equity participation have been established. In February 2000, the Department
of Industrial Policy and Promotion, issued a notification that foreign ownership of up to 50%, 51%, 74% or 100%,
depending on the category of industry, would be allowed without prior permission of the RBI. The issues to be considered
by the FIPB, and the FIPB’s areas of priority in granting approvals are also set out in the Guidelines. The basic objective of
the Guidelines is to improve the transparency and objectivity of the FIPB’s consideration of proposals. However, because
the Guidelines are administrative guidelines and have not been codified as either law or regulations, they are not legally
binding with respect to any recommendation made by the FIPB or with respect to any decision taken by the Government
of India in cases involving foreign direct investment.
In May 1994, the Government of India announced that purchases by foreign investors of ADSs as evidenced by ADRs and
foreign currency convertible bonds of Indian companies will be treated as direct foreign investment in the equity issued by
Indian companies for such offerings. Therefore, offerings that involve the issuance of equity that results in Foreign Direct
Investors holding more than the stipulated percentage of direct foreign investments (which depends on the category of
industry) would require approval from the FIPB. In addition, in connection with offerings of any such securities to foreign
investors, approval of the FIPB is required for Indian companies whether or not the stipulated percentage limit would be
reached, if the proceeds therefrom are to be used for investment in non-high priority industries. In August 2000, the
Department of Industrial Policy and Promotion removed all limitations on Foreign Direct Investment in the information
technology sector.
10.D.4 Investment by NRIs and OCBs
A variety of special facilities for making investments in India in shares of Indian companies is available to individuals of
Indian nationality or origin residing outside India, NRIs and to OCBs. These facilities permit NRIs and OCBs to make
portfolio investments in shares and other securities of Indian companies on a basis not generally available to other foreign
investors. These facilities are different and distinct from investments by Foreign Direct Investors described above.
10.D.5 Investment by Foreign Institutional Investors
In September 1992, the Government of India issued guidelines which enable FIIs, including institutions such as pension
funds, investment trusts, asset management companies, nominee companies and incorporated/institutional portfolio
managers, to invest in all the securities traded on the primary and secondary markets in India. Under the guidelines, FIIs
are required to obtain an initial registration from the SEBI and a general permission from the RBI to engage in transactions
regulated under FEMA. FIIs must also comply with the provisions of the SEBI Foreign Institutional Investors Regulations,
163
1995. When it receives the initial registration, the FII also obtains general permission from the RBI to engage in transactions
regulated under FERA. Together, the initial registration and the RBI’s general permission enable the registered FII to buy
(subject to the ownership restrictions discussed below) and sell freely securities issued by Indian companies, to realize
capital gains on investments made through the initial amount invested in India, to subscribe or renounce rights offerings
for shares, to appoint a domestic custodian for custody of investments held and to repatriate the capital, capital gains,
dividends, income received by way of interest and any compensation received towards sale or renunciation of rights
offerings of shares.
10.D.6 Ownership restrictions
SEBI and RBI regulations restrict investments in Indian companies by Foreign Direct Investors. Under current SEBI regulations
applicable to the company, subject to the requisite approvals of the shareholders in a general meeting, Foreign Institutional
Investors in aggregate may hold no more than 49% of the company’s equity shares, excluding the equity shares underlying
the ADSs, and NRIs and OCBs in aggregate may hold no more than 10% of the company’s equity shares, excluding the
equity shares underlying the ADSs. Furthermore, SEBI regulations provide that no single FII may hold more than 10% of
the company’s total equity shares and no single NRI or OCB may hold more than 5% of the company’s total equity shares.
There is uncertainty under Indian law about the tax regime applicable to FIIs which hold and trade ADSs. FIIs are urged
to consult with their Indian legal and tax advisers about the relationship between the FII guidelines and the ADSs and any
equity shares withdrawn upon surrender of ADSs.
More detailed provisions relating to FII investment have been introduced by the SEBI with the introduction of the SEBI
Foreign Institutional Investors Regulations, 1995. These provisions relate to the registration of FIIs, their general obligations
and responsibilities, and certain investment conditions and restrictions. One such restriction is that the total investment in
equity and equity-related instruments should not be less than 70% of the aggregate of all investments of an FII in India.
The SEBI has also permitted private placements of shares by listed companies with FIIs, subject to the prior approval of the
RBI under FERA. Such private placement must be made at the average of the weekly highs and lows of the closing price
over the preceding six months or the preceding two weeks, whichever is higher.
Under the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 1997
approved by the SEBI in January 1997 and promulgated by the Government of India in February 1997 (the “Takeover
Code”), which replaced the 1994 Takeover Code (as defined herein), upon the acquisition of more than 5% of the outstanding
shares of a public Indian company, a purchaser is required to notify the company and all the stock exchanges on which the
shares of the company are listed. Upon the acquisition of 15% or more of such shares or a change in control of the
company, the purchaser is required to make an open offer to the other shareholders offering to purchase at least 20% of all
the outstanding shares of the company at a minimum offer price as determined pursuant to the rules of the Takeover Code.
Upon conversion of ADSs into equity shares, an ADS holder will be subject to the Takeover Code.
Open market purchases of securities of Indian companies in India by Foreign Direct Investors or investments by
NRIs, OCBs and FIIs above the ownership levels set forth above require Government of India approval on a case-by-
case basis.
10.E Taxation
10.E.1 Indian taxation
10.E.1.1 General
The following summary is based on the provisions of the Income Tax Act, 1961 (the “Indian Tax Act”), including the
special tax regime contained in Section 115AC (the “Section 115AC Regime”) and the 1993 Regulation. The Indian Tax
Act is amended every year by the Finance Act of the relevant year. Some or all of the tax consequences of the Section 115
AC Regime may be amended or changed by future amendments of the Indian Tax Act.
THE SUMMARY SET FORTH BELOW IS NOT INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OF THE
INDIVIDUAL TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-RESIDENT HOLDERS UNDER INDIAN LAW FOR THE ACQUISITION,
OWNERSHIP AND SALE OF ADSs AND EQUITY SHARES BY NON-RESIDENT HOLDERS. PERSONAL TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF AN INVESTMENT MAY VARY FOR INVESTORS IN VARIOUS CIRCUMSTANCES AND POTENTIAL
INVESTORS SHOULD THEREFORE CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISERS ON THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF
SUCH ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND SALE, INCLUDING SPECIFICALLY THE TAX CONSEQUENCES UNDER
THE LAW OF THE JURISDICTION OF THEIR RESIDENCE AND ANY TAX TREATY BETWEEN INDIA AND THEIR
COUNTRY OF RESIDENCE.
10.E.1.2 Residence
For purposes of the Indian Tax Act, an individual is considered to be a resident of India during any financial year if he:
(i) is in India in that year for a period or periods amounting in all to 182 days or more; or (ii) is in India in that year for
60 days or more and, in case of a citizen of India or a person of Indian origin, who, being outside India, comes on a visit
to India, is in India in that year for more than 182 days effective April 1, 1995 and in each case as specified in (ii) above,
within the four preceding years has been in India for a period or periods amounting to 365 days or more. A company
is resident in India if it is formed and registered in India or the control and the management of its affairs is situated
wholly in India.
164
10.E.1.3 Taxation of distributions
Pursuant to the Finance Act, 1997, dividends received by a shareholder from a domestic company are exempt from tax.
Consequently, withholding tax on dividends paid to shareholders no longer applies. Companies will be required to pay tax
on distributed profits on any amount declared, distributed or paid by way of dividends, whether interim or otherwise on or
after June 01, 1997. Distributions to non-resident Holders of additional ADSs or equity shares; or rights to subscribe for
equity shares (“Rights”) made with respect to ADSs or equity shares are not subject to Indian income tax.
10.E.1.4 Taxation of capital gains
Any gain realized on the sale of ADSs by a non-resident holder to another non-resident holder outside India is not subject
to Indian capital gains tax. However, as Rights are not expressly covered by the Indian Income Tax Act, 1961, it is unclear,
as to whether capital gain derived from the sale of Rights by a non-resident holder (not entitled to an exemption under a tax
treaty) to another non-resident holder outside India will be subject to Indian capital gains tax. If such Rights are deemed by
the Indian tax authorities to be situated within India, the gains realized on the sale of such Rights will be subject to
customary Indian taxation as discussed below.
Since the issuance of the ADSs has been approved by the Government of India under the Section 115AC Regime, non-
resident holders of the ADSs will have the benefit of tax concessions available under the Section 115AC Regime. However,
the 1993 Regulation provides that if the equity shares are sold on an Indian Stock Exchange against payment in Indian
rupees, they will no longer be eligible for such concessional tax treatment. The Section 115AC Regime is unclear as to
whether such tax treatment is available to a non-resident who acquires equity shares outside India from a non-resident
holder of equity shares after receipt of the equity shares upon surrender of the ADSs. If concessional tax treatment is not
available, gains realized on the sale of such equity shares will be subject to customary Indian taxation as discussed below.
Subject to any relief provided pursuant to an applicable tax treaty, any gain realized on the sale of equity shares by a non-
resident will be subject to Indian capital gains tax which is to be deducted at the source by the buyer. For the purpose of
computing capital gains tax, the cost of acquisition of equity shares received in exchange for ADSs will be determined on the
basis of the prevailing price of the shares on any of the Indian Stock Exchanges on the date that the Depositary gives notice
to the custodian of the delivery of the equity shares in exchange for the corresponding ADSs. A non-resident holder’s
holding period (for purposes of determining the applicable Indian capital gains tax rate) in respect of equity shares received
in exchange for ADSs commences on the date of the notice of the redemption by the Depositary to the custodian. The Indo-
U.S. Treaty does not provide an exemption from the imposition of Indian capital gains tax.
Taxable gain realized on equity shares (calculated in the manner set forth in the prior paragraph) for more than 12 months
(long-term gain) is subject to tax at the rate of 10%. Taxable gain realized on equity shares held for 12 months or less (short-
term gain) is subject to tax at variable rates with a maximum rate of 48%. The actual rate of tax on short-term gain depends
on a number of factors, including the legal status of the non-resident holder and the type of income chargeable in India.
10.E.1.5 Stamp duty and transfer tax
Upon issuance of the equity shares, the company is required to pay a stamp duty of 0.1% per share of the issue price of the
underlying equity shares. A transfer of ADSs is not subject to the Indian stamp duty. However, upon the acquisition of
equity shares from the Depositary in exchange for ADSs, the holder will be liable for Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.5%
of the market value of the ADSs or equity shares exchanged. A sale of equity shares, other than in electronic mode, by a
registered holder will also be subject to Indian stamp duty at the rate of 0.5% of the market value of the equity shares on the
trade date, although customarily such tax is borne by the transferee.
10.E.1.6 Gift and Wealth tax
ADSs held by non-resident holders and the underlying equity shares held by the Depositary as a fiduciary and the transfer
of ADSs between non-resident holders and the Depositary will be exempt from Indian gift tax and Indian wealth tax.
Although Indian gift tax was abolished effective October 1, 1998, a gift tax may apply to transfers by way of gift of equity
shares or ADSs in the future. Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisers in this context.
10.E.1.7 Estate duty
Under current Indian law, there is no estate duty applicable to a non-resident holder of ADSs or equity shares.
10.E.2 United States federal taxation
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax matters that may be relevant with respect to
the acquisition, ownership and disposition of equity shares or ADSs. This summary addresses only the U.S. federal income
and estate tax considerations of holders that are citizens or residents of the United States, partnerships or corporations
created in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, estates, the income of which
is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source and trusts (“U.S. Holders”) or are not U.S. Holders (“Non-
U.S. Holders”) and that will hold equity shares or ADSs as capital assets. This summary does not address tax considerations
applicable to holders that may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or
currencies, tax-exempt entities, persons that will hold equity shares or ADSs as a position in a “straddle” or as part of a
“hedging” or “conversion” transaction for tax purposes, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar
or holders of 10% or more (by voting power or value) of the stock of the company. This summary is based on the tax laws
of the United States as in effect and on United States Treasury Regulations in effect (or, in certain cases, proposed), as well
165
as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date and is based in part on representations
of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Depositary Agreement and any related agreement will be
performed in accordance with its terms. All of the foregoing are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively
and could affect the tax consequences described below.
EACH INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL
AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ACQUIRING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF EQUITY SHARES OR ADSs.
10.E.2.1 Ownership of ADSs
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, holders of ADSs will be treated as the owners of equity shares represented by such ADSs.
10.E.2.2 Dividends
Distributions of cash or property (other than equity shares, if any, distributed pro rata to all shareholders of the company,
including holders of ADSs) with respect to equity shares will be includible in income by a U.S. Holder as foreign source
dividend income at the time of receipt, which in the case of a U.S. Holder of ADSs generally will be the date of receipt by the
Depositary, to the extent such distributions are made from the current or accumulated earnings and profits of the company.
Such dividends will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to corporate U.S. Holders. To the
extent, if any, that the amount of any distribution by the company exceeds the company’s current and accumulated earnings
and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, it will be treated first as a tax-free return of the U.S.
Holder’s tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain.
A U.S. Holder will not be eligible for a foreign tax credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability for Indian taxes paid by
the company and deemed under Indian law to have been paid by the shareholders of the company, unless it is a U.S.
company holding at least 10% of the Indian company paying the dividends.
U.S. Holders should be aware that dividends paid by the company generally will constitute “passive income” for purposes
of the foreign tax credit. The Internal Revenue Code applies various limitations on the amount of foreign tax credit that may
be available to a U.S. taxpayer. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the potential consequences
of those limitations.
A Non-U.S. Holder of equity shares or ADSs generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on
dividends received on equity shares or ADSs unless such income is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-
U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States.
10.E.2.3 Sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs
A U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss on the sale or exchange of equity shares or ADSs equal to the difference
between the amount realized on such sale or exchange and the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the equity shares or ADSs, as the
case may be. Such gain or loss will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the equity shares or
ADSs, as the case may be, were held for more than one year. Gain, if any, recognized by a U.S. Holder generally will be
treated as U.S. source passive income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
A Non-U.S. Holder of equity shares or ADSs generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on any
gain realized on the sale or exchange of such equity shares or ADSs unless: (i) such gain is effectively connected with the
conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the U.S.; or (ii) in the case of any gain realized by an individual
Non-U.S. Holder, such holder is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of such sale and
certain other conditions are met.
If dividends are paid in Indian rupees, the amount of the dividend distribution includible in the income of a U.S. Holder
will be in the U.S. dollar value of the payments made in Indian rupees, determined at a spot exchange rate between Indian
rupees and U.S. dollars applicable to the date such dividend is includible in the income of the U.S. Holder, regardless of
whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars. Generally, gain or loss (if any) resulting from currency exchange
fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend is paid to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will
be treated as ordinary income or loss.
10.E.2.4 Estate taxes
An individual shareholder who is a citizen or resident of the United States for U.S. federal estate tax purposes will have the
value of the equity shares or ADSs owned by such holder included in his or her gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax
purposes. An individual holder who actually pays Indian estate tax with respect to the equity shares will, however, be
entitled to credit the amount of such tax against his or her U.S. federal estate tax liability, subject to certain conditions and
limitations.
10.E.2.5 Backup withholding tax and information reporting requirements
Under current U.S. Treasury Regulations, dividends paid on equity shares, if any, generally will not be subject to information
reporting and generally will not be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax. Information reporting will apply to payments of
dividends on, and to proceeds from the sale or redemption of, equity shares or ADSs by a paying agent (including a broker)
within the United States to a U.S. Holder (other than an “exempt recipient”, including a corporation, a payee that is a Non-
U.S. Holder that provides an appropriate certification and certain other persons). In addition, a paying agent within the
United States will be required to withhold 31% of any payments of the proceeds from the sale or redemption of equity
166
shares or ADSs within the United States to a holder (other than an “exempt recipient”) if such holder fails to furnish its
correct taxpayer identification number or otherwise fails to comply with such backup withholding requirements.
10.E.2.6 Passive foreign investment company
A non-U.S. corporation will be classified as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for U.S. Federal income tax
purposes if it satisfies either of the following two tests: (i) 75% or more of its gross income for the taxable year is passive
income; or (ii) on average for the taxable year (by value or, if the company so elects, by adjusted basis) 50% or more of its
assets produce or are held for the production of passive income.
The company does not believe that it satisfies either of the tests for PFIC status. If the company were to be a PFIC for any
taxable year, U.S. Holders would be required to either: (i) pay an interest charge together with tax calculated at maximum
ordinary income rates on certain “excess distributions” (defined to include gain on a sale or other disposition of equity
shares); or (ii) if a Qualified Electing Fund election is made, to include in their taxable income their pro rata share of
certain undistributed amounts of the company’s income.
10.G Statement by experts
The U.S. GAAP financial statements of Infosys Technologies Limited as of March 31, 2001 and 2000, and for each of the
years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2001, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of KPMG,
India, independent accountants, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in auditing
and accounting.
10.H Documents on display
This report and other information filed or to be filed by the company can be inspected and copied at the public reference
facilities maintained by the SEC at:
Judiciary Plaza
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Room 1024
Washington, D.C. 20529
Seven World Trade Center
13th Floor,
New York, New York 10048; and
Northwestern Atrium Center
500 West Madison Street
Suite 1400
Chicago, Illinois 60661-2511
Copies of these materials can also be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 450th Street, N.W.,
Washington, DC 20549, at prescribed rates.
The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information
regarding registrants that make electronic filings with the SEC using its EDGAR system. As a foreign private issuer, we are
not required to use the EDGAR system, but currently intend to do so in order to make our reports available over the
Internet.
Additionally, documents referred to in this Form 20-F may be inspected at the corporate offices of the company which are
located at Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bangalore – 561 229.
10.I Subsidiary information
Not applicable.
Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk

Item 12. Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities

Not applicable.
167
Part II
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None.
Item 17
Not Applicable.
Part III
Item 18. Financial Statements
The following financial statements of the company included in Item 18 of this Report on Form 20-F are hereby incorporated
by reference from the Infosys Annual Report for fiscal 2001, filed as Exhibit 13.1 to this Report on Form 20-F.
Independent auditors’ report.
Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2001 and 2000.
Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 .
Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999.
Notes to financial statements.
Item 19. Exhibits
Exhibit number Description of document
**3.1 Articles of Association of the Registrant, as amended
**3.2 Memorandum of Association of the Registrant, as amended
*3.3 Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect
*4.1 Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, Bankers Trust Receipts issued thereunder (including
as an exhibit, the form of American Depositary Receipt)
*4.2 Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Equity Shares
*10.1 Registrant’s 1998 Stock Option Plan
*10.2 Registrant’s Employee Stock Offer Plan
*10.3 Employees Welfare Trust Deed of Registrant Pursuant to Employee Stock Offer Plan
*10.4 Form of Indemnification Agreement
***10.5 Registrant’s 1999 Stock Option Plan
13.1 Infosys Annual Report for fiscal 2001
23.1 Consent of KPMG, India
99.1 Proxy Information Statement to holders of American Depositary Shares
99.2 Proxy Information Statement to holders of Equity Shares
99.3 Proxy Form to holders of Equity Shares
99.4 Proxy Form to holders of American Depositary Shares
99.5 Audit committee charter
* Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-72195) in the
form declared effective on March 10, 1999.
** Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 6-K filed on January 21, 2000
*** Incorporated by reference to exhibits filed with the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 6-K filed on August 4, 1999
Signatures
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and
authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.
for Infosys Technologies Limited

May 03, 2001 and Chief Operating Officer and Chief Executive Officer
168
Shareholder information
§ Shareholder information
§ Frequently asked questions (FAQ)
§ Additional information to shareholders
– Share performance chart
– Intangible assets scoresheet
– Human resources accounting and value-added statement
– Brand valuation
– Balance sheet (including intangible assets)
– Current cost adjusted financial statements
– Economic value-added (EVA) statement
– Ratio analysis
– Statutory obligations
§ Management structure
§ A historical perspective
§ Infosys Foundation
169
Shareholder information
1. Dates of book closure May 16 to June 2 (both days inclusive)

2. Date and venue of the 3.00 p.m. on June 2, 2001
annual general meeting at the J.N. Tata Auditorium, National Science Seminar Complex
Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore – 560 012, India
3. Dividend payment On or after June 2, 2001, but within the statutory time limit
4. Listing on stock exchanges Bangalore Stock Exchange Ltd. (BgSE)
in India at Stock Exchange Towers, No. 51, 1 Cross, J.C. Road, Bangalore – 560 027, India
Tel.: +91-80-299 5234, Fax: +91-80-299 5242
The Stock Exchange, Mumbai (BSE)
Phiroze Jeejeebhoy Towers, Dalal Street, Mumbai – 400 001, India
Tel.: +91-22-265 5581, Fax: +91-22-265 8121
National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. (NSE)
Trade World, Senapati Bapat Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai – 400 013, India
Tel.: +91-22-497 2950, Fax: +91-22-491 4275 / 85
5. Listing fees Paid for all the above stock exchanges for 2000-2001
6. Listing on stock exchanges NASDAQ National Market in the United States
outside India 33 Whitehall Street, New York, NY-1004-4087
Tel.: +1-212-709-2400, Fax: +1-212-709-2496
7. Registered office Electronics City, Hosur Road, Bangalore – 561 229, India
Tel.: +91-80-852 0261, Fax: +91-80-852 0362
Homepage: www.infy.com
8. Share transfers in physical form Karvy Consultants Limited

and other communication regarding Registrars and Share Transfer Agents
share certificates, dividends, and T.K.N. Complex, No. 51/2, Vanivilas Road
change of address, etc. in India Opp. National College, Basavanagudi
may be addressed to Bangalore – 560 004, India
Tel.: +91-80-662 1184, Fax: +91-80-662 1169
E-mail: [email protected]
9. Share transfer system
Shares sent for physical transfer are generally registered and returned within a period of 15 days from the date of receipt, if
the documents are clear in all respects. The share transfer committee of the company meets as often as required.
The total number of shares transferred in physical form during the year 2000-01 was 11,356 (previous year – 3,35,878).
87.67% of transfers (previous year – 99.16%) were completed within 15 days.
Year ended March 31

2001 2000
Transfer No. of No. of No. of No. of
period transferees (folios) shares % transferees (folios) shares %
in days New Existing New Existing
1 – 10 15 4 9,556 84.15 87 36 3,25,068 96.78
11 – 15 1 – 400 3.52 22 7 8,010 2.38
16 – 20 3 – 1,400 12.33 5 – 1,400 0.42
21 and above* – – – – 5 3 1,400 0.42
19 4 11,356 100.00 119 46 3,35,878 100.00
* Delays beyond 21 days were due to compliance with legal requirements.
170
10. Stock market data relating to shares listed in India
a. The company’s market capitalization is included in the computation of the BSE-30 Sensitive Index (Sensex), the BSE
Dollex and S&P CNX NIFTY Index.
b. Monthly high and low quotations, as well as, the volume of shares traded at Mumbai, National and Bangalore Stock
Exchanges for 2000-01 are:
BSE NSE BgSE
High Low Volume High Low Volume High Low Volume
Rs. Rs. Nos. Rs. Rs. Nos. Rs. Rs. Nos.
April 2000 10,626 6,651 38,63,008 10,601 6,671 38,41,367 10,568 6,541 23,243
May 8,780 5,600 80,35,618 8,740 5,525 1,06,05,877 8,749 5,501 57,567
June 8,938 6,801 75,60,300 8,950 6,833 84,59,664 8,895 6,806 73,934
July 8,815 6,401 91,78,299 8,812 6,355 88,47,755 8,790 6,400 44,147
August 8,617 6,255 1,00,98,169 8,603 6,256 1,26,23,716 8,500 6,230 64,163
September 8,930 6,950 1,40,65,483 8,949 6,975 1,33,52,783 8,998 6,985 74,460
October 7,714 6,102 1,41,69,566 7,725 6,120 1,57,50,857 7,700 6,110 59,794
November 8,042 7,150 1,08,26,217 8,014 7,160 1,28,90,086 8,025 7,150 47,303
December 7,680 5,416 1,51,85,245 8,042 5,422 1,67,18,910 7,872 5,411 45,266
January 2001 6,988 5,475 1,83,36,214 6,940 5,484 1,98,28,472 7,100 5,502 56,355
February 6,900 5,540 1,00,60,615 6,910 5,536 1,17,73,048 6,880 5,550 28,539
March 6,294 3,741 1,03,15,855 6,250 3,765 1,24,75,281 6,380 3,755 32,209
Total 13,16,94,589 14,71,67,816 6,06,980
% of volume traded to average 2000-01 205.55% 229.70% 0.95%
shares outstanding 1999-00 76.27% 78.09% 0.10%
1998-99 102.41% 131.42% –
The number of shares outstanding is 6,40,70,000. The American Depositary Shares (ADSs) have been excluded for the purpose of this
calculation.
11. Investors’ services – complaints received during the year

Year ended March 31
2001 2000
Nature of complaints Received Attended to Received Attended to
1. Non-receipt of share certificates 1 1 9 9
2. Non-receipt of bonus shares / split shares 8 8 67 67
3. Letters from stock exchanges, SEBI, etc. 2 2 1 1
4. Non-receipt of dividend warrants 88 88 45 45
99 99 122 122
The company has attended to most of the investors’ grievances/correspondence within a period of 10 days from the date
of receipt of the same, during the years 2000-01 and 1999-2000, except in cases that are constrained by disputes or legal
impediments.
12. Legal proceedings

There are some pending cases relating to disputes over title to shares, in which the company is made a party. However,
these cases are not material in nature.
171
13. Distribution of shareholding as on March 31
2001 2000
No. of equity No. of % of No. of % of No. of % of No. of % of
shares held share- share- shares share- share- share- shares share-
holders holders holding holders holders holding
1 – 100 77,725 86.71 9,83,502 1.53 34,563 74.63 8,15,853 1.27

101 – 200 2,739 3.06 4,39,999 0.69 2,560 5.53 7,29,086 1.14
201 – 500 3,131 3.49 10,83,761 1.69 2,845 6.14 12,54,656 1.96
501 – 1000 2,586 2.88 19,03,875 2.97 2,695 5.82 21,81,550 3.41
1001 – 5000 2,715 3.03 55,96,755 8.74 2,972 6.42 63,90,248 9.97
5001 – 10000 313 0.35 22,32,869 3.48 340 0.73 25,38,044 3.96
10001 and above 433 0.48 5,14,25,033 80.27 338 0.73 4,99,07,070 77.90
NSDL transit – – 4,04,206 0.63 – – 2,52,293 0.39
89,642 100.00 6,40,70,000 100.00 46,313 100.00 6,40,68,800 100.00

Equity shares underlying 1 20,88,117 1 20,81,900
American Depositary Shares*
Total 89,643 6,61,58,117 46,314 6,61,50,700
* Held by beneficial owners outside India.
14. Categories of shareholders as on March 31

2001 2000
Category No. of Voting No. of No. of Voting No. of
shareholders strength (%) shares held shareholders strength (%) shares held
Individuals 84,881 24.03 1,58,96,476 43,364 26.87 1,77,74,390
Companies 3,478 1.50 9,94,196 2,220 1.78 11,75,866
FIIs 383 28.90 1,91,14,466 270 24.38 1,61,27,027
OCBs and NRIs 675 0.75 4,97,918 299 0.75 4,95,267
Founders and their families 23 29.15 1,92,87,560 23 29.30 1,93,81,960
Mutual funds, banks, FIs 202 11.90 78,75,178 137 13.39 88,61,997
NSDL transit – 0.61 4,04,206 – 0.38 2,52,293
Equity shares underlying 1 3.16 20,88,117 1 3.15 20,81,900
American Depositary Shares*
Total 89,643 100.00 6,61,58,117 46,314 100.00 6,61,50,700
* Held by beneficial owners outside India.
15. Shares under lock-in

Employee Stock Offer Plan (ESOP) 1994
Details of shares of par value of Rs. 5 each held by employees under the Employee Stock Offer Plan (ESOP) 1994 subject to
lock-in are given below. These shares are also included in the categories of shareholders given in (14) above.
No. of shares subject to lock-in as on March 31
2001 2000
Period of lock-in No. of shares No. of employees No. of shares No. of employees
3-4 years – – 7,82,000 1,033
2-3 years 7,50,200 994 5,00,400 340
1-2 years 4,79,600 329 2,04,000 151
0-1 year 1,91,400 144 2,57,200 105
172
As on March 31, 2001, 529 employees hold rights to 3,30,000 shares of par value of Rs. 5 each, which are subject to a lock-
in of 3-4 years. Currently, 1,544 employees hold shares under the 1994 Stock Offer Plan. Shares subject to lock-in held by
the employees will be transferred back to the ITL Employees Welfare Trust if such employees leave the services of the
company before the vesting period. As on March 31, 2001, the ITL Employees Welfare Trust holds 2,57,400 shares of par
value of Rs. 5 each that are not subject to further grants as the 1994 Stock Offer Plan has since been terminated.
Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP) 1998
The company established the 1998 Stock Option Plan, which provides for the grant of non-statutory stock options and
incentive stock options to the employees of the company. This plan was approved by the board of directors in December
1997, and by the shareholders in January 1998. The Government of India has approved the 1998 plan, subject to a limit of
14,70,000 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each, representing 29,40,000 ADSs to be issued under the plan. During the
year, options were granted to 752 employees to acquire 9,64,840 ADSs, corresponding to 4,82,420 equity shares of
par value of Rs. 5 each. During the year, 20 employees exercised the options to acquire 12,434 ADSs, corresponding
to 6,217 shares of par value of Rs. 5 each. As on March 31, 2001, 757 employees hold options to acquire 15,65,506 ADSs,
corresponding to 7,82,753 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each. Details of the number of ADSs options granted and
exercised are given below.
No. of options granted and exercised
Granted Exercised Balance
Year No. of ADSs No. of ADSs ADSs
employees (net) employees
1999 31 4,01,400 32 34,534 3,66,866
2000 64 2,63,100 5 1,700 2,61,400
2001 735 9,37,240 – – 9,37,240
Total 16,01,740 36,234 15,65,506
Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP) 1999

The 1999 plan was approved by the board of directors and the shareholders in June 1999, and was instituted in fiscal 2000.
The plan provides for the issue of 66,00,000 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each to the employees. During the year,
options were granted to 9,376 employees to acquire 19,57,830 equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each. During the year, 22
employees exercised the options to acquire 1,200 shares of par value of Rs. 5 each. As on March 31, 2001, 9,170 employees
hold options to acquire 27,93,980 shares of par value of Rs. 5 each. Details of shares of par value of Rs. 5 each held by
employees under the Employee Stock Offer Plan (ESOP) 1999, are given below.
No. of options granted and exercised
Granted Exercised Balance
Year No. of No. of No. of No. of No. of
employees shares (net) employees shares shares
2000 1,150 9,46,000 22 1,200 9,44,800
2001 8,713 18,49,180 – – 18,49,180
Total 27,95,180 1,200 27,93,980
16. Dematerialization of shares and liquidity

Your company was the first in India to pay a one-time custodial fee of Rs. 44.43 lakh to National Securities Depositary
Limited (NSDL). Consequently, the company’s shareholders do not have to pay depositary participants, the custodial fee
charged by the NSDL on their holding. Over 98% of the company’s shares are now held in electronic form.
17. Financial calendar (tentative and subject to change)

Annual General Meeting June 02, 2001
Financial reporting for the first quarter ending June 30, 2001 July 10, 2001
Financial reporting for the second quarter ending September 30, 2001 October 10, 2001
Interim dividend payment (if any) November, 2001
Financial reporting for the third quarter ending December 31, 2001 January 10, 2002
Financial results for the year ending March 31, 2002 April 10, 2002
Annual General Meeting for the year ending March 31, 2002 May / June, 2002
173
18. Investors’ correspondence in India Any queries relating to the financial statements
may be addressed to: of the company may be addressed to:
The Company Secretary Mr. T. V. Mohandas Pai
Investors’ Service Cell Director (F&A) and CFO
Infosys Technologies Ltd., Electronics City Infosys Technologies Ltd., Electronics City
Hosur Road, Bangalore – 561 229, India Hosur Road, Bangalore – 561 229, India
Tel.: +91-80-852 0440, Fax: +91-80-852 0362 Tel.: +91-80-852 0396, Fax: +91-80-852 0362
E-mail: [email protected] E-mail: [email protected]
19. Reuters code – INFY.BO (BSE) Bridge code – IN;INF (BSE) Bloomberg code – INFO IN (BSE)
– INFY.NS (NSE) – IN;INFN (NSE) – NINFO IN (NSE)
– INFY.O (NASDAQ) – US;INFY (NASDAQ)
20. Stock market data relating to American Depositary Shares (ADSs)

a. ADS listed at NASDAQ National Market in the United States
b. Ratio of ADS to equity shares 2 ADS for one equity share
c. ADS symbol INFY
d. The American Depositary Shares issued under the ADS program of the company were listed on the NASDAQ National
Market in the United States on March 11, 1999. The monthly high and low quotations as well as the volume of ADSs
traded at the NASDAQ National Market for the year ended March 31, 2001, are:
High Low Volume
$ Rs. $ Rs. Nos.
April 2000 284.56 24,837 131.13 11,445 5,999,400
May 214.50 19,116 130.75 11,652 3,698,600
June 199.94 17,850 154.38 13,783 1,888,300
July 186.94 16,776 120.00 10,769 2,533,000
August 169.13 15,475 96.50 8,830 3,700,100
September 164.00 15,091 121.00 11,134 2,045,300
October 137.55 12,839 105.13 9,813 2,584,900
November 147.25 13,800 112.00 10,497 1,372,600
December 141.50 13,213 90.06 8,410 2,963,900
January 2001 131.38 6,093 86.13 3,994 2,536,300
February 123.00 5,737 86.75 4,046 2,661,200
March 92.94 4,327 60.13 2,799 5,009,600
Total 36,993,200
% of volume traded to total float 885.80%
2 ADS = 1 equity share
The number of ADSs outstanding is 4,176,234
US$ have been converted into Indian rupees at the monthly closing rates
e. Premium of American Depositary Shares over the shares traded on the Indian stock exchanges
The ADS price quoted below is in Indian rupees and has been converted at the monthly closing rates.
174
f. Investor correspondence in P. R. Ganapathy
the US may be addressed to Investor Relations Officer
34760, Campus Drive
Fremont CA 94555, USA
Tel.: +1-510-742-3030, Mobile: +1-510-872-4412
Fax: +1-510-742-2930, E-mail: [email protected]
g. Name and address of the Deutsche Bank A.G.

depositary bank Corporate Trust and Agency Services
4 Albany Street
New York, NY 10006, USA
Tel.: +1-212-250-8500, Fax: +1-212-250-5644
Corporate Trust and Agency Services
Deutsche Bank A.G.
1 st Floor, Kodak House
222, Dr. D. N. Road
Fort, Mumbai – 400 001, India
Tel.: +91-22-207 3262, Fax: +91-22-207 9614
i. Name and address of the ICICI Limited
custodian in India ICICI Towers
Bandra Kurla Complex
Mumbai – 400 051, India
Tel.: +91-22-653 1414, Fax: +91-22-653 1164/65
175
Frequently asked questions
1. What is an American Depositary Share (“ADS”)?
Ans: An ADS is a negotiable certificate evidencing ownership of an outstanding class of stock in a non-US company. ADSs
are created when ordinary shares are delivered to a custodian bank in the domestic market, which then instructs a depositary
bank in the US to issue ADSs based on a predetermined ratio. ADSs are SEC registered securities and may trade freely, just
like any other security, either on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market.
2. What is the difference between an ADS and a GDR?
Ans: ADSs and GDRs (Global Depositary Receipts) are the same in their functionality – they both evidence ownership of
foreign securities deposited with a custodian bank. ADSs represent securities that are listed in the United States, while GDRs
represent securities listed outside of the United States, typically in London.
3. Do the ADSs have voting rights?
Ans: Yes. In the event of a matter submitted to the holders of ordinary shares for a vote, the ADS holders on record as at a
particular date will be allowed to instruct the depositary bank to exercise the vote in respect of the equity shares representing
the ADS held by them.
4. Are the ADSs entitled to cash dividends?
Ans: Yes, whenever dividends are paid to ordinary shareholders. Cash dividends to ADS holders are declared in local currency
and paid in dollars (based on the prevailing exchange rate) by the depositary bank, net of the depositary’s fees and expenses.
5 Does Infosys have a dividend reinvestment program or dividend stock purchase plan?
Ans: Infosys does not offer a dividend reinvestment program or dividend stock program, at present.
6. Where and in which year was Infosys incorporated?
Ans: Infosys was incorporated in Mumbai, in the state of Maharashtra, in India, on July 2, 1981.
7. When did Infosys have its initial public offer (IPO) and what was the initial listing price? Was there any follow-on offering?
Ans: Infosys made an initial public offer in February 1993 and was listed on stock exchanges in India in June 1993. Trading
opened at Rs. 145 per share compared to the IPO price of Rs. 95 per share. In October 1994, Infosys made a private placement
of 5,50,000 shares at Rs. 450 each to Foreign Institutional Investors (FIIs), Financial Institutions (FIs) and Corporates.
During March 1999, Infosys issued 20,70,000 ADSs (equivalent to 10,35,000 equity shares of par value of Rs. 10 each) at
$ 34 per ADS under the American Depositary Shares Program and the same were listed on the NASDAQ National Market.
8. Which are the stock exchanges where Infosys shares are listed and traded?
Ans: Shares of Infosys are listed and traded in India on the Bangalore Stock Exchange, The Stock Exchange, Mumbai, and
the National Stock Exchange, Mumbai. The ADSs of Infosys are traded on the NASDAQ National Market in the US.
9. What are the Reuters, Bridge and Bloomberg codes for Infosys stock?
Ans: Exchange Reuters code Bridge code Bloomberg code

The Stock Exchange, Mumbai, India INFY.BO IN;INF INFO IN
National Stock Exchange, India INFY.NS IN;INFN NINFO IN
NASDAQ, USA INFY.O US;INFY –
10. What is the Infosys ADS ratio?
Ans: Each Infosys ADS represents one-half of one ordinary equity share of Infosys.
11. What is the symbol for Infosys ADS and where is it traded ?
Ans: The symbol is “INFY” and the same is traded on the NASDAQ National Market in the US.
12. When is the next earnings release? What is the fiscal year of Infosys?
Ans: The tentative dates of earnings releases are given below. The earnings release date will also be posted on the website
www.infy.com, after announcement to the stock exchanges.
Earnings release date (tentative and subject to change)
First quarter ending June 30, 2001 July 10, 2001
Second quarter ending September 30, 2001 October 10, 2001
Third quarter ending December 31, 2001 January 10, 2002
Year ending March 31, 2002 April 10, 2002
The fiscal year of the company is the period of 12 months starting April 1, every year.
176
13. What is the employee strength of Infosys?
Ans: As of March 31, 2001, Infosys had 9,831 employees, as compared to 5,389 on March 31, 2000, on a full-time basis.
The distribution of the employees is:
2001 2000
Software development including trainees 8,656 88.05% 4,623 85.79%
Support services 1,175 11.95% 766 14.21%
Total 9,831 100.00% 5,389 100.00%
The gender classification of the employees is:
Male 8,140 82.80% 4,558 84.58%
Female 1,691 17.20% 831 15.42%
Total 9,831 100.00% 5,389 100.00%
The age profile of employees is:
2001 2000
Between 20 and 25 years 6,030 62% 3,057 57%
Between 26 and 30 years 2,794 28% 1,659 31%
Between 31 and 40 years 870 9% 579 11%
Between 41 and 50 years 120 1% 83 1%
Between 51 and 60 years 17 –% 11 –%
Total 9,831 100% 5,389 100%
14. Does Infosys issue quarterly reports?

Ans: Yes. Infosys issues audited quarterly reports conforming to the Indian GAAP and unaudited quarterly reports conforming
to the US GAAP, and the same are mailed to all the shareholders.
15. How do I transfer my shares in India or change my address with the transfer agent?
Ans: To transfer shares in physical form, you have to write to the company’s registrars:
Karvy Consultants Limited
Registrars and Share Transfer Agents
T.K.N. Complex, No. 51/2, Vanivilas Road,
Opp. National College, Basavanagudi,
Bangalore – 560 004, India
Tel.: +91-80-662 1184, Fax: +91-80-662 1169,
E-mail: [email protected]
or write to:
The Company Secretary
Electronics City, Hosur Road
Bangalore – 561 229, India
Tel.: +91-80-852 1518, Fax: +91-80-852 0362
You can also address your queries to the e-mail id: [email protected].
Transfer of shares in electronic form is effected through your depositary participant.
General correspondence regarding shares may be addressed to the company’s registrars, Karvy Consultants Limited,
or to The Company Secretary, Infosys Technologies Limited.
16. Who are the depositary and custodian for the ADS program?
Ans: Depositary Deutsche Bank A.G.
Corporate Trust and Agency Services
4 Albany Street, New York, NY 10006, USA
Tel.: +1-212-250-8500, Fax: +1-212-250-5644
Custodian ICICI Limited
ICICI Towers
Bandra Kurla Complex
Mumbai – 400 051, India
Tel.: +91-22-653 1414, Fax: +91-22-653 1164/65
177
17. What is the history of bonus issues (equivalent to stock split in the form of stock dividend) and stock split at Infosys?
Ans: Year 1986 1989 1991 1992 1994 1997 1999 2000
Bonus issue ratio 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 1:1 –
Stock split ratio 2 for 1 2 for 1 2 for 1 2 for 1 2 for 1 2 for 1 2 for 1 2 for 1
The company completed a 2-for-1 stock split (i.e., a subdivision of every equity share of par value of Rs. 10 each into two
equity shares of par value of Rs. 5 each) during fiscal 2000.
18. How many software development centers does Infosys have?
Ans: Infosys has 16 development centers in India – five in Bangalore, two each in Bhubaneswar, Chennai, Mangalore and
Pune, and one each in Hyderabad, Mohali and Mysore. Infosys has one global development center in Toronto, Canada. In
addition, there are six proximity development centers in Fremont, Boston, Chicago, New Jersey, Phoenix, Arizona in the US
and in London, UK.
19. How many marketing offices does Infosys have?
Ans: There are 21 marketing offices overseas, of which 9 are located in the US, two in Australia, one each in the UK,
Germany, Canada, Japan, Belgium, Sweden, Hong Kong, Sharjah, Argentina and France. Besides these, there are four marketing
offices in India.
20. What is the employee strength and revenue growth since 1995?
Ans: The employee strength and revenue growth since 1995 is as follows:
As per US GAAP
Fiscal year ended Total no. of Growth Net revenues Growth Net income Growth
March 31 employees % in $ million % in $ million %
1995 903 58 18.11 90 3.96 48
1996 1,172 30 26.61 47 6.82 72
1997 1,705 45 39.59 49 8.64 27
1998 2,605 53 68.33 73 13.86* 60
1999 3,766 45 120.96 77 30.35* 119
2000 5,389 43 203.44 68 61.34 102
2001 9,831 82 413.85 103 131.95 115
* This excludes a one-time deferred stock compensation expense arising from stock split amounting to $ 12,906,962
and $ 1,519,739 in fiscal 1999 and 1998, respectively.
As per Indian GAAP
Fiscal year ended Total no. of Growth Revenue Growth PAT* Growth
March 31 employees % in Rs. crore % in Rs. crore %
1995 903 58 57.70 92 13.32 65
1996 1,172 30 93.41 62 21.01 58
1997 1,705 45 143.81 54 33.68 60
1998 2,605 53 260.37 81 60.36 79
1999 3,766 45 512.74 97 132.92 120
2000 5,389 43 921.46 80 285.95 115
2001 9,831 82 1,959.94 113 623.32 118
* From ordinary activities
21. Does Infosys pay dividends? What is the dividend policy of Infosys?
Ans: Currently, Infosys pays dividend to its shareholders. The current dividend policy is to distribute up to 20% of the PAT
as dividend. The board of directors reviews the dividend policy periodically.
22. How do I contact Infosys by telephone, mail or in person?
Ans: Members of the press can contact the following members of Infosys’ management for any information.
N. R. Narayana Murthy,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Tel: +91-80-852 0363 / 852 0399
Nandan M. Nilekani,
Managing Director, President and Chief Operating Officer Tel: +91-80-852 0351
T. V. Mohandas Pai,
Director – Finance & Administration and Chief Financial Officer Tel: +91-80-852 0396
178
The Infosys corporate mailing address is:
Infosys Technologies Limited,
44, Electronics City, Hosur Road,
Bangalore – 561 229, India.
Tel.: +91-80-852 0261, Fax: +91-80-852 0362
For direct correspondence, the general electronic address is [email protected].
23. Is there any investor relations contact in the US?

Ans: Mr. P. R. Ganapathy, Investor Relations Officer, is based at the company’s Fremont office and will be available at the
following address to answer any queries from investors.
34760, Campus Drive
Fremont CA 94555, USA
Tel.: +1-510-742-3030, Mobile: +1-510-872-4412
Fax: +1-510-742-2930, E-mail: [email protected]
24. Is there any investor relations contact in India?

Ans: Mr. Sumanth Cidambi, Investor Relations Officer, is based at the company’s corporate office in Bangalore, India and
will be available at the following address to answer any queries from investors.
44, Electronics City, Hosur Road
Bangalore 561 229, India
Tel.: +91-80-8520261 Extn. 7904, +91-80-8522380 (Direct)
Fax: +91-80-8520362, E-mail: [email protected]
25. Does the company have a disclosure policy?

Ans: Yes. The company has a written disclosure policy, which covers interacting with all external constituents like analysts,
fund managers, media, etc.
26. Does the company have any quiet periods?

Ans: Yes. The company follows quiet periods prior to its earnings release every quarter. During the quiet period, the
company or any of its officials will not discuss earnings expectations with any external people. It starts from fifteenth of the
month prior to the one in which the earnings are going to be released and ends on the date of announcement of the earnings
numbers. Based on the tentative dates on which the earnings are going to be released in fiscal 2002, the tentative quiet
period would be as follows:
Earnings release date Quiet period

First quarter ending June 30, 2001 July 10, 2001 June 16 – July 10, 2001
Second quarter ending September 30, 2001 October 10, 2001 September 16 – October 10, 2001
Third quarter ending December 31, 2001 January 10, 2002 December 16 – January 10, 2002
Year ending March 31, 2002 April 10, 2002 March 16 – April 10, 2002
27. What has been the CAGR in revenues and net income in the last five years?
Ans: The 5 year CAGR under Indian GAAP and US GAAP are
Indian GAAP US GAAP
Revenues 84% Revenues 73%
PAT from ordinary activities 97% Net income 81%
179
180

Share performance chart
The Infosys management consistently cautions that the stock price performance shown in the graph below should not be considered indicative of potential future stock
price performance.
The share price has been adjusted for two bonus issues made in fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1999, and a 2-for-1 stock split in fiscal 2000.
Additional information to shareholders (contd.)
Intangible assets scoresheet
A knowledge-intensive company leverages knowhow, innovation and reputation to achieve success in the marketplace.
Hence, these attributes should be measured and improved upon year after year to ensure continual success. Managing a
knowledge organization necessitates a focus on the critical issues of organizational adoption, survival, and competence in
the face of ever-increasing discontinuous environmental change. The profitability of a knowledge firm depends on its
ability to leverage the learnability of its professionals, and in enhancing the re-usability of their knowledge and expertise.
The stock price of a company is the result of the market’s valuation of its earnings potential and growth prospects. Thus, the
market provides a value to the off-balance-sheet assets of the company – that is, those assets which are invisible or which
are not accounted for in the traditional financial statements. The intangible assets of a company include its brand; its ability
to attract, develop and nurture a cadre of competent professionals; and its ability to attract and retain marqué clients.
Today’s discerning investors take a critical look at both financial and non-financial parameters that determine the long-term
success of a company. The non-financial parameters challenge the approach that evaluates companies solely on the tradi-
tional measures, as they appear in their financial reports. Thus, the intangible assets of the company have been receiving
considerable attention from corporate leaders in recent years.
The intangible assets of a company can be classified into four major categories – human resources, intellectual property
assets, internal assets and external assets.
Human resources
Human resources represent the collective expertise, innovation, leadership, entrepreneurship and managerial skills en-
dowed in the employees of an organization.
Intellectual property assets

Intellectual property assets include know-how, copyrights, patents, products and tools that are owned by a corporation.
These assets are valued based on their commercial potential. A corporation derives its revenues by licensing these assets to
outside users.
Internal assets
Internal assets are systems, technologies, methodologies, processes and tools that are specific to an organization. These
assets give the organization a unique advantage over its competitors in the marketplace. These assets are not licensed to
outsiders. Examples of internal assets include methodologies for assessing risk, methodologies for managing projects, risk
policies, and communication systems.
External assets
External assets are the market-related intangibles that enhance the fitness of an organization for succeeding in the market-
place. Examples are customer loyalty (reflected by the repeat business of the company) and brand value.
The score sheet

Infosys published models for valuing the two most valuable, intangible assets of the company – human resources and the
“Infosys” brand. The score sheet published is broadly adopted from the Intangible asset score sheet provided in the book
titled The New Organizational Wealth written by Dr Karl-Erik Sveiby and published by Berrett-Koehler Publishers Inc.,
San Francisco. We believe such representation of intangible assets provides a tool to our investors for evaluating the mar-
ket-worthiness of the company.
The Infosys management cautions investors that these data are provided only as additional information to investors. Using
such reports for predicting the future of Infosys, or any other company, is risky. The Infosys management is not responsible
for any direct, indirect or consequential losses suffered by any person using these data.
181
182
The Infosys intangible assets scoresheet
Knowledge capital
Our clients Our organization Our people
(External structure) (Internal structure) (Competence)
2000-2001 1999-2000 2000-20011999-2000 2000-2001 1999-2000
Growth/renewal
Revenue growth over 113 80 IT investment/value added (%) 9.32 7.47 Education index of all staff 28,725 15,544
previous year (%)
Percentage of revenue from 52 47 R&D/ 1.09 1.14
image-enhancing clients value added (%)
Percentage of revenue 96 94 Total investment in organization/ 29.64 22.10
from exports value added (%)
No. of new clients 122 99
added during the year
Efficiency
Sales/client 696 455 Average proportion 10.30 12.70 Value added per software 22.14 17.71
(in Rs. lakh) of support staff (%) engineer (in Rs. lakh)
Sales per support staff 243 155 Value added per employee 19.87 15.46
(in Rs. lakh) (in Rs. lakh)
Stability
Repeat-business revenue/ 85 87 Average age of support staff 30.61 31.14 Average age of all employees 25.67 26.14
total revenue (%) (Years) (Years)
Sales from the five largest 26.0 30.2
clients/total revenue (%)
Sales from the ten largest 39.2 45.7
clients/total revenue (%)
Milliion dollar clients
(Nos) 80 42
Five-million dollar clients
(Nos) 19 10
Ten-million dollar clients
(Nos) 11 4
The figures above are based on Indian GAAP financial statements.

Notes:
Marqué or image-enhancing clients are those who enhance the company’s market-worthiness, typically Fortune 1000
clients. Often they are reference clients for Infosys.
Sales per client is calculated by dividing total revenue, excluding other income, by the total number of clients.
Repeat business revenue is the revenue during current year from those clients who contributed to the revenue of
the company during the previous year also.
Value-added is the revenue of the company less payment to all outside resources. The value-added statement is
provided in the Additional information to shareholders section in this report.
IT investment includes all investments in hardware and software by the company.
Total investment in the organization is the investment in the fixed assets of the company.
Average proportion of support staff is the average number of support staff to average total staff strength of the
company during the year.
Sales per support staff is Infosys revenue divided by the average number of support staff during the year (support
staff exclude technical support staff).
Education index is shown as at the year-end, with primary education calculated as 1, secondary education as 2,
and tertiary education as 3.
Clients
The growth in revenue is 113% this year, compared to 80%, in the previous year. The most valuable intangible asset of
Infosys is its client base. Marqué clients or image-enhancing clients contributed around 52% of revenue this year, as
compared to 47% in the previous year. They give stability to our revenues and also reduce our marketing costs.
The high percentage – 85% – of revenue from repeat orders during the current year is an indication of the satisfaction and
loyalty of the clients. The top 5 and 10 clients contributed around 26% and 39%, respectively, of the company’s revenue
during the current year, as compared to 30% and 46%, respectively, during the previous year. The company’s strategy is to
increase its client base, and thereby reduce the risk of depending on a few large clients. During 2000-2001, the company
added 122 new clients.
Organization
During the current year, Infosys invested around 9% of the value-added on its IT infrastructure, and 1% of the value-added
on R&D activities.
A young, fast-growing organization requires efficiency in the area of support services. The average age of the support
employees is 30.61 years, as against the previous year average age of 31.14 years. The sales per support staff, as well as, the
proportion of support staff to the total organizational staff, have shown improvements over the previous year.
People
Infosys is in a people-oriented business. The education index of employees has gone up substantially to 28,725 from
15,544. This reflects the quality of employees at Infosys. The value-added per software engineer and the value-added per
employee show an increasing trend. The average age of employees as of March 31, 2001 was 25.67 as compared to 26.14
as of March 31, 2000.
183
Human resources accounting
The dichotomy in accounting between human and non-human capital is fundamental. The latter is recognized as an asset
and is therefore recorded in the books and reported in the financial statements, whereas, the former is totally ignored by
accountants. The definition of wealth as a source of income inevitably leads to the recognition of human capital as one of
several forms of wealth such as money, securities and physical capital.
The Lev & Schwartz model has been used by Infosys to compute the value of the human resources as at March 31, 2001.
The evaluation is based on the present value of the future earnings of the employees and on the following assumptions:
1. Employee compensation includes all direct and indirect benefits earned both in India and abroad.
2. The incremental earnings based on group / age have been considered.
3. The future earnings have been discounted at 21.08% (previous year – 22.29%) being the cost of capital for Infosys.
Beta has been assumed at 1.54 based on average beta for software stocks in the US.
As of March 31 2001 2000
No. of Value of No. of Value of
employees human resources employees human resources
(in Rs. crore) (in Rs. crore)
Production 7,641 4,406.53 4,292 1,965.14
Support –technical* 1,230 302.83 450 81.65
–others 960 414.06 647 190.63
9,831 5,123.42 5,389 2,237.42
* Note: Support – technical includes trainees, employees in R&D activities and support personnel allocated to
production.
Number of employees 9,831 5,389
Value of human resources 5,123.42 2,237.42
Total revenue 1,959.94 921.46
Software revenue 1,900.57 882.32
Employee cost 717.78 334.56
Value-added excluding extraordinary income 1,563.17 723.31
Net profits excluding extraordinary income 623.32 285.95
Total revenue / human resources value (ratio) 0.38 0.41
Total software revenue / human resources value (ratio) 0.37 0.39
Value-added / human resources value (ratio) 0.31 0.32
Value of human resources per employee (Rs. cr) 0.52 0.42
Employee cost / human resources value (%) 14.01% 14.95%
Return on human resources value (%) 12.17% 12.78%
184
Value-added statement in Rs. crore
Year ending March 31 2001 2000
Total revenue 1,959.94 921.46
Less:
Software development expenses (other than employee costs and
provision for post-sales client support) 238.56 129.61
Administration expenses (other than provisions) 158.20 68.54
Sub-total 396.76 198.15
Total value-added 1,563.18 723.31
Applied to meet
Employee costs 717.78 334.56
Provision for post-sales client support 1.83 2.10
Provision for bad and doubtful debts and doubtful loans and advances 19.35 0.94
Provision for contingencies – 3.33
Provision for e-inventing the company – 3.50
Provision for investments 15.29 –
Income tax 72.71 39.70
Dividend (including dividend tax) 74.86 33.04
Retained in business 661.36 306.14
1,563.18 723.31
The figures above are based on Indian GAAP financial statements.
185
Brand valuation
The strength of the invisible
A balance sheet discloses the financial position of a company. The financial position of an enterprise is influenced by the
economic resources it controls, its financial structure, liquidity and solvency, and its capacity to adapt to changes in the
environment. However, it is becoming increasingly clear that intangible assets have a significant role in defining the growth
of a hi-tech company. So quite often, the search for the added value invariably leads us back to understanding, evaluating
and enhancing the intangible assets of the business.
From time to time, Infosys has used various models for evaluating assets off the balance sheet to bring certain advances in
financial reporting from the realm of research to the notice of the shareholders. Such an exercise also helps the Infosys
management understand the components that make up goodwill. The aim of such modeling is to lead the debate on the
balance sheet of the future. The Infosys management cautions the investors that these models are still the subject of debate
among researchers, and using such models and data in predicting the future of Infosys, or any other company, is risky, and
that the Infosys management is not responsible for any direct, indirect or consequential losses suffered by any person using
these models or data.
Valuing the brand

A brand is much more than a trademark or a logo. It is a “trustmark” – a promise of quality and authenticity that clients can
rely on. Brand equity is the value addition provided to a product or company by its brand name. It is the financial premium
that a buyer is willing to pay for the brand over a generic or less worthy brand. Brand equity is not created overnight. It is
the result of relentless pursuit of quality in production, selling, service, advertising and marketing. It is the integral of client
experiences in dealing with the company and the company’s services over a sustained period.
Corporate brands and service brands are often perceived to be interchangeable. Both types of brands aim at the enhancement
of confidence, and the reduction of uncertainty, in the quality of the company offerings. Therefore, companies rely heavily
on the image and personality they create for their brands, to communicate these qualities to the marketplace.
For many businesses, brands have become critical for shareholder wealth creation. Global brands are still the most powerful
and sustainable wealth creators in the business world, and will continue to be so in the near future. The task of measuring
brand value is a complex one. Several models are available for accomplishing this. The most widely used one is the brand-
earnings-multiple model. There are several variants of this model. For example, by using one of the brand valuation
models, Interbrand, a brand consultancy firm, had valued Coca-Cola at $ 72.54 billion in the year 2000, when its market
capitalization was $ 142.16 billion, on the date of brand valuation. Thus, the brand valuation of Coca-Cola was around
51% of its market capitalization on the date of valuation. Interestingly, the study says that technology changes such as the
Internet are only accelerating the globalization trend of the companies, and technology companies such as Microsoft, IBM,
Intel and Nokia dominated the top five most valuable brands, in the study.
(Source : www.business2.com/chart/most_valuable_brands.html)
Goodwill is a nebulous accounting concept that is defined as the premium paid for the tangible assets of a company. It is
an umbrella concept that transcends components like brand equity and human resources, and is the result of many
corporate attributes including core competency, market leadership, copyrights, trademarks, brands, superior earning power,
excellence in management, outstanding work-force, competition, longevity and so on.
The Infosys management has adapted the generic brand-earnings-multiple model (given in the article on Valuation of
Trademarks and Brand Names by Michael Birkin in the book Brand Valuation, edited by John Murphy and published by
Business Books Limited, London) to value its corporate brand “Infosys”. The methodology followed for valuing the brand
is as given below:
1. Determine brand earnings

To do this,
Determine brand profits by eliminating the non-brand profits from the total profits of the company
Restate the historical profits at present-day values
Provide for the remuneration of capital to be used for purposes other than promotion of the brand
Adjust for taxes
186
2. Determine the brand-strength or brand-earning multiple
Brand-strength multiple is a function of a multitude of factors like leadership, stability, market, internationality,
trend, support and protection. These factors have been evaluated on a scale of 1 to 100, internally by the Infosys
management, based on the information available within the company.
3. Compute the brand value by multiplying the brand earnings by the multiple derived in
step 2 above.
The computation is as follows:
in Rs. crore
Year ended March 31, 2001 2000 1999
PBIT 696.03 325.65 155.86
Less: non-brand income 53.43 35.23 3.46
Adjusted profit 642.60 290.42 152.40
Inflation compound factor at 8% 1.000 1.087 1.181
Present value of profits for the brand 642.60 315.69 179.98
Weightage factor 3 2 1
Weighted profits 1,927.80 631.38 179.98
Three-year average weighted profits 456.53
Remuneration of capital 55.57
(5% of average capital employed)
Brand-related profits 400.96
Tax at 39.55% 158.58
Brand earnings 242.38
Multiple-applied 22.18
Brand value 5,376.00
Assumptions
1. Total revenue excluding other income after adjusting for cost of earning such income is brand revenue, since this
is an exercise to determine the brand value of Infosys as a company and not for any of its products or services.
2. Inflation is assumed at 8% per annum.
3. 5% of the average capital employed is used for purposes other than promotion of the brand.
4. Tax rate is at 39.55%.
5. The earnings multiple is based on the ranking of Infosys against the industry average, based on certain parameters
(exercise undertaken internally and based on available information).
6. The figures above are based on Indian GAAP financial statements.
Thus, it is interesting to note that while Infosys has a market capitalization of Rs. 26,926 crore as on March 31, 2001, the
value of the “Infosys” brand alone is estimated at Rs. 5,376 crore. The corresponding figures for market capitalization
and brand value of Infosys as on March 31, 2000 and March 31, 1999 were Rs. 59,338 crore, Rs. 5,246 crore and
Rs. 9,673 crore, Rs. 1,727 crore respectively.
187
Balance sheet (including intangible assets) as at March 31, 2001
in Rs. crore
SOURCES OF FUNDS
SHAREHOLDERS’ FUNDS
Share capital 33.08
Reserves and surplus
Share premium account 320.75
Capital reserves 10,499.42
Other reserves 1,035.81
11,889.06
APPLICATION OF FUNDS
FIXED ASSETS
Tangible assets – at cost 631.14
Less : Depreciation 244.13
Net block 387.01

Add : Capital work-in-progress 170.65
557.66
Intangible assets
Brand equity 5,376.00
Human resources 5,123.42
INVESTMENTS 34.12
CURRENT ASSETS, LOANS AND ADVANCES
Sundry debtors 302.37
Cash and bank balances 385.06
Loans and advances 430.28
1,117.71
Less : Current liabilities 134.92
Provisions 184.93
Net current assets 797.86
11,889.06
Notes:
1. The balance sheet is provided as additional information only. The management accepts no responsibility for any
direct, indirect or consequential losses or damages suffered by any person relying on the same.
2. Capital reserves include the value of the “Infosys” brand and human resources.
188
Current cost adjusted financial statements
Current cost accounting (“CCA”) seeks to state the value of assets and liabilities in a balance sheet at their value and
measure the profit or loss of an enterprise by matching current costs against current revenues. CCA is based on the concept
of “operating capability”, which may be viewed as the amount of goods and services that an enterprise is capable of
providing with its existing resources during a given period. In order to maintain its operating capability, an enterprise
should remain in command of resources that form the basis of its activities. Consequently, it becomes necessary to take into
account the rising cost of assets consumed in generating these revenues. CCA takes into account the changes in specific
prices of assets as they affect the enterprise.
The Balance Sheet and Profit and Loss Account of Infosys, on a current cost basis are presented below. The methodology
prescribed by the Guidance Note on Accounting for Changing Prices issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India
is adopted in preparing these statements.
Balance Sheet as of March 31, 2001

in Rs.
Assets employed
Fixed Assets
Original cost 527,46,69,569
Accumulated depreciation 129,68,72,381
397,77,97,188
Capital work in progress 170,65,04,250
Net fixed assets 568,43,01,438
Investments 34,11,54,821
Current Assets, Loans and Advances:
Cash and bank balances 385,06,10,285
Loans and advances 430,27,93,623
Monetary working capital 167,45,21,241
982,79,25,149
Less: Other liabilities and provisions 184,93,20,275
Net current assets 797,86,04,874
TOTAL 1400,40,61,133
Financed by
Share Capital and Reserves
Share capital 33,07,92,085
Reserves
Capital reserve 5,93,54,103
Share premium 320,75,30,416
Current cost reserve 19,76,11,149
General reserve 1020,87,73,380
1040,63,84,529
TOTAL 1400,40,61,133
189
Current cost adjusted financial statements
Profit and Loss Account for the year ended March 31, 2001
in Rs.
Total income 1,959,93,73,722
Historic cost profit before tax and extraordinary item 696,02,92,341
Less: Current cost operating adjustments 8,99,42,003
687,03,50,338
Less: Gearing adjustment -
Current cost profit before tax and extraordinary item 687,03,50,338
Provision for taxation
Earlier years 1,40,00,000
Current year 71,31,00,000
Current cost profit after tax before extraordinary item 614,32,50,338
Extraordinary item – Transfer of intellectual property (net of tax) 5,49,44,000
Current cost profit after tax and extraordinary item 619,81,94,338
Appropriations
Dividend
Interim 16,53,78,418
Final (proposed) 49,61,85,878
Dividend tax 8,69,94,211
Amount transferred – general reserve 544,96,35,831
619,81,94,338
Statement of retained profits / reserves as of March 31, 2001

in Rs.
Opening balance of reserves 475,50,19,440
Retained current cost profit for the year 544,96,35,831
Movements on current cost reserve during the year 20,17,29,258
1,040,63,84,529
Notes:
1. The cost of technology assets comprising computer equipment decreases over time. This is offset by an accelerated
depreciation charge to the financial statements. Consequently, such assets are not adjusted for changes in prices.
2. This financial statement is provided for the purpose of information only. The management accepts no responsibility for
any direct, indirect or consequential losses or damages suffered by any person relying on the same.
190
Economic value-added (EVA) statement

Economic value-added measures the profitability of a company after taking into account the cost of all capital including
equity. It is the post-tax return on capital employed (adjusted for the tax shield on debt) less the cost of capital employed.
Companies which earn higher returns than cost of capital create value, while those companies that earn lower returns than
cost of capital are deemed destroyers of shareholder value.
Economic value-added analysis

Year ended March 31 2001 2000 1999 1998
1. Average capital employed (Rs. in crore) 1,111.47 703.87 245.42 142.90
2. Average debt/total capital (%) – – – –
3. Beta variant 1.54 1.48 1.48 1.48
4. Risk-free debt cost (%) 10.30 10.45 12.00 12.15
5. Market premium 7.00 8.00 9.00 10.00
6. Cost of equity (%) 21.08 22.29 25.32 26.95
7. Cost of debt (post tax) (%) NA NA NA NA
8. Weighted average cost of capital (WACC) (%) 21.08 22.29 25.32 26.95
9. PAT as a percentage of average capital employed (%) 56.08 40.63 54.16 42.24
10. Economic value-added (EVA) (in Rs. crore)
Operating profit
(PBT excluding extraordinary income) 696.03 325.65 155.86 65.86
Less: tax 72.71 39.70 22.94 5.50
Less: cost of capital 234.30 156.89 62.14 38.51
Economic value-added 389.02 129.06 70.78 21.85
11. Enterprise value (in Rs. crore)
Market value of equity 26,926.35 59,338.17 9,672.80 2,963.42
Less: cash and cash equivalents 577.74 508.37 416.66 51.14
Add: debt – – – –
Enterprise value 26,348.61 58,829.80 9,256.14 2,912.28
12. Ratios
EVA as a percentage of average capital employed (%) 35.00 18.34 28.84 15.29
Enterprise value / average capital employed 23.71 83.58 37.72 20.38
Notes:
1. The cost of equity is calculated by using the following formula:
return on risk-free investment + expected risk premium on equity investment adjusted for the average beta variant for
software stocks in the US
191
Ratio analysis for the year ended March 31
2001 2000 1999

Ratios – Financial performance
Export revenue / total revenue (%) 95.62 94.38 97.57
Domestic revenue / total revenue (%) 1.35 1.37 1.68
Other income / total revenue (%) 3.03 4.25 0.75
Employee costs / total revenue (%) 36.62 36.31 32.39
Administration expenses / total revenue (%) 9.06 7.54 8.92
Operating expenses / total revenue (%) 58.73 58.88 62.60
Depreciation / total revenue (%) 5.76 5.78 7.00
Tax / total revenue (%) 3.71 4.31 4.47
Tax / PBT (%) 10.45 12.19 14.72
EBIDTA / total revenue (%) 41.27 41.12 37.40
PAT from ordinary activities / total revenue (%) 31.80 31.03 25.92
PAT from ordinary activities / average net worth (%) 56.08 40.63 54.16
ROCE (PBIT / Average capital employed) (%) 62.62 46.27 63.51
Return on invested capital (%) 105.67 111.68 93.47
Capital output ratio 1.71 1.25 1.36
Invested capital output ratio 3.34 3.66 3.64
Value-added / total revenue (%) 79.76 78.50 72.96
Enterprise-value / total revenue 13.44 63.84 18.08
Ratios – Balance sheet
Debt-equity ratio – – –
Debtors turnover ( Days) 58 56 61
Current ratio 3.49 4.69 6.57
Cash and equivalents / total assets (%) 41.57 61.01 72.53
Cash and equivalents / total revenue (%) 29.48 55.17 81.26
Depreciation / average gross block (%) 24.67 23.50 26.19
Technology investment / total revenue (%) 7.43 5.86 8.55
Ratios – Growth*
Export revenue (%) 115.48 73.85 99.35
Total revenue (%) 112.70 79.71 96.93
Operating expenses (%) 112.14 69.03 86.89
Operating profit (%) 113.50 97.59 116.39
Net profit ( from ordinary activities) (%) 117.98 115.14 120.19
Per-share data
Basic earnings per share from ordinary activities (Rs.) 94.23 43.23 20.71
Basic earnings per share (including extraordinary items) (Rs.) 95.06 44.38 21.07
Cash earnings per share from ordinary activities (Rs.) 111.29 51.28 26.30
Cash earnings per share(including extraordinary items) (Rs.) 112.12 52.43 26.67
Book value (Rs.) 210.05 125.97 86.84
Price / earning, end of year 43.19 207.48 70.74
Price / cash earnings, end of year 36.57 174.92 55.70
Price / book value, end of year 19.38 71.21 16.87
Price / total revenue, end of year 13.74 64.40 18.90
EPS growth (%) 117.97 108.77 120.15
PE / EPS Growth 0.37 1.91 0.61
Dividend per share (Rs.) 10.00 4.50 3.75
Dividend (%) 200 90 75
Dividend payout (%) 12.01 11.55 10.02
Dividend / adjusted public offer price (%) 168 76 63
Market price / adjusted public offer price (%) 68547 151076 24632
Note: The ratio calculations are based on Indian GAAP and have been adjusted for stock split.
* Denotes growth compared with figures of the corresponding period in the previous year
192
Ratio analysis
Ratio analysis is amongst the best tools available to analyze the financial performance of
a company. It allows inter-company and intra-company comparison and analysis. Ratios
also provide a bird’s eye view of the financial condition of the company. The ratios
analyzed are based on Indian GAAP.
Financial performance
Exports have grown by 115% during the year, as against 74% in the previous year.
Export revenue is from various parts of the globe and is well segmented. Segmental
analysis of the revenue is provided under the Notes to financial statements section in
this report. During the year ended March 31, 2001, exports constituted 96% of total
revenue, as compared to 94% during the previous year. USA continued to be a major
market. Domestic revenue remained constant at 1% of total revenue.
Manpower costs were approximately 37% of total revenue as compared to 36% during
the previous year. Administration expenses were approximately 9% and 8% during the
years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively.
Depreciation was at 6% of total revenue, which is same as during the previous year.
Depreciation to average gross block was at 25%, as compared to 24% during the previous
year.
Income tax expense was approximately 4% of total revenue during the years ended
March 31, 2001 and 2000. Income tax expense includes a provision of Rs. 140 lakh for
earlier years.
Profit after tax from ordinary activities was 32% of total revenue, as against 31% during
the previous year.
Balance sheet analysis

The key ratios affecting the performance of the company’s financial condition are
discussed below:
1. Return on average net worth

Return on average net worth is 56% as against 41% during the previous year.
As the company is maintaining around 42% of its assets in liquid funds, where the
returns are less, the above figures need further analysis. If the average liquid assets
are adjusted against the average net worth, and revenue earned after tax from
liquid assets are adjusted against net profit, return on invested capital stands at
106%, as compared to 112% during the previous year.
2. Debt-equity ratio
The company funds its short-term and long-term cash requirements primarily from
internal accruals. As on March 31, 2001, the company was debt-free.
3. Current ratio
Current ratio is 3.49, as compared to 4.69 as on March 31, 2000.
4. Capital output ratio

Capital output ratio is 1.71, as compared to 1.25 for the previous year. Invested
capital output ratio is 3.34, as compared to 3.66 for the previous year.
193
5. Value-added to total revenue
Value-added to total revenue is 80%, as compared to 79% for the previous year. This is
primarily due to higher margins. Details are given in “Additional information to shareholders”
in this report.
6. Enterprise value to total revenue

Enterprise value to total revenue is 13 times, as compared to 64 times in the previous year.
Per share data

Per share data for the earlier years have been restated on par value of Rs. 5 per share, and adjusted
for bonus issues during the previous years. Earnings per share (EPS) (basic) is Rs. 94.23, as
compared to Rs. 43.23 for the previous year. Cash earnings per share (basic) is Rs. 111.29, as
compared to Rs. 51.28 during the previous year. This is due to higher cash generation and due to
higher value addition. Book value per share has also increased to Rs. 210, as against Rs. 126 on
March 31, 2000. Dividend payout ratio for the years ended March 31, 2001 and 2000, was 12%
and 11.55% respectively.
The P/E to EPS growth was approximately 0.37, as compared to 1.91 for the previous year. This
represents the valuation of the company in comparison to its growth in earnings.
Appreciation in the Infosys share price (adjusted for bonus issues in 1994, 1997 & 1999 and a
stock split of two-for-one in 2000), over the public issue price is more than 68547%. Since the
public issue, the market capitalization of the company has grown to Rs. 26,926.35 crore, as on
March 31, 2001, from the public issue valuation of Rs. 31.84 crore during February 1993.
194
Statutory obligations
The company has established Software Technology Parks (STPs) – 100% export-oriented units – for the development of
software at Electronics City, Koramangala, BTM Layout and J. P. Nagar all in Bangalore, as well as in Mangalore, Pune,
Chennai, Bhubaneswar, Hyderabad, Mohali and Mysore (all in India). Certain capital items purchased for these centers are
eligible for 100% customs and excise duty exemption, subject to fulfillment of stipulated export obligations, namely, five
times the value of duty-free imports of capital goods, or duty-free purchase of goods subject to excise, over a period of 5
years, on a yearly basis. The export obligation on the wage bill was removed recently.
The non-fulfillment of export obligations may result in penalties as stipulated by the government, which may have an
impact on future profitability. The table showing the export obligation, and the export obligation fulfilled by the company,
on a global basis, for all its STP units together, is given hereunder:
in Rs.
Year ended March 31 Export Export Excess/ Cumulative
obligation obligation (shortfall) excess/
fulfilled (shortfall)
1993 11,07,019 28,25,575 17,18,556 17,18,556
1994 2,69,45,277 8,04,57,379 5,35,12,102 5,52,30,658
1995 7,70,12,146 15,63,56,751 7,93,44,605 13,45,75,263
1996 28,42,90,379 47,64,44,106 19,21,53,727 32,67,28,990
1997 39,67,03,285 68,93,56,837 29,26,53,552 61,93,82,542
1998 73,55,63,113 142,41,27,171 68,85,64,058 130,79,46,600
1999 124,97,81,528 305,51,10,194 180,53,28,666 311,32,75,266
2000 106,87,69,005 493,45,83,400 386,58,14,395 697,90,89,661
2001 359,88,68,243 1010,27,21,393 650,38,53,150 1348,29,42,810
The total customs duty exempted on both computer software and hardware imported by the company since 1993
amounts to Rs. 111.97 crore.
The company has fulfilled its export obligations, on a global basis, for all its operations under the STP scheme. However, in
the case of STPs operationalized during the year, the export obligation will be met in the future years. On a forward basis,
the company’s management is confident of fulfilling all its export obligations.
Taxation
The economic reforms program of the government has enhanced the velocity of business for companies in India. Being one
of the signatories to the World Trade Organization, India is committed to reducing import tariff levels, thereby exposing the
Indian entrepreneurs to global competition. The present Indian corporate tax rate is 39.55% (comprising a base rate of
35% and a surcharge of 13% on the base rate).
The company benefits from certain significant tax incentives provided to software firms under Indian tax laws. These
incentives presently include: (i) an exemption from payment of Indian corporate income taxes for a period of ten consecutive
years of operation of software development facilities designated as “Software Technology Parks” (the “STP tax holiday”);
and (ii) a tax deduction for profits derived from exporting computer software under Section 80 HHE of the Income Tax Act
(the “Export deduction”). All but one of the company’s software development facilities are located in a designated Software
Technology Park (“STP”). The Government of India has recently amended the tax incentives available to companies set up
in designated STPs. The period of the STP tax holiday available to such companies is restricted to 10 consecutive years,
beginning from the financial year when the unit started producing computer software or March 31, 2000, whichever is
earlier. Additionally, the export deduction will be phased out equally over a period of five years, starting from fiscal 2000.
195
The details of the operationalization of various software development centers, and the year till which the exemption under
the STP scheme is available, is provided hereunder:
Location of the STP Year of Exemption Exemption
commencement claimed from available upto
Electronics City, Bangalore 1994-1995 1996-1997 2003-2004
Mangalore 1995-1996 1998-1999 2004-2005
Pune 1996-1997 1998-1999 2005-2006
Bhubaneswar 1996-1997 1998-1999 2005-2006
Chennai 1996-1997 1998-1999 2005-2006
Bannerghatta Road, Bangalore 1997-1998 1998-1999 2006-2007
Phase I, Electronics City, Bangalore 1998-1999 1998-1999 2007-2008
Phase II, Electronics City, Bangalore 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Hinjewadi, Pune 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Mysore 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Hyderabad 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Mohali 1999-2000 1999-2000 2008-2009
Sholinganallur, Chennai 2000-2001 2000-2001 2008-2009
Konark, Bhubaneshwar 2000-2001 2000-2001 2008-2009
Mangala, Mangalore 2000-2001 2000-2001 2008-2009
The benefits of these tax incentive programs have historically resulted in an effective tax rate for the company, well below
statutory rates. There is no assurance that the Government of India will continue to provide these incentives. The government
may reduce or eliminate the tax exemptions provided to Indian exporters anytime in the future. This may result in the
export profits of the company being fully taxed, and may adversely affect the post-tax profits of the company in the future.
On a full-tax-paid basis, without any duty concessions on equipment, hardware and software, the company’s post-tax profit
for the relevant years is estimated as below.
in Rs.
Year ended March 31 2001 2000 1999
Profit before tax (excluding extraordinary items) 696,02,92,341 325,64,85,819 155,85,53,560
Less: Additional depreciation to be 26,33,38,717 12,74,89,362 8,43,54,215
provided on duty waiver for computer equipment
Reduction in other income 7,74,13,894 3,24,71,664 1,52,47,181
Adjusted profit before tax 661,95,39,730 309,65,24,793 145,89,52,164
Less: Income tax on full tax basis 264,75,71,927 128,00,91,259 63,07,51,956
Adjusted profit after tax 397,19,67,803 181,64,33,534 82,82,00,208
1
Adjusted earnings per share 60.04 27.46 12.90
1. The earnings per share for earlier years has been restated on par value of Rs. 5 per share and adjusted for bonus
issues during the previous years.
2. The figures above are based on Indian GAAP financial statements and the tax rates applicable to India-based income..
However, it may be noted that this is only an academic exercise. The company has provided for income tax in full
in the respective years and there is no carried-forward liability on this account
196
Management structure
197
A historical perspective
in Rs. crore except per share data, other information and ratios
Particulars 1981-82 1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98 1998-99 1999-2000 2000-2001
For the year

Revenue 0.12 30.08 57.70 93.41 143.81 260.37 512.74 921.46 1,959.94
Operating profit (PBIDT) – 9.71 19.86 33.95 50.06 88.61 191.75 378.88 808.92
Interest – 0.05 – – 0.61 – – – –
Depreciation – 0.81 4.60 8.63 10.52 22.75 35.89 53.23 112.89
Provision for taxation – 0.76 1.94 4.31 5.25 5.50 22.94 39.70 72.71
Profit after tax from
ordinary activities 0.04 8.09 13.32 21.01 33.68 60.36 132.92 285.95 623.32
Dividend – 1.17 2.31 3.63 3.99 7.03 12.11 29.76 66.16
Return on average
networth (%) 96.88 39.61 29.71 29.53 34.96 42.24 54.16 40.63 56.08
Return on average capital
employed (PBIT / average
capital employed) (%) 96.88 43.14 31.79 33.12 40.16 46.09 63.51 46.27 62.62
As at the end of the year

Share capital – 3.35 7.26 7.26 7.26 16.02 33.07 33.08 33.08
Reserves and surplus 0.04 25.35 55.20 72.58 105.58 156.94 541.36 800.23 1,356.56
Loan funds – – 6.34 4.26 – – – – –
Gross block – 8.27 25.32 46.86 71.29 105.14 168.92 284.03 631.14
Capital investment – 7.13 25.23 15.55 27.31 34.41 71.68 159.87 463.35
Net current assets 0.06 13.94 32.47 41.17 54.20 97.23 472.96 612.13 797.86
Debt-equity ratio – – 0.10 0.05 – – – – –
Market capitalization NA 191.02 348.42 355.67 731.04 2,963.42 9,672.80 59,338.17 26,926.35
Per share data

Basic earnings from
ordinary activities (Rs.)* – 1.22 2.01 3.18 5.09 9.13 20.71 43.23 94.23
Dividend per share (Rs.)** – 1.75 2.25 2.50 2.75 3.00 3.75 4.50 10.00
Book value (Rs.)* – 4.34 9.44 12.07 17.06 26.15 86.84 125.97 210.05
Other information
Number of shareholders 7 6,033 6,526 6,909 6,414 6,622 9,527 46,314 89,643
Credit rating from CRISIL

Commercial paper – – “P1+” “P1+” “P1+” “P1+” “P1+” “P1+” “P1+”
Non-convertible debentures – – “AA” “AA” “AA” “AA” “AA” “AA” “AAA”
Note:The above figures are based on Indian GAAP.

*Figures for the earlier years have been restated on par value of Rs. 5 per share and adjusted for bonus issues in previous years.
**Calculated on a per share basis, not adjusted for bonus issues in previous years.
198
A historical perspective
199
Infosys Foundation
A strong sense of responsibility is foremost among the core values of Infosys. This translates into a commitment to help people
and communities, to enhance the living conditions of the rural population, and to improve education.
In fiscal 2001, the Infosys Foundation continued its commitment to the rural poor, to the underprivileged, and to the cause of
education. Besides, it also helped promote Indian arts and culture. Grants from Infosys during the year aggregated Rs. 5.26 crore
as compared to Rs. 2.80 crore in the previous year.
Following are some of the projects undertaken by the Foundation during the year.
1. Initiatives for the rural poor and the underprivileged
a. Construction of a hostel commenced at the Maharshi Karve Stree Shikshana Samsthe, Karvenagar, Pune. The hostel will
offer accommodation to girls from the poorer sections of society and is expected to be operational by August 2001. An
amount of Rs. 60 lakh has been committed for this purpose by the Foundation.
b. Construction of a 3,800 sq. ft. orphanage at Kalahandi, Orissa, was completed in December 2000, at a cost of about
Rs. 8 lakh.
c. The Foundation donated about 340 sewing machines to destitute women in Karnataka and Tamil Nadu. This is expected
to provide a secure means of livelihood for them. Additionally, a substantial sum has been spent on providing monetary
assistance to these women.
d. The Foundation has aided several organizations in conducting social and literacy awareness campaigns in rural areas.
The Foundation organized eye camps, donated ambulances and passenger vans, and donated a Braille system to a
residential school for the blind.
2. Healthcare for the poor
a. Computerization of KEM Hospital and Seth G.S. Medical College, Mumbai, has started. This project will provide LAN
and Internet facilities for the hospital and the college.
b. Construction of additional wards for the Swami Sivananda Centenary Hospital was launched during the year. This
building will be able to accommodate 64 in-patients.
c. Construction of a 47,000 sq. ft. dharmashala – a free ward – for cancer patients availing treatment at the Kidwai
Memorial Institute of Oncology, Bangalore, was completed during the year. The building, costing Rs. 3 crore, was
inaugurated by S.M. Krishna, the Chief Minister of Karnataka.
d. A building with super-specialty facilities is being planned at Sassoon Hospital, Poona, for providing free treatment to the
underprivileged.
e. A sum of Rs. 10 lakh was donated to the Swami Vivekananda Youth Movement, Mysore district, Karnataka, for the
construction of a hospital. The hospital has been operational since August 2000.
3. Education
a. More often than not, rural children do not have access to high-quality facilities for education. The Foundation believes
that every school should have its own library. The Shalegondu Granthalaya program has been extremely successful since
it was started in 1997-98. Under the program, in Karnataka alone, more than 5000 sets of books have been donated to
libraries of Kannada-medium schools in rural areas. Each set ranges from 200 to 2000 books depending on the number
of students in the school.
b. The Foundation undertook reconstruction of old government schools located in the slums of Hyderabad, Andhra
Pradesh, at a cost of about Rs. 10 lakh.
c. The construction of a hostel for the Nehru Seva Sangh’s school for the blind at Banpur in Orissa has commenced. The
total expenditure to date is about Rs. 8 lakh.
d. A number of scholarships have been awarded to children from economically backward families. The Pratibha Puraskar
scholarship has been instituted for such students who have excelled in academics. The Foundation has also donated
furniture and other equipment to schools.
4. Arts and culture
The Foundation strongly believes in preserving those arts and cultural activities of India, which are under threat of
fading out. A North Karnataka folklore festival, featuring many distinguished artistes from Janapada Samshodhana
Kendra of Dharwad, was organized in April 2000. Yoga, the art of living a healthy life, is being promoted by the
Foundation. The Foundation is also adopting, for a period of one year, guilds that are engaged in handicrafts.
for Infosys Foundation
Bangalore N. S. Raghavan Sudha Murty Sudha Gopalakrishnan

April 11, 2001 Chairman Trustee Trustee
200
Financial statements prepared in substantial
compliance with GAAP requirements of various
countries and reports of compliance with
respective corporate governance standards
Over the past decade, the technology and information revolutions have fundamentally transformed economic
and political relationships between nations. Thanks to the opening up of financial markets across the globe,
investors today have a wide choice of capital markets to invest in. Consequently, the global investor must
have access to information about the performance of any company, in any market that he / she chooses to
invest in. However, differences in language, accounting practices, and reporting requirements in various
countries render performance reports by many companies rather investor-unfriendly.
Today, the strength of a global company lies in its ability to access high-quality capital at the lowest cost from
a global pool of investors. Such companies study the needs of global investors and publish financial information
in a language and form understood by their existing as well as prospective investors. In the process, financial
statistics may have to be restated and financial terminology may need to be translated. Indeed, a key issue in
international financial analysis is the restatement and translation of financial reports that describe operations
conducted in one environment, but which are the subject of review and analysis in another.
As an investor-friendly company, committed to the highest standards of disclosure, we voluntarily provide
unaudited financial statements prepared in substantial compliance with the GAAP requirements of Australia,
Canada, France, Germany, Japan and the United Kingdom, besides those of the US and India (which information
appears separately elsewhere). The financial statements are in the respective national languages of these
countries.
Further, keeping in mind their local regulations and practices, these countries have formulated their own
corporate governance standards. This year, we provide statements on compliance with these standards in the
respective national languages of these countries.
The unaudited consolidated profit & loss accounts and balance sheets have been prepared by converting the
various financial parameters, reported in the audited income statement of Infosys (according to the Indian
GAAP), including a consolidation of subsidiary financial information, into the respective currencies of the
above countries. In addition, adjustments have been made for differences in accounting principles, and in
formats, between India and these countries, if any.
In the event of a conflict in interpretation, the audited Indian version of the financial statements and the Corporate governance section of the
annual report should be considered. The Infosys management cautions investors that these reports are provided only as additional information
to our global investors. Using such reports for predicting the future of Infosys, or any other company, is risky. The Infosys management is not
responsible for any direct, indirect or consequential losses suffered by any person using these financial statements or data.
201
Corporate governance reports
Australia
The Australian Institute of Company Directors, the Australian Society of Certified Practicing Accountants, the Business Council
of Australia, the Law Council of Australia, the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Australia, and the Securities Institute of
Australia, formed a working group to study corporate governance issues which submitted the Bosch Report on corporate
governance in 1995.
Your company complies substantially with all recommendations made by the working group, except the following:
1. Chairman and CEO – The current policy of the company is to have an executive chairman and chief executive officer
(CEO), and a managing director, president and chief operating officer (COO). There is a clear demarcation of
responsibilities and authority between the two. At present, the company does not have a non-executive director as
deputy chairman.
2. Composition of the board – The current strength of the board is 16, with 8 executive directors and 8 non-executive,
independent directors.
3. Board membership term – Indian law mandates the retirement of one-third of the board members every year and
qualifies the retiring members for re-appointment. The executive directors are appointed by the shareholders for a
maximum period of five years at one time, but are eligible for re-appointment upon completion of their term.
Canada
“Good governance plays an important role in protecting shareholder rights, helping to maximize shareholder value over time, and
assisting the creation of vibrant, dynamic and successful corporations.” – Interim report, Joint Committee on Corporate Governance,
March 2001
The Joint Committee on Corporate Governance was established by the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA),
the Canadian Venture Exchange (CDNX) and the Toronto Stock Exchange (TSE), to study various aspects
of corporate governance. The committee submitted its interim report – “Beyond compliance : building a governance culture”
– in March 2001.
Your company complies substantially with all recommendations made by the committee, except the following:
1. Recommendation 4.1 – Selecting the CEO, monitoring performance and succession planning – At present, the succession
planning of the CEO is not delegated to the board chairman or a lead director. At present, the CEO is also the
chairman of the company. The chairman reviews succession planning and management development with the board
from time to time.
2. Recommendation 4.3 – Risk management – The board of directors is primarily responsible for monitoring risk levels
on various parameters, and the management council is responsible for ensuring implementation of mitigation measures,
if required. The audit committee provides overall direction on the risk management policies.
3. Recommendation 5.3 – Ensuring board independence – The independent directors of the board do not formally meet,
without the management, at regular intervals. However, they informally discuss any substantive issues, that may
arise from time to time, with the chairman and CEO.
4. Recommendation 5.3 – Responsibilities of the chairman – The chairman of the board is an executive director. The
company has not identified any lead director to ensure the capacity of the board to act independent of management.
The compensation committee of the board evaluates the performance of all the directors, including the CEO, at
regular intervals.
5. Recommendation 5.4 – The role of the corporate secretary – The company secretary reports to the chief financial
officer of the company.
202
Rapport sur le gouvernement d’entreprises – France
L’AFG-ASFFI est une association représentant l’activité de gestion d’actifs en France. Cette association a institué une « Commission
portant sur le gouvernement d’entreprises » afin d’examiner les divers aspects du gouvernement d’entreprises applicables aux
sociétés françaises. La Commission a fait paraître ses recommandations en septembre 1999.
La Commission portant sur le gouvernement d’entreprises a fait plusieurs recommandations. Votre société respecte en grande
partie toutes les recommandations faites, à l’exception des suivantes :
1. Recommandation I-B-2 – Publication de deux rapports, une version résumée, une version complète. La société publie
un rapport annuel détaillé contenant des informations financières et autres en détail, et ce même document est
adressé à tous les actionnaires quelle que soit leur participation.
2. Recommandation I-B-3 – Explication de la résolution proposée. Le nombre de parts détenues par les administrateurs
qui sont désignés pour une ré-élection ainsi que l’information relative aux options de souscription d’actions accordées
au personnel clé de la société sont divulguées dans le rapport annuel mais pas incluses dans l’état explicatif relatif
aux résolutions devant être approuvées lors de l’assemblée générale ordinaire.
3. Recommandation I-B-5 – Suivi après le vote des résolutions. La société ne publie pas un extrait des minutes de
l’assemblée générale ordinaire à tous les actionnaires à la fin de la réunion. Cependant, l’ensemble du processus
relatif à l’assemble générale ordinaire est diffusé sur Internet et accessible à tous dans le monde entier.
4. Recommandation I-B-6 – Vote électronique. La société a recours au système de vote au cas où un scrutin serait
demandé. Elle n’a pas recours au vote électronique.
5. Recommandation II-A-3 – Séparation des fonctions de « chairman of the board » et de « chief executive officer »l. La
politique actuelle de la société est d’avoir un « executive chairman /chief executive officer », et un directeur opérationnel
« président/chief operating officer ». Il existe une délimitation claire entre les responsabilité et l’autorité de ces deux
personnes.
6. Recommandation II-c – Indemnités des administrateurs. Le comité des rémunérations détermine et recommande au
conseil d’administration les indemnisations allouées aux membres du conseil. L’indemnisation des administrateurs
indépendants est approuvée lors d’une réunion du conseil au complet. Les indemnités allouées à l’ensemble de tous
administrateurs indépendants est limitée à une somme fixée annuellement par le conseil. La somme se situe aux
environs de 0,5% du bénéfice net de la société calculée conformément aux dispositions du Companies Act (loi sur les
sociétés) de 1956, approuvée par les actionnaires, et est présentée séparément dans les états financiers. L’indemnisation
allouée aux administrateurs indépendants et la méthode de calcul sont également présentées séparément dans les
états financiers. Les directeurs exécutifs qui sont également les fondateurs de la société se sont volontairement exclus
du Stock Offer Plan de 1994, de celui de 1998 et de 1999. Les administrateurs indépendants ne sont pas non plus
bénéficiaires des options d’achat d’actions dans le cadre de ces plans, sauf pour celui de 1999. Cependant, aucune
option n’a été émise au cours de l’année aux administrateurs indépendants dans le cadre du plan.
7. Recommandation II-D-2 – Non-cumul des fonctions d’administrateur. Selon la loi indienne, personne ne peut être
administrateur dans plus de 20 sociétés.
8. Recommandation II-D-4 – A l’heure actuelle, aucun des administrateurs n’est âgé de plus de 65 ans.
Unternehmensführungsbericht – Deutschland
“Unternehmensführungsvorschriften fördern und stärken das Vertrauen der derzeitigen und künftigen Aktionäre, Darlehensgeber,
Beschäftigten, Geschäftspartner und der allgemeinen Öffentlichkeit in die nationalen und internationalen Märkte.” –
Unternehmensführungsvorschriften für börsennotierte deutsche Unternehmen, Juli 2000.
Das deutsche Gremium zu Fragen der Unternehmensführung hatte im Juli 2000 die “Unternehmensführungsvorschriften für
börsennotierte deutsche Unternehmen” erlassen. Das Unternehmen besitzt eine Verwaltungsratsstruktur auf einer einzelnen
Ebene. Der Verwaltungsrat setzt sich derzeit aus 16 Mitgliedern zusammen: acht an der Geschäftsleitung beteiligte Direktoren
und acht nicht an der Geschäftsleitung beteiligte, selbstständige Direktoren. Der Verwaltungsrat besitzt vier Ausschüsse: den
Wirtschaftsprüfungsausschuss, den Vergütungsausschuss, den Nominierungsausschuss und den Investorenbeschwerdeausschuss.
Alle diese Ausschüsse – mit Ausnahme des Investorenbeschwerdeausschusses – bestehen gänzlich aus selbstständigen Direktoren.
Der Investorenbeschwerdeausschuss besteht aus einem nicht an der Geschäftsleitung beteiligten Vorsitzenden und einigen der
an der Geschäftsleitung beteiligten Direktoren.
203
Das Gremium hatte eine Reihe von Empfehlungen ausgesprochen. Ihr Unternehmen erfüllt im wesentlichen alle von diesem
Ausschuss ausgesprochenen Empfehlungen, mit Ausnahme der folgenden:
1. Empfehlung II (2) (a) – Vorschriften über Informationen und Bekanntmachungen. Die Abstimmungsergebnisse der
Jahreshauptversammlungen werden nicht auf der Internet-Homepage des Unternehmens bekannt gegeben. Der
gesamte Ablauf der Jahreshauptversammlung wird über das Internet bekannt gemacht, und alle Aktionäre in jedem
Teil der Welt hätten die Möglichkeit, darauf zuzugreifen.
2. Empfehlung II (3) (a) – Vergütung. Der Aktienoptionsplan des Unternehmens von 1999 enthält nicht an der
Geschäftsleitung beteiligte Direktoren als Begünstigte. Laut dem Plan gehen die Optionen über einen Zeitraum von
vier Jahren schrittweise in das Eigentum der betreffenden Person über. Doch ist der Vergütungsausschuss befugt,
den Eigentumübergangsplan zu ändern, wenn die Umstände es erfordern. Jedoch wurden im laufenden Jahr bisher
noch keine Optionen an die nicht an der Geschäftsleitung beteiligten Direktoren ausgegeben.
3. Empfehlung III (1) (f) – Aktienbesitz durch die Aufsichtsratsmitglieder. Das Unternehmen gibt Informationen zu
Personen, die wirtschaftliche Eigentümer von mehr als 5% der Unternehmensaktien sind, in seinem Jahresbericht
bekannt. Das Unternehmen gibt darüber hinaus Informationen zu Optionen bekannt, die im Lauf des Jahres an an
der Geschäftsleitung beteiligte Direktoren und an nicht an der Geschäftsleitung beteiligte Direktoren vergeben wurden.
Jedoch gibt das Unternehmen derzeit keine näheren Informationen zum Aktienbesitz der Direktoren für das vergangene
Jahr und zu den Veränderungen beim Aktienbesitz der Direktoren für das vergangene Jahr bekannt.
4. Empfehlung III (2) (e) – Unabhängigkeit der Wirtschaftsprüfer. Der Wirtschaftsprüfungsausschuss des Verwaltungsrates
besteht ausschließlich aus selbstständigen Direktoren des Unternehmens. Der Wirtschaftsprüfungsausschuss erhält
von den unabhängigen Wirtschaftsprüfern entsprechend den geltenden regulatorischen Vorschriften formale
schriftliche Erklärungen, in denen alle Beziehungen zwischen den Wirtschaftsprüfern und dem Unternehmen dargelegt
werden.
5. Empfehlung III (3) – Allgemeiner Ausschuss. Das Unternehmen besitzt derzeit keinen allgemeinen Ausschuss. Der
Verwaltungsrat ist für sämtliche unternehmenspolitischen Angelegenheiten sowie für strategische, planerische und
operative Fragen zuständig. Die Überwachung der Einhaltung der Unternehmensführungsvorschriften obliegt derzeit
dem Wirtschaftsprüfungsausschuss.
6. Empfehlung III (3) – Markt- und Kreditrisikoausschuss. Das Unternehmen besitzt derzeit keinen Markt- und
Kreditrisikoausschuss. Der Verwaltungsrat ist für das Management der Markt- und Kreditrisiken des Unternehmens
verantwortlich.
7. Empfehlung III (3) – Vermittlungsausschuss. Das Unternehmen besitzt derzeit keinen Vermittlungsausschuss. Die
Ernennung der Direktoren des Verwaltungsrates obliegt dem Nominierungsausschuss.
Japan
204
United Kingdom
“Good corporate governance is not just a matter of prescribing particular corporate structures and complying with a number of hard and
fast rules.” – Committee on Corporate Governance, final report, January 1998
Directors’ report on corporate governance
In June 1998, the London stock exchange published the principles of good governance and the code of best practice (“the
combined code”) which embraces the work of the Cadbury, Greenbury and Hampel committees, and became effective in
respect of accounting periods ending on or before December 31, 1998.
The company has complied throughout the period under review with all the provisions of the combined code of good practice
in corporate governance, as laid down in the listing rules of the London stock exchange, except the following:
1. Code A.2.1 – At present, the roles of chairman and chief executive officer are not separated. The current policy of the
company is to have an executive chairman and chief executive officer (CEO), and a managing director, president and
chief operating officer (COO). However, there is a clear demarcation of responsibilities and authority between the
two. The CEO is responsible for corporate strategy, brand equity, planning, external contacts, acquisitions, and
board matters. The COO is responsible for all day-to-day operations-related issues, and for the achievement of
annual targets in customer satisfaction, sales, profitability, quality, productivity, recruitment, training and employee
retention. The company has not identified any senior member, other than the chairman, to whom concerns can be
conveyed.
2. Code A.6.2, B.1.7 and B.1.8 – The current law in India mandates the retirement of one-third of the board members
every year, and qualifies the retiring members for re-appointment. The executive directors are appointed by the
shareholders for a maximum period of five years at one time, but are eligible for re-appointment upon completion of
their term.
3. Code C.2.1 – Under Indian law, voting on a resolution in the Annual General Meeting is by show of hands, unless a
poll is demanded by a member or members present in person, or by a proxy holding at least one-tenth of the total
shares and entitled to vote on the resolution, or by those holding an aggregate paid up capital of at least Rs. 50,000.
A proxy may not vote except in a poll.
This statement along with the report of the compensation committee and the policies mentioned in the “Corporate governance”
section of this report explains how the company has applied the governance principles set out in section 1 of the combined
code.
Internal control
The combined code has introduced a requirement that the directors’ review the effectiveness of the group’s system of internal
controls. This requirement extends the directors’ review to cover all controls including:
· Financial
· Operational
· Compliance
· Risk management
The company maintains a well-established control framework, comprising clear structures and accountabilities, well-understood
policies and procedures, and budgeting and review processes. The company has established a system of internal controls,
which is reviewed, evaluated and updated on an ongoing basis. Our internal auditors have conducted periodic audits to
provide reasonable assurance that the established policies and procedures of the company have been followed. However, there
are inherent limitations in weighing the assurances provided by any system of internal controls.
In addition, the company has put in place prudent risk management norms, which considers significant business risks and
specifies the controls needed to manage them. A detailed report is provided in the Risk management section of this report.
Further, as the business risk profile changes, new risks are periodically assessed. The controls are continually monitored using
the risk management process, internal audit coverage and routine management review. The results are reviewed by the audit
committee and the board.
The directors confirm that they are satisfied that the company has sufficient resources to continue operations for the foreseeable
future. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going-concern basis in preparing the financial statements.
Sd. Sd.
205
Financial statements prepared in substantial compliance with GAAP
requirements of Australia
Balance sheet (Unaudited)

Infosys Technologies Limited as at March 31 Australian dollars
2001 2000
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash 253,949,997 193,445,114
Receivables 132,909,996 51,818,160
Investments – –
Other 33,328,193 14,726,981
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 420,188,186 259,990,255
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
Receivables – –
Investments 11,068,783 5,264,401
Property, plant and equipment 245,126,694 78,896,045
Intangibles – –
Other 23,204,507 15,696,107
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS 279,399,984 99,856,553
TOTAL ASSETS 699,588,170 359,846,808
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Trade creditors 57,472 1,620,633
Unearned revenues 15,308,141 6,684,626
Provisions 68,980,707 31,278,580
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 84,346,320 39,583,839
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
Borrowings – –
Provisions – –
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES – –
TOTAL LIABILITIES 84,346,320 39,583,839
NET ASSETS 615,241,850 320,262,969
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Share capital 12,991,471 12,990,002
Reserves 602,250,379 307,272,967
Retained profits – –
Shareholders’ equity attributable to members of the company 615,241,850 320,262,969
Convertible preferred stock – –
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 615,241,850 320,262,969
206
requirements of Australia
Profit and loss account (Unaudited)

Infosys Technologies Limited for the year ended March 31 Australian dollars
2001 2000
Operating revenue 771,073,557 332,658,775

Operating profit before abnormal items and income tax 277,109,396 116,864,622
Abnormal items – –
Operating profit before income tax 277,109,396 116,864,622
Income tax expense / (benefit) attributable to

Operating profit 27,108,845 13,001,320
Abnormal items – –
Income tax expense / (benefit) for the year 27,108,845 13,001,320
Operating profit after income tax 250,000,551 103,863,302
Outside equity interests in operating profit after income tax – –
Operating profit after income tax attributable to
members of Infosys Technologies Limited 250,000,551 103,863,302
Dividend on preferred stock – –
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial year – –
Aggregate of amounts transferred from reserves – –
Total available for appropriation 250,000,551 103,863,302
Dividends provided for or paid 29,681,146 11,926,546
Aggregate of amounts transferred to reserves 220,319,405 91,936,756
Retained profits at the end of the financial year – –
Basic earnings per share 3.80 1.58

Diluted earnings per share 3.75 1.58
Notes:
1. The company’s financial statements are prepared in Indian rupees, the reporting currency. These financial statements
have been prepared by translating revenue and expenditure at an average rate during the year; current assets,
current liabilities, property, plant and equipment, long-term borrowings at the year-end rate; and accretions to
stockholders’ equity at an average rate for the year. The difference arising on translation is shown under reserves.
2. Exchange rates used: 2001 2000

Average exchange rate used 1 AUD = Rs.25.22 1 AUD = Rs. 27.70
Closing exchange rate used 1 AUD = Rs. 22.75 1 AUD = Rs. 26.28
3. Reconciliation between the Indian GAAP and the Australian GAAP statements: Australian dollars
2001 2000
Net income as per Indian GAAP in Rs. 6,288,136,341 2,935,156,665
Net income as per Indian GAAP in Aus $ 249,331,338 105,962,334
Less : Provision for gratuity – (1,166,339)
Extraordinary income (2,178,588) (2,731,799)
Expenses against provisions for contingencies
and e-inventing the company (154,678) (1,997,407)
Add : Provision for deferred taxes 1,721,449 1,330,810
Provision for contingencies and e-inventing the company – 2,465,703
Provision for gratuity 1,281,030 –
Net income as per Australian GAAP 250,000,551 103,863,302
207
requirements of Canada
Balance sheet (Unaudited) Canadian dollars

March 31 2001 2000
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 195,181,164 169,457,920
Accounts receivable 102,152,109 45,392,708
Inventories – –
Prepaid expenses and other assets 25,615,418 12,900,836
322,948,691 227,751,464
Property, plant and equipment 188,399,740 69,112,935
Investments 8,507,257 4,611,616
Deferred taxes 5,246,761 3,729,640
Other assets 12,587,783 10,020,149
537,690,232 315,225,804
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current liabilities
Accounts payable 44,172 1,419,675
Accrued liabilities 51,101,799 26,781,318
Current portion of long-term obligations – –
Advances received from clients 1,915,467 618,718
Unearned revenue 11,765,547 5,855,732
64,826,985 34,675,443
Long-term obligations – –
64,826,985 34,675,443
Minority interest – –
Share capital
Common shares – 66,158,117 outstanding 12,364,630 12,363,410
(2000 – 66,150,700 outstanding)
Additional paid-in capital 117,583,215 116,801,747
Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustment (16,929,115 ) (25,621,031)
Retained earnings 359,844,517 177,006,235
537,690,232 315,225,804
208
requirements of Canada
Statement of earnings and retained earnings (Unaudited) Canadian dollars

Sales 625,391,866 299,804,179
Cost of sales 322,784,546 163,705,072
Gross margin 302,607,320 136,099,107
EXPENSES
Selling, general and administration expenses 87,145,568 39,403,933
Income from operations 215,461,752 96,695,174
Interest and other income 14,505,308 13,299,731
Interest expense – –
Earnings before income taxes 229,967,060 109,994,905
Provision for income taxes 22,497,040 12,237,056
Net earnings 207,470,020 97,757,849
Cash dividend declared 24,631,738 11,225,461
182,838,282 86,532,388
Retained earnings, beginning of the year 177,006,235 90,473,847
Adjustment on deconsolidation of subsidiary – –
Capitalization of profits – –
Retained earnings, end of the year 359,844,517 177,006,235
EARNINGS PER SHARE

Net earnings
Basic 3.15 1.49
Fully diluted 3.11 1.48
Weighted average number of shares
Basic 65,771,256 65,659,625
Fully diluted 66,714,739 65,863,990
Notes:
have been prepared by translating revenue and expenditure at an average rate for the year; current assets, current liabilities,
property, plant and equipment, long-term borrowings at the year-end rate; and accretions to stockholders’ equity at an
average rate for the year. The difference arising on translation is shown under accumulated foreign currency translation
adjustment.
2. Exchange rate used:
Average exchange rate used 1 CAD = Rs. 30.39 1 CAD = Rs. 29.43
Closing exchange rate used 1 CAD = Rs. 29.60 1 CAD = Rs. 30.00
3. Reconciliation between the Indian GAAP and the Canadian GAAP statements:
Net income as per Indian GAAP in Canadian dollars 206,914,654 99,733,492
Less : Provision for gratuity – (1,097,778)
Extraordinary income (1,807,963) (2,571,215)
Expenses against provisions for contingencies
and e-inventing the company (128,364) (1,879,992)
Add : Provision for deferred taxes 1,428,593 1,252,580
Provision for contingencies – 2,320,762
Provision for gratuity 1,063,100 –
Net earnings as per Canadian GAAP 207,470,020 97,757,849
209
requirements of France
Etats financiers préparés selon les principes comptables français (non vérifiés)
Compte de résultat FRF
2001 2000
Produits d’exploitation
Vente de marchandises – –
Production vendues 3,021,567,378 1,307,146,219
Montant net du chiffres d’affaires 3,021,567,378 1,307,146,219
Production stockée – –
Production immobilisée – –
Subventions d’exploitation – –
Reprises sur amortissements, provisions et transfert de charges – –
Autres produits – –
Total des produits d’exploitation (I) 3,021,567,378 1,307,146,219
Charges d’exploitation
Achat de marchandises 9,064,190 4,214,578
Variation de stocks des biens achetés – –
Achat de matières premières et autres approvisionnements – –
Variations de stocks de matières premières et approvisionnements – –
Autres achats et charges externes – –
Salaires et traitements 1,141,149,110 495,643,041
Dotations aux amortissements et aux provisions – –
Sur immobilisations : Dotation aux amortissements 179,482,536 78,863,317
Sur immobilisations : Dotations aux provisions – –
Sur actif circulant : Dotations aux provisions – –
Pour risques et charges: dotation sur provisions – –
Autres charges 650,872,709 306,834,328
Total des charges d’exploitation (II) 1,980,568,545 885,555,264
Résultat d’exploitation (I-II) 1,040,998,833 421,590,955
Quotes-parts de résultat sur opérations faites en commun :
Bénéfice attribué ou perte transférée (III) – –
Perte attribuée ou bénéfices transférés (IV) – –
Produits financières
De participations – –
D’autres valeurs mobilières – –
Intérêts et produits similaires 70,082,084 57,986,829
Reprises sur provisions et transfert de charges – –
Différences positives de change – –
Produits nets sur cessions de valeurs immobilières de placements – –
Total des produits financiers (V) 70,082,084 57,986,829
Charges financiêres
Intérêt et charges similaires – –
Différences négatives de change – –
Charges nettes sur cessions de valeurs mobilières de placements – –
Total des charges financières (VI) – –
Résultat financier (V-VI) 70,082,084 57,986,829
Résultat courant avant impôts (I-II + III-IV + V-VI) 1,111,080,917 479,577,784
210
FRF
2001 2000
Produits exceptionnels
Sur opérations de gestion – –
Sue opérations en capital – –
Reprises sur provisions et transfert de charges – –
Total des produits exceptionnels (VII) – –
Charges exceptionnelles
Sur opérations de gestion – –
Sur opérations en capital – –
Total des charges exceptionnelles (VIII) – –
Résultat exceptionnel (VII-VIII) – –

Participation des salariés aux fruits de l’expansion (IX) – –
Impôt sur les bénéfices (X) 108,693,968 53,353,565
Total des produits (I + III + V + VII) 3,091,649,462 1,365,133,048
Total des charges (II + IV + VI + VII + IX + X) 2,089,262,513 938,908,829
Dividendes préciputaires – –
Participation à la perte de filiale déconsolidées – –
Bénéfice ou perte 1,002,386,949 426,224,219
Notes:
1. Conversion en monnaie étrangère
Les états financiers de la société sont préparés en roupies indiennes. Ces états financiers ont été préparés par la conversion
des produits et des charges au taux moyen mensuel pendant l’année; les actif et passif circulants, les immobilisations, les
emprunts à long terme et accroissements des fonds propres sont calculés au taux à la fin de l’année et les placements à
long terme sont calculés selon le taux au moment du placement. La différence provenant des conversions est enregistrée
sous la rubrique Reserves.
2. Taux de change utilisé

Taux moyen de change utilisé 1 FRF = Rs. 6.29 1 FRF= Rs. 6.75
Taux de change de clôture utilisé 1 FRF = Rs. 6.23 1 FRF= Rs. 6.32
3. Rapprochement entre les états financiers établis selon les principes comptables indiens et français: FRF
2001) 2000)
Résultat net selon les principes comptables indiens en Rs. 6,288,136,341) 2,935,156,665)
Résultat net selon les principes comptables indiens en FRF 999,703,711) 434,838,024)
Soustraction du revenu net de la filiale inclus en consolidation en FRF
Moins: diminutions relatives aux provision retraite –) (4,786,311)
Moins: Produit extraordinaire (8,735,135) (11,210,496)
Moins: Dépenses liées aux provisions pour risques et charges (620,187) (8,196,767)
Addition des provisions pour impôts différés en FRF 6,902,216) 5,461,250)
Addition relatives aux provisions pour risques et charges –) 10,118,519)
Addition relatives aux provision pour retraite 5,136,344)
Résultat net selon les principes comptables français en FRF 1,002,386,949) 426,224,219)
211
Etats financiers préparés selon les principes comptables français (non vérifiés)
Bilan le 31 mars, FRF
2001 2000
Actif Brut Amortissements Net Net
ou Provisions
Actif immobilisé
Immobilisations incorporelles
Frais d’établissements – – – –
Frais de recherche et de développement – – – –
Fonds comercial – – – –
Autres – – – –
Avance et acomptes – – – –
– – – –
Immobilisations corporelles
Terrains 58,781,825 – 58,781,825 33,347,003
Constructions 253,138,782 21,474,184 231,664,598 84,920,255
Installations techniques, matériel 539,311,474 289,612,587 249,698,887 94,991,231
Autres immobilisations corporelles 161,840,797 80,777,752 81,063,045 24,682,105
Immobilisations corporelles en cours 273,917,215 – 273,917,215 90,127,137
Avances et acomptes versés
1,286,990,093 391,864,523 895,125,570 328,067,731
Immobilisations financières
Placements évalués selon la participation – – – –
Autres participations – – – –
Créances rattachées à des participations – – – –
Autres titres immobilisés 40,419,714 – 40,419,714 21,890,581
Prêts – – – –
Autres – – – –
40,419,714 – 40,419,714 21,890,581
Total de l’actif (I) 1,327,409,807 391,864,523 935,545,284 349,958,312
Actif circulant
Stocks et en-cours
Matières premières et autres
Approvisionnements – – – –
En cours de production (biens) – – – –
En cours de production (services) – – – –
Produits intermédiaires et finis – – – –
Marchandises – – – –
– – – –
Prêts aux employés 120,281,808 – 120,281,808 82,845,865
Créances
Créances clients et comptes rattachés – – – –
Autres créances 514,514,592 29,169,100 485,345,492 215,471,718
Capital souscrit-appelé, non versél – – – –
Valeurs immobilières de placement – – – –
Disponibilités 927,345,496 – 927,345,496 804,388,860
1,441,860,088 29,169,100 1,412,690,988 1,019,860,578
Charges constatées d’avance 61,229,390 – 61,229,390 25,956,280
Total d’actif circulant (II) 1,623,371,286 29,169,100 1,594,202,186 1,128,662,723
Impôts différés (III) 24,928,433 – 24,928,433 17,703,987
Primes de remboursement des obligations (IV) – – – –
Ecart de conversion actif (V) – – – –
Total Général (I + II + III + IV + V) 2,975,709,526 421,033,623 2,554,675,903 1,496,325,022
212
FRF
Passif 2001 2000
Capitaux propres
Capital social 49,257,515 49,251,619
Primes d’émission (de fusion, d’apport) 456,082,232 452,306,585
Ecart de réévaluation – –
Réserves (bénéfices non distribués)
Réserve légale – –
Réserve statutaires – –
Réserves réglementées – –
Autres réserves 1,690,576,768 807,197,531
Report à nouveau – –
Résultat de l’exercice (Bénéfice ou perte) – –
Subventions d’investissement – –
Provisions réglementées – –
Total des capitaux propres (I) 2,195,916,515 1,308,755,735
Autres capitaux propres
Bénéfice provenant de participation subordonnée – –
Avances et acomptes conditionnels – –
Total des autres capitaux propres – –
Intérêts minoritaires – –
Provisions
Provision pour risques – –
Provisions pour charges – –
Total des provisions (II) – –
Dettes
Dettes financières
Emprunts obligatoires convertibles – –
Autres emprunts obligatoires – –
Emprunts et dettes auprès d’établissements
de crédit – –
Emprunts et dettes financiers divers – –
Avances et acomptes reçus sur commande en cours 65,001,286 30,733,151
Dettes d’exploitation
Dettes fournisseurs et comptes rattachés 209,868 6,738,962
Dettes fiscales et sociales – –
Autres dettes
Dettes sur immobilisations et comptes rattachés – –
Autres dettes 242,795,066 127,126,510
Produits constatés d’avance – –
Total des dettes (III) 308,006,220 164,598,623
Intérêt minoritaire – –
Ecart de conversion passif (IV) 50,753,168 22,970,664
Total Général (I + II + III + IV) 2,554,675,903 1,496,325,022
213
Jahresabschluss erarbeitet in wesentlicher Übereinstimmung mit den
Grundsätzen einer ordnungsgemäßen Buchführung (GAAP) verschiedener
Länder – Deutschland (untestiert)
Bilanz 31. März (DM)
2001 2000
AKTIVA
Immaterielle Vermögensgegenstände – –
Sachanlagen 266.696.905 97.893.676
Finanzanlagen 12.042.794 6.532.033
Anlagevermögen 278.739.699 104.425.709

Vorräte – –
Forderungen aus Lieferungen und Leistungen 144.605.568 64.295.621
Sonstige Forderungen und sonstige Vermögensgegenstände 36.260.946 18.273.138
Marktfähige Wertpapiere und Obligationen – –
Kasse, Bank 276.296.626 240.025.382
Umlaufvermögen 457.163.140 322.594.141
Aktiver Rechnungsabgrenzungsposten einschl. latenter

Steuern 25.246.415 19.475.622
Aktiva gesamt 761.149.254 446.495.472
PASSIVA
Gezeichnetes Kapital 14.556.575 14.554.818
Kapitalrücklage 135.055.347 133.930.344
Gewinnrücklagen 519.768.859 248.894.952
Eigenkapital 669.380.781 397.380.114
Einziehbare Vorzugsaktien – –
Registrierte Gewinnbeteiligungszertifikate – –
Pensionsrückstellungen – –
Sonstige Rückstellungen 72.339.228 37.933.878
Rückstellungen 72.339.228 37.933.878
Verbindlichkeiten aus Lieferungen und Leistungen 62.529 2.010.870

Sonstige Verbindlichkeiten 2.711.517 876.372
Verbindlichkeiten 2.774.046 2.887.242
Passiver Rechnungsabgrenzungsposten 16.655.199 8.294.238
Passiva gesamt 761.149.254 446.495.472
214
Jahresabschluss erarbeitet in wesentlicher Übereinstimmung mit den
Grundsätzen einer ordnungsgemäßen Buchführung (GAAP) verschiedener
Länder – Deutschland (untestiert)
Nach den allgemeingültigen Buchführungsmethoden (GAAP) erfasster Finanzbericht (ungeprüft)
Gewinn- und Verlustrechnung für das Geschäftsjahr zum 31. März DM
2001 2000
Umsatzerlöse 900.315.434 389.891.161
Kosten zur Erzielung der Umsatzerlöse 464.681.305 212.896.168
Bruttoergebnis vom Umsatz 435.634.129 176.994.993
Allgemeine Kosten, Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten 125.454.941 51.244.267
Sonstiges betriebliche Erträge – –
Sonstige betriebliche Aufwendungen – –
Betriebsgewinn 310.179.188 125.750.726
Zinsen und ähnliche Erträge 20.881.871 17.296.116
Ergebnis der gewöhnlichen Geschäftstätigkeit 331.061.059 143.046.842
Außerordentliche Erträge – –
Ertrag vor Steuer 331.061.059 143.046.842
Steuern vom Einkommen 32.386.786 15.914.121
Dividende auf Vorzugsaktien – –
Verlorenes Kapital durch dekonsolidierte Tochtergesellschaft – –
Jahresüberschuss 298.674.273 127.132.721
Zuweisung zu Gewinnrücklagen 263.214.372 112.534.165
Dividenden an Aktionäre 35.459.901 14.598.556
Ungebundener Gewinn – –
Anmerkungen:
1. Umrechnung von Auslandswährungen
Die Unternehmensbilanz wird in der Berichtswährung der indischen Rupie ausgedrückt. Diese Bilanz wurde erstellt
durch die Umrechnung der Einnahmen und Ausgaben zum Jahresdurchschnittskurs; Umlaufvermögen, kurzfristigen
Verbindlichkeiten, Grundstücke, Maschinen und Anlagen und langfristigen Verbindlichkeiten sowie Erhöhungen des
Eigenkapitals zum Jahresendkurs, dauerhafte Investitionen zum Umrechnungskurs zum Zeitpunht der Investition. Die
Währungsumrechnungsdifferenz wird unter den Gewinnrücklagen ausgewiesen
2. Verwendete wechselkurse
2001 2000
Verwendeter durchschnittlicher Wechselkurs 1 DM = Rs. 21,11 1 DM = Rs. 22,63
Verwendeter Jahresendwechselkurs 1 DM = Rs. 20,91 1 DM = Rs. 21,18
3. Abgleich zwischen den Abschlüssen nach indischen GAAP und deutschen GAAP (DM):
2001) 2000)
Jahresüberschuss nach indischen GAAP in Rs. 6.288.136.341) 2.935.156.665)
Jahresüberschuss nach indischen GAAP in DM 297.874.767) 129.702.018)
Abzüglich:
bei Konsolidierung mit aufgenommenes Nettoeinkommen / (Verlust) der
Tochtergesellschaft –) –)
Rücklage für Zuwendungen –) (1.427.645)
Außerordentliche Erträge (2.602.748) (3.343.829)
Aufwendungen für Rückstellungen für Eventualverbindlichkeiten and
e-Erfindungen des Unternehmens (184.793) (2.444.904)
Plus:
Rückstellungen für Steuern 2.056.605) 1.628.963)
Rückstellungen für Eventualverbindlichkeiten and e-Erfindungen des
Unternehmens –) 3.018.118)
Bestimmung für Gratifikationen 1.530.442) –)
Gewinn für das Geschäftsjahr nach deutschen GAAP 298.674.273) 127.132.721)
215
Financial Statements prepared in substantial compliance with GAAP
requirements of Japan
216
Financial Statements prepared in substantial compliance with GAAP
requirements of Japan
217
requirements of the United Kingdom
Balance sheet as at March 31 (Unaudited) £
2001 2000
Fixed assets
Tangible fixed assets 83,934,863 29,828,630
Investments 3,790,109 1,990,339
87,724,972 31,818,969
Current assets
Stocks – –
Debtors 45,510,271 19,591,156
Cash at bank and in hand 86,956,087 73,136,780
Others - advances and prepayments 17,020,090 9,892,527
Deferred tax asset 2,337,510 1,609,685
151,823,958 104,230,148
Creditors – amounts falling due within a year

Creditors 19,679 612,721
Dividend 7,540,654 2,895,846
Provisions and other liabilities 21,321,045 11,457,097
28,881,378 14,965,664
Net current assets 122,942,580 89,264,484
Loans and advances more than one year – –
Total assets less current liabilities 210,667,552 121,083,453
Capital and reserves

Called-up share capital 5,250,225 5,249,675
Share premium account 48,247,352 47,895,413
Retained profits 157,169,975 67,938,365
Equity shareholders’ funds 210,667,552 121,083,453

Convertible preferred stock – –
210,667,552 121,083,453
218
requirements of the United Kingdom
Profit and loss account for the years ended March 31 (Unaudited) £
2001 2000
Turnover 281,648,767 126,770,646

Operating expenses 184,614,347 85,883,592
Operating profit 97,034,420 40,887,054
Interest receivable 6,532,548 5,623,722
Interest payable – –
Net interest (payable)/receivable 6,532,548 5,623,722
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation and exceptional items 103,566,968 46,510,776
Exceptional items – –
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation 103,566,968 46,510,776
Taxation on profit on ordinary activities 10,131,670 5,174,376
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation 93,435,298 41,336,400
Dividend on preferred stock – –
Equity in loss of deconsolidated subsidiary – –
Profit for the financial year 93,435,298 41,336,400
Dividends 11,093,042 4,746,628
Retained profits for the financial year 82,342,256 36,589,772
Earnings per ordinary share:
Undiluted 1.42 0.63
Diluted 1.42 0.63
Notes:
have been prepared by translating revenue and expenditure at an average rate for the year; current assets, current liabilities,
property, plant and equipment, long-term borrowings at the year-end rate; and accretions to stockholders’ equity at an
average rate for the year. The difference arising on translation is shown under retained profits.
2. Exchange rates used:

2001 2000
Average exchange rate used 1£ = Rs. 67.48 1£ = Rs. 69.60
Closing exchange rate used 1£ = Rs. 66.44 1£ = Rs. 69.51
3. Reconciliation between Indian GAAP and UK GAAP statements: £

2001 2000
Net income as per Indian GAAP in £ 93,185,185 42,171,791
Less : Provision for gratuity – (464,190)
Expenses against provisions for contingency and e-inventing
the company (57,809) (794,945)
Extraordinary income (814,226) (1,087,225)
Add : Provision for deferred taxes 643,375 529,647
Provision for contingency and e-inventing the company – 981,322
Provision for gratuity 478,773 –
Profit for the financial year as per the UK GAAP 93,435,298 41,336,400
219
Attachment to the Balance Sheet as per Section 212 of the Companies
Act, 1956
Consolidated Balance Sheets of Yantra Corporation as at March 31,
in ’000s
2001 2000
$) Rs.) $) Rs.)
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents 30,935) 144,03,33) 16,844) 73,43,98)
Marketable securities 10,739) 50,00,08) –) –)
Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful
accounts of $335 and $295 at March 31, 2001 and 2000 2,475) 11,52,36) 2,805) 12,22,98)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets 932) 4,33,94) 415) 1,80,94)
Total current assets 45,081) 209,89,71) 20,064) 87,47,90)
Property and equipment, net 5,455) 25,39,85) 2,539) 11,07,01)
Other long-term assets 950) 4,42,32) 285) 1,24,26)
TOTAL ASSETS 51,486) 239,71,88) 22,888) 99,79,17)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Current portion of long-term obligations 1,977) 9,20,49) 987) 4,30,33)
Accounts payable 949) 4,41,85) 1,388) 6,05,17)
Accrued expenses 3,660) 17,04,10) 2,836) 12,36,50)
Deferred revenue 2,801) 13,04,15) 3,181) 13,86,91)
Total current liabilities 9,387) 43,70,59) 8,392) 36,58,91)
Long-term obligations, excluding current portion 1,507) 7,01,66) 3,650) 15,91,40)
Total liabilities 10,894) 50,72,25) 12,042) 52,50,31)
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value;
32,809,864 and 22,717,708 shares authorized;
30,119,744 and 20,517,241 shares issued and outstanding
at March 31, 2001 and 2000 79,200) 368,75,52) 26,991) 117,68,08)
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 75,000,000 and
50,000,000 shares authorized; 10,989,744 and
10,080,100 shares issued and outstanding
at March 31, 2001 and 2000 110) 51,22) 101) 44,04)
Additional paid-in capital 3,343) 15,56,50) 2,722) 11,86,79)
Notes receivable from stockholders (653) (3,04,04) (816) (3,55,78)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (35) (16,30) –) –)
Accumulated deficit (41,373) (192,63,27) (18,152) (79,14,27)
Total stockholders’ equity 40,592) 188,99,63) 10,846) 47,28,86)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 51,486) 239,71,88) 22,888) 99,79,17)
1. The audited balance sheets of Yantra Corporation are in U.S. dollars and as per US GAAP and, are translated into Indian
Rupees at the closing exchange rates on March 31, 2001 and 2000, of $ 1 = Rs. 46.56 and $ 1 = Rs. 43.60, respectively.
2. The Department of Company Affairs, Government of India, has granted exemption from the reporting requirements of
Section 212 of the Companies Act, 1956, except in the case of the above balance sheets of Yantra Corporation.
220
Corrigendum
On Page 23, Line 44, instead of $ 40 million read as $ 49 million
Notes
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
221
United States Argentina India
Addison Buenos Aires
Grupo ASSA Building Bangalore Chennai Mohali (Chandigarh)
15305 Dallas Parkway
2nd Floor, Elvira Rawson de Electronics City 1st & 2nd Floor B 100, Phase VIII
Suite 100
Addison, TX 75001 Dellepiane 150, Dique 1 Hosur Road Alexander Square, 35 Industrial Area, SAS Nagar
Tel. : (972) 770-0450 Puerto Madero, C1107BCA Bangalore561 229 Sardar Patel Road, Guindy Mohali160 059, Punjab
Fax : (972) 770-0490 Buenos Aires Tel. : (080) 8520261 Chennai600 035 Tel. : (0172) 254191/ 92/ 94
Fax : (080) 8520362 Tel. : (044) 2300031- 40 Fax : (0172) 254193
Australia Fax : (044) 2300091
Bellevue Melbourne Reddy Building Mumbai
10900 NE 4th St. Level 7, 505, St Kilda Road K-310, 1st Main Archbishop Arokia No. 85, Mittal Towers C
#2300 Bellevue Melbourne, Victoria 3004 5th Block, Koramangala Swamy Bldg. 8th Floor, Nariman Point
WA 98004 Tel. : 61 3 9868 1607 Bangalore560 095 145, Santhome High Road Mumbai400 021
Tel. : (425) 990 1028 Fax : 61 3 9868 1652 Tel. : (080) 5530392 Mylapore (Santhome) Tel. : (022) 2882911-14
Fax : (425) 990 1029 Fax : (080) 5530391 Chennai600 004 Fax : (022) 2846489
Sydney
Level 4, 90, Mount Street Tel. : (044) 4612021
Fremont North Sydney, NSW 2060 Pavithra Complex Fax : (044) 4956958 Mysore
34760 Campus Drive Tel. : 61 2 9954 0036 #1, 27th Main, 2nd Cross SJCE-STEP
1st Stage, BTM Layout No. 138, Sholinganallur Sree Jayachamarajendra
Fremont Fax : 61 2 8904 1344
Bangalore560 068 Old Mahabalipuram Road College of Engineering,
CA 94555
Tel. : (510) 742 3000 Belgium Tel. : (080) 6681755 Chennai600 119 Science and Technology
Fax : (510) 742 3090 Brussels Fax : (080) 6680181 Tel. : (044) 4964304 Entrepreneurs Park
Dreve Richelle 161 Mysore570 006
Building N 1410 Waterloo Infosys Towers Hyderabad
Marietta Tel. : (0821) 500389/90
Brussels No. 27, Bannerghatta Road I Floor, Q3 A1
1950 Spectrum Circle Fax : (0821) 500391
Tel. : 322-352-8743 3rd Phase, J. P. Nagar Cyber Towers
#400 Marietta Fax : 322-352-8889 Bangalore560 076 HI-TEC City, Madhapur
GA 30067 New Delhi
Tel. : (080) 6658667 Hyderabad500 033 K30, Green Park Main
Tel. : (770) 857 4428 Canada Tel. : (040) 3100242/44-49
Fax : (080) 6658676 Behind Green Park Market
Fax : (770) 857 2258 Toronto Fax : (040) 3100243 New Delhi110 066
5140 Yonge Street N-403, Manipal Centre
Tel. : (011) 6514829-30
Newport Beach Suite 1400, Toronto Dickenson Road Kolkata
Fax : (011) 6853366
4590 MacArthur Ontario, M2N 6L7 Bangalore560 042 C/61, Bapuji Nagar
Suite 500 Tel. : (416) 2247400 Tel. : (080) 5592082 Regent Estate P.O. Pune
Newport Beach Fax : (416) 2247449 Fax : (080) 5588065 Kolkata92 3rd Floor, 321/A/3
CA 92660 Pager No. 9628-304450
France TPS III, Shankar Seth Road
Tel. : (949) 475 0196 Bhubaneswar
Paris Mahatma Phule Peth
Fax : (949) 475 0198 Plot No. N-1/70, Nayapalli Mangalore
12, Avenue de lArche Pune411 042
Adjoining Planetarium on #16/403
Faubourg de lArche 92419 Tel. : (0212) 647420/21
Quincy NH5, Post RRL Star of Bombay Complex
Coubevoie Cedex Fax : (0212) 648226
Two Adams Place Bhubaneswar751 013 3rd Floor, Kankanady
Tel. : 33 1 4691 8454 Tel. : (0674) 584068-71
Quincy, MA 02169 Mangalore575 002 Plot No. 1
Fax : 33 1 4691 8800
Tel. : (781) 356 3100 Fax : (0674) 583991 Tel. : (0824) 439401-07/ Infotech Park MIDC
Fax : (781) 356 3150 Germany 434401-06 Hinjewadi, Taluka Mulshi
Plot No. E/4 Fax : (0824) 439430
Frankfurt Infosys City, Chandaka Pune411027
Troy TOPAS 2, Mergenthalerallee Tel. : (02139) 32801-03
Bhubaneswar751 014 Kottara Cross
100 Liberty Center 79-8, 65760, Eschborn Fax : (02139) 32832
#200 West Big Beaver Frankfurt Kulur Ferry Road
Troy, MI 48084 Tel. : 49 6196 9202115 Mangalore575 006
Tel. : (248) 524 0320 Fax : 49 6196 9202320 Tel. : (0824) 451485-88
Fax : (248) 524 0321 Fax : (0824) 451484
Hong Kong
Phoenix 16F Cheung Kong Centre
10851 Black Canyon Fwy 2 Queens Road Central Bankers
#830 Central, Hong Kong
Phoenix, AZ 85029 Tel. : 852 22972806 ICICI Bank Ltd. Visit Infosys at
Tel. : (602) 9444855 Fax : 852 22970066 Bank of America
www.infy.com
Fax : (602) 9444879
Japan Company secretary
Lisle Tokyo V. Balakrishnan
Kearny Place Akasaka, 2F Send e-mail to
2300 Cabot Dr
Suite 250 2-21-25, Akasaka, Minato-Ku Auditors [email protected]
Lisle, IL 60532 Tokyo 107-0052
Bharat S Raut and Co.
Tel. : (630) 4825000 Tel. : 81 3-5545-3251
Fax : (630) 5059144 Fax : 81 3-5545-3252
Call us at
Sweden Independent auditors within the U.S.
Berkeley Heights Stockholm
Two Oak Way (US GAAP) 1-800-ITL INFO
Stureplan 4C, 4tr
Fourth Floor, South Wing KPMG
114 35, Stockholm outside the U.S.
Berkeley Heights, NJ 07922 Tel. : 46-846 3112
Tel. : (908) 286 3101 Fax : 46-846 1114 International tax advisors +91-80-8520261
Fax : (908) 286 3125 Ernst and Young
UAE
UK P.O. Box 8230
Croydon Sharjah Ariport Intl. Free Zone
P.O. Box 1221 Sharjah Creative concept and design by the Communication Design Group, Infosys
10th, 11th & 12th floor Tel. : 971 6557 0000 Printed at Pragati Art Printers, Hyderabad, India.
Emerald House Fax : 971 6557 1010 © 2001 Infosys Technologies Limited, Bangalore, India.
7/15 Lansdowne Road
Croydon, CR9 2FE Infosys acknowledges the proprietary rights in the trademarks and product names of other
companies mentioned in this document.
Tel. : 44-20-8774 3300
Fax : 44-20-8686 6631
222

Infosys AR 01 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Infosys AR 01 PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Infosys AR 01 PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Infosys – Technology at work

The future depends on what we do in the present.

History is replete with instances of technological breakthroughs that have

The year at a glance 3

in Rs. crore, except per share data

For the year

At the end of the year

“If a man does his best, what else is there?”

❷ New York Life International ❷ Toshiba

Ravi R. Anand Chandra Shekhar Matta Chandra Shekar Kakal

Babu S. K. Muthusubramanian B. Indranil Mukherjee

Poornima Harekrishna Peethamber V. T. Rajesh Rao A.

Ritesh Khanna Srinath P. Sriram V.

Shveta Arora Navin Kumar

Amit Deshpande V. Rohit Mehra

Sudhir Subramanya Holla George Varghese

Vaishali V. Khandekar Ghanashyam Wagle

Dass Gunalan Vijayeendra S. Purohit

Charles Henry Hawkes

Sivashankar J. Naresh T. Raisinghani

Value Systems Champions

Nandita Mohan Gurjar Priti Jay Rao

Narendran Koduvattat Suma Subramanian

❸ Internal Customer Delight Champions Banking Business Unit Management Team

Padmanabha Bhat P. Prathviraj K. K. Amit Kumar Bhadra Girish G. Vaidya

Abhilash Kumar Y. Shankar D. P. Merwin Fernandes Rivi Varghese

Muthanna Joseph Thomas A. Jaymalya Palit Vinay C. S.

Nandan M. Nilekani N. R. Narayana Murthy

You on the cutting edge of technology have already made yesterday’s

Software for Optical

C iDRA Corporation, a high-technology manufacturing company based in the

J ohnson Controls Inc. (JCI) is a Fortune 500 multinational corporation involved

Components of the design

The simulation life cycle

T oshiba America Electronic Components Inc. is one of the largest suppliers of

Network, Hardware and Application Architecture

C isco Systems Inc., a California-based company, is a leader in networking and

Shibulal S. D. Nandita Gurjar Subramanyam G. V.

Investor grievance committee Priti Jay Rao Infosys Foundation

Financial results in Rs. crore except per share data *

Banking Business Unit (BBU)

Development centers in India

OnMobile Systems Inc.

Human resource management

Infosys Leadership Institute

InStep global internship program

The new information infrastructure

Additional information to shareholders

Responsibility statement of the board of directors

Employee Stock Option Plan (ESOP)

1994 Stock Offer Plan (the 1994 plan)

1998 Stock Option Plan (the 1998 plan)

Research and education initiatives

FII investment limit

Conservation of energy, research and development, technology absorption, foreign exchange

For and on behalf of the board of directors

Nandan M. Nilekani N. R. Narayana Murthy

For and on behalf of the board of directors

Nandan M. Nilekani N. R. Narayana Murthy